Daniells, A. G.; White, W. C. Refiled as Lt 416, 1907.
Lt 4, 1908
Reaser, G. W. St. Helena, California January 1, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 7BC 956; 6Bio 162-163. + Elder G. W. Reaser
Loma Linda, near Redlands, California Dear Brother:
I was very glad to receive your letter, which was forwarded to us from Loma Linda. You will receive an answer to it just as soon as my workers have time to copy it. Just now they are busy getting off the Australia mail.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 1)
My labors in Southern California taxed my strength to the utmost. I feel very tired all the time, but I trust that this will soon pass away. On reaching home, we found that our housekeeper Sister Mason was sick at the sanitarium and for some time had been unable to do the work of the house. My workers were very glad that I had brought Sister Hannaford with us to take her place. We believe that she is an earnest Christian woman, and I am glad that we can have her as matron of our home. She, too, is pleased to be here.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 2)
On the cars, on my journey homeward, I had a very precious experience. It was a season of perfect peace and trust and confidence in God. I felt so sensibly the peace of Christ in my heart, and the rest that His presence brings, that for a time I had no desire to sleep. The everlasting arms seemed to be around me, and I had the assurance in my soul that we should be kept from accident and harm. This was a blessed assurance to me.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 3)
All night I was happy and restful; and although in the morning we had to change cars, the peace of Christ remained with me. This peace and joy I wish to express, not only in my words, but in my life. I realized the fulfilment of the precious promises: “At even time it shall be light.” [Zechariah 14:7.] “He that dwelleth in the secret place of the Most High shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty.” [Psalm 91:1.]
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 4)
A few days after we reached home, Brother Metcalfe Hare and wife arrived from Australia. They have been connected for several years with the health food manufacturing work at Avondale. On the voyage Brother Hare contracted erysipelas and was obliged to go to the sanitarium for treatment. He has recovered again and has returned to our home.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 5)
There have been many perplexities to meet since our return—perplexities that have kept me awake at night. But troubles will come, and we cannot prevent them. We need to watch and pray and walk constantly by faith. The Lord is the One on whom alone we can safely rely.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 6)
I was very thankful to read your letter, for it seemed to me that it sounded the right note. I believe, Brother Reaser, that you are coming to the place where the Lord would have you be. As you seek the Lord for light, He will be found of you.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 7)
There is danger that in these times the people of God will become absorbed in worldly plans and thus lose their connection with Him. Their thoughts become diverted from heavenly to earthly interests, and they cannot give the trumpet the certain sound, so important for it to have at this time. O so many among us have been unfaithful, and their light is languishing and apparently going out. God has instructed me to present their dangers before His people.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 8)
In the message to the church at Ephesus, Christ is represented as holding the seven stars in His hand and walking in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks. He is represented as “walking” among them, thus illustrating His constant diligence in behalf of His church. [Revelation 2:1.] He that keepeth Israel neither slumbers nor sleeps. Nor does He become indifferent. These figures are to be carefully studied by the undershepherds, and faithfully applied to their own experience, that they may not lose sight of their great privilege of securing light from the Source of all light and giving it in turn to those for whom they labor.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 9)
If left to the care of those who, while professing allegiance to God, know not the time of their visitation, the light of the candle, or church, will go out in darkness. He who is a true watchman in this time of peril will work with tireless vigilance. He will keep faithfully the courts of the Lord’s house.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 10)
Christ, the true Watchman, is the example for all. It is the duty of our workers to seek earnestly to comprehend the progressive work He has outlined for His people. The work is to be established in many places, and Christ is bidding the workers to come into line. They must not be content to see the work of the third angel’s message languish, while worldly schemes and interests take up their time and attention.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 11)
The church of Thyatira is represented as full of zeal and activity; but her charities and zeal are endangered by false teachers. This is our danger today. We need now to arouse and let our labors be marked with far greater earnestness than they have been. The Lord’s care of His church is shown in the words of the prophet: “I the Lord do keep it; I will water it every moment; lest any hurt it, I will keep it night and day.” [Isaiah 27:3.] The same diligence and zeal are to be revealed in the labors of those who are His representatives. To those who work in faith and self-sacrifice, the promise is given, “A little one shall become a thousand, and a [small] one a great nation.” [Isaiah 60:22.]
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 12)
We must hold up before the churches God’s great mirror; and as we do so, we need to examine our own lives in its light. Let us give strict attention to the danger signals that are presented to our notice from time to time. Ever bear in mind, Brother Reaser, that man is not to learn his duty of his fellow men. If he does this, his light will surely go out. This is our great danger at the present time.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 13)
The great Husbandman does not localize. He cares for all His churches alike. Some lines of the work have [not] been moving forward because of limited resources. In some places the cause is struggling for an existence. The “few names” in Sardis, the “little strength” in Philadelphia, forbid that we make any outlay of means that is not positively necessary. [Revelation 3:4, 8.] The seeds of truth are to be sown; the missionary settlements are to be tenderly guarded and faithfully supported; the unlettered and lowly are to be given encouragement and help. Not one line of the work is to be bound about or hindered. In every place the shepherds are to watch for souls as they that must give an account. The prayers of all are to unite for the success of the cause of truth. And the Husbandman, with patience and discrimination, will care for the seed sown.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 14)
Later. It is New Year’s Evening. Sara has just come in with your last letter. As I read it, Elder Reaser, my heart was deeply moved; and I wept, and said, Praise the Lord! Praise the Lord! My heart was filled with a great joy as I read of your effort to place yourself in right relation to God and His work. I have cause to rejoice that while some are lapsing into apostasy, which almost breaks my heart, others are finding their way to the light. Your letter means much, very much to me; it has lifted a tremendous burden from my heart. I believe that the terrible spell is now broken. I had fully accepted your first letter; but this last, I verily believe, you were moved by the Spirit of God to write. Coming on the first day of this new year, it has made my heart glad. I cannot find words in which to express my gratitude to God.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 15)
Your statement that you feel that you should not be on any of the sanitarium boards I do not fully agree with. Your voice is to learn to give the right note of counsel and advice in unison with your brethren; and this you will be enabled to do if you continue to press to the light.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 16)
Brother Reaser, you can do a grand work for the Lord in Southern California if you will work in His way. Be assured that we will stand with you as you seek to carry out the Lord’s plans in His way. When we receive the meekness of Christ, and labor in His lines, our influence as laborers together with God will tell decidedly for the truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 17)
“Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye justice and do judgment; for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the Son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and keepeth his hand from doing any evil.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 18)
“Neither let the son of the stranger, that hath joined himself unto the Lord, speak, saying, The Lord hath utterly separated me from His people: neither let the eunuch say, Behold, I am a dry tree. For thus saith the Lord unto the eunuchs that keep my sabbaths, and choose the things that please Me, and take hold of My covenant; even unto them will I give in Mine house and within My walls a place and a name better than of sons and daughters. I will give them an everlasting name that shall not be cut off. Also the sons of the strangers that join themselves unto the Lord, to serve Him, and to love the name of the Lord, to be His servants, every one that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and taketh hold of My covenant; even them will I bring to My holy mountain, and make them joyful in My house of prayer; their burnt offerings and their sacrifices will be accepted upon My altar; for Mine house shall be called a house of prayer for all people. The Lord God, which gathereth the outcasts of Israel, saith, Yet will I gather others to him, beside those that are gathered unto him.” [Isaiah 56:1-8.]
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 19)
Elder Reaser, we have not one worker to spare. We have felt pained at heart as we have seen you placing yourself where you were in danger of sowing strange seed. O how I feared for the results, if you should refuse to accept the light God was sending you. But rest assured that if you will work in harmony with your brethren, we will draw in even cords. If God’s servants will walk humbly with Him, they will see of His glory.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 20)
The Lord will be your helper as you seek to correct those things for which the Lord has reproved you. His grace will enable you to see matters in the right light. And if you will make clean and thorough work in your own life, the Lord will make of you a worker through whom He can recover others who stand in the same dangerous position in which you have stood. His converting power will be with all who see and accept of His salvation. I believe that you will continue to come more and more into the light, and that you will not be separated from the work, but will learn to carry it as a converted man in Christ Jesus.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 21)
“Arise, shine,” the Spirit of God through His prophet declares; “for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. For behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people: but the Lord shall arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen upon thee. And the Gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 22)
“Lift up thine eyes round about, and see: all they gather themselves together; they come to thee: thy sons shall come from far, and thy daughters shall be nursed at thy side. Then thou shalt see and flow together, and thine heart shall fear, and be enlarged; because the abundance of the sea shall be converted unto thee, the forces of the Gentiles shall come unto thee.” [Isaiah 60:1-5.]
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 23)
Nothing could give the conference surer confidence in you than the step you are now taking to place yourself in right relation to the work of God. Do not cease your efforts until you stand on vantage ground. And the position you take will help those who have been following a similar course. If you can retain your position as a minister of God, and reveal His converting power and the grace of Christ in your life, you will teach others the right way.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 24)
The Lord is soon to come; we have but a short time in which to work. Again I repeat that my heart is full of joy and gladness that you have decided to heed the counsels of God. I pray that you may be full of faith and courage as you seek to follow His way and will.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 25)
I must close this letter.
(23LtMs, Lt 4, 1908, 26)
Lt 6, 1908
Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California January 3, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder S. N. Haskell
257 South Hill St.
Los Angeles Dear Brother Haskell:
I am sending you with this copies of a letter I have written to Elder Reaser, in answer to two received from him. I take it for granted that the change we desired has begun to take place in him; but if you see no signs that such a change has come to him, and think the encouragement given in this letter would not be best to come to him just now, you need not place the copy sent for him in his hands. I will trust you with this matter.
(23LtMs, Lt 6, 1908, 1)
I feel very tenderly toward Brother Reaser. If he will become converted, and get out of the fog in which he has been, he will make a strong worker in the cause. This experience will help him to teach the importance of the testimonies. If Elder Reaser could realize with what joy the word of his true reformation would be received, he would make determined efforts to follow the light God has given.
(23LtMs, Lt 6, 1908, 2)
I will be very glad to see you again. Your room is ready and waiting for you. Brother Metcalfe and wife are with us. Now I must close, or I cannot send this tonight. May you have a most satisfactory and happy new year. That much of the Holy Spirit may rest upon you both is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 6, 1908, 3)
Lt 8, 1908
White, J. E. St. Helena, California January 3, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder J. E. White
Southern Publishing Association
Nashville, Tennessee Dear Son Edson:
I am very sorry to hear that Emma is sick. I wish you could both be with us at the time of the coming Union Conference. Cannot you come? I would be able to entertain you and provide you with a comfortable room. I would be more pleased than I can express if you could spend this time with us.
(23LtMs, Lt 8, 1908, 1)
I would not advise you to sell the fixtures in your large manufacturing building. Do not be in a hurry to dispose of the building. I want you to make a success; you cannot do this if you sell at a loss.
(23LtMs, Lt 8, 1908, 2)
I am sending you copies of the letter sent to Brother Ford. It was through a misunderstanding that you did not receive them at the time they were sent to him. I expected that you would have copies. I cannot think what letter it is that Brother Ford does not wish others to see. I did write him a letter in which I made the statement that if you had been in his place, you would not have refused his request in such an emergency, but that you would have revealed a heart of flesh. I do not think, however, that this letter was sent.
(23LtMs, Lt 8, 1908, 3)
I must not write any more this afternoon or I will not be able to get this in the mail before Sabbath. But I wish to repeat that I am very sorry that you did not get these copies at the time they were sent to others. I intended that you should have them.
(23LtMs, Lt 8, 1908, 4)
Lt 10, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California January 5, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder S. N. Haskell
257 South Hill St.
Los Angeles Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
On Friday I sent you a letter written to Elder Reaser; but I am afraid that in the few lines that accompanied it I did not fully explain my mind concerning it.
(23LtMs, Lt 10, 1908, 1)
I now write to tell you that I do not wish to give Elder Reaser the letter written to him until I shall have met with our people here at the coming meeting. Then we can examine matters more thoroughly. I ask you, Elder Haskell, to say nothing in regard to the contents of my letters until we can investigate the matter more fully.
(23LtMs, Lt 10, 1908, 2)
I very much desire to see and talk with you. The case of Elder Reaser needs calm consideration. We must not make decisions in haste, and thus do a work which we might later wish undone.
(23LtMs, Lt 10, 1908, 3)
This is a matter that must be treated wisely, or it will be hard to adjust. My heart is fearful lest something be done that will place the work in a hard situation. But I think it would be wise to hold the letter I have sent until we are sure that Elder Reaser will change his course of carrying the work in so authoritative a manner. All this must change. It is time we acted a Christian part in all humility and meekness.
(23LtMs, Lt 10, 1908, 4)
I will write no more at this time. Your room will be ready for you when you come.
(23LtMs, Lt 10, 1908, 5)
Lt 12, 1908
Burden, J. A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 5, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 330-332. + Dear Brother Burden,—
I have received and read your letter. I have written a letter in response to the one which Elder Reaser wrote me and sent the same to Elder Haskell to deliver. Today I sent Elder Haskell a telegram, telling him to hold the letter until later.
(23LtMs, Lt 12, 1908, 1)
Brother Reaser’s letter touched my heart, and I replied in the hope that he might be helped in just the right way. If this is possible, we shall accomplish much. If Elder Reaser will see himself as he is and acknowledge his mistakes, he can unite his strength with ours to save others from going over the same ground that he has travelled. Much will be gained if he learns to stand, not in his own strength, but in the strength of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 12, 1908, 2)
I was so thankful for the acknowledgments that Brother Reaser made in his letter that I could not refrain from weeping; for I knew that they would mean much to such a man as he. I know also that if he will turn his strength of purpose on the right side, he will be a power for good in the work of God. And the strength that he can give is needed.
(23LtMs, Lt 12, 1908, 3)
I accepted his statements in sincerity and wrote at once. Christ’s lessons of forgiveness were in my mind. It was not I who had been hurt, but the precious cause of truth; for he in his self-confidence had taken a wonderfully bold stand. I thought that if the man was sincere, this acknowledgment and evidence in his life of the transforming grace of Christ was all that we need ask. I cannot express to you the gladness I felt as I thought that Elder Reaser had indeed come to see matters in the same light with his brethren. I hope he has done so; it seemed to me that as I read his letter, I could see the work in Southern California standing on a better and surer foundation, strengthened by the unity of the workers and the churches. But if this is only supposition, and his has not been a true conversion, then my burden comes back to me with grievous force.
(23LtMs, Lt 12, 1908, 4)
I send these lines to you and Elder Haskell: Truth will triumph and bear away the victory. I am so full of thanksgiving when one soul who has lost his bearings is recovered; I know not how to express my gratitude. If this soul can be saved, do all in your power to save him.
(23LtMs, Lt 12, 1908, 5)
I was so sorry when I heard that Elder Reaser was undermining the confidence of the people in the testimonies God had been giving to His people for the past sixty years. I thought, He certainly could not have studied them and received them as from God, or he could not make them of no account in the minds of the people. Then when his letter came, acknowledging his belief in the messages, I was filled with joy. The Lord would not now be dishonored; Brother Reaser would not now be so taken up with his own ideas that he could turn away from the testimonies.
(23LtMs, Lt 12, 1908, 6)
There are many, many who are not studying the testimonies as they should. Some read them casually, or make some reference to them, but they are not presented in the spirit of assurance of the Spirit of truth. Many of those who profess the truth for this time turn from the messages and accept their own opinions and ideas as verity and truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 12, 1908, 7)
I have never in all my experience met a man who felt so fully competent to carry all lines of the work as Brother Reaser. The Lord has shown me that he felt himself sufficient for this work, that he needed no others to advise or counsel him. How to reach him, how to open his eyes to see his true condition, seemed a very difficult thing. But this letter to me was of such a character that I could see that a change was taking place. If he continues to humble himself before God, Elder Reaser will become a little child, to learn his lessons of the great Teacher. I have waited for this change to come, and I have felt sad indeed that it has been so long delayed. Let us see if our brother is not changed; let us look for a spirit of humility and meekness in him. Unless he has this spirit, he is not safe.
(23LtMs, Lt 12, 1908, 8)
God help him, is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 12, 1908, 9)
Lt 14, 1908
Wilcox, F. M. St. Helena, California January 5, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder F. M. Wilcox
Sanitarium
Boulder, Colorado Dear Brother:
I have just received and read your letter. Concerning the matter of which you speak, I know the spirit of the parties you mention. If this matter is made so unendurable by Dr. Shively’s wife, then he must take the responsibility upon himself. The idea that Mrs. Shively, with her evil surmisings and untruthful suspicions, be admitted again to the sanitarium is not to be entertained. She will create in the institution as atmosphere which would invite evil influences in. Your conclusion regarding this matter is a sensible one. Mrs. Shively professes to be a teacher of Bible truth, but the Lord cannot accept her unless she is decidedly changed in heart and soul and character.
(23LtMs, Lt 14, 1908, 1)
I see no objection to your placing Dr. Evans in Dr. Shively’s place, if Mrs. Shively will not be pacified unless she can carry out her purposes. Let peace be maintained, whatever the cost.
(23LtMs, Lt 14, 1908, 2)
I am not able to write you a long letter because of the many communications coming in that call for a response. I sympathize with you in your perplexities. When the Lord says to you, Go from Colorado, then go; but until you have such orders, remain where you are; and may the blessing of the Lord attend your labors.
(23LtMs, Lt 14, 1908, 3)
I am very busy with my writings. We are preparing for the meeting of the Union Conference to be held in St. Helena this month.
(23LtMs, Lt 14, 1908, 4)
Lt 16, 1908
Gotzian, J. St. Helena, California January 5, 1908 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Gotzian:
Do you expect to come to the Union Conference meeting to be held in St. Helena? I am anxious to talk with you; but as I cannot do this face to face, I will converse with you by pen.
(23LtMs, Lt 16, 1908, 1)
I wish to say to you that I have had instruction regarding the turning over of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium to the conference. This is not the best thing to do at this time. This is counsel from the highest Source.
(23LtMs, Lt 16, 1908, 2)
Elder Ballenger will never be satisfied to comply with the terms laid down for the transfer of the property. Now, if you and I and a few others whom I am in hopes will loan money for the purpose, will unite, I believe we could carry this enterprise for a time. I am ready to do this. Can you ere long arrange to loan me money at interest, and let me help meet the pressing obligations that may have to be met soon?
(23LtMs, Lt 16, 1908, 3)
Please write and tell me what you will do. I can get some money from other sources, I believe. But I want to know what is your mind concerning this. As I have mentioned to many, I think it might be well for us to have one institution under our own control in Southern California for a time.
(23LtMs, Lt 16, 1908, 4)
I hope you will attend the meeting at St. Helena. I expect Brother Ballenger will be present.
(23LtMs, Lt 16, 1908, 5)
I am not now free to say, Turn over this sanitarium to the conference. Light has come to me that we should have a good, strong manager who will give all his time to the work of building up the institution; and I believe we can find someone who can do this work.
(23LtMs, Lt 16, 1908, 6)
I am pleased to tell you that we have excellent help in our home in the good sister whom we brought with us from Loma Linda.
(23LtMs, Lt 16, 1908, 7)
Now, Sister Gotzian, please consider what I have written. I can write no more at present. I want to make just the right move in this matter. I have never had clear evidence that we should turn over this institution to the conference.
(23LtMs, Lt 16, 1908, 8)
Lt 18, 1908
White, W. C. St. Helena, California January 6, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder W. C. White
Southern Publishing Association
Nashville, Tennessee Dear Son Willie:
I have just received cards from you. I thank you for them. I am glad to know that you are safe and well. A vigilant Watcher is keeping those who put their trust in God.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 1)
I have received two excellent letters from Elder Reaser. I will send you copies of them and also of my answer. The encouragement that I have had that Elder Reaser is coming near to the Lord is a great joy to me. He wrote that he would give up his place on the board; but I replied that if he would fully heed the instruction God had sent, and follow it in simplicity of heart, he could be a help rather than a hindrance to the board. O how I have prayed for this man, that the Lord would open his eyes. And I believe God has been working very decidedly for him.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 2)
We should labor earnestly to save every soul possible. Earnest efforts should be put forth for Brother Reaser. If such a man should become an opposing element, his influence would be difficult to handle. But I trust that he is being led by God and is coming to take his true position with his brethren. If he will do this, he will be a strength to the Southern field. If he will come into unison with his brethren, he can be a special influence for good, and for the vindication of the testimonies, because of the messages which it has pleased the Lord to send to him.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 3)
I shall rejoice greatly if the fear that Brother Reaser’s becoming separated from the work is averted. I think of how many souls he could guide in right ways if he himself will become humble in heart and place himself where the Lord can use him. I trust that he will make clean and certain work for time and for eternity. If he will cease to feel that he is to be the greatest influence, he will learn to counsel with other minds, to pray with his brethren, and become one with them in judgment. One man’s mind should not hastily form decisions that have to do with important matters and carry out those decisions without the calm and prayerful consideration of other minds. May the Lord help every soul to walk humbly with God. “Every plant, which My heavenly Father hath not planted, shall be rooted up,” Christ said. [Matthew 15:13.] The church with its heaven-born principles is a sacred enclosure. The heavenly Husbandman gives it divine cultivation and entrusts it with sacred responsibilities.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 4)
I write these things that you may know how matters are moving. I have had little rest since coming home. I have written several letters and have received instruction that must be given to the people. I am thankful for the light that God still gives me. I shall carry a heavy burden until I know certainly that Brother Reaser is making his way determinedly to the light.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 5)
This morning I am writing out some things that have been opened to me during the past night in regard to the transfer of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. I have received instruction that it will not be best at this time to pass this institution over to the conference. We must carry that enterprise until the Lord shall signify that we should make a move in this line. I am getting this word to you before consulting with anyone. I have written to Sister Gotzian, telling her of the instruction received. I shall heed the light given on this point and will let the matter rest.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 6)
I say to you: Move with extreme caution. You have instruction from the Lord to solicit means for this institution in order to lessen its debts.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 7)
Again I say to you: Do not encourage Edson to sell his property at a sacrifice. This would be a mistake. Do not move the machinery. The way will open for this matter to be adjusted. When the Lord shall give light regarding this move, your way will be clear. When the work of that large place is broken up, it must be done understandingly, and not in uncertainty.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 8)
Brother and Sister Hare are still with us. Brother Hare is quite recovered and has returned from the sanitarium. I sat at table with the family yesterday.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 9)
The Lord is good and greatly to be praised. We have been very thankful that we brought from Loma Linda the help we have in Sister Hannaford. When we reached home, we found that Sister Mason was at the sanitarium taking treatment. After a few days she returned home, but it was very clear to us that she could not have remained in her former position. Brother and Sister Mason have secured rooms in one of the cottages on the hillside, near to the sanitarium, which they will occupy shortly.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 10)
In Sister Hannaford we find that we have secured an intelligent, Christian woman. Before coming, she sought the Lord earnestly to know her duty and came in accordance with the light she received. I can see that all things have worked together for good.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 11)
The talk I gave at Loma Linda the Sabbath after you left, I have had copied, and have ordered that copies be sent to you and Edson. I have also sent copies to several of the workers in Australia.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 12)
I pray that the Lord may strengthen you and abundantly bless you, and also Brother Daniells. We all need the influence of the Spirit of God with us every day. We need to have the praise of God continually in our thoughts.
(23LtMs, Lt 18, 1908, 13)
Lt 20, 1908
White, W. C. St. Helena, California January 8, 1908 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie:
I have just read over the long MS. enclosed. It is good, just what the presidents of our conferences need. I hope you will receive it in season and read it to all assembled at the meeting.
(23LtMs, Lt 20, 1908, 1)
I am having many letters to write.
(23LtMs, Lt 20, 1908, 2)
Brother and Sister Metcalfe Hare will remain with us through the coming meeting. We shall be so pleased to have you with us again. We hope to see you soon. I do not expect to get letters to you again before you return. It will be our prayer that the Lord will bless you and keep you from all accident and harm.
(23LtMs, Lt 20, 1908, 3)
I will not write much, for I am quite weary. May the Lord give you wisdom and grace from day to day. We are all in as good health as usual, except that I am very tired. I shall feel relieved when all these writings are completed.
(23LtMs, Lt 20, 1908, 4)
Come home as soon as you can.
(23LtMs, Lt 20, 1908, 5)
Lt 22, 1908
Workman, Mabel White Refiled as Lt 391, 1907.
Lt 24, 1908
Workman, Mabel White Refiled as Lt 393, 1907.
Lt 26, 1908
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] Loma Linda, California November 1907 Portions of this letter are published in SpM 418-419. Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
I thank you for your letter. I had just closed up a letter to you when your communication arrived. I therefore held mine over until I could give your words more earnest attention.
(23LtMs, Lt 26, 1908, 1)
I have written out some instruction to ministers and physicians in regard to the subject of health reform. I have been shown that the example of some of our leading workers is not a healthful or praiseworthy example. They are losing ground, backsliding from the principles of health reform, and this is having its effect upon the church members. These brethren are very conscientious in some matters; but on points where they should be very strict, they are very slack. The Lord has instructed me to tell them that their example in the home and in the church and with those whom they visit is causing the people to lose confidence in the light that God has given on this subject.
(23LtMs, Lt 26, 1908, 2)
The light that God has given on the subject of health reform is very essential for these times. There is no one thing that men and women in these days need to be more earnestly impressed with than that of the importance of guarding the appetite. One of the reasons why we have our sanitariums is that we may bring the blessings of health reform to the world. O that we might see every representative of present truth exerting a wholesome influence in every line upon which light has been given.
(23LtMs, Lt 26, 1908, 3)
Individually we have a work to do in our own borders. If each member of the body of Christ would attend to his God-given work, a much sweeter atmosphere would pervade our churches. The Lord is not pleased with the backslidden state of His people in regard to health reform. If they do not arouse to the need of heeding the light on health reform, they will soon fail to see the importance of other phases of the message.
(23LtMs, Lt 26, 1908, 4)
When in Australia, Brother Kress, you lay trembling between life and death. Was the message given me for you, Return to a diet of flesh meats? No, no. God gave you directions regarding a healthful diet, which if diligently followed, would, mingled with the exercise of faith and prayer, save your life. The Lord foresaw that as a physician in one of our sanitariums, you would be a teacher of the principles of health reform. You were working hard, Dr. Kress, and you did not give yourself proper rest and nourishment. The Lord permitted you to come to the very brink of collapse, that you might be guided by His instruction. He has never bidden any minister or physician to break down the barrier of correct eating in order to save life.
(23LtMs, Lt 26, 1908, 5)
I feel very grateful for the light God has given me on health reform. In several cases when the adoption of health reform has been carried to extremes, and life has been endangered because of the limited supply of nourishment taken, the Lord has shown to me the course to follow in order to save life. Through His instruction, telling what to do, several lives have been saved, when physicians and nurses were unable to bring relief. When they have come to me for counsel, light has been given in the visions of the night. The prescriptions given were carried out, and the persons were raised up and lived for many years. The lives of some of those who were thus saved have been of a character to bring honor to the name of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 26, 1908, 6)
God permitted the flesh of dead animals to be eaten by the ancients, although He knew that by so doing the lives of men would be shortened. But when He brought His chosen people from the land of Egypt, He did not give them flesh to eat, but fed them with the bread of heaven. When they murmured against their heaven-appointed food and asked for flesh, God sent them quails; but the consequences of their rebellion were speedily felt. They ate to excess of the meat thus provided, and while the flesh was yet between their teeth many of them died. Our people would do well to study this experience of the children of Israel and learn the lesson that it teaches.
(23LtMs, Lt 26, 1908, 7)
Light has been given me that some of our ministers and leading workers are working against the light of health reform. They are indulging in the use of flesh meats and other harmful things. Those who for years have had the testimonies before them are without excuse. Many need to make decided reforms; for those who have left our ranks, make this an occasion of charging our people with unbelief in the testimonies. God calls for thorough work on the part of professed believers, that He may be able to impress minds and hearts.
(23LtMs, Lt 26, 1908, 8)
Lt 28, 1908
Reaser, G. W. St. Helena, California January 10, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder G. W. Reaser
257 South Hill St.
Los Angeles My Dear Brother:
I was unable to sleep more than two hours last night; your case was lying heavily on my heart. I am thankful that you see that to accept the light that God has sent is the only course for you to pursue. I believe you to be sincere in what you have written.
(23LtMs, Lt 28, 1908, 1)
Our sanitariums are most important agencies for the promulgation of the message of truth in the earth; they are to be made a success in every way. Had your mind been unprejudiced, you would have discerned the Lord’s plan for the students in the sale of the books Christ’s Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing, in order that the sanitarium and the schools might be helped, and that the students might receive an essential experience. The students should be encouraged to enter upon their mission with these two books, after having received instruction in the way they should be handled.
(23LtMs, Lt 28, 1908, 2)
We have the highest Authority for the prosecution of this work. Those who go forth to engage in the sale of these books will find many open doors of Christian service; and they will be doing the very work which Christ instructed His disciples to do in His last great commission: “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 28, 1908, 3)
As they canvass for the books, the way will be opened for the students to give instruction in the truth. Opportunities will be given for them to care for and treat the sick; and they will do this work, knowing that the great Medical Missionary is presiding over each case. Impressions will be made on the minds of the sufferers that the human agent alone could never make.
(23LtMs, Lt 28, 1908, 4)
Christ Himself is present at the bedside of the sick to suggest ways of ministry; and the efforts made for the relief of the sufferer will preach a sermon more powerful than any words could be.
(23LtMs, Lt 28, 1908, 5)
Thus the missionary pioneer will open many a door for service; and the presence with him of the great Missionary, and the power which He bestows, will be constantly enlarging the worker’s sphere of usefulness.
(23LtMs, Lt 28, 1908, 6)
The gospel of health is to be given to all nations in true simplicity, without the use of poisonous drugs. And a large work for the cause of truth will be accomplished through this medium. Skill in training the sick without the use of drugs will give Christ the right of way through those workers who go forth to heal physical disease in unison with the preaching of the gospel. This is why God has specified that our sanitariums and schools be carried on in educational lines, and that they blend in perfect harmony. The students who come to the schools for training are to have the advantages of learning how to treat the sick: this knowledge combined with the education obtained in their school work will make their training a perfect whole. This, in the heavenly courts, is termed the higher education.
(23LtMs, Lt 28, 1908, 7)
I will write you more on this subject later, if possible. I must close this now in order to get it into the mail before Sabbath.
(23LtMs, Lt 28, 1908, 8)
Lt 30, 1908
Caro, Edith “Elmshaven,” Sanitarium, California January 10, 1908 Previously unpublished. Mrs. Edith Caro
6270 Racine St.
Oakland, California Dear Sister Edith Caro:
We have felt very sad over the loss you have sustained. My sorrow has been so great that I have felt unable to write. O how many times I have wished that you had never moved from your little home here.
(23LtMs, Lt 30, 1908, 1)
Your message telling of the disappearance of the children reached us on Sabbath; and at that time I felt helpless to do anything in the matter. I thought that after the Sabbath I might be able to do something; but many letters have come in that demanded immediate attention, and so I have not written to you.
(23LtMs, Lt 30, 1908, 2)
Last night in my sleeping hours, I seemed to be writing to Dr. Caro, laying before him his course of action in the light in which I regarded it—as the most wicked action that a husband could be guilty of. In his last letter to me he wished to know how much money had been sent to his family. He also referred to the letters written by you to him, saying that these were regarded by his mother as excellent letters, but that he did not place much value upon them. The one thing he seemed to want most to know was the amount of money that had been received and that was still required to meet the financial needs of his mother and his family. In the letter that I seemed to be writing to him, I spoke of you in the highest terms. I told him that I had found you to be a devoted mother and one who would train her children wisely and that no censure should attach to you. I entreated him to return to his family.
(23LtMs, Lt 30, 1908, 3)
I have been very shocked at Dr. Caro’s course in stealing the children. I cannot regard him as a sane man. I am sorry that his whereabouts cannot be found. I had thought of writing to the man in New Zealand who collected the Doctor’s debts, but I do not know that this would be of any use. How this matter will turn we can not tell; but do not allow yourself to fret. I am glad you look at this experience as I do. Were I in your circumstances, I think I should feel the same.
(23LtMs, Lt 30, 1908, 4)
Dear, afflicted child, do not sorrow as those who have no hope. I bid you cast your helpless soul on God. He can do more for you than you can ask or think. I greatly wish that I could speak some words that would relieve your grief.
(23LtMs, Lt 30, 1908, 5)
If we can do anything for you in any way, please let us know. If you have any plans, please tell us of them. We sympathize with you, and we will be glad to help you in any way possible. This sorrow that has come to you I realize is the greatest that can come to a mother. It calls to my mind Rachel “weeping for her children; and would not be comforted because they are not.” [Matthew 2:18.] But your children still live. May the Lord who knows, and who pities, grant you His grace in rich measure.
(23LtMs, Lt 30, 1908, 6)
The sorrow of your mother must be very great. We commend you both to Him who will not leave you nor forsake you. My heart goes out in tenderness and pity for you both. God alone can work to disappoint the enemy. Put your trust in Him. Let not your grief exclude the comfort of the promise, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 30, 1908, 7)
Again I repeat, If there is anything I can do for you, please let me know, and I will make arrangement for your need to the best of my ability. But the Lord Jesus is your best Friend. Cling to His arm; He will be with you to comfort and to help in your necessity. Put all your trust in Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 30, 1908, 8)
Lt 32, 1908
Brethren in Positions of Responsibility St. Helena, California January 6, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 419-424. + To our brethren in positions of responsibility:
God has given me a message for the men who are carrying responsibilities in Washington and other centers of the work. This is a time when the work of God should be conducted with the greatest wisdom, unselfishness, and the strictest integrity by every conference; a time when there should be the closest observance of the law of God on the part of every worker; a walking and working under the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 1)
God needs men and women who will work in the simplicity of Christ to bring the knowledge of the truth before those who need its converting power. But when a precise line is laid down which the workers must follow in their efforts to proclaim the message, a limit is set to the usefulness of a great number of workers. I am charged to speak, saying, God seeth not as man seeth. Those who occupy responsible positions need to place a lower estimate upon the value of human wisdom and to esteem more highly the sanctification of the Spirit revealed in the lowliness and gentleness of Christ. They need to have the Holy Spirit come into their hearts and minds, to control their wills and to sanctify their tongues. When soul and mind and body are converted to God, our physical strength and our desires will become working agencies for God. When the converting power of God transforms the life, we shall be educated by God Himself to speak His words and work His works.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 2)
The law of God is to be magnified. Its claims must be presented by our workers, in our books and papers, and through the spoken word. The knowledge of its holy character is to become widespread. The message of Christ’s righteousness must be proclaimed from one end of the earth to the other. Our people are to be aroused to prepare the way of the Lord. The third angel’s message—the last message of mercy to a perishing world—is so sacred, so glorious. Let the light go forth as a lamp that burneth. Mysteries into which angels have desired to look, which prophets and kings and righteous men desired to know, the church of God is now to unfold.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 3)
An Illustration
Ezekiel writes: “Afterward he brought me again unto the door of the house; and, behold, waters issued out from under the threshold of the house eastward; for the forefront of the house stood toward the east, and the waters came down from under the right side of the house, at the south side of the altar. Then brought he me out of the way of the gate northward, and led me about the way without unto the utter gate by the way that looketh eastward; and, behold, there ran out waters on the right side. And then the man that had the line in his hand went forth eastward, he measured a thousand cubits, and he brought me through the waters; the waters were to the ankles.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 4)
“Again he measured a thousand, and brought me through the waters; the waters were to the knees. Again he measured a thousand and brought me through; the waters were to the loins. Again he measured a thousand, and it was a river that I could not pass over, for the waters were risen, waters to swim in, a river that could not be passed over.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 5)
“Again he said unto me, Son of man, hast thou seen this? Then he brought me, and caused me to return to the brink of the river. Now when I had returned, behold at the brink of the river were very many trees on the one side and on the other. Then said he unto me, These waters issue out toward the east country, and go down into the desert, and go into the sea: which being brought forth into the sea, the waters shall be healed. And it shall come to pass that everything that liveth, which moveth, whithersoever the river shall come, shall live: and there shall be a very great multitude of fish, because these waters shall come thither: for they shall be healed; and everything shall live whither the river cometh.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 6)
“And it shall come to pass that the fishers shall stand upon it from Engedi even unto En-eglaim; they shall be a place to spread forth nets; their fish shall be according to their kinds, as the fish of the great sea, exceeding many. But the miry places thereof and the marshes thereof shall not be healed; they shall be given to salt. And by the river upon the back thereof, on this side and on that side, shall grow all trees for meat, whose leaf shall not fade, neither shall the fruit thereof be consumed; it shall bring forth new fruit according to his months, because their waters they issue out of the sanctuary: and the fruit thereof shall be for meat, and the leaf thereof for medicine.” [Ezekiel 47:1-12.]
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 7)
This representation is an illustration of the way in which the truth for this time is to go. A large work is to be done by many who have commenced in a small way. Many souls will be reached, not through display, not through any devising on the part of man, but because of the working of the Holy Spirit on the hearts of the human agencies. The Saviour worked in this way. When His methods become the methods of His followers, His blessing will attend their labors. Let us always remember that our schools are not to be conducted after the worldly plan.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 8)
The Work of the Madison School
In the work being done at the training school for home and foreign missionary teachers in Madison, Tennessee, and in the small schools established by the teachers who have gone forth from Madison, we have an illustration of a way in which the message should be carried in many places. I would say to the workers there, Continue to learn of Christ. Do not be daunted. Be free in the Lord; be free. Much acceptable work has been done in Madison. The Lord says to you, Go forward. Your school is to be an example of how Bible study, general education, physical education, and sanitarium work may be combined in many smaller schools that shall be established in simplicity in many places in the southern states.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 9)
My brethren in responsible places, mourn not over the work that is being done at Madison to train workers to go forth into the highways and the hedges. It is the will of God that this work should be done. Let us cease to criticize the servants of God engaged in this work and humble our own hearts before the Lord. Let us strengthen this company of educators to continue the good work in which they are engaged and labor to encourage others to do a similar work. Then the light of truth will be carried in a simple and effective way, and a great work will be accomplished for the Master in a short time.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 10)
When the Lord favors any of His servants with worldly advantages, it is that they may use those advantages for the benefit of others. As laborers together with God, men are to keep constantly in mind the need of giving the message of Christ’s soon coming to the people who have not been warned. In this we are not left to human intelligence alone, for angels of God are waiting to encourage us in a life of patience and self-denial. We are to learn to be content with simple food and clothing, that we may save much means to be invested in the work of the gospel.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 11)
The gospel of Christ calls for entire consecration. The Christian sower is to go forth to sow. But many by their fretting and contentions are disqualifying themselves for labor. Their sluggish senses do not discern how feeble are their efforts and how strong is their unbelief. Let our church members now arise to their responsibilities and privileges. Let them spend less on self-indulgence and needless adorning. The money thus expended is the Lord’s and is needed to do a sacred work in His cause. Educate the children to do missionary work and to bring their offerings to God. Let us awake to a sense of the spiritual character of the work in which we profess to be engaged.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 12)
I have said only a little in comparison with what might be said on this subject. But I call on our ministers, our teachers, and our physicians to awake out of sleep, and see the opportunities for work that are within their reach, but which for years have been allowed to pass unimproved.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 13)
Our lack of self-denial, our refusal to see the necessities of the cause at this time, and to respond to them, call for repentance and humiliation of heart before God. It is a sin for one who knows the truth of God to fold his hands and leave his work for another to do.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 14)
It is a sin for any to criticize and find fault with those who in their manner of working do not exactly meet their mind. Let none blame or censure the men who have labored at Madison. In the place of complaining at your brother’s work, take up your own neglected work. Instead of picking flaws in your brother’s character, search your own heart, confess your sins, and act honesty with God. Let there be condemnation of self for the work that lies undone all about you. Instead of placing impediments in the way of those who are trying to accomplish something in the South, let your eyes be opened to see that time is passing and that there is much for you to do.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 15)
The Lord works through various agencies. If there are those who desire to step into new fields and take up new lines of labor, encourage them to do so. Seventh-day Adventists are doing a great and good work; let no man’s hand be raised to hinder his brother. Those who have had experience in the work of God should be encouraged to follow the guidance and counsel of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 16)
Do not worry lest some means shall go direct to conscientious laborers who are trying to do missionary work in a quiet and effective way. All the means is not to be handled by one agency or organization. There is much business to be done conscientiously for the cause of God. Help is to be sought from every possible source. There are men who can do the work of securing means for the cause; and when these are acting conscientiously and in harmony with the counsels of their fellow laborers in the field which they represent, the hand of restraint is not to be laid upon them. Those who are laborers together with Him who gave His life for the salvation of souls must not be bound about with territorial restraints.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 17)
Brethren Sutherland and Magan should be encouraged to solicit means for the support of their work. It is the privilege of these brethren to receive gifts from any of our people whom the Lord impresses to help. They should have means—God’s means—with which to work. The Madison enterprise has been crippled in the past, but now it must go forward. If this work had been regarded in the right light, and had been given the help it needed, we should long ere this have had a prosperous work at Madison. Our people are to be encouraged to give of their means to this work which is preparing students in a sensible and creditable way to go forth into neglected fields to proclaim the soon coming of Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 18)
The Lord directed Brethren Sutherland and Magan, as men of sound principles, to establish a work in the South. They have devised and planned and sacrificed in order to carry forward the work there on right lines, but the work has been greatly delayed. The Lord guided in the selection of the farm at Madison, and He desires that it be managed on right lines, that others, learning from the workers there, might take up a similar work and conduct it in like manner. Brethren Sutherland and Magan are chosen of God and faithful, and the Lord of heaven says of them, I have a special work for these men to do at Madison, a work of educating and training young men and women for mission fields. The Spirit of the Lord will be with His workers if they will walk humbly with Him. He has not bound about and restricted the labors of these self-denying, self-sacrificing men.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 19)
To those in our conferences who have felt that they had the authority to forbid the gathering of means in certain territory, I now say: This matter has been presented to me again and again. I now bear my testimony in the name of the Lord to those whom it concerns. Wherever you are, withhold your forbiddings. The work of God is not to be thus trammeled. God is being faithfully served by men whom you have been watching and criticizing. They fear and honor the Lord; they are laborers together with Him. God forbids you to put any yoke on the necks of His faithful servants. It is the privilege of these workers to accept gifts or loans, that they may invest them to help in doing an important work that greatly needs to be done. There are some who have wrong views regarding the responsibility which God has placed upon them with their official position. They bear a heavy burden to control—a burden that has never been laid upon them by the Lord. Those who are standing free on the high platform of truth will not accept the responsibility of framing rules and regulations that hinder and cramp God’s chosen laborers in their work for the training of missionaries. When men learn the lesson that “all ye are brethren” [Matthew 23:8], and realize that their fellow workers may know just as well as they how to use in the wisest way the talents and capabilities entrusted to them, they will remove many yokes that are now binding their brethren and will give them credit for having love for souls and a desire to labor unselfishly to promote the interests of the cause.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 20)
The Character of the Work
The school at Madison not only educates in a knowledge of the Scriptures, but it gives a practical training that fits the student to go forth as a self-supporting missionary to the field to which he is called. In his student days he is taught how to build simply and substantially, how to cultivate the land and to care for the stock. To this is added the knowledge of how to treat the sick and care for the injured. This training for medical missionary work is one of the grandest objects for which any school can be established. There are many suffering from disease and injury who, when relieved of pain, will be prepared to listen to the truth. Our Saviour was a mighty Healer. In His name there may be many miracles wrought in the South and in other fields through the instrumentality of the trained medical missionary. Therefore it is essential that there shall be a sanitarium connected with the Madison school. The educational work at the school and the sanitarium can go forward hand in hand. The instruction given at the school will benefit the patients, and the instruction given to the sanitarium patients will be a blessing to the school.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 21)
The class of education given at the Madison school is such as will be accounted a treasure of great value by those who take up missionary work in foreign fields. My brethren, let no hindrance be placed in the way of men and women who are seeking to gain such an education as those at the Madison school are receiving. If many more in other schools were receiving a similar training, we as a people would become a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. The message would quickly be carried to every country, and souls now in darkness would be brought to the light.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 22)
It would have been pleasing to God if, while the Madison school has been doing its work, other such schools had been established in different parts of the southern field. No soul should be left in darkness if by any possible means he can be enlightened. There is plenty of land lying waste in the South that might have been improved as the land about the Madison school has been improved. The time is soon coming when God’s people, because of persecution, will be scattered in many countries. Those who have received an all-round education will have a great advantage wherever they are. The Lord reveals divine wisdom in thus leading His people to the training of all their faculties and capabilities for the work of disseminating truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 23)
Every possible means should be devised to established schools on the Madison order in various parts of the South; and those who lend their means and their influence to help this work are aiding the cause of God. I am instructed to say to those who have means to spare: Help the work at Madison. You have no time to lose. Satan will soon rise up to create hindrances; let the work go forward while it may. This is no time for weakness to be woven into our experience. Do not spend your money for unnecessary things, do not waste it on story magazines or cheap literature, but take your surplus means, and say, I will use this in employing men and women to give the last message of warning to the world.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 24)
When the Holy Spirit is allowed to mold our hearts and lives, there will be much more confidence expressed in the workers who are struggling with difficulties in hard places. Let every one take his own individual case before the Lord and study his own faults instead of the fancied shortcomings of his brother. We each need to realize our own weakness and be constantly on guard. Satan is watching to take us unawares, and many are ignorant of their own defects of character.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 25)
We need to read and understand the message of (Ezekiel 2): “And He said unto me, Son of man, stand upon thy feet, and I will speak unto thee. And the Spirit entered into me when He spake unto me. And He said unto me, Son of man, I send thee to the children of Israel, to a rebellious nation that hath rebelled against Me; they and their fathers have transgressed against Me, even unto this very day. For they are impudent children and stiffhearted. I do send thee unto them, and thou shalt say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God. And they, whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear, (for they are a rebellious house,) yet shall know that there hath been a prophet among them.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 26)
“And thou, son of man, be not afraid of them, neither be afraid of their words, though briers and thorns be with thee, and thou dost dwell among scorpions: be not afraid of their words, nor be dismayed at their looks, though they be a rebellious house. And thou shalt speak My words unto them, whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear; for they are most rebellious. But thou, son of man, hear what I say unto thee, Be thou not rebellious like that rebellious house: open thy mouth, and eat that I give thee.” [Verses 1-8.]
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 27)
Again the prophet writes: “The word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, I have made thee a watchman unto the house of Israel; therefore hear the word at My mouth and give them warning from Me. When I say unto the wicked, Thou shalt surely die; and thou givest him not warning, nor speakest to warn the wicked from his wicked way, to save his life; the same wicked man shall die in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at thine hand. Yet if thou warn the wicked, and he turn not from his wickedness, nor from his wicked way, he shall die in his iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul. Again, when a righteous man doth turn from his righteousness and commit iniquity, and I lay a stumblingblock before him, he shall die: because thou hast not given him warning, he shall die in his sin, and his righteousness which he hath done shall not be remembered; but his blood will I require at thine hand. Nevertheless if thou warn the righteous man, that the righteous sin not, and he doth not sin, he shall surely live, because he is warned; also thou hast delivered thy soul.” [Ezekiel 3:16-21.]
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 28)
The Lord is calling for men and women to guard their own houses and families and, instead of watching their fellow workers, regarding with jealousy their outgoings and incomings, to turn their attention to self. The Lord has a report to make of every soul who would restrict the liberty of another. There is a watcher who is taking the measure of character and who will judge accordingly. The jealousy revealed by some who claim to be in the truth plainly reveals that unless their hearts are changed they will never be overcomers. Unless they respond to the subduing, sanctifying influences of the grace of God, they will never wear the crown of life.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 29)
Those who desire to wear Christ’s yoke will heed the invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:28, 29.] To all who would mark out a course for their brother to pursue, the Lord says, Stand out of the way. Satan and his emissaries are doing enough of this kind of work. We are altogether too near the close of earth’s history to seek to block the wheels of the chariot of truth. God’s workers are to come into line, to pray together, to counsel together. And whenever it is impossible for them to gather for counsel, God will instruct through His Spirit those who sincerely desire to serve Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 32, 1908, 30)
Lt 32a, 1908
Brethren in Positions of Responsibility “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 6, 1908 See Lt 32, 1908. This letter is published in entirety in 20MR 99-103.
[Copied from a copy inscribed, “This copy corrected and approved by E. G. White, August 15, 1914.”]
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 1)
To those bearing responsibilities in Washington and other centers:
God has given me a message for those men who are carrying responsibilities in Washington and other centers of the work.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 2)
This is a time when the work of God should be conducted with the strictest integrity by every conference, a time when there should be the closest observance of the law of God on the part of every worker.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 3)
When the Lord favors any of His servants with worldly advantages, it is that they may use those advantages for the benefit of the work. And it is the privilege of accredited workers appointed to this responsibility to accept gifts or loans to help in doing the work that needs to be done. Forbiddings are not to be exercised by the conference, or by others who feel that they have authority to do so, that will deny the workers the privilege of accepting such loans and gifts as men and women are willing to make them. They should be allowed to go to the people to solicit help. Properly conducted, this is a line of work that the Lord commends.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 4)
This matter has been presented to me again and again. I now bear my testimony in the name of the Lord to those whom it concerns: Wherever you are, withhold your forbiddings. The work of God is not to be thus trammeled.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 5)
The Lord has directed Brethren Sutherland and Magan, men of sound principles, to establish the work at Madison. They have devised and planned and sacrificed in order to carry the work there after God’s order; but the work has been long in coming to completion. It is the privilege of these brethren to receive gifts from any of our people whom the Spirit of the Lord impresses to help. They should have means—God’s means—with which to do the Lord’s work.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 6)
The Madison enterprise has been crippled in the past, but this has not been God’s desire. If this work had been regarded in the light that God regarded it, and had been given the needed help, we should long ere this have had a flourishing plant at Madison. The people are to be, not forbidden, but encouraged, to give of their means to this work, which is preparing students in a sensible and creditable way to go forth to proclaim the soon coming of Christ and to close up the work on the earth.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 7)
There is business to be done for God. Help is to be sought from every possible source. There are those who have the faculty of securing means for the cause of God, and no hand of restraint is to be laid upon those who are doing this work successfully. They are surely laborers together with God, who gave His life for the salvation of souls.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 8)
The Lord selected the farm at Madison, and He signified that it should be worked on right lines, that others, learning from the workers in Madison, might take up a similar work and conduct it in a like manner. Brethren Sutherland and Magan are chosen of God and faithful, and the Lord of heaven says of them, I have a work for these men to do in Madison, a special work in educating and training young men and women for missionary fields. The Spirit of the Lord is with His workers. He has not restricted the labors of these self-denying, self-sacrificing men.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 9)
The school at Madison not only educates in a knowledge of the Scriptures, but it gives a practical training that fits the student to go forth as a self-supporting missionary to the field to which he is called. In his student days he is taught how to build, simply and substantially, how to cultivate the land and care for the stock. All these lines are of great educational value. To this is added the knowledge of how to treat the sick and care for the injured. This training for medical missionary work is one of the grandest objects for which any school can be established. There are many suffering from disease and injuries who, when relieved of pain, will be prepared to listen to the truth. Our Saviour was a mighty healer. In His name there may be many miracles wrought in the South and in other conferences through the instrumentality of the trained medical missionary. Therefore, centers for training must be formed.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 10)
The class of education given at the Madison school is such as will be accounted a treasure of great value by those who take up missionary work in foreign fields. My brethren, let no hindrance be placed in the way of men and women who are seeking to gain such an education as those at the Madison school are receiving. They are working after the Lord’s directions. If many more in other schools were receiving a similar training, we as a people would become a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. The message should quickly be carried to every country, and souls now in darkness would be brought to the light. These men under the special light the Lord has given are not to be hindered in any way, for the Lord is leading them. It would have been pleasing to God, if, while the Madison school has been doing its work, similar schools had been established in different parts of the southern field. No soul should be left in darkness if by any possible means he can be enlightened.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 11)
There is plenty of land lying waste in the South that might have been improved as the land about the Madison school has been improved. The time is soon coming when God’s people, because of persecution, will be scattered in many countries. Those who have received an all-round education will have the advantage wherever they are. The Lord reveals divine wisdom in thus leading His people to the training of all their faculties and capabilities for the work of disseminating truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 12)
Every possible means should be devised, to establish schools of the Madison order in various parts of the South; and those who lend their means and their influence to help this work are aiding the cause of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 13)
I am instructed to say to those who have means to loan or to give: Help the work at Madison. You have no time to lose. Satan will soon rise up to create hindrances; plenty of them. I am instructed to say to these men: Follow the instruction of the Lord. Let the work go forward while it may. This is no time for weakness to be woven into our experience. Do not spend money for story magazines and cheap literature, now so often found in your homes; but take your means—that which you have invested in houses and lands and bank stock—and say, I will use this in employing men and women to give the last message of warning to the world. The workers at Madison are capable of giving right instruction, and they should be encouraged. This is a work that the Lord will approve.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 14)
When the Holy Spirit is allowed to mold our hearts and lives, there will be much more confidence expressed in the workers who are now struggling with difficulties in hard places. Each worker needs to take his own individual case before the Lord and examine himself, instead of examining the fancied shortcomings of his brother. We each need to realize our own weakness and be constantly on guard. Satan is watching to take us unawares, and many are ignorant of their own defects of character.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 15)
We need to read and understand the message of (Ezekiel 2): “And He said unto me, Son of man, stand upon thy feet, and I will speak unto thee. And the Spirit entered into Me when He spake unto me, and set me upon my feet, that I heard Him that spake unto me. And He said unto me, Son of man, I send thee to the children of Israel, to a rebellious nation that hath rebelled against Me; they and their fathers have transgressed against Me, even unto this very day. For they are impudent children and stiffhearted. I do send thee unto them; and thou shalt say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God. And they, whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear, (for they are a rebellious house,) yet shall know that there hath been a prophet among them.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 16)
“And thou, son of man, be not afraid of them, neither be afraid of their words, though briers and thorns be with thee, and thou dost dwell among scorpions: be not afraid of their words, nor be dismayed at their looks, though they be a rebellious house. And thou shalt speak My words unto them, whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear: for they are most rebellious. But thou, son of man, hear what I say unto thee: Be not thou rebellious, like that rebellious house: open thy mouth, and eat that I give thee.” [Verses 1-8.]
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 17)
Again the prophet writes: “The word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, I have made thee a watchman unto the house of Israel: therefore hear the word at My mouth, and give them warning from Me.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 18)
“When I say unto the wicked, Thou shalt surely die: and thou givest him not warning, nor speakest to warn the wicked from his wicked way, to save his life; the same wicked man shall die in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at thine hand. Yet if thou warn the wicked, and he turn not from his wickedness, nor from his wicked way, he shall die in his iniquity; but thou has delivered thy soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 19)
“Again, When a righteous man doth turn from his righteousness, and commit iniquity, and I lay a stumblingblock before him, he shall die: because thou hast not given him warning, he shall die in his sin, and his righteousness which he hath done shall not be remembered; but his blood will I require at thine hand. Nevertheless if thou warn the righteous man that the righteous sin not, and he doth not sin, he shall surely live, because he is warned; also thou hast delivered thy soul.” [Ezekiel 3:16-21.]
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 20)
The Lord is calling for men and women to guard their own houses and families. Instead of watching their fellow workers, trying to block their way, and regarding with jealousy their outgoings and incomings, they should turn their attention to self. The Lord has a report to make of every soul who would restrict the liberty of another. There is a Watcher who is taking the measure of character and will judge accordingly.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 21)
The Lord’s message of mercy is to be borne to a people long neglected. Ministers, and people, God speaks to you, saying, I have sent these men, and they are not to be hindered.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 22)
The jealousy revealed by some who claim to be in the truth plainly reveals that unless their hearts are changed, they will never be overcomers. Unless they respond to the subduing, sanctifying influences of the grace of God, they will never wear the crown of life. Some are very zealous in carrying out a work of hindrance, when the Lord has given them no such work to do.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 23)
The representation given in (Ezekiel 47:1-12) is an illustration of the way in which the truth for this time is to go. A large work is to be done by many who have begun in a small way. Many souls will be reached, not through display, not through any devising on the part of man, but through the working of the Holy Spirit on the hearts of human agencies. The Saviour worked in this way. When His methods become the methods of His followers, His blessings will attend their labors.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 24)
In the work being done at Madison, we have an illustration of the way in which the message should be carried in many places. I would say to the workers there, Continue to learn of Christ. Do not be daunted. Be free in the Lord; be free. Thus far an acceptable work has been done in Madison. The Lord says to you, Go forward.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 25)
My brethren in responsible places, mourn not over the work that is being done in the highways and hedges in the South. God has specified that this work should be done. Those who have tried to block the way have not been led by the Spirit of God. Cease your criticisms of God’s servants, and humble your own hearts before the Lord, that He may show you the right way. Let this company alone, to continue their work, and go thou and encourage others to do a similar work. Then the light of truth will be carried in a simple but effective way, and a great work will be accomplished for the Master.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 26)
Do not worry lest some means shall go to those who are trying to do missionary work in a quiet way. All the means is not to be handled by one organization or one party. The Lord works through various agencies. If there are those who desire to step into new fields and take up new lines of labor, forbid them not, but encourage them to do so.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 27)
Seventh-day Adventists are doing a good work; let no brother’s hand be raised to hinder it. Those who have had experience in the work of God should be encouraged to follow the guiding and counsel of the Lord. God is being faithfully served by these whom you are watching and criticizing. You should discern that they fear and honor the Lord; they are laborers together with Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 28)
God forbids you to put yokes on the necks of His servants. Brethren Sutherland and Magan have a right to solicit means for the support of the Madison school. This wonderful burden to restrict their work, which some suppose God has bestowed upon them with their official position, has never been laid upon them. If they were standing free on the high platform of truth, they would never accept the responsibility of framing rules and regulations that will hinder and cramp the laborers in their work for this time. When they learn the lesson that “All ye are brethren” [Matthew 23:8], and realize that their fellow workers sometimes know just as well as they do how to use in the wisest way the talents and capabilities entrusted to them, they will remove the yokes that they are now binding upon them and will give them credit for love for souls and a desire to labor unselfishly to promote the interests of the cause.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 29)
Those who desire to wear Christ’s yoke will heed the invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:28, 29.]
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 30)
To all who would mark out a certain, definite course for their brother to pursue, the Lord says, Stand out of the way. Satan and his emissaries are doing enough of this kind of work. We are altogether too near the close of this earth’s history to seek to block the wheels of the chariot of truth. God’s workers are to come into line, to pray together, to counsel together. And whenever it is impossible for them to gather for counsel, God will instruct through His Spirit those who sincerely desire to serve Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 32a, 1908, 31)
Lt 34, 1908
Reaser, G. W. St. Helena, California January 13, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder G. W. Reaser
257 South Hill St.
Los Angeles Dear Brother Reaser:
I am instructed to say to you that if you adhere to the statements you have made, you will prove your statements true by a change in your manner of work and in the spirit of your dealings. I have taken this matter to the Lord, and He has instructed me that if you will make Him your counselor, He will enable you to make these changes in your dealings with your brethren. If you will humble your heart before God, and seek His strength, He will give you grace to redeem your failures. I do not desire to see you humbled before the conference. If the Lord will be pleased to give me further instruction regarding your case, I will give it you.
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 1)
I have been writing early and late the past week. In the night seasons messages have been given me for our workers in leading positions, entreating them to humble their hearts before God; because in the near future we were to have experiences which would call for entire dependence upon Him. Our works and our ways are to be such that we shall know that we are following on to know the Lord, whose goings forth are prepared as the morning.
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 2)
When Moses was called to lead the children of Israel, he was overwhelmed with a sense of his inability for the task. He felt that he could not speak words that would prevail with the king of Egypt. “O my Lord,” he said, “I am not eloquent; neither heretofore nor since hast Thou spoken to Thy servant: but I am slow of speech, and of a slow tongue.” The answer came, “Who hath made man’s mouth, or who maketh the dumb to speak, or deaf, or the seeing, or the blind? Have not I the Lord? Now therefore, go. I will be thy mouth and will teach thee what thou shalt say.” [Exodus 4:10-12.]
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 3)
What a work God would have wrought for Moses if he had fully believed the Lord. But because he did not believe, Aaron, his brother, who was eloquent in speech, was chosen to speak before Pharaoh.
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 4)
Now, my brother, I fully believe that the Lord will give you tongue and utterance to speak right words. I believe that He will teach you to become wise in speech, and that you will give up your self-confidence and your love to control. Your only hope is in God. I write in full confidence that you will become meek and lowly in heart. If you will accept the meekness of Christ, the Lord will make you a blessing. I long to see you a man strong, not in your own strength, but in the righteousness of Christ. You will be brought into strait places; but if you will put your trust in God, He will be your efficiency.
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 5)
The burden of my heart for you has been distressingly great, so that I have not been able to sleep. While at Loma Linda and Paradise Valley there were two nights that I did not sleep at all. O I have been so glad in the hope that you might become a man of righteousness, a man who would not exalt self.
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 6)
Several times I have passed through experiences similar to this, when it was thought that ministers should be separated from the work. On one occasion a brother was taking sides with some who were standing out against the testimonies. I prayed for him and pleaded with him to yield to the Spirit of God. This was at the time of some important meetings, and the following meeting was to be decisive. I begged this brother to throw his influence on the right side; but although he did not repulse me, he would not yield.
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 7)
We went to the place of meeting, and the two parties were present. How would this brother decide? I bore my testimony before those assembled; then I addressed the opposing party, and then the brother with whom I had been conversing. Suddenly I saw His face grow deathly pale; and after I had finished speaking, he rose to his feet and confessed that all through the camp-meeting he had stood on the wrong side, in stubborn and determined resistance to the testimonies of the Spirit of God. He acknowledged that the party to which he had belonged had not offered a prayer in their houses where they slept, during the time that the meetings had been in session, but had spent their time in ridiculing my words and the words of those who were in harmony with me. “But,” he said, “the conviction of the Spirit of God has come upon me, and I shall always be ashamed of the course I have taken. I surrender right here my wicked opposition; for I feel that I have been reproved by God.”
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 8)
That brother has ever since stood true to the testimonies of the Spirit of God. I have no knowledge that he has ever gone back from the stand he took at that meeting. You know that brother well, but I will not mention his name.
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 9)
Case after case of the same kind has come before me. But as the Lord moved upon this brother’s heart, so He has moved on the hearts of others, and so He will continue to work through the influence of His Spirit.
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 10)
My brother, be true to God, and you will be true to your church duties. Link up with your brethren, be kind and courteous. I am instructed to say to you, Watch and pray; then you will increase in faith and hope and patience. I am so glad that I can bear you this message. Bless the Lord, O my soul, for His goodness and love to the erring children of men.
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 11)
The Lord Jesus, to whom pertains all grace, is invested with all power. What have we then to fear? He who has purchased us with His own blood declares, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye, therefore, and teach all nations; baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 12)
I shall feel a greater interest in your case than I have ever yet felt, because of the experience you are having. The enemy has desired your soul, that he might sift you as wheat; but I shall believe that you will not continue to hold the position you have held in the past, to exercise a dominating power. Now is your opportunity to exercise your powers in a way that will result in the saving of souls. We shall certainly try to help you. I pray that God may abundantly bless you as you strive to meet the requirements of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 13)
In sending you this counsel, I have asked the advice of no human being. These words of encouragement come from the Highest Authority. You are on trial. Do not grieve the Holy Spirit of God. Unsanctified self has borne sway long enough. Put not your trust in self, neither make flesh your arm. You can encourage us all by working in harmony with those men who have been chosen to carry weighty responsibilities. Unite with them, and the blessing of the Lord will certainly come upon you.
(23LtMs, Lt 34, 1908, 14)
Lt 36, 1908
Simpson, R. W.; Simpson, A. W. Refiled as Lt 418, 1907.
Lt 38, 1908
Place, Brother St. Helena, California January 12, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 30. Elder Place
Boulder, Colorado Dear Brother:
You are not in the place that the Lord has appointed you to be. The influence of your brother upon you is not a Christian or a wholesome influence. His words are not truth and righteousness; he is not led and controlled by the Spirit of God. You cannot resist your brother’s influence, you are affected by his irreligious sentiments, and thus you give other workers cause to doubt the light that God has permitted to shine upon His people for this time of moral darkness.
(23LtMs, Lt 38, 1908, 1)
The world will ever be found in conflict with the church. It means much to each one of us to know that we are following the Pattern, to be assured, wherever we are, that we are exerting our powers for good. You need to walk carefully, my brother. I mark out no way for you; but I greatly fear for you. You are in danger of being misled. You are doing your brother no good, and you yourself are becoming befogged. I have seen your danger, and now I ask you to be careful. Had you stood in the light of the Lord, you would not have given influence to your brother’s actions and spirit; for these were not in harmony with the Spirit of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 38, 1908, 2)
Our experience at the meetings held at Melrose, Mass., was of the Lord. I had light for you at that time, and you acknowledged the working of the Spirit of God upon your heart. But now a change has taken place; a cloud is upon your soul, and you are becoming lost in the fog. Had you continued in your ministerial work, the blessing of the Lord would have been with you. His Spirit would have led you to connect with those who would be a help to you, and you would have been a help to them.
(23LtMs, Lt 38, 1908, 3)
The work to be done at this period of time demands that the channels appointed to receive the living waters for thirsty souls be greatly multiplied. The work is to be done through unselfish effort. Those who will yield to the Holy Spirit’s guidance will come forth purified and refined as gold from the fire. The knowledge that souls are perishing in their sins should arouse every worker to greater fervor and to give the light of present truth to all within his reach.
(23LtMs, Lt 38, 1908, 4)
Our work is not to be crowded into one locality. The truth is to be carried to the regions beyond. Through the explanation of the Word of God, the light is to shine forth. By much prayer, by the laying hold of the strength of Omnipotence, by the working of the Holy Spirit upon human hearts, the lesson is learned that the converted soul must worship the Father in spirit and in truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 38, 1908, 5)
To labor for the conversion of souls is the noblest work in which the human agent can engage. But in our working for this object must be revealed the fact that we are laying hold of the grace of Christ, that we are being guided and controlled by the Spirit of God. His holiness, His power, His unbounded love, revealed in the human instrument, will convict and convert souls. When the presence of Christ fills the life, the worker has a sense of divine power within him. The fact that he is a joint worker with God captivates all his affections and desires and fills him with an earnest love for the souls for whom he labors.
(23LtMs, Lt 38, 1908, 6)
Never forget that whenever a soul is truly converted, God is glorified, and angels in heaven burst forth into singing. We are nearing the great and final conflict. Every advance move made now must be made with increasing effort; for Satan is working with all power to increase the difficulties in our way. He works with all deceivableness of unrighteousness to secure the souls of men. I am charged to say to ministers of the gospel and to our missionary physicians, Go forward. The work to be done calls for self sacrifice at every step; but Go forward.
(23LtMs, Lt 38, 1908, 7)
Lt 40, 1908
White, J. E. St. Helena, California January 16, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder J. E. White
Edgefield, Tennessee My son Edson White:
I wish to say to you that your whole confidence must be in the Lord. If you will make Him your trust, you will obtain the control of self. Lean heavily upon the strength of the Lord. Learn patience. Let nothing disturb your mind. We are preparing for the heavenly courts; we should ever bear this in mind.
(23LtMs, Lt 40, 1908, 1)
I want to say to you again, The food factory should not have all the machinery taken away, leaving the bare building. I believe there are persons who will purchase the buildings as it is and carry on the food business. I say to you, Keep control of your spirit. Enter into no compromise with those who cannot give you anything to relieve your present situation. Be patient. This is the word that is given me for you.
(23LtMs, Lt 40, 1908, 2)
I have been writing constantly for two weeks, that if possible I might set things in order among the workers. I pray that the will of the Lord may be done by you and by me and by W. C. White. I pray that each member of my family may pursue such a course that we all may hear the “well done” spoken unto us. [Matthew 25:21.] Let us remember that there is a great and grand work to be done in the saving of souls. And time is short; we have not one moment to waste on matters that are unessential.
(23LtMs, Lt 40, 1908, 3)
I have received a letter from Elder Butler, but I have not written to him, fearing that what I might say he would not understand. He does not view some matters in a correct light, and the least I say concerning those matters just now, the better. When I can write clearly regarding them, I will do so; but just now silence is eloquence. I want to have my heart prepared to understand the truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 40, 1908, 4)
I am instructed that we are not to transfer the Paradise Valley Sanitarium at present to the conference. We shall not be clear if we do this now. This matter will be made more clear to me in time; but for the present God forbids that any move be made in this direction.
(23LtMs, Lt 40, 1908, 5)
Let us keep the communication open between God and our souls. Let us walk humbly and keep the mind clear to do the will of the Lord. I am surprised when I see men, who are given positions of trust, exalt themselves and become self-sufficient. This is a dangerous trait of character to manifest in these days of peril. How men can thus exalt self, and lose their bearings, is a mystery to me.
(23LtMs, Lt 40, 1908, 6)
The truth, present truth for this time, is to be given to the people as meat in due season. A plain “Thus saith the Lord” is to be declared, not in an authoritative manner, but with assurance and in the spirit of love that the Holy Ghost imparts to the sincere believer. Angels of God will make the impressions on hearts if the truth is presented in the fear of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 40, 1908, 7)
God does not become indifferent to our situation. He does not sleep. The promise which He gave to His disciples before He ascended to heaven reaches to all time. “And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 40, 1908, 8)
My son, claim this promise. Cling to the hand of Christ, and let Him lead you.
(23LtMs, Lt 40, 1908, 9)
I cannot write you much, for I have little strength today. I have written letter after letter to our different workers until I am worn out. I desire to be continually, when I can, communing with God.
(23LtMs, Lt 40, 1908, 10)
Lt 42, 1908
Kress, Br-Sr. [D.H.] Refiled as Lt 363, 1907.
Lt 44, 1908
Reaser, G. W. St. Helena, California January 18, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder G. W. Reaser Dear Brother Reaser:
I have just read your letter. I am so very grateful to our Saviour that He has expressed Himself to you as one who loves you; and because He loves you, He has sent messages to save you. And you have accepted the message. I feel so thankful. I told my family this morning that your letter was more precious to me than a houseful of gold. You are answering the prayer of Christ for His disciples: “That they all may be one: as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee; that they also may be one in Us.” [John 17:21.]
(23LtMs, Lt 44, 1908, 1)
Just before Christ said the words, “Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth,” He had given His disciples the promise, “When He, the Spirit of truth, is come, He will guide you into all truth.” [John 17:17; 16:13.] Through the Holy Spirit, Christ will open more clearly to those who will believe on Him, that which He has inspired holy men to write concerning the truth. And it is thus that the unity for which Christ prayed is to be effected. We are to receive sanctification through obedience to the Word and the Spirit of truth. Thank the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 44, 1908, 2)
We have the Saviour’s example. Jesus never suppressed one word of truth, but He uttered it always in love. Our Saviour always exercised the greatest tact and thoughtful, kind attention in His intercourse with people. He was never rude, never gave needless pain to any sensitive soul. While He fearlessly denounced hypocrisy, unbelief, and iniquity, sorrow was in His voice. He wept over Jerusalem, the city He loved, that refused to receive Him who was the Way, the Truth, and the Life. They had rejected Him, the Saviour. His tenderness was so deep it broke His heart.
(23LtMs, Lt 44, 1908, 3)
I am filled with gratitude and praise and thanksgiving to the Lord Jesus that you have had grace to receive the reproof. A worker together with Christ, you may, by exercising sanctified tact, save souls that are ready to perish. We will study to be skilful, if possible, in winning souls to Christ. If souls turn in a wrong direction, and become lost to the cause of God, for want of tenderness and skill on the part of the worker, the cause has met with loss. The exercise of tact and wisdom, and an earnest desire to save souls from death, will increase the usefulness of a laborer one hundredfold.
(23LtMs, Lt 44, 1908, 4)
Christ reached the people where they were. Shall we not, my brother, practice Christ’s methods and employ all our skill in winning souls to Him? When Satan wins a soul to unite with him in his efforts to destroy, he has gained his purpose. I thank [the] Lord with my soul that He gives His wisdom for the work of winning souls to Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 44, 1908, 5)
I see a great and valuable work in many lines for you to do. What the workers need to do is to surrender themselves to the Lord’s methods, putting self out of sight and lifting up the Man of Calvary. We are to place ourselves, softened and subdued, on the Lord’s side. Then when warring elements come in, Christ will give us His Spirit in words and utterance. And success will be given. Angels of God will be right by our side to give us certain victory.
(23LtMs, Lt 44, 1908, 6)
I write you this because, in the night season, I seemed to be writing these words, just as I have been writing to others. I was saying to you, You may be a strong, spiritually minded man. Some will wish to have the work done in their way; but the Lord would convert you to His way; then He will use you to bring many souls to Christ. If you will learn Christ’s methods, you will be endowed with a Christlike character. You will educate others; and those who are thirsting for the words of truth will see the life of Christ in your words and in the tone of your voice. You will come in contact with those whose hearts the Spirit of God is moving upon; you can help these to come to the light.
(23LtMs, Lt 44, 1908, 7)
You can be a great help to Elder Burden. You can be a laborer together with God in helping him carry his load. Every one who accepts the present truth will be a soul saved to Christ. You have a work to do, and the Lord Jesus will be your helper, if you will put your trust in Him. As you walk humbly with God, He will be your strength, your wisdom, your front guard, and your rearward. May the Lord bless you and encourage you is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 44, 1908, 8)
P.S.—I shall attend the meetings that are being held. I shall hope to have strength to bring in some important matters. If I have strength, I shall see you there; if not, you are to come to me. I thank the Lord, O so much, that you will not have to give up your position, but that you can labor with your brethren as one in Christ Jesus.
(23LtMs, Lt 44, 1908, 9)
Lt 46, 1908
Burden, J. A.; Reaser, G. W. St. Helena, California January 13, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 333-335. + Elders Burden and Reaser Dear Brethren:
I have words to speak to you. The Lord has a great work to do for His cause in the earth, and He will do it through those workers who will unite with Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 46, 1908, 1)
I plead with you, Elder Reaser, to take your stand wholly on the right side. We cannot change the presidency without feeling deep regret. If you will take your position firmly to counterwork the influence you have exerted against the testimonies of the Spirit of God, then the Lord can accept you. But while you remain in an unsettled condition, having more confidence in your own judgment than you have in the counsel of the Lord, you are doing a work to undermine the confidence of the people in the work of the Lord. I must say to you, Elder Reaser, that there is need for much searching of self, for you have much prejudice to overcome. One seed of unbelief sown in the heart will change the atmosphere of the soul. There is a far-reaching work to be done in counterworking the work of unbelief that has been done. If you will place yourself under the control of the Spirit of God, the Lord will help you to do this. Angels of God are by the side of those who choose to be taught of the Lord, and who seek His counsel. Our workers need to counsel often together, that they may know what spirit is controlling them.
(23LtMs, Lt 46, 1908, 2)
The workers in the Southern California Conference need to be minute men. No one is to exalt his own judgment or entertain the thought that he can carry the work in his own way. My brethren, when difficulties arise, do not leave the Lord out of your councils. Self-ruling will bring no strength to the church. A worker may magnify self to large proportions, but in doing so he will bring embarrassment to the work and give an example to the church that God never designed it should have.
(23LtMs, Lt 46, 1908, 3)
The work that was done in collecting money to lift the school debt in Southern California was not a work of God’s ordering. He gave our schools the precious book Christ’s Object Lessons, and He wants that book to be appreciated. The students have lost precious lessons because they have not taken up the work of pushing the sale of these books. There is a most valuable experience to be gained by those who will aid in doing this work for the benefit of our educational institutions. If teachers and students will act their part in this missionary enterprise, angels of God will open the way before them.
(23LtMs, Lt 46, 1908, 4)
In this new year, let new methods be recommended. Let parents encourage their children to act a part in the circulation of Christ’s Object Lessons. This will instruct the children in acts of self-denial. The work of selling Christ’s Object Lessons is a work that Christ would have the children engage in; and they themselves will be blessed in the work. Light, precious light, is contained in the book, which every family should follow.
(23LtMs, Lt 46, 1908, 5)
Ministry of Healing is another book containing valuable instruction. It is also a gift to the work; its teachings will do good to those who receive them, as its title suggests. The sale of Ministry of Healing is one way in which the sanitarium is to receive help. Let us take a personal interest in this matter. These two books can be handled separately or together, as may be deemed advisable. And those who read them will see in them precious light. Angels will [be] beside those who study them to impress minds and hearts.
(23LtMs, Lt 46, 1908, 6)
The Loma Linda Sanitarium needs help. It was the Lord who placed this institution in our possession, that we might carry forward His work through its instrumentality. It should have every convenience necessary to make it a blessing to the sick. In the efforts made to build up this work, Satan has tried in every way to discourage; but we must not be discouraged, but arouse to the task of carrying this work successfully. Los Angeles can help to meet the emergency by loaning means or making gifts to provide for the present necessities.
(23LtMs, Lt 46, 1908, 7)
There is need of an elevator at the sanitarium; it is also necessary that some other improvements be made and that, as far as possible, the indebtedness be decreased. Let all who possibly can help in the circulation of Ministry of Healing, that means may come in for the doing of this work. If at the beginning of this new year, we will take hold of this work, the blessing of the Lord will be upon us. The pushing of this enterprise is included in the missionary work to be done for this time. Let all plan to see what can be done.
(23LtMs, Lt 46, 1908, 8)
We each need to arouse and be a benefit to the world in which we live. We are to act a part in the saving of souls. The spirit we reveal in words and character will live again in those for whom we labor as their ideal of what a Christian believer should be. When the will and desires are held subservient to the will and plans of the Lord, the soul will be as the garden of God, filled with all manner of pleasant flowers and fruits.
(23LtMs, Lt 46, 1908, 9)
The first chapter of Second Peter contains valuable instruction for every worker. Read this chapter, and understand it for your individual selves. It is your privilege to secure the everlasting life insurance policy there brought to view.
(23LtMs, Lt 46, 1908, 10)
Lt 48, 1908
Kress, Br.-Sr. [D.H.] Refiled as Lt 361, 1907.
Lt 48a, 1908
Washburn, J. S. St. Helena, California February 4, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 4MR 31-32. + Elder J. S. Washburn
610 Meridian St.
Nashville, Tennessee Dear Brother:
About a week ago I received a letter from J. E. White and one from you; and during the last few days I have received letters that speak of the work which you think to undertake.
(23LtMs, Lt 48a, 1908, 1)
Some time ago I had light that you should become acquainted with the work that is being done by the large educational institutions for the colored people in Nashville. When the work was first opened in Nashville, I was deeply anxious that our workers should become familiar with the workings of these school, and that they should make special efforts to become acquainted with the teachers and learn from them their methods of working. Again and again I have been instructed that some of our youth should be encouraged to attend these schools and exert an influence for the truth as they mingle with the students and teachers in their classes. I still urge that this be done.
(23LtMs, Lt 48a, 1908, 2)
I have repeatedly stated that one of the reasons that we were led to select Nashville as a suitable center for our work in the South was because of the location of the large schools there for the colored people. As our brethren become acquainted with the methods of work in these colored schools, they will learn much regarding how to sow successfully the seeds of truth in the hearts of these people. This was clearly presented to me when we first entered the city of Nashville.
(23LtMs, Lt 48a, 1908, 3)
Some of those in the Madison school should keep always the object in view of learning the best methods of educating the colored people.
(23LtMs, Lt 48a, 1908, 4)
There should be a blending together of interests, and an effort in every possible way, that we may become acquainted with the methods of instruction which have been found most successful. I have been shown that we should obtain all the knowledge possible of the best ways to conduct schools for the colored people; for we are to start schools in many places in the South.
(23LtMs, Lt 48a, 1908, 5)
It is our duty to educate medical missionaries to become teachers of the colored people. This work should be begun at once; for the time is short in which we shall be able to work. It should have been in operation long ago. The urgency of opening new fields in the South and the importance of doing it now is continually being placed before me.
(23LtMs, Lt 48a, 1908, 6)
We are instructed that the truth must go forth as a lamp that burneth. Let not your mind become obscured, but let it respond willingly to the will of God. The Holy Spirit is waiting to accomplish a great and good work for the cities of the South through God’s faithful servants. If it is appointed that you be called to this work, do your best in the name of the Lord. We need to watch unto prayer and to make straight paths for our feet and for the feet of others.
(23LtMs, Lt 48a, 1908, 7)
The cities of the South have been neglected long enough. They must now receive a knowledge of the truth for this time; and this knowledge is to come through the faithfulness of God’s servants. I have a deep interest in these souls to whom you shall open the Word of truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 48a, 1908, 8)
If there is a special call for ministerial work to be done in Memphis, I advise you to take right hold of it and see what can be done with the helpers who may be selected. For years the Lord has been pointing out that this work should be done. It would not be consistent to neglect this call. May the Lord help you to step in where you are most needed. If this is the voice of the conference, step in in the name of the Lord, using all your ingenuity to make the effort a great success. Of course there will be others to help you.
(23LtMs, Lt 48a, 1908, 9)
There should not at this time be an urgent call made for the erection of a school for colored people in Nashville. I learn that Brother Stains has purchased land a few miles from Nashville and is establishing a school there where colored people may be educated. This must be taken into consideration in all our plans.
(23LtMs, Lt 48a, 1908, 10)
I cannot write you more at this time, as I wish to get this letter into the mail. We have with us a Brother and Sister Hare from Avondale, Australia. Brother Hare is desirous of having a part in ministerial work. He was with us in the building up of the Avondale school and Health Retreat and has served for the past two years as manager of the health food work at Avondale. He does not desire to have his mind engrossed altogether in the health food business, but wishes to give some time to teaching the Word. He is a man who, I believe, could help you in the South.
(23LtMs, Lt 48a, 1908, 11)
I have advised Brother Hare to go to Madison, and as a worker there he can be a help to you. We want him to be where he can advise in the work and have a part in ministerial work. I think he will be on his way shortly, if he decides to go to Madison.
(23LtMs, Lt 48a, 1908, 12)
Lt 50, 1908
White, J. E. St. Helena, California February 5, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in CD 491-493; 1MR 241; 7MR 329; 6Bio 165. + Elder J. E. White
Edgefield, Tennessee My dear Son:
I have received letters both from you and from Elder Washburn, dealing with the same matters. I have written to him and will now write a few lines to you. I hope that you and Brother Washburn may counsel together about the work.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 1)
I would say, Seek the Lord in earnest prayer. It is often the case that erroneous opinions have been transcribed on the mind, and these tend to lead to an unwise course of action. Every worker should have his mind drawn out after God, with humble heart, surrendering his individual will to the Lord’s will. We must live in hourly communion with God, that we may be enabled to walk in His ways. The principles of truth and righteousness must be firmly implanted in the mind and heart.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 2)
You need rest and quietness. If you will seek for these, you will be a great gainer. You will be calm in mind, and passing annoyances will not irritate you.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 3)
My son, may the Lord God of Israel be your counselor. Satan has come down in great power, knowing that he has but a short time to work. He is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness to draw men away from Christ. But by looking unto Jesus, and committing your soul unto Him, you may rest in His love. Allow nothing to disturb your peace of mind. In the name of the Lord, I tell you that it is your privilege to claim from the source of all spiritual efficiency the keeping power of God. Watch and pray, lest you enter into temptation. The Lord will sustain you, if you will act faithfully your part.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 4)
As you seek the Lord for sympathy and co-operation, you obtain the intelligence and peace that you desire. Keep your soul in the love of God. Guard carefully all your words; for by your speech you are to represent the spirit of Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 5)
While selfishness abounds in the world, see that you keep your own soul free from every taint of selfishness. Let not one thread be drawn into the web of your experience. “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength; and thy neighbor as thyself.” [Luke 10:27.]
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 6)
Just before His departure, Jesus said to His disciples, “A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one for another.” [John 13:34, 35.] Here is the mark to which we are to endeavor to attain.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 7)
The work of the Lord must advance rapidly. We have not time to notice the objectionable words or actions of others. Let us not risk our soul’s healthfulness by speaking impatient words, whatever may be the attitude of others. “Let every man be swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath.” [James 1:19.]
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 8)
Every branch of God’s work is needed. The medical missionary work is to the message as is the right hand to the body. But it would not be sensible or right that all the strength of the body should go into a hand. Neither would it be right for all the strength of the working agencies in the cause of the Lord to be used in the medical missionary work. The ministry of the Word must be sustained, and there must be unity in the movements of the whole body, all parts united in carrying out God’s plan for the advancement of His work. All the members of the body are to be the Lord’s working agencies, every part joined harmoniously with every other part.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 9)
I would be pleased to see you, but I dare not go to the South where you are; for I have but little strength. I am writing almost continuously. I know that the Lord is my Guide, and whether I live or die, I am the Lord’s.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 10)
I am thankful that, notwithstanding my arduous labors during my recent visit to Southern California, I still retain my clearness of mind. I was fearful that my voice might be weakened; but for one hour at the sanitarium last Sabbath, I was able to speak as clearly and distinctly as usual. The Lord gave me plain, clear light to give to His people.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 11)
Brother Metcalfe Hare and Elder Haskell and his wife have, for a few days, been members of my family. Brother Hare has been engaged in the health food work in Australia, and he is desirous of entering some place where he can divide his labors between the ministry and some other line of work. I think that, in many ways, he would be a good helper in the South. He has had an experience in Avondale from the very beginning of our work there.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 12)
The managers of the Avondale school have endeavored to walk in all the light that the Lord has given. His rich blessing has been with the institution, and it is an object lesson of the success that will follow those who respect and obey the light from heaven.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 13)
It is reported by some that I have not lived up to the principles of health reform as I have advocated them with my pen. But I can say that so far as my knowledge goes, I have not departed from those principles. Those who have eaten at my table know that I have not placed flesh meats before them.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 14)
When through overwork, care, and anxiety your father became very feeble in health, one and another said to me, “Give him some meat.” Wearied with their importunities, I finally bought a piece of what was supposed to be a young lamb, cooked some of it, and gave him a little of the broth. Afterward, as I was cutting up the remainder of this meat, I found in the tissues a disgusting-looking tumor. I can assure you that I had nothing more to do with that piece of meat, but burned it up.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 15)
There was in our family at one time a cook who sometimes ate meat, though she was told not to provide meat for our table. One day she bought some liver. I asked her if she had examined it carefully. She replied that she had not, but thought it was all right. However I insisted on examining it;, and when we looked at it carefully, we found that it was a rotten mass. Then I said to her, “Jenny, do you not see that you are poisoning your blood by the use of the flesh of dead animals?” This incident seemed to impress her at the time.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 16)
It is many years since I have had meat on my table at home. We never use tea or coffee. Occasionally I have used red clover blossom tea for a warm drink, but few of my family drink any fluid at our meals. cream instead of butter, even though we have company present. I have not used butter for many years.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 17)
Yet we do not have an impoverished diet. We have an abundance of dried and canned fruit. If our own fruit crop is short, we buy some in the market. Sister Gray sends me the seedless grapes, and these stewed make a very appetizing dish. We raise our own loganberries and use them freely. Strawberries do not grow well in this locality, but from our neighbors we purchase blackberries, raspberries, apples, and pears. We have also an abundance of tomatoes. We also raise a fine variety of sweet corn and dry a large amount for use during the winter months. Near by us is a food factory, where we can supply ourselves with the grain preparations.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 18)
We endeavor to use good judgment in determining what combinations of food best agree with us. It is our duty to act wisely in regard to our habits of eating, to be temperate, and to learn to reason from cause to effect. If we will do our part, then the Lord will do His part in preserving our brain/nerve power.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 19)
For more than forty years I have eaten but two meals a day. And if I have a specially important work to do, I limit the quantity of food that I take. I regard it as my duty to refuse to place in my stomach any food that I have reason to believe will create disorder. My mind must be sanctified to God, and I must guard carefully against any habit that would tend to lessen my powers of intellect. I am now in my eighty-first year, and I can bear testimony that we do not, as a family, hunger for the flesh pots of Egypt. I have known something of the benefits to be received by living up to the principles of health reform. I consider it a privilege as well as a duty to be a health reformer.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 20)
Yet I am sorry that there are many of our people who do not strictly follow the light on health reform. Those who in their habits transgress the principles of health, and do not heed the light that the Lord has given, will surely suffer the consequences.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 21)
I write you these details, that you may know how to answer any who may question my manner of eating.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 22)
I labor hard and long in my writing. I can seldom sleep later than four o’clock, and many days I am up earlier than this. For the past few weeks I have had but little sleep; for I have felt a great burden to write out the truths that the Lord has presented before me. I know not how long the Lord may continue to spare my life; but I am still committing to paper the things that the Lord has given me.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 23)
When I awake early in the morning, I arise, build a fire in the fireplace, often putting on large chunks of wood that are as heavy as I can lift. Then I take as comfortable a position as possible and begin my writing. This morning I began writing at four o’clock.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 24)
During my last journey to Southern California, I bore a straight testimony in various places. When I stood on my feet before a congregation, the Lord took away all sense of weariness and gave me a clear, distinct voice to communicate the words of light and truth. The Word of God is very precious to me. I am thankful that I can present its truths in clear lines in speech and in writing. My mind is clear on Bible subjects, the subjects that the people need at this time.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 25)
I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice that I have never lost the use of my right arm. Ever since the Lord strengthened me to write, I have always been able to hold my pen with a firm hand. I consider this one of the special blessings of God to me. And I consider that one reason why I have been able to do so much work, both in speaking and in writing, is because I am strictly temperate in my eating. If several varieties of food are placed before me, I endeavor to choose only those that I know will agree. Thus I am enabled to preserve clear mental faculties. I refuse to place in my stomach knowingly anything that will set up fermentation. This is the duty of all health reformers. We must reason from cause to effect. It is our duty to be temperate in all things.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 26)
I must now leave these words with you. Let the Lord Jesus be your instructor. The words that fell from the lips of the Son of God are exceedingly precious. Let no man interpose himself between you and your Redeemer. Take the words of Christ, and be exceedingly glad that you can obtain counsel from lips that never err, and from a heart that will respond to every sincere desire of His children.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 27)
There must be no contention as to who shall be the greatest. Let no man succeed in discouraging you; for you are bought with the price of Christ’s precious blood. Cling to the Mighty One. Be true to Him who paid the ransom price for your soul, that you might have eternal life. Have faith in the Lord Jesus Christ. Be uplifted by the words that He speaks to you in the Scriptures. Be of good courage in the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 28)
With much love.
(23LtMs, Lt 50, 1908, 29)
Lt 52, 1908
Corliss, J. O. St. Helena, California January 28, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder John O. Corliss My dear Brother:
I am commissioned to give you a message regarding your work during the past year; for the Lord has not accepted it in all respects. The warnings given me for you at San Jose and since that time have not been accepted by you. You have chosen to follow your own ideas rather than the instruction the Lord has given.
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 1)
You know that for many years I have had the interest for you and your work that a mother feels for the welfare and prosperity of a son. And now I ask, Why do you not humble your heart before God and for Christ’s sake consider carefully your course of action? There is in you a spirit which the Lord cannot acknowledge as pure, and obedient, and holy.
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 2)
The action of the Conference Committee some time ago in placing several hundred dollars in your hands, in addition to your salary, was not an act that was ordered by the Lord; and it brought perplexity and questioning.
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 3)
You are receiving pay from the conference as a shepherd of the flock. As such you are to consider that you are to labor faithfully and humbly for the spiritual welfare of the church. You are to discern what is essential truth and give it to the people.
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 4)
The apostle Paul wrote to the Corinthians: “I, brethren, when I came to you, came not with excellency of speech or of wisdom, declaring unto you the testimony of God. For I determined not to know anything among you save Jesus Christ, and Him crucified. And I was with you in weakness and in fear, and in much trembling. And my speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man’s wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power; that your faith should not stand in the wisdom of man, but in the power of God.” [1 Corinthians 2:1-5.]
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 5)
And again he writes: “Thanks be unto God, which always causeth us to triumph in Christ, and maketh manifest the savor of His knowledge by us in every place. For we are unto God a sweet savor of Christ, in them that are saved, and in them that perish: to the one we are the savor of death unto death; and to the other the savor of life unto life. And who is sufficient for these things? For we are not as many which corrupt the word of God: but as of sincerity, but as of God; in the sight of God speak we in Christ.” [2 Corinthians 2:14-17.]
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 6)
Every man who realizes his responsibility as a worker together with God will demonstrate in his words and works that he does not belittle the sacred office he bears as guardian of the flock of God. He will be circumspect in his deportment; he will use his capabilities with tact and skill in the work of winning souls. He will have a zeal according to knowledge. And the church has a right to expect this of the minister of God. Those who claim to be doing the work of God in the earth are to be as a sweet savor of Christ in every place. But unless we represent the meekness of Christ, and become true witnesses of the great Teacher, we set before the church an example that God cannot acknowledge in the day when every case shall be decided by the Judge of all the earth.
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 7)
There are many churches that need to awake from sleep and arouse to a new life that will be shown in acts from which our fellow men can take knowledge that we have been born again. Our lives are to become sacred, consecrated lives, because we reflect the spirit of Christ in words and works. We cannot afford to live lives of selfishness. Consider the words of Paul, “We are not as many which corrupt the word of God; but as of sincerity, but as of God, in the sight of God speak we in Christ.” [Verse 17.] Oh, how much time has been lost by teachers of the gospel in pretension—in deceiving their own souls and in deceiving others.
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 8)
“Do we begin again to commend ourselves?” the apostle asks. “Or need we, as some others, epistles of commendation to you, or letters of commendation from you. Ye are our epistle written in our hearts, known and read of all men: forasmuch as ye are manifestly declared to be the epistles of Christ, ministered by us, written not with ink, but with the Spirit of the living God: not in tables of stone, but in the fleshly tables of the heart.
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 9)
“And such trust have we through Christ to God-ward: not that we are sufficient of ourselves to think anything of ourselves: but our efficiency is of God; who also hath made us able ministers of the new testament; not of the letter, but of the spirit; for the letter killeth, but the spirit giveth life. But if the ministration of death, written and engraven in stone, was glorious, so that the children of Israel could not steadfastly behold the face of Moses for the glory of his countenance; which glory was to be done away; how shall not the ministration of the Spirit be rather glorious? For if the ministration of condemnation be glory, much more doth the ministration of righteousness exceed in glory. For even that which was made glorious had no glory in this respect, by reason of the glory which excelleth. For if that which is done away is glorious, much more that which remaineth is glorious.
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 10)
“Seeing then that we have such hope, we use great plainness of speech: but not as Moses, which put a vail over his face, that the children of Israel could not steadfastly look to the end of that which is abolished: but their minds were blinded: for until this day remaineth the same vail untaken away in the reading of the old testament; which vail is done away in Christ. But even unto this day, when Moses is read, the vail is upon their heart. Nevertheless when it shall turn to the Lord, the vail shall be taken away.
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 11)
“Now the Lord is that Spirit: and where the Spirit of the Lord is, there is liberty. But we all, with open face, beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord.” [2 Corinthians 3:1-18.]
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 12)
These words have been given me as a message for you and for Elder Knox. The fourth chapter of Second Corinthians also has precious lessons for every believing soul. Take every word of this blessed instruction to your individual selves. You both need them; for to some extent you have lost your bearings. If you will take time to consider that which is of eternal interest to yourselves, if you will humble your own hearts before God, you will not remain in your present condition of deficiency in those things that God requires of the teachers of His church.
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 13)
My brethren, study the instruction of Christ. You have need to be taught of the One who is holy, harmless, undefiled. Unless you and every minister and physician shall follow His teachings, you can never be a blessing to any church, nor can you enter in through the gates to the city of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 14)
My burden of soul for you has been very great. I have an intense interest in your spiritual welfare. You need to place yourselves under the molding influence of the Spirit of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 52, 1908, 15)
Lt 54, 1908
Message for Elder Knox St. Helena, California January 21, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 2SM 397; OHC 317.
The Lord has given me a message for Elder Knox: The Lord would have a change in the men who are bearing responsibilities in the California Conference; a different spiritual atmosphere is needed.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 1)
Much light has been given regarding the changes that the Lord would have brought about in the conference. The testimonies I have borne under the influence of the Holy Spirit in Oakland, in the place where our meetings were held, if diligently heeded, would have wrought the necessary changes. Now God bids me say, At the beginning of this year the administration should change. There is too much at stake in this great and important work to allow the message sent by the Lord to go unheeded.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 2)
Instruction was given to me that when a message is sent by God, and a change is made in accordance with that message, it is because the Spirit of the Lord impels men to act. Mercy and righteousness have their foundation in the Word of God, and this Word forbids that any arbitrary power be exercised by man over his fellow man. Those who seek counsel of God in meekness of heart, presenting their petitions in the name of their Mediator, will receive grace and guidance. “The meek will He guide in judgment; and the meek will He teach His way.” [Psalm 25:9.] But the unbelieving and rebellious can have no share in the blessings that the humble receiver will receive.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 3)
Not in numbers, not in bodily strength, lies the security of the believer, but in faith in Jesus Christ. We have come to a point in our experience when everything that savors of a domineering power is to be put away from among us. In the name of the Lord, I call upon our ministers to prepare the way of the Lord and to make His paths straight.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 4)
“O Lord, Thou art my God,” the prophet Isaiah exclaimed; “I will exalt Thee; I will praise Thy name; for Thou hast done wonderful things; Thy counsels of old are faithfulness and truth. For Thou hast made of a city an heap; of a defenced city a ruin: a palace of strangers to be no city; it shall never be built. Therefore shall the strong people glorify Thee, the city of the terrible nations shall fear Thee. For Thou hast been a strength to the poor, a strength to the needy in His distress, a refuge from the storm, a shadow from the heat, when the blast of the terrible ones is as a storm against the wall. Thou shalt bring down the noise of strangers, as the heat in a dry place; even the heat with the shadow of a cloud: the branch of the terrible ones shall be brought low.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 5)
“And in this mountain shall the Lord of hosts make unto all people a feast of fat things, a feast of wines on the lees, of fat things full of marrow, of wines on the lees well refined. And He will destroy in this mountain the face of the covering cast over all people, and the vail that is spread over all nations. He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord God will wipe away all tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people shall He take away from off all the earth: for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 6)
“And it shall be said in that day, Lo, this is our God; we have waited for Him, and He will save us: this is the Lord: we have waited for Him, we will be glad and rejoice in His salvation. For in this mountain shall the hand of the Lord rest, and Moab shall be trodden down under Him, even as straw is trodden down for the dunghill. And He shall spread forth His hands in the midst of them, as he that swimmeth spreadeth forth his hands to swim: and He shall bring down their pride together with the spoils of their hands. And the fortress of the high fort of thy walls shall He bring down, lay low, and bring to the ground, even to the dust.” [Isaiah 25:1-12.]
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 7)
All God’s counsels to His covenant people are faithfulness and truth. Mercy and righteousness have their foundation in an understanding and obedience to the will of the Lord. There is a great work to be done in California; but there must be a change in the administration. The Lord has not accepted in all its features the work that has been done in the last few years. Only the strictest obedience to the requirements of God will the Lord accept from men who stand in the places of highest responsibility in our conferences.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 8)
Message after message has been borne to some of the churches in California during the past two years. It is the design of God that these messages shall stand firm to the accomplishment of the work that He has declared in them shall be done. If the teachers of truth had stood firm to the counsels of the Lord, great victories for the truth would have been gained. It would have been made manifest through the churches that God was working through the people who claim to keep His commandments. Their united representation of the will of God would have been an assurance to unbelievers that here was a people who vindicated the Word of the Lord in every respect. The signs of their connection with heaven would have been clearly displayed, and hundreds would have been brought to a knowledge of the truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 9)
God appointed that His people should be bound together in the bonds of sacred union. But a man-ruling power came gradually into our ranks. Men were appointed to be rulers over their fellow men—men whose ways were not the ways of the Lord and whose works were not His works. God has never decreed that man should thus be made amenable to his fellow man, or that one brother should dictate to another concerning individual duty. He has never bidden any man accept the words and experience of a fellow worker and to follow the judgment of a man-ruling power.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 10)
One of the ways in which the Lord has punished nations in the past for perversity and disobedience to His commands has been to place them in subjection to other nations and powers, making them dependent on human agencies instead of upon the arm of the Lord. The result has been feebleness and often discord and confusion. Similar will be the results in the Christian experience of those who make flesh their arm and depart from the strength of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 11)
I am instructed to say to Seventh-day Adventists the world over, God has called us as a people to be a peculiar treasure unto Himself. He has appointed that His church on earth shall stand perfectly united in the Spirit and counsel of the Lord of hosts to the end of time. Satan has taken advantage of the inclination of the human mind, to cause a dominating power to be exercised, so that those who would cannot follow the leadings of the Lord without being brought to task by men. But God wants us to learn that His Spirit is to be the chief counselor of His people. I am instructed to say in the name of the God of Israel, Everything that savors of a domineering power is to be set aside. The Lord of hosts is to be the ruler of the people He has chosen. Those who believe the truth are to have the privilege of counseling with their brethren in the faith, of praying with them when difficulties and trials and sorrows come. As fellow workers they are to be a help one to another. But I have been instructed to oppose the spirit that would lead men to exercise authority over their fellow men in their spiritual experiences.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 12)
The light given me of the Lord is, Break every yoke. There must now be brought into the conference workers who have a sound spiritual experience, workers who, when the question is asked, “Watchman, what of the night?” will respond, “The morning cometh; and also the night.” The morning comes to the people of God who rely upon His Word and follow His counsels: but the night comes to those who walk and work in human wisdom. “If ye will inquire, inquire, return, come.” [Isaiah 21:11, 12.]
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 13)
Decided changes should be made in the spiritual conditions of the California Conference. I now advise that Elder Haskell and his wife, who have had a wide experience in our cause, be chosen to serve the work in this field, and that they be provided with helpers who will assist them in carrying the work in right lines. Special efforts must now be made to drive away the spiritual fog, and to bring in a clearer and purer atmosphere; and this must be done by the working of the Holy Spirit. The fog of unbelief and uncertainty has hid the Sun of righteousness from many of His people. The seeds of doubt that have been sown in minds have taken so deep root that some may never again clearly discern the truth as it is in Jesus. We would do great wrong to allow the work to be carried on in the same manner in the future.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 14)
I am instructed to advise that Elder Haskell come in and unite with reliable men in carrying the responsibilities of the California Conference. Let every vestige of man-ruling power, which has engendered unbelief and strife, be now removed; and let many prayers ascend to heaven that the pillar of cloud shall lead this people. Let the truth be magnified.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 15)
There should be among us many more true-hearted men who appreciate the truth in its loveliness and who, because they appropriate the sanctifying grace of Christ, and walk humbly with God, have clear spiritual eyesight—men who will become educators of the people, gathering the divine rays of light to reflect on the pathway which we travel.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 16)
In the place of hovering over the churches, our ministers should carry a burden for souls unwarned by the messages of Revelation fourteen. Every tongue should be sanctified to teach the truth of the Bible. The apostle Paul’s instruction to Titus was, “Speak thou the things which become sound doctrine: that the aged men be sober, grave, temperate, sound in the faith, in charity, in patience. The aged women likewise, that they be in behaviour as becometh holiness, not false accusers, not given to much wine, teachers of good things: that they may teach the young women to be sober, to love their husbands, to love their children, to be discreet, chaste, keepers at home, good, obedient to their own husbands, that the word of God be not blasphemed....
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 17)
“For the grace of God which bringeth salvation, hath appeared to all men, teaching us that denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly in this present world; looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ; who gave Himself for us, that He might redeem us from all iniquity, and purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works. These things speak and exhort, and rebuke with all authority. Let no man despise thee.” [Titus 2:1-5, 11-15.]
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 18)
Those who put on the garments of authority, and not the garments of righteousness, know not what is the nature of Christ’s authority.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 19)
For Brother and Sister Haskell, I have this message: The Lord will surely sustain you as you speak in demonstration of the Spirit. Look unto Jesus who is the author and finisher of your faith. May the Lord greatly bless you and help you to be a blessing to Elder Knox, to Elder Corliss, and to all your fellow laborers in the ministry.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 20)
To our brethren and sisters throughout the conference, I would say, Be a help and comfort to those who are bearing the burdens of the work.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 21)
To those who have long been in forbidden paths, I would say, “Take heed, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily while it is called today, lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin.” [Hebrews 3:12, 13.]
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 22)
I desire to see you learning the lessons of obedience and humility as God’s little children. Do not think that we desire to hurt you, for we do not; we pray for the salvation of your souls.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 23)
“So also Christ glorified not Himself to be made an high priest; but He that said unto Him, Thou art My Son, today have I begotten Thee. As He saith also in another place, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek. Who in the days of His flesh, when He had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears unto Him that was able to save Him from death, and was heard in that He feared; though He were a Son, yet learned He obedience through the things which He suffered; and being made perfect, He became the author of eternal salvation unto all them that obey Him.” [Hebrews 5:5-9.] Here are stated the only conditions. True obedience will soften and subdue the hearts of all who will be saved in God’s appointed way.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 24)
Now, my brethren, I have written this to you that you might understand that the Lord cannot accept your labors unless you work the works of God. He desires you to become His little children, willing to learn every lesson He has for you to learn. The Lord cannot save you if you entertain the idea that you can lift up or cast down as you please.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 25)
“Moses verily was faithful in all his house, as a servant, as a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after; but Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we, if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm unto the end. Wherefore as the Holy Ghost saith, Today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness: when your fathers tempted Me, proved Me, and saw My works forty years. Wherefore I was grieved with that generation, and said, They do always err in their hearts; and they have not known My ways.” [Hebrews 3:5-10.]
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 26)
It is only the narrowness of our vision that prevents us from discerning God’s loving-kindness in the discipline to which He subjects His church, as well as in the great blessings which He provides. In all times of distress and confusion, God is a sure refuge to His people. In the shadow of His protection they may safely keep His way. In the affliction designed to purify them, the power of the gospel is to be their consolation. In His sure Word they have a fortress.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 27)
“In that day shall this song be sung in the land of Judah; We have a strong city; salvation will God appoint for walls and bulwarks. Open ye the gates, that the righteous nation, which keepeth the truth, may enter in....
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 28)
“Trust ye in the Lord forever; for in the Lord Jehovah is everlasting strength; for He bringeth down them that dwell on high; the lofty city, He layeth it low, even to the ground; He bringeth it even to the dust. The foot shall tread it down, even the feet of the poor, and the steps of the needy. The way of the just is uprightness: Thou, most upright, dost weigh the path of the just. Yea, in the way of Thy judgments, O Lord, have we waited for Thee; the desire of our soul is to Thy name, and to the remembrance of Thee.
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 29)
“With my soul have I desired Thee in the night; yea, with my spirit within me will I seek Thee early: for when Thy judgments are in the earth, the inhabitants of the earth will learn righteousness. Let favor be shewed to the wicked, yet will he not learn righteousness: in the land of uprightness will he deal unjustly, and will not behold the majesty of the Lord.” [Isaiah 26:1, 2, 4-10.]
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 30)
Sometimes God leaves His people for a season, that they may learn the lesson of dependence upon Him. Oh, what lessons the church has had for its enlightenment!
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 31)
“Hear, ye that are afar off, what I have done; and ye that are near, acknowledge My might. The sinners in Zion are afraid; fearfulness hath surprised the hypocrite. Who among us shall dwell with the devouring fire? who among us shall dwell with everlasting burnings? He that walketh righteously, and speaketh uprightly; he that despiseth the gain of oppressions, that shaketh his hands from holding of bribes, that stoppeth his ears from hearing of blood, and shutteth his eyes from seeing evil; he shall dwell on high; his place of defence shall be the munitions of rocks; bread shall be given him; his waters shall be sure. Thine eyes shall see the King in His beauty: they shall behold the land that is very far off.” [Isaiah 33:13-17.]
(23LtMs, Lt 54, 1908, 32)
Lt 56, 1908
Knox, W. T. St. Helena, California January 28, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder W. T. Knox Dear Brother:
I am instructed to say to you that in many respects your experience and the experience of Elder Corliss are not that which God approves. The Lord has not been glorified in your administration, and a different administration should now be brought in. The position of president of a conference calls for a man of deep discernment. And no conference should bear the impress of one man’s mind and one man’s judgment. The men who stand at the head of this work should have a molding influence on the churches that is in harmony with the Spirit of Christ. When Jesus is abiding in the heart by faith, the spirit of self will not arise to lead men away from holy principles.
(23LtMs, Lt 56, 1908, 1)
The present condition of the conference over which you have had charge is not a condition favorable to Christian growth. You are not in a condition spiritually to help the churches. I have been shown that for more than two years, while you have held positions of great influence in the conference, your labors have not in all things been pleasing to God. Not all of your work in Oakland and Berkeley was of a character to properly represent the truth for this time. The spirit you have at times entertained the Lord does not acknowledge.
(23LtMs, Lt 56, 1908, 2)
I am instructed to say to you that a different administration must now come into the California Conference. And to you I must say, that unless you learn lessons of Christ, seeking Him with brokenness of heart, there will be no place for you in the work. Had the work in California been carried by men who were daily being taught of God, it would be two or three years in advance of where it is.
(23LtMs, Lt 56, 1908, 3)
I have felt deeply concerned for the churches in California, and I was relieved when it was suggested that for a time Elder Haskell help to carry the responsibilities of this conference. Elder Haskell is a man of influence and has had an experience that goes back to the early days of the message. His interests were closely connected with those of the pioneers in this cause in their early labors and conflicts. Our seasons of prayer together were blessed of God, and light was given us at those times that is now shining forth in clear, bright rays. Elder Haskell has had a knowledge of present truth from the beginning. He knows how to keep minds fresh, regarding the events of our history as a people, and to teach those points of faith that have been present truth to us from the rise of the message to this time.
(23LtMs, Lt 56, 1908, 4)
The financial burdens of the conference should be borne by those who will bear their responsibilities in humility and the fear of God. I believe when this matter is presented to faithful, diligent burden-bearers, they will take up this part of the work.
(23LtMs, Lt 56, 1908, 5)
Surely the time has come when the California Conference should have a new ministration. We advise that you no longer carry the burdens you have been bearing in this conference, and that Elder Haskell unite with faithful helpers in carrying the responsibilities that pertain to the spiritual welfare of the people. The California Conference should have a president who will make the Lord his Counselor and Stronghold, his Front Guard and Rearward, and who will work in harmony with the testimonies that God sends through His chosen agencies.
(23LtMs, Lt 56, 1908, 6)
Lt 58, 1908
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] St. Helena, California January 12, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 332-333. + Elder J. A. Burden
Loma Linda, California Dear Brother and Sister Burden:
I have just written a short letter to Elder Reaser. When a man exalts himself as Elder Reaser has done, he is in great peril. He is in danger of losing his soul; and the enemy will endeavor to take advantage of his influence, and his capabilities, and use them to deceive others and lead them into false paths.
(23LtMs, Lt 58, 1908, 1)
But I have been shown that if Elder Reaser will humble his heart, and make a decided change in his attitude toward the work and toward his brethren, then we should come close to him to help him. It will not help him to treat him coldly. Let us not risk the chance of losing his soul, but let us help and strengthen him, and forgive as Christ forgives.
(23LtMs, Lt 58, 1908, 2)
Brother Reaser needs help. If he sees the changes he should make, and casts away the false confidence he has had, putting his trust in the One who gave His life for men, he can have power to overcome.
(23LtMs, Lt 58, 1908, 3)
Elder Reaser is seeking to keep the better world in view, and he wants us to trust him. How tenderly my heart went out toward him as I read his letters. I desire to help him over this hard place. I believe that if we can tenderly help him at this time, that he will respond to our efforts in his behalf. I feel that we should not make it known to the churches that we feared he would have to resign his position. I would not take a step that would mar his life record. Let us try to help him to put his heart and soul and strength on the Lord’s side, for the upbuilding of His church.
(23LtMs, Lt 58, 1908, 4)
I would not willingly do anything that would show a spirit of coldness or lack of Christian forgiveness. I have told our brother where he has erred, and that the Lord was grieved with his course of action. We have many dangers to encounter in our Christian experience, but that which seems to me would be the most serious error just now would be to withdraw from one who needs our help, while struggling to get on safe footing.
(23LtMs, Lt 58, 1908, 5)
I have felt a deep yearning for the soul of Brother Reaser, and the mere thought that he may retain his position as president of the conference, and work in unison with his brethren, fills me with thankfulness. I shall rejoice greatly if he need not pass through the embarrassment of being separated from the work.
(23LtMs, Lt 58, 1908, 6)
I have sought no counsel in this matter, but the Lord’s; and He has shown me that Brother Reaser, with the help and sympathy of his brethren, and working unitedly with them, can serve another year. Brethren Cottrell and Reaser should blend in their work and give you the help you must have in your sanitarium work. This the Lord calls them to do.
(23LtMs, Lt 58, 1908, 7)
Brother Reaser will have many difficulties to overcome; for he has misjudged the way in which the work of soul-winning should be done. He will need now, more than ever before, faithful, sympathizing friends—those who will help him to do justice, to love mercy, and to walk humbly with God. He will be enabled to do this if he will allow his heart to be worked by the Holy Spirit of God. And we are to watch, not only this soul, but other souls that may have been in the wrong way, and help them to place their feet in the right way. With the help of his brethren, Brother Reaser may learn his lesson and find the path that Jesus traveled and become a representative of Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 58, 1908, 8)
Let Brother Reaser help you in every possible way, and seek to strengthen him in every right purpose. Tell him the Lord says, “Be not discouraged; for I am thy God.” [Isaiah 41:10.] When I think of any other course being taken, I am filled with sorrow. Christ would have us united in Christian fellowship—a tie more binding than the ties of human kinship. Let us take our stand on a higher platform. Christ has pledged Himself to work for us if we will take hold of Him by faith.
(23LtMs, Lt 58, 1908, 9)
Jesus does not willingly give sorrow to a single soul. Let us learn of Him how to manifest a tender affection. His promises will never fail; in Him we have an unchanging friend. Let us now take hold to glorify, not self, but Christ; then the light of His presence will shine upon us, illuminating all the way.
(23LtMs, Lt 58, 1908, 10)
I am very desirous, Brother Burden, that you should help Elder Reaser wherever you can. As he shall come into right relation to God, you will be encouraged to help him in many ways. If Brother Reaser will come into harmony with the work, he can be a help to you and you to him. There are many who have received wrong impressions. There are many church members who need to feel the converting power of God upon mind and heart and character. There are many in Los Angeles who, if they would move out of the city and find homes in more retired places, would have an experience of a higher character. There is a great work to be done for the city of Los Angeles.
(23LtMs, Lt 58, 1908, 11)
Lt 60, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California February 3, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 9MR 18-19. Elder S. N. Haskell Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I wish very much that you would write to me, even if you can find time for only a few lines.
(23LtMs, Lt 60, 1908, 1)
I have been very busy since the meetings closed. I have had several visitors. I was much pleased to have some conversation with Elder Gilbert and his wife. What he told me of his work was very interesting. I believe that if he will hold on patiently, his work for the Jewish people will be successful. I greatly desired to help him with money in properly fitting up the place he has purchased. I wish the church at Fresno might be induced to make an offering to his work, that the Jews who accept Christ, and because of this are cut off from their people, may have a place of refuge. Elder Gilbert is using his God-given powers in a noble work. I pray that through his efforts many of the seed of Israel may be grafted into the true stock, Christ Jesus.
(23LtMs, Lt 60, 1908, 2)
The apostle wrote to the Romans: “For I speak to you Gentiles, inasmuch as I am the apostle of the Gentiles, I magnify mine office: if by any means I might provoke to emulation them which are my flesh, and might save some of them. For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them be, but life from the dead? For if the first fruits be holy, the lump is also holy. And if the root be holy, so are the branches. And if some of the branches be broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert graffed in among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree; boast not against the branches. But if thou boast, thou bearest not the root, but the root thee.
(23LtMs, Lt 60, 1908, 3)
“Thou wilt say then, The branches were broken off, that I might be graft in. Well; because of unbelief they were broken off; and thou standest by faith. Be not high minded, but fear: for if God spared not the natural branches, take heed lest He also spare not thee. Behold therefore, the goodness and severity of God: on them which fell, severity: but toward thee, goodness; if thou continue in His goodness: otherwise thou also shalt be cut off.
(23LtMs, Lt 60, 1908, 4)
“And they also, if they abide not still in unbelief, shall be graft in, for God is able to graft them in again. For if thou wert cut out of the olive tree, which is wild by nature, and wert graft contrary to nature, into a good olive tree, how much more shall these, which be the natural branches, be graft into their own olive tree? For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery; lest ye be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened unto Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in.” [Romans 11:13-25.]
(23LtMs, Lt 60, 1908, 5)
I ask you to study this whole chapter carefully. There is a great work to be done for the Jewish people. In seeking to do this work Brother Gilbert has placed himself in a trying position, and at times his life has been endangered. But the Lord has wonderfully preserved him and has blessed his efforts in giving him converts to the faith. Now that he has purchased a farm where he can make a home for these converted Jews, I trust that our people in Fresno will help him in this work. I am in fullest sympathy with this work, and I desire to solicit an offering from the Fresno church for its support. I trust that no hindering influence will come in to turn their hearts from giving. Not only will this home serve as a refuge to those who accept Christ, but it will be a place where they will learn how to work for their own people.
(23LtMs, Lt 60, 1908, 6)
I will leave this matter with you. I trust that no one will consider it his duty to hedge up the way.
(23LtMs, Lt 60, 1908, 7)
Please write and let me know how matters are progressing. I have not relinquished my hope in the Lord that we shall see of His saving grace.
(23LtMs, Lt 60, 1908, 8)
I need to hire five hundred dollars. If I could get this amount at a reasonable rate of interest, I should be glad. Will you see if there is any person who will make me this loan for a year or more. I need means in order to get my books into circulation.
(23LtMs, Lt 60, 1908, 9)
May the Lord bless you, is my earnest prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 60, 1908, 10)
Lt 62, 1908
Reaser, G. W. St. Helena, California February 2, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 9MR 18. Elder G. W. Reaser
257 South Hill St.
Los Angeles, California Dear Brother:
I was much pleased to read your letter dated Jan. 31. It gave me encouragement, for I can see that the Lord is working with you.
(23LtMs, Lt 62, 1908, 1)
I have just had an interview with Brother Gilbert, the converted Jew. He is looking much better in health than when I saw him last, and his wife looks well. He had much to say in the short time he was with me; and he spoke clearly and distinctly. He always has a very interesting history to relate. He certainly is doing a good work. I hope he will be able to raise money for the place he has just purchased. How thankful I would have been if I could have given him something for this enterprise; but I was unable to do this.
(23LtMs, Lt 62, 1908, 2)
I am so thankful, Elder Reaser, that you are deciding to walk in the light as Christ is in the light. As the Lord’s messengers, we need to walk in every ray of light that comes to us as a people. We must live in the light, holding on to the Man of Calvary who gave His life for the life of the world. Read the nineteenth chapter of Revelation. We are living amid the closing scenes of this earth’s history. Should we who occupy the position of watchmen on the walls of Zion pass along without discerning the messages which every minister should be giving at this time, the result would be eternal loss. Many souls are quieted to sleep because the trumpet gives forth no certain sound.
(23LtMs, Lt 62, 1908, 3)
My brother, “be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day; and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and having your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, that ye may be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And taking the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God; praying always, with all prayers and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints.” [Ephesians 6:10-18.]
(23LtMs, Lt 62, 1908, 4)
Lt 64, 1908
Reaser, G. W. St. Helena, California February 4, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder G. W. Reaser Dear Brother:
I have received and read your letter. I appreciate your statement that you felt I would be relieved by what you wrote. I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice. You cannot know how greatly I am relieved and how gratefully I thank the Lord that the enemy has not been permitted to spoil the flock. He seeks an entrance at every possible point. O I am so thankful for the promise that if God’s people will draw nigh to Him, God will draw nigh to them. If we will maintain the simplicity of our faith, the Lord will impart His grace. His encouragement is worth everything to us.
(23LtMs, Lt 64, 1908, 1)
Words of encouragement spoken to the people of God will help them very much, and the hearts of those who speak these words will be softened and subdued by the sense of God’s rich grace. Why should we express doubts? There is a whole heaven full of blessings awaiting our demand. Let us believe. Let us accept the blessed promises by faith. Let us believe that we receive the things for which we ask and express our gratitude to God for them.
(23LtMs, Lt 64, 1908, 2)
The Lord is kind and thoughtful of us. Let us be kind and thoughtful for those with whom we associate. Precious Saviour full of grace, we need Thee.
(23LtMs, Lt 64, 1908, 3)
I am comforted and encouraged by the assurances of those who are striving to do the will of God and become channels of light to others. Let us praise the Lord more than we have done. “Whoso offereth praise, glorifieth God.” [See Psalm 50:23.] As we speak cheering words to the church members, we shall encourage in them gratitude of soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 64, 1908, 4)
Help Brother Burden and his wife. Speak to them words of encouragement and cheer. Thus you will gain experience in keeping hearts joyful and in bringing blessing to many. In the past we have offered too little thanksgiving to God. Let us change this order of things.
(23LtMs, Lt 64, 1908, 5)
The churches in Los Angeles need to unlearn their habits of criticism if they would be prepared to unite with the heavenly family. We none of us know what is before us in this future life; let us try to leave behind us an influence that will be a sweet savor of Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 64, 1908, 6)
Again I say to you, Speak encouraging words to the people. O you do not realize how much of comfort this will bring to yourself and to others. While we must not be unmindful of the need at times of speaking words of caution and reproof, we can let these words be mingled with grace and love. There are many souls who have trials that they do not speak of. Words of kindness and cheer will reach and comfort the hearts of such.
(23LtMs, Lt 64, 1908, 7)
Lt 66, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California February 3, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder and Mrs. S. N. Haskell Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I am hoping to hear from you that the Lord is strengthening and guiding you. My mind has not changed that you should act a part in the work of this conference.
(23LtMs, Lt 66, 1908, 1)
All have not the same work do in the cause of God. This truth the apostle plainly sets forth in his letter to the Corinthians. He says: “And I, brethren, could not speak unto you as unto spiritual, but as unto carnal. I have fed you with milk, and not with meat: for hitherto ye were not able to bear it, neither yet now are ye able. For ye are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying and strife, and division, are ye not carnal, and walk as men? For while one saith, I am of Paul; and another, I am of Apollos; are ye not carnal?
(23LtMs, Lt 66, 1908, 2)
“Who then is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom ye believed, even as the Lord gave to every man? I have planted, Apollos watered; but God gave the increase. So then neither is he that planteth anything, neither he that watereth; but God giveth the increase. Now he that planteth and he that watereth are one: and every man shall receive his own reward, according to his own labor. For we are laborers together with God: ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.
(23LtMs, Lt 66, 1908, 3)
“According to the grace of God which is given unto me, as a wise master-builder, I have laid the foundation, and another buildeth thereon. But let every man take heed how he buildeth thereupon. For other foundation can no man lay than that which is laid, which is Jesus Christ. Now if any man build upon this foundation gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble; every man’s work shall be made manifest: for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man’s work of what sort it is.
(23LtMs, Lt 66, 1908, 4)
“If any man’s work abide which he hath built thereupon, he shall receive a reward. If any man’s work shall be burnt, he shall suffer loss: but he himself shall be saved; yet so as by fire.
(23LtMs, Lt 66, 1908, 5)
“Know ye not that ye are the temple of God,” the apostle continues, “and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you? If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy: for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are.” [1 Corinthians 3:1-17.]
(23LtMs, Lt 66, 1908, 6)
Lt 68, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California February 5, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 404. Elder and Mrs. S. N. Haskell Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I am very glad to receive letters from you. I am praying that the Spirit of the Lord will work on human hearts.
(23LtMs, Lt 68, 1908, 1)
Brethren Knox and Corliss have been in the same places in California for the past three or four years, and it is desirable that a change should now be made. It is not often wise to keep workers in one place for over two or three years, even if their services are acceptable. But the mold that has been given by these brethren in some of the places where they have labored has not been one that is acceptable to God. There is need that others come in who will change the order of things. If you can have united with you one or two influential men who walk humbly with God and render special help to the churches, a different condition may be brought about. God desires that His people shall be molded and fashioned after the divine similitude.
(23LtMs, Lt 68, 1908, 2)
God is displeased when men are placed over the church who are not themselves under the divine guidance, whatever may be their knowledge of the truth. Satan takes every advantage of a lack of spiritual tact on the part of the workers. How can men who are not under discipline to God, and who cannot see their own deficiencies, give the right mould to the church? God does not accept the service of such. Because they do not see where they make mistakes, they continue to follow their natural tendencies.
(23LtMs, Lt 68, 1908, 3)
The churches in Oakland and its suburbs need for their leaders men who have wisdom to discern how to help the church members and how to exert an influence that will give the right mold to the work. The necessities of these churches should have been realized long ago; but they have been allowed to exist, and now it is time that changes be brought in. The work in these important places cannot be left for circumstances to control. The believers need a different atmosphere to surround them; they need an education of a character that will give them an understanding of the gospel, not only in word, but in spirit and practice.
(23LtMs, Lt 68, 1908, 4)
I will leave this matter with those who ought to be proper judges of what our churches need in example, in education, in the manifestation of kindness, in true, faithful watchcare, such as a faithful shepherd would give to his flock.
(23LtMs, Lt 68, 1908, 5)
Great blindness has been manifested by those who have kept in positions of responsibility men who could not discern the effect of their words upon church members. Where there might have been united action, a wholesome influence exerted, a Christlike, God-fearing work accomplished for the salvation of souls, there has been deficiency and weakness. A much higher tone should have been given to the work, a more spiritual, healthful influence exerted. The Lord does not call to the position of shepherd those who do not carry a burden for the sheep of the flock. God says of such, “Thou are weighed in the balances, and art found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.]
(23LtMs, Lt 68, 1908, 6)
I would be pleased, Elder Haskell, if you and your wife could unite with the workers of California in guiding our people amid the changes and turmoil, the violence and crime that are on every side. Keep firm hold on the power of the One who sees and knows, and who will enable you to give the trumpet a certain sound. Work intelligently, work disinterestedly. But I need not tell you this. You cannot well do otherwise with the experience that you have had and your knowledge of the Word of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 68, 1908, 7)
A definite work must be done; the trumpet must give a certain sound; for the Lord is giving evidence on all sides that His coming is near, much nearer than when we first believed. The work which I have outlined to be done for the churches of Oakland and its suburbs should also be done for our other churches throughout the conference. Fresno needs help. God calls for minute men who will be wide-awake and who will be faithful shepherds of the flock. There is great neglect in all our churches in meeting the spiritual needs of the people.
(23LtMs, Lt 68, 1908, 8)
I call upon my brethren to wake up. For Christ’s sake do not sleep now. There needs to be an arousing on all sides. Many of the believers in Fresno are asleep. They are not preparing their white garments in which to stand in the great day of the Lord. I give you the warning, Make ready. The world is sporting itself in its own wickedness. Let no heart be exercised unto covetousness. Those who have this light, if they will study the Word of God, need not be deceived. If they are humble and obedient to the Word of the Lord, they will walk in a plain path. But the Lord will not be trifled with. Christ is our Pattern. God wants us each to feel our deep need of Him and be converted daily to His service.
(23LtMs, Lt 68, 1908, 9)
Lt 70, 1908
Cottrell, H. W. St. Helena, California February 5, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder Cottrell
Mountain View, California Dear Brother:
I have been shown the character of the influence of many of the professed believers in Alameda and Berkeley, and that the Lord is not well pleased with such a representation. The same men should not be placed over these churches as in the past, for their work has not been pleasing to God. It is not possible for them to exert the right influence, for they need the converting power of God upon their own hearts. They need that one teach them what constitutes a fitness for the work of a shepherd. They need to pursue a course very different from that which they have taken, if they would give the proper discipline to the church.
(23LtMs, Lt 70, 1908, 1)
Neither of the brethren in charge of the churches in Alameda and Berkeley understands the needs of the church. I would be grateful to see the work being done for them that must be done if they are prepared to meet the Lord when He comes and hear from His lips the words, “Well done, good and faithful servant; enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:23.] They must have an experience different from that which they have hitherto had. Self must be subdued by the sanctifying power of the Holy Spirit; and this work will be accomplished for them if they will consecrate all their powers of mind and body to the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 70, 1908, 2)
Elder Corliss needs to keep his spirit where it will be under the control of the Spirit of the Lord. I greatly desire to see him in a position where the Lord can work mightily through him. The subjects that he speaks upon he presents to the people with much reasoning; but he needs the Holy Spirit’s power within to enable him to speak forth with power the wonderful truths of the Word of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 70, 1908, 3)
The Lord will use Elder Knox, if he will obtain an experience of daily conversion to God. Both these men, if they would impress the hearts of the people with the truth, need the sanctifying power of the Spirit in their lives. And unless a different spirit takes possession of them than has controlled them in the past, they will never receive a welcome to the courts of God. I pray that these brethren may seek for the converting Spirit of God. When they humble themselves as little children, and receive the grace of Christ in their hearts, they will give evidence in their lives of the change that has taken place.
(23LtMs, Lt 70, 1908, 4)
Lt 72, 1908
Reaser, G. W.; Burden, J. A. St. Helena, California February 6, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 347-348. Elders Reaser and Burden
257 South Hill St.
Los Angeles, California Dear Brethren:
I was very glad to receive your letter telling of your experience in Los Angeles. Bless the Lord, O my soul, and praise His holy name. This is a good work and one which the Lord would have go forward in every conference. I am more thankful than I can express that Elder Reaser is coming out of the perilous darkness into the light.
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 1)
There is a special work to be done in clearing away the malarial atmosphere that has been coming into our churches. There is only one way in which this work can be accomplished, and that is by leading the believers fully into the light. Let special meetings be held in the churches that shall be seasons of humbling the heart before God and of confession and cleansing of the soul. I pray that the believers in Southern California may improve this opportunity, and open the door of the heart to the Holy Spirit, that He may work through them without let or hindrance. If they will draw nigh to God, He will draw nigh to them.
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 2)
I am so thankful that this work has begun. Let it not cease until the whole conference shall feel the converting power of God. The Lord is waiting to be gracious to all who will take up the work of clearing the King’s highway. It is a work which should have been done in Oakland, but which a man-ruling power has prevented from being accomplished.
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 3)
I pray, Brother Reaser, that you may find an open door, that this may be made a pentecostal season in the churches. Encourage one another to put from the soul everything that would hinder the exercise of the grace of Christ. This precious privilege is now being presented, that all may receive the assurance of the grace and love of Christ. The Lord will be the hope and strength of His commandment-keeping people. Look for that grace that the Lord has in abundance for all who trust in Him. Believe, and receive the special assurances of His grace. The blessing of God is more precious than silver and gold.
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 4)
It was the unbelief of Israel, revealed in their repeated murmurings, that led Moses to plead with God, “Show me Thy glory.” [Exodus 33:18.] And in response the Lord set His servant in the cleft of a rock and caused all His glory to pass before him.
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 5)
“And Moses took the tabernacle, and pitched it without the camp, afar off from the camp, and called it the Tabernacle of the congregation. And it came to pass, that everyone that sought the Lord went out unto the tabernacle of the congregation, which was without the camp. And it came to pass, when Moses went out unto the tabernacle, that every man rose up, and stood at his tent door, and looked after Moses, until he was gone into the tabernacle. And it came to pass, as Moses entered into the tabernacle, the cloudy pillar descended, and stood at the door of the tabernacle, and the Lord talked with Moses. And all the people saw the cloudy pillar stand at the tabernacle door: and all the people rose up and worshiped, every man in his tent door. And the Lord spake unto Moses face to face, as a man speaketh unto his friend. And he turned again unto the camp: but his servant Joshua, the son of Nun, a young man, departed not out of the tabernacle.
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 6)
“And Moses said unto the Lord, See, Thou sayest unto me, Bring up this people, and Thou hast not let me know whom Thou wilt send with me. Yet Thou hast said, I know thee by name, and thou hast also found grace in My sight. Now therefore, I pray Thee, if I have found grace in Thy sight, show me now Thy way, that I may know Thee, that I may find grace in Thy sight: and consider that this nation is Thy people. And He said, My presence shall go with thee, and I will give thee rest. And he said unto Him, If Thy presence go not with me, carry me not up hence. For wherein shall it be known here that I and Thy people have found grace in Thy sight? Is it not in that Thou goest with us? so shall we be separated, I and Thy people, from all the people that are upon the face of the earth.
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 7)
“And the Lord said unto Moses, I will do this thing also that thou hast spoken: for thou hast found grace in My sight, and I know thee by name. And he said, I beseech Thee, shew me Thy glory. And He said, I will make all My goodness pass before thee, and I will proclaim the name of the Lord before thee, and will be gracious to whom I will be gracious, and will show mercy to whom I will show mercy. And He said, Thou canst not see My face: for there shall no man see My face and live. And the Lord said, Behold, there is a place by Me, and thou shalt stand upon a rock; and it shall come to pass while My glory passeth by, that I will put thee in a cleft of a rock, and will cover thee with My hand while I pass by.” [Verses 7-22.]
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 8)
There is need for professing Christians to act like Christians if they would maintain their connection with God. I ask you to study also the thirty-fourth chapter of Exodus.
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 9)
“And the Lord said unto Moses, Hew thee two tables of stone, like unto the first: and I will write upon these tables the words that were in the first tables, which thou breakest. And be ready in the morning, and come up in the morning unto Mt. Sinai, and present thyself there to Me in the top of the mount. And no man shall come up with thee, neither let any man be seen throughout all the mount; neither let the flocks nor herds feed before the mount.
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 10)
“And he hewed two tables of stone like unto the first; and Moses rose up early in the morning, and went up unto Mount Sinai, as the Lord had commanded him, and took in his hand the two tables of stone. And the Lord descended in the cloud, and stood with him there, and proclaimed the name of the Lord. And the Lord passed by before him, and proclaimed, The Lord, the Lord God, merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and that will by no means clear the guilty; visiting the iniquities of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation.
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 11)
“And Moses made haste, and bowed his head toward the earth, and worshiped. And he said, If now I have found grace in Thy sight, O Lord, let my Lord, I pray Thee, go among us: for it is a stiffnecked people; and pardon our iniquity and our sin, and take us for Thine inheritance.
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 12)
“And He said, Behold, I make a covenant: before all thy people I will do marvels, such as have not been done in all the earth, nor in any nation: and all the people among which thou art shall see the work of the Lord; for it is a terrible thing that I will do with thee. Observe that which I command thee this day: behold, I drive out before thee the Amorite, and the Canaanite, and the Hittite, and the Perizzite, and the Hivite, and the Jebusite. Take heed to thyself, lest thou make a covenant with the inhabitants of the land whither thou goest, lest it be for a snare in the midst of thee: but ye shall destroy their altars, break their images, and cut down their groves: for thou shalt worship no other god: for the Lord whose name is Jealous, is a jealous God.” [Verses 1-14.]
(23LtMs, Lt 72, 1908, 13)
Lt 74, 1908
Harper, Walter St. Helena, California February 13, 1908 Previously unpublished. Mr. Walter Harper Dear Brother:
I have received your letter and have read it with interest. I am constantly seeking to present before our people the great advantages to be gained by handling the books donated for the benefit of our schools and sanitariums.
(23LtMs, Lt 74, 1908, 1)
A lively interest should be kept up in this campaign, for it is a work of seed sowing. I am pleased that you appreciate the books. Few understand as I do how much the writing of them cost me. I have a great desire that all shall know of the light contained in them. I would that many of the Lord’s workmen would take upon themselves the burden of circulating the books, realizing as they do so that this is one of the Lord’s ways of communicating light to those who are unacquainted with the truth. I pray that the Lord will bless you abundantly in the part you act in spreading the knowledge of the truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 74, 1908, 2)
If you do not object, I will send this money to Loma Linda. They will appreciate this means and will use it to help a worthy student. All the means we can secure for the sanitarium and school from the sale of these two books will be needed at Loma Linda.
(23LtMs, Lt 74, 1908, 3)
I am pleased to have you write me of your experiences in disposing of these and also of my larger books. I am thankful that you have such success in selling them. They contain the revelation of God to us and will bring blessing to those who purchase them. And what help their sale will bring to the school! I am so thankful that through your success and the success of others I can give this help to the cause. And the students also should have an experience in this work.
(23LtMs, Lt 74, 1908, 4)
I am laboring continually to give the message the Lord has given me; and through these books God is speaking to those whom I cannot reach with my voice. I urge you to go forward in this work; it brings great relief to me to know that more light is coming to the people.
(23LtMs, Lt 74, 1908, 5)
I am glad that your father is at Loma Linda. I am sure he will have good care; you need not worry about him.
(23LtMs, Lt 74, 1908, 6)
I will continue to urge that Ministry of Healing and Christ’s Object Lessons be brought to the notice of the people. These precious books must be circulated; for they fill a want which nothing else can supply. Explain the object of their gift to the cause, and labor for their circulation; but do not lower the price. Our great burden should be to save souls. When we are successful in bringing souls to the truth, these in their turn will use their influence and means in giving the truth to others. Then let us use every means within our reach to carry forward the work. And the precious helps that God has given for the relief of our schools and sanitariums are not to be regarded with indifference.
(23LtMs, Lt 74, 1908, 7)
Lt 75, 1908
Burden, J. A. St. Helena, California February 16, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder Burden:
I have just read your letter, and I am not prepared to give you the advice you desire. I can take in what you are anxious to know, but I would be very careful in giving you advice on the points mentioned. I am really perplexed to know where you can find all the advantages that would be required to manage a school after the order you anticipate. I am not so sure that this burden should come so fully on the parties that manage the sanitarium. It would, I fear, bring upon you much greater responsibilities than you should have.
(23LtMs, Lt 75, 1908, 1)
The sanitarium will increase in patronage, and it should be carried with an intellectual, sanctified strength of ability. Have you it, that you could rely upon? If there is in the school reliable assistance that would carry responsibilities in the fear of God, letting their light and knowledge reflect light under the sanctification of the Holy Spirit, with angels of God presiding in the grand matter of educating under discipline to God, then there is hope; but if not, it would bring perplexities to you that you should not have. If there were those who were conscientious learners to impart, and who in their working for others [would permit] the Holy Spirit’s influence to come in and the Lord to have the right of way to rule, this would meet the necessities that are required, which are sound judgment and the help that the Lord alone can give.
(23LtMs, Lt 75, 1908, 2)
As you write to W. C. White, your plan is a good plan, if you succeed in obtaining reliable men who are true to principle. This [the school?] is not to be near the sanitarium building. There would be confusion for the sick, and it would not work. If not, it would be an advantage in giving the benefits of obtaining a knowledge of Bible truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 75, 1908, 3)
Then there is the opportunity to thoroughly work Redlands and the settlements that are in and around Redlands, which we desire shall become acquainted with the Word of the Lord. It is an advantage if in every place where there is a sanitarium we can have the blessing of God upon all that is set in operation in every line, and one can be a help to the other lines. All the business required, you can, in the name of the Lord, make a success. If the heavenly angels are your front guard and rereward, then you know you have the greatest advantage possible.
(23LtMs, Lt 75, 1908, 4)
In all these business arrangements, let all seek counsel of God and unity of action. Loma Linda will be just the place to establish a far-reaching influence in educational lines that will give Southern California an influence among the influences now existing upon the temperance question. The large settlements, where there is need of reform, will have courage to advocate the right upon the temperance question, and the Women’s Christian Temperance Union will have an opportunity to see and understand Bible truth. We may give the last message of warning in the southern field to the many who shall come in as they have done for years.
(23LtMs, Lt 75, 1908, 5)
Loma Linda has come into our possession for the purpose of giving the last message of warning to the churches and the unconcerned pleasure lovers. I see what this can mean to us all who have a work to do in seed sowing. It cuts off the excuse that has prevailed that Battle Creek is the center of education. But oh how important that every move shall bear the stamp of the heavenly in the place of the worldly! Washington is to be another center. And for the southern states, we may have a decided work done; the truth is to go to the southern section of America. The Lord’s last message must go forth as a lamp that burneth. I am pleased with the idea of not presenting the highest wages, but that all shall have an eye single to the glory of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 75, 1908, 6)
I am now writing in my room every morning long before daylight. I believe if we walk humbly with the Lord we shall see of His salvation. The end is near, and we have the last note of warning to give to a fallen world. The last message of mercy must go to thousands.
(23LtMs, Lt 75, 1908, 7)
I will now stop writing to you, for there are letters I should write to Washington, D.C. I am being sustained now to prepare much matter to be used in the giving of the history of our work in the earlier stage of our experience. I thank the Lord that my right hand does not fail me. I can hold and fill my fountain pen as I ever could. May the Lord bless you in all your councils is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 75, 1908, 8)
Lt 76, 1908
Foss, Mary St. Helena, California January 1908 Previously unpublished. Mrs. Mary P. Foss
West Minot, Maine My dear Sister:
I wish I could see you again, and that I might be in better health than when we last met. I often wonder if we shall ever meet again in this life.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 1)
My work in writing continues. My pen is in my hand from early morning until bedtime. I have great reason for thankfulness; for my hand is steady as I write out the many things given me for the people. And I am very pleasantly situated.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 2)
I think I have written you of my labors in San Francisco and Oakland. The destruction of San Francisco was almost complete, but the church that my husband and I and a few others built in the city was just outside the burned district and was but little injured. I realize the wickedness of the city of San Francisco and its great need. There are missionary workers from our ranks laboring there constantly, seeking to bring the people to obedience to the Word. Some are being converted to the truth; but many, many are in the gall of bitterness and in the bonds of iniquity. The daily papers are bringing to light the great wickedness that has been carried on in secret for years. And these revelations are but an illustration of the state of many of our cities.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 3)
Last August my granddaughter and her husband went to Washington to help in the work there and to obtain further education. He is a builder, and will engage in that line of work, and at the same time will get a fitting for the work of teaching. They will work their way through school.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 4)
Ella May White Robinson taught school for one year before her marriage and for one year after. But we needed her husband to help in my work, in reporting my discourses at the camp-meeting and at the different places where I should labor. So, although he is a successful teacher, we feel that we cannot spare him for that work just now. He often speaks in the churches.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 5)
W. C. White and his family live a short distance from my house. The office building is close to the house. We have several persons of capability employed there, preparing my writings for publication.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 6)
Last June I attended the camp-meeting which was held in St. Helena in a most beautiful location. My family camped on the ground. I enjoyed the time I spent there on that beautiful spot just out of the town. But even this taxation was too much for me. My appetite was not good; and although we had delicious fruits, I could not relish them. I felt much as I did when you visited me at Melrose.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 7)
I have not visited Melrose since that time, but would be pleased to do so and to see you again. A portion of the building has been destroyed by fire; but the insurance money received for it helped our workers there to build a nice commodious building in its place.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 8)
During the months of November and December, we were away in Southern California, where we visited Los Angeles, Loma Linda, Paradise Valley, Long Beach, Glendale, and other places. It was a long and wearisome journey, and I was worn with continual anxiety.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 9)
On one Sabbath I spoke to the church at San Diego. I spoke for one hour. The Lord gave me freedom. No one left the house during the service, and all listened intently. I spoke from the fifteenth chapter of John and the first verse: “I am the true Vine, and My Father is the Husbandman.” I was surprised that I could speak with such strength and that I had such clearness of mind. I feel very grateful to God that He still gives me His testimony to bear to the people.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 10)
On another Sabbath I drove with Sara to Riverside, a town nine miles from Loma Linda. The mountain roads were good, and I greatly enjoyed the ride in the bracing air. At Riverside we found a full house. The church there is not large; and if the work is done at Riverside that God designs shall be done, our people there will have to enlarge their borders.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 11)
W. C. White and another minister were with me on the rostrum. I thought I would speak for only half an hour, and thus give opportunity for others to speak. I was glad to have them share my appointment.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 12)
The singing was excellent. Before we closed the meeting, I said I would like to pray. The Lord gave me the spirit of prayer. Then another hymn was sung, and the meeting was dismissed. Afterward I went the whole length of the church, shaking hands with the people and speaking to them words of encouragement.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 13)
My labors in Southern California taxed my strength to utmost. On the cars, on my homeward journey, I had a very precious experience. It was a season of perfect peace and trust and confidence in God. I felt so sensibly the peace of Christ in my heart, and the rest that His presence brings, that for a time I had no desire to sleep. The everlasting arms seemed to be around me, and I had the assurance in my soul that we should be kept from accident and harm. This was a blessed assurance to me.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 14)
All night I was restful and happy; and although in the morning we had to change cars, the peace of Christ remained with me. This peace and joy I wish to express, not only in words, but in my life. I realized the fulfilment of the precious promise, “At eventime it shall be light.” [Zechariah 14:7.] “He that dwelleth in the secret place of the Most High, shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty.” [Psalm 91:1.]
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 15)
How is Ellen? I wish that I might see her. Perhaps I shall not do this again in this life, but let us, by obedience to the commandments of God, be fitting for a place in the royal family in the city of God. Those who meet in that place will know no more of partings.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 16)
“Behold, what manner of love that Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God. Therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be; but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him, for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in him, purifieth himself, even as He is pure.” [1 John 3:1-3.]
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 17)
It rests with us whether we shall be members of the Lord’s family. Let us strive to be obedient to all the commandments of God. Let us search the Scriptures; for in them we have eternal life. “Every man that hath this hope in him, purifieth himself, even as He is pure.” [Verse 3.] What terrible loss we will experience if we fail of realizing this hope. But let us not talk of failure; but let us seek the Lord with a heart to obey His Word.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 18)
I ask you to read the twenty-first chapter of Revelation. This representation of the glories that await the saved should lead every believing soul to seek earnestly for eternal life. I pray that all my relatives may be found among God’s commandment-keeping people and be numbered with the redeemed.
(23LtMs, Lt 76, 1908, 19)
Lt 78, 1908
Gotzian, J. St. Helena, California February 18, 1908 Previously unpublished. Mrs. Gotzian
Paradise Valley Sanitarium
San Diego, California Dear Sister:
I was very pleased to receive your letter this morning.
(23LtMs, Lt 78, 1908, 1)
For two months we have had gentle rains, also much cool weather, but no violent cold. During the past two weeks we have had a pleasant change to warm, sunshiny days. I have been able to ride out three or four times. While the rainy weather continued I could not go out, but I am taking advantage of these beautiful days.
(23LtMs, Lt 78, 1908, 2)
I am writing continually. Very clear light was given me regarding the transfer of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. I was instructed that it would be doing injustice to those who united to hold this property if it should be passed over to the conference under the terms stated. I was shown that it was to be the property of those who had invested their means in it, that the work of the institution was to be carried in harmony with the instruction we have received for the management of our health institutions and that all should be in earnest in supporting it. When this institution is freed from embarrassment, we who have our means invested in it will have a day of rejoicing.
(23LtMs, Lt 78, 1908, 3)
I am very thankful for the instruction that has come to me regarding the relation we sustain to God as His servants. We are to be under the rule of Christ, to work out the mind and will of God. We are to be kind and courteous to our fellow workers because they also are the property of Christ, bought with a price. The price which Christ paid to purchase our redemption we cannot estimate. He, the only begotten Son of God, gave His precious life that those who would believe in Him might not perish, but have everlasting life. When we comprehend more fully than we do this amazing sacrifice in our behalf, we will not be indifferent or ungrateful, but we will partake with Him of His self-denial and self-sacrifice. The Lord is to be our praise in this life and in the future eternal life. Let us strive for the crown of life that is to be given to every faithful soul. I love Jesus. I see in Him matchless charms. I will glorify His holy name.
(23LtMs, Lt 78, 1908, 4)
I have carried heavy burdens ever since Los Angeles. The Lord has given me a plain testimony to bear to those who have felt that it was their office to dictate to and control God’s heritage. The Lord will not always suffer His name to be reproached. The Lord invites His people, “If any man lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him.” [James 1:5.] We should be glad and rejoice and take courage because of this precious promise.
(23LtMs, Lt 78, 1908, 5)
Lt 80, 1908
Cummings, Brother and Sister [R. S.] St. Helena, California February 18, 1908 Previously unpublished. Dr. and Mrs. R. S. Cummings
Paradise Valley Sanitarium
San Diego, California Dear Brother and Sister:
I was pleased to read in a letter from Sister Gotzian of the prosperity of the work at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. In my reply to her, I wrote that very clear light had been given me regarding the transfer of this institution. I was instructed that it would be doing injustice to those who had united to hold this property, if it should be passed over to the conference under the terms stated. I was shown that it was to be the property of those who had invested their means in it, that the work of the institution was to be carried in harmony with the instruction we have received for the management of our health institutions, and that all would be in earnest in supporting it.
(23LtMs, Lt 80, 1908, 1)
The Paradise Valley Sanitarium has had a varied experience. It has had to encounter backsets which need not have been, had men of intelligence worked wisely and unselfishly. If men would work as God would have them do, we would not have to meet so many disappointments. I feel very grateful for the blessing of God that is now resting on the institution, and I am of good courage.
(23LtMs, Lt 80, 1908, 2)
My brother and sister, do not fail or become discouraged. The enemy has tried hard to obtain the victory over the work of this sanitarium; but I urge you to encourage the workers, saying to them, “We are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] By watchfulness and prayer—the prayer of faith—we shall learn the Lord’s will concerning us. Our constant inquiry should be, “How can I best please my Lord and glorify my Saviour?”
(23LtMs, Lt 80, 1908, 3)
I ask you to study the third chapter of First Corinthians. I often read this chapter; for it is full of sound instruction. How good the Lord is to give us such definite instruction. None need err if they will follow the teachings of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 80, 1908, 4)
The apostle writes: “Who then is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom ye believed, even as the Lord gave to every man? I have planted, Apollos watered; but God gave the increase. For he that planteth and he that watereth are one; and every man shall receive his own reward according to his labor. For we are laborers together with God: ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building. According to the grace of God which is given unto me, as a wise master builder, I have laid the foundation, and another buildeth thereupon. But let every man take heed how he buildeth thereupon. For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ.” [Verses 5-11.]
(23LtMs, Lt 80, 1908, 5)
We should not be surprised that we are tested and tried. The devil is not dead; neither is he inactive. We must expect that he will work with every device to provoke the sons and daughters of God to retaliation. As long as we are on the battlefield, we will have to contend with satanic forces. We must prepare for the conflict by cherishing a spirit of prayer and learn the art of taking God at His word and trusting in Him as little children.
(23LtMs, Lt 80, 1908, 6)
All who seek to serve God will at times be embarrassed by Satan’s temptations. When these experiences come to you, do not talk of them in a discouraging way, but sing praises to God. “Whoso offereth praise, glorifieth God.” [See Psalm 50:23.] Always strive to be cheerful. A cheerful countenance does good like a healing balm. By speaking cheering, hopeful words, you may make your own way and the way of others very bright.
(23LtMs, Lt 80, 1908, 7)
You are both engaged in a good work. Never lose sight of the help provided in heavenly agencies. “Ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:20.] Put your whole trust in the Lord, and you will feel the working of His Holy Spirit in your midst. The Lord desires to see His will revealed in your lives; then He can make you channels of light to those connected with you.
(23LtMs, Lt 80, 1908, 8)
As a physician you need to put your trust in Christ as the Mighty Healer. It is your privilege to pray with the patients, that the Lord may heal their diseases of body and mind. When the patients see that you have a living interest in the salvation of their souls, as well as in the healing of their physical diseases, they will take hold of the cord of faith and will accept Christ as their Saviour. This will be the experience of some who now have little hope. Through the exercise of faith and hope, many will be fully healed. Through the faithful ministration of the workers there, the Paradise Valley Sanitarium may become a medium of divine healing. Angels of God are very near to those who minister to suffering humanity.
(23LtMs, Lt 80, 1908, 9)
I pray and believe that you both will be the blessing in the sanitarium that God desires you to be. Believe that the great Physician will come into your institution to exercise His healing power. I would like to be with you; but this cannot be at present, for my work of writing fully occupies my time. But I see you by faith explaining the Scriptures in a simple way to the patients. I see angels close beside you. Remember that the work of healing will be made much more effectual if you will lead the sufferers to the One who is the Saviour of the soul as well as of the body.
(23LtMs, Lt 80, 1908, 10)
I received in the mail today excellent letters from Elder Starr in Australia and from my friends at Loma Linda. I have spent the day in writing. I thank the Lord that He has given me strength to do so much work. I praise His holy name that He keeps me in health.
(23LtMs, Lt 80, 1908, 11)
Lt 82, 1908
Physicians and Manager at Loma Linda St. Helena, California February 20, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in LLM 353-355. To the physicians and manager at Loma Linda, California Dear Brethren:
My rest has been broken during the past night. I find myself considering the best course to be pursued toward our sanitariums and schools.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 1)
I have no clear light in regard to where Elder Owen should labor. There are so many places where educational talent is needed, that I would not dare to specify his duty unless God should give me special light concerning it.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 2)
We feel encouraged to believe that Elder Reaser has placed himself in right relation to the work, determined to labor harmoniously with his brethren. There are in Southern California a goodly number of men of experience. But more, you have assurance from the highest Authority: “If any man lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him.” [James 1:5.] “Blessed is the man that trusteth in the Lord, and whose hope the Lord is; for he shall be like a tree planted by the waters, that spreadeth out her roots by the river; and shall not see when heat cometh; but her leaf shall be green, and shall not be careful in the year of drought, neither shall cease from yielding fruit.” [Jeremiah 17:7, 8.] The whole of the seventeenth chapter of Jeremiah, which records this precious promise, is worthy of our special study.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 3)
I am thankful, my brethren, that the Lord is your stronghold. Our safety lies in serving Him with humility of heart and in seeking Him in united prayer. If you will seek Him, earnestly desiring to know and to do His will, He will give to each of you wisdom to know how to place yourselves where you can accomplish the greatest good for His cause. In the working out of all your plans, seek the Lord for wisdom and grace. We need to be as teachable as little children. “Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 4)
In the calling and qualifying of Bezaleel and Aholiab for the work of the tabernacle, we are plainly taught who is the true source of wisdom. The Lord said to Moses, “I have called by name Bezaleel, the son of Uri, the son of Hur, of the tribe of Judah: and I have filled him with the spirit of God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship.... And I, behold, I have given with him Aholiab, the son of Ahisamach, of the tribe of Dan: and in the hearts of all that are wise-hearted I have put wisdom, that they may make all that I have commanded thee; the tabernacle of the congregation, and the ark of the testimony, and the mercy-seat that is thereupon, and all the furniture of the tabernacle, and the table and his furniture, and the pure candlestick with all his furniture, [and the altar of incense, and the altar of burnt offering with all his furniture,] and the laver and his foot, and the cloths of service, and the holy garments of Aaron the priest, and the garments of his sons, to minister in the priests’ office, and the anointing oil, and sweet incense for the holy place: according to all that I have commanded thee shall they do.” [Exodus 31:2, 3, 6-11.]
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 5)
I dare not advise you in such large plans as you propose. You need to make the Lord your wisdom in these matters. I do not feel that you should plan for such large outlay of means without your having some certainty that you can meet your obligations. I would caution you against gathering a large load of indebtedness. There is the food factory to be completed and set in operation. I call your attention to this enterprise, that you may not lay more plans than you can well carry out.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 6)
You are men of varied talents, and you are right on the ground. The Lord will be your instructor in all matters if you will seek His counsel in faith. Study every step, and pray that the Lord may lead you. If He gives you light in this matter, then you can move with assurance. Now is the time for you to ask of the Lord wisdom and to submit your plans to Him. It is an excellent opportunity for you to receive an individual experience. Plan wisely; move guardedly; and the Lord will certainly be your helper.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 7)
I feel the deepest interest in the work at Loma Linda. The plans you suggest seem to be essential, but you need to assure yourselves that they can be safely carried. You should not make hasty moves that will involve heavy indebtedness.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 8)
The work which you propose will require wise businessmen and efficient physicians. If you had the talent and means to carry such responsibilities, we should be glad to see your plans carry. But the sanitarium must be your first consideration. May the Lord give you wisdom and grace to bear these responsibilities as He would have you. This institution must have all the talent that is needed to make it a success.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 9)
Clear light has been given that our educational institutions should be connected with our sanitariums wherever this is possible. The work of the two institutions is to blend. I am thankful that we have a school at Loma Linda. The educational talent of competent physicians is a necessity to the schools where medical missionary evangelists are to be trained for service. The students in the school are to be taught to be strict health reformers. The instruction given in regard to disease and its causes, and how to prevent disease, and the training given in the treatment of the sick, will prove an invaluable education, and one that the students in all our schools should have.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 10)
This blending of our schools and sanitariums will prove an advantage in many ways. Through the instruction given by the sanitarium, students will learn how to avoid forming careless intemperate habits in eating. Let the instruction be given in simple words. We have no need to use the many expressions used by worldly physicians which are so difficult to understand that they must be interpreted by the physician. These long names are often used to conceal the character of the drugs being used to combat disease. We do not need these.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 11)
Nature’s simple remedies will aid in recovery without leaving the deadly aftereffects so often felt by those who use poisonous drugs. They destroy the power of the patient to help himself. This power the patients are to be taught to exercise by learning to eat simple, healthful foods, by refusing to overload the stomach with a variety of foods at one meal. All these things should come into the education of the sick. Talks should be given, showing how to preserve health, how to shun sickness, how to rest when rest is needed.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 12)
There are many inventions which cost large sums of money which it is just as well should not come into our work. They are not what our students need. Let the education given be simple in its nature. In giving us His Son, the Father gave the most costly gift that heaven could bestow. This gift it is our privilege to use in our ministration to the sick. Let Christ be your dependence. Commit every case to the great Healer; let Him guide in every operation. The prayer offered in sincerity and in faith will be heard. This will give confidence to the physicians and courage to the sufferer.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 13)
I have been instructed that we should lead the sick in our institutions to expect large things because of the faith of the physician in the great Healer who, in the years of His earthly ministry went through the towns and villages of the land and healed all who came to Him. None were turned empty away; He healed them all. Let the sick realize that, although unseen, Christ is present to bring relief and healing.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 14)
After His resurrection, Christ met with His disciples, and for forty days instructed them concerning their future work. On the day of His ascension, He met with the disciples in a mountain in Galilee, where He had appointed them. And He said to them, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth; Go ye therefore, and teach all nations; baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] It is the privilege of every physician and every sufferer to believe this promise; it is life to all who believe.
(23LtMs, Lt 82, 1908, 15)
Lt 84, 1908
Workman, Mabel White St. Helena, California March 3, 1908 Previously unpublished. Mrs. Wilfred Workman
Takoma Park Station, Washington, D.C. My dear Mabel:
I sent you a short letter a few days ago, promising to write you later. I will now fulfil my promise. I have not been able to sleep well for several months; but the last two nights I have slept till after four o’clock. I thank the Lord for this.
(23LtMs, Lt 84, 1908, 1)
We are now preparing to leave home for two weeks to attend a Bible institute in Oakland. I am not in as good health as I could wish; the anxiety of the past few months has worn upon me; yet I feel better today. We will leave tomorrow morning. Elder Haskell will preside at the meeting. The conference has elected him president. A message was given me that the administration of Elders Knox and Corliss should come to an end, for God had been dishonored by their arbitrary ruling.
(23LtMs, Lt 84, 1908, 2)
I have suffered much as I have seen erring human beings, who themselves needed to feel the converting power of God upon their hearts and minds, seeking to rule God’s heritage. For three years this spirit has been working in the leaders of the California Conference. When the Lord instructed me to point out this danger, I was compelled to speak for the honor of His cause. But when the message was given, I felt that I had done my part and could leave the rest with God.
(23LtMs, Lt 84, 1908, 3)
We have excellent help for our home in Miss Hannaford, who came with us from Loma Linda. She takes hold of the work well, doing the washing and baking, and she does not consider the work hard. For the past two months we have had two extra members in our family, Brother and Sister Metcalfe Hare. We have enjoyed their visit, and they have made their stay with us a very helpful one. You may remember the old chairs that we purchased second hand. These have become much worn, and some of them we have been unable to use at all. Brother and Sister Hare and Sara have been busily at work recovering these chairs, and now they look as good as new.
(23LtMs, Lt 84, 1908, 4)
Elder Reaser, of Southern California, has had a wonderful experience. He was given a very straight message, which he would not at first accept. But he is now standing on the right side, and his acceptance of the message sent is proving a help to others. I have just received a letter from him in regard to the son of Elder Santee, who for some time has been in a backslidden condition. As the result of meetings that have recently been held by Elder Reaser, this brother has taken a decided stand to engage in the work of the third angel’s message.
(23LtMs, Lt 84, 1908, 5)
Brother Reaser is prompt in letting me know any word of a religious awakening in Southern California; for he knows my deep interest in the work there. He remembers how thankful I was when he surrendered his strong will to God and was given grace to do the right. I thank God for every token of good.
(23LtMs, Lt 84, 1908, 6)
The month of February has been bright and sunshiny, but now we are having rains. Today the weather has cleared a little, and the sun is shining. Ella Robinson does not look so well as I would like to see her. Her baby is a plump little fellow, and pretty.
(23LtMs, Lt 84, 1908, 7)
I trust, my dear children, that you will not become discouraged. The Lord will give you precious victories if you will put your faith in Him. Seek to become one with Him. I pray that you may seek for His blessing, that He may make you a blessing to others. He will enable you to work out His righteous will if you will walk humbly with Him. You should constantly rejoice that you have such a precious, sympathizing Saviour. Take your perplexities to Him; for He is your sure Helper.
(23LtMs, Lt 84, 1908, 8)
When you have anything that troubles you, let me know about it. Be free to tell me everything, and I will help where I can. What can I do to make you happy, Mabel? If you are not happy in the work that you are doing, go to Sister Kress, and advise with her. She will help you, I am sure.
(23LtMs, Lt 84, 1908, 9)
The more we look to Jesus, and depend upon Him, the more fully will we realize the peace and comfort that the presence of His Spirit imparts. The Lord has given us rules for the guidance of all our ways, and we can certainly trust ourselves in His care. Let the word of God be your guide. Learn to do His will.
(23LtMs, Lt 84, 1908, 10)
March 4
I have slept well during the night, resting better than I have done for many weeks. I have just eaten my simple breakfast, which I relished. Does your afflicted eye trouble you? My left eye, which has been afflicted for many years, I often have to bind up so that I shall not be tempted to use it. The great Physician is answering my prayer that He will preserve my sight. I believe He will give me my eyes until my work in writing is accomplished.
(23LtMs, Lt 84, 1908, 11)
In much love.
(23LtMs, Lt 84, 1908, 12)
Lt 85, 1908
Campbell, M. N. Oakland, California March 13, 1908 Previously unpublished. Brother Campbell:
I was very thankful to receive the paper from Battle Creek, giving the account in reference to the lawsuit that has been in agitation for some time. The paper gives a full account of the matter, and the assurance now is that this matter is settled for good. I have thought it would come out in favor of the right, and that would close up the matter. I am so very much pleased in reference to this decision. Good is the Lord and greatly to be praised. For every victory gained, we will say, I thank the Lord that the enemy did not triumph. We need to walk very carefully before God and to praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice for every expression of the Lord toward us. Good is the Lord and greatly to be praised.
(23LtMs, Lt 85, 1908, 1)
We have been here in Oakland over one week. This is the second Sabbath that is now drawing on. I have spoken four times since I have been in Oakland.
(23LtMs, Lt 85, 1908, 2)
There have been influences at work to undermine the confidence of the churches in the testimonies, but there is a rebuke given to the leading men in office who were doing this work. I was instructed that Elder Haskell should come in as president of the conference, for this reason: he has an experience in the early development of the work, and the Lord would have a decided change now take place.
(23LtMs, Lt 85, 1908, 3)
March 14
The Lord has strengthened me to speak to a very crowded house. Every compartment was used—turned into one large room. The Lord gave me strength of voice to speak distinctly and clearly upon the 58th chapter of Isaiah. I thank the Lord that I had strength of voice to speak, and clear ideas. I shall speak twice more: once in Berkeley in the new hall Sunday, and again in Oakland church Monday, and Tuesday will return to St. Helena.
(23LtMs, Lt 85, 1908, 4)
The Lord will certainly be our helper and our God. We feel so thankful that all things are in the hands of God. If ever there was a time when the people of God should see eye to eye, it is now.
(23LtMs, Lt 85, 1908, 5)
The Lord has been giving me light. I was given decided light, and it was in regard to the work that you were doing.
(23LtMs, Lt 85, 1908, 6)
Lt 86, 1908
Knox, W. T. St. Helena, California February 7, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder W. T. Knox
Mountain View, California Dear Brother:
I am instructed to say to you, You are not to fail nor to be discouraged. We are living in the last days of this earth’s history, and the end of the world is right upon us. The health of our churches has been enfeebled, and God demands that there be faithful, consecrated men placed in office, to do the solemn work of preparing a people to stand in the trying times that are just before us, when “the weak should be as David,” and David “as the angel of the Lord.” [Zechariah 12:8.]
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 1)
I have been shown that you are not prepared yourself to do the work that is most needed among the churches. You have a decided work to do for your individual self in learning the way of the Lord. I would that you might see how you have dishonored God and bound about the work by the restrictions that you have sometimes laid upon God’s servants. I have opposed from its first uprising the spirit that would forbid the Lord’s servants from going when and where the Lord may direct. Little real good could result from the plan that the Lord’s servants must not go to any place unless they first consult with the officials of the conference. This is a manmade invention, which leads men to trust in human beings instead of seeking the counsel of God. He will teach His children what they shall do and where they shall go.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 2)
I trust that the warning here given may not be lightly regarded. Let not men who have been so manifestly led astray as to seek to control God’s heritage justify their course of action. Our people have had the warnings; I leave it now with them. In places where few have shown the zeal of true workers together with God, because the liberty of the workers was controlled by men in office, I am commanded to say, Break every yoke, and let the oppressed go free. The Lord by His messages is breaking this yoke from off the necks of His people. Let the missionary spirit now be freely exercised for the accomplishment of the great work to be done in preparing a people to meet wisely every issue that arises to oppose the work of God’s commandment-keeping people.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 3)
To willing workers we should say, God has laid the powers of every converted soul under tribute to advance, not retard, His work. Practice self-denial, and may the Lord give you grace and efficiency for this work. Never allow any man to take the place that God should occupy in your experience.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 4)
Those who have deemed it necessary to form plans for independent action must change their views. A policy has been adopted in the conference in financial matters that has resulted in the saving of the means gathered into the conference; but the Lord has revealed to His servant that He does not accept all the plans and labors that have been put forth for the accumulation of funds, for as a result the conference has come out deficient in spiritual efficiency, in nobility of effort and purity of Christian experience.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 5)
A reformation is to take place in the life of the one for whom this message is sent. There must be no evasion of truth and righteousness. A decided change must take place in your experience. Christ expects a thorough reconversion, and He will accept nothing less. The life you have as a minister of the gospel pledged to God is to be used in working out the only plan whereby men must be saved. With God there are no plans for independent action. All should have in view the same life—a life that measures with the life of God. And the highest earthly aim of all must be that the whole earth may be filled with His glory. Having participated in the disappointments, and the joys and successes of the overcomer here, we shall share the reward of the faithful in the great hereafter.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 6)
Study the conflicts and victories of Christ and the character of His teaching as found in Matthew four and five:
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 7)
“Then was Jesus led up of the Spirit into the wilderness to be tempted of the devil. And when He had fasted forty days and forty nights, He was afterward an hungered. And when the tempter came to Him, he said, If Thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be made bread. But He answered and said, It is written, Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 8)
“Then the devil taketh Him up into the holy city, and setteth Him on a pinnacle of the temple, and saith unto Him, If Thou be the Son of God, cast Thyself down: for it is written, He shall give His angels charge concerning Thee: and in their hands they shall bear Thee up, lest at any time Thou dash Thy foot against a stone. Jesus said unto him, It is written again, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord Thy God.” [Matthew 4:1-7.] Satan in quoting this Scripture left out the words, “And shall keep Thee in all Thy ways.” [Psalm 91:11.] He was tempting the Son of God to walk in ways that were not appointed by the Father.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 9)
“Again, the devil taketh Him up into an exceeding high mountain, and sheweth Him all the kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them; and saith unto Him, All these things will I give Thee, if Thou wilt fall down and worship me. Then saith Jesus unto him, Get thee hence, Satan: for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve. Then the devil leaveth Him, and, behold, angels came and ministered unto Him.” [Matthew 4:8-11.]
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 10)
“And seeing the multitudes, He went up into a mountain: and when He was set, His disciples came unto Him: and He opened His mouth, and taught them, saying, Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. Blessed are they that mourn: for they shall be comforted. Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth. Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness: for they shall be filled. Blessed are the merciful: for they shall obtain mercy. Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God. Blessed are the peacemakers: for they shall be called the children of God. Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness’ sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. Blessed are ye, when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and shall say all manner of evil against you falsely, for My sake. Rejoice, and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 11)
“Ye are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? it is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men. Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light to all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:1-16.]
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 12)
The spirit of rulership that has been exercised has retarded the work of conversion of souls because it has restricted the religious liberty that God has given to His children. It has operated to hinder the work that should have followed all our camp-meetings and tent-meetings; and because of this the Lord has instructed me that He could no longer accept Elder Knox as a man fitted to deal with the sacred, spiritual interests of the California Conference. It is now much harder for you to bring your heart and mind into conformity to the mind of Christ than it would have been had you followed the light given you at the close of the San Jose meeting. This you did not do, but you braced yourself against the message, and this your deportment since that time has declared louder than any words could have done.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 13)
Brother Knox, for years you have held positions of great responsibility, but you have not had a true understanding of the spiritual privileges and duties that were yours. Much light has been given you through the years of your administration; but you have not heeded or cherished the light. You have not done your part in giving clear, spiritual instruction to the flock of Christ. The youth should have been faithfully watched and cared for, lest they wander into by and forbidden paths.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 14)
Instruction has been given us that the camp-meetings should be made occasions for the education of our people, teaching them how to work for the salvation of men; but these lines of effort have been neglected because they have not been pleasing to you, because they are contrary to your inclinations.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 15)
The matter of increasing the tithe has been one of your special burdens; and this has been treated as though the accumulation of means was one of the great objects to be attained by the conference. But it is a worldly policy that leads men to gather up and save means, that they may have a good financial showing. The accumulation of funds is not the design of the work of the third angel’s message. The fruit of righteousness is to be seen in the disposition of the means brought in.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 16)
I have been instructed that the appropriation of some of the means has not been just and righteous in the Lord’s sight. Those who have had every advantage have not felt a burden for the souls perishing in their sins in foreign countries and in our own country.
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 17)
The Lord now calls you to make your experience more decidedly spiritual. The salvation of your soul depends upon your changing some of your ideas regarding what is truth. Every truly converted worker will meet the demands of the Lord through His servant Malachi: “And now, O ye priests, this commandment is for you. If ye will not hear, and if ye will not lay it to heart, to give glory unto My name, saith the Lord of hosts, I will even send a curse upon you, and I will curse your blessings: yea, I have cursed them already, because ye do not lay it to heart.... And ye shall know that I have sent this commandment unto you, that My covenant might be with Levi, saith the Lord of hosts. My covenant was with him of life and peace; and I gave them to him for the fear wherewith he feared Me, and was afraid before My name. The law of truth was in his mouth, and iniquity was not found in his lips: he walked with Me in peace and equity, and did turn many away from iniquity. For the priest’s lips should keep knowledge, and they should seek the law at his mouth: for he is the messenger of the Lord of hosts.” [Malachi 2:1, 2, 4-7.]
(23LtMs, Lt 86, 1908, 18)
Lt 88, 1908
Cottrell, H. W.; Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California February 16, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 404-405. + Elders Cottrell and Haskell Dear Brethren:
Since the Union Conference I have had many things to write regarding the past administration in the California Conference; and yet it is not all told. The testimony that I have had to bear is one that has rested upon me for two years. Many things regarding the work in California have been presented before me in a clear light as offensive to God; and notwithstanding all the meetings that have been held, all the appeals that have been made to the people, all the urgent instruction that now was the golden opportunity for the rapid spread of the third angel’s message, the influence of men in responsible places has worked to retard the message. By their course of action these workers have given evidence that they needed to be reconverted, needed to become humble men who possessed the meekness of Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 1)
Soon after my return from Australia the work began. I remember a meeting we held in a small room of the Signs office. What a meeting that was. I had a message to bear, and the angels of the Lord were present on that occasion. Their presence was apparent to us all. They reflected bright light to many minds, and we obtained a decided victory and precious assurances of help.
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 2)
On several occasions the Lord made His presence known to us by preventing the carrying out of plans which would have placed unsanctified men in positions of responsibility in the publishing work. One night I was awakened at two o’clock. I had been instructed to write out a message regarding Brother C. H. Jones, saying that he should retain his position in the Pacific Press. All were surprised at that testimony, for plans had been laid that Brother Jones should be displaced. But I was shown that the men who would be chosen to take his place were not at all qualified to act in his position. I was shown that Brother Jones needed a work done for him that would bring blessings to him in his official work. He needed to come into close connection with God, to be clothed in the garments of Christ’s righteousness, and to be girded with His strength. But when I looked to see the men that were thought to be better qualified for the work, I was shown that if these men were given influence, a work would be done in the publishing house similar to the work that has been done in this conference during the past three years—a work that would not bear fruit to the glory of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 3)
The spirit of contempt manifested for Elder Rice and his wife was a wicked and cruel thing which must never be repeated. The Spirit of the Lord has been with these workers, and through their efforts many souls have taken their stand for the truth. Brother and Sister Rice have been willing to put themselves to any inconvenience for the sake of the work of saving souls, and the Lord has vindicated their efforts. As long as they watch unto prayer, and labor in the spirit of the Master, His blessing will be upon their work.
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 4)
Brother and Sister Rice would have reached many more souls had it not been for the false reports that have gone out concerning them, and which were circulated by professing believers. They have been slighted sometimes at the public meetings, and many have received impressions regarding them that were untrue. The angels of God have marked all these things, and they have recorded the actions of Brother and Sister Rice wherein they have been zealous workers in doing that which they saw was needed to be done. Their work has been done under discouragements created by men whom the Lord has reproved. God forbids that such presentations be made that would cause them to become dispirited.
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 5)
I have a message for Brother and Sister Rice: Thus saith the Lord, Make God your trust, and He will bless you and vindicate your work. Work prudently, lest evil reports be circulated such as have gone out in the past. The Lord would have you devote yourselves faithfully to the work, and give no occasion for evil speeches. Those who in the past have spoken unkindly regarding you may still do so; but your trust must be in the Lord. He has worked by His Holy Spirit to give you your hire, even souls for whom Christ has died. You have stood under unreasonable pressure for years; and sometimes you have erred; but the Lord witnessed your repentance and forgave your mistakes. The Lord will give you wisdom for your work. Stand as free as possible from censure. Give no semblance of excuse for evil reports to go out concerning you.
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 6)
Advice to the Laborers
Wise counsel for church and conference officers is given by Peter in the following words:
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 7)
“Feed the flock of God which is among you, taking the oversight thereof, not by constraint, but willingly; not for filthy lucre, but of a ready mind; neither as being lords over God’s heritage, but being ensamples to the flock. And when the chief Shepherd shall appear, ye shall receive a crown of glory that fadeth not away. Likewise ye younger, submit yourselves unto the elder. Yea, all of you be subject one to another, and be clothed with humility: for God resisteth the proud, and giveth grace to the humble. Humble yourselves therefore under the mighty hand of God, that He may exalt you in due time: casting all your care upon Him, for He careth for you.” [1 Peter 5:2-7.]
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 8)
Let the experienced workers be educators, being themselves under the discipline of God. Let the young men feel it their privilege to study diligently and to carry every burden that their health and youth will allow. It was thus that Elijah educated the youth of Israel in the schools of the prophets; and young men today are to have a similar training. It is not possible to advise in every particular the part the youth should act. But they should be faithfully taught and counselled by the older laborers and taught to receive wisdom from Him who is the author and finisher of our faith. The Lord is waiting for our workers, young and old, to unite their forces harmoniously. They should “love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous.” [1 Peter 3:8.] They should advise with one another, and pray with one another, and respect one another.
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 9)
“I have written unto you, young men,” the apostle says, “because ye are strong, and the word of God abideth in you, and ye have overcome the wicked one.... But ye have an unction from the Holy One, and ye know all things. I have not written unto you because ye know not the truth.” [1 John 2:14, 20, 21.]
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 10)
And the apostle Paul writes, “I therefore, the prisoner of the Lord, beseech you that ye walk worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called, with all lowliness and meekness, with long-suffering, forbearing one another in love; endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bonds of peace.... Unto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ. Wherefore He saith, when He ascended up on high, He led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men. (Now that He ascended, what is it but that He also descended first into the lower parts of the earth? He that descended is the same also that ascended far above all heaven, that He might fill all things.)
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 11)
“And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry; for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we all come to the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ; that we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive; but speaking the truth in love, may grow up unto Him in all things, which is the Head, even Christ: that the whole body, fitly joined together, and compacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the body unto the edifying of itself in love.” [Ephesians 4:1-3, 7-16.]
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 12)
The work must not be hindered as it has been and God’s people discouraged by the undue exercise of human authority. These words of the apostle clearly reveal that there is given to God’s servants a special work, to be done as the Spirit of God shall impress the heart and mind of the individual. Let the workers lift the voice of rebuke against presumptuous rulership over God’s heritage. We are safe only when we individually commit ourselves fully to works of righteousness. Then all, church members, and men of the world, will know where we stand. Our words and spirit will testify to the glory of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 13)
In no case should men handling sacred responsibilities so misrepresent the Lord’s purpose concerning His work as to say arbitrarily to a fellow worker, You shall not do this; or, You must do that. By His Holy Spirit, the Lord impresses His workers to go to certain places and to do a certain work. He does not desire to have the human mind interpose itself to forbid any work that He has bidden shall be carried forward.
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 14)
Those who walk in the light will be drawn by the Spirit of God toward that line of work which the Lord wishes them to do. They are to be encouraged to follow their convictions. I have been shown that if our workers had been encouraged to follow the leading of the Spirit of God, that many, at the close of our general meetings, would have gone forth under the Spirit’s guidance to different places to labor for souls; and the result would have been a wide communication of light and truth to men and women who needed instruction in the Word. There are many workers who needed just such an experience as this; but they have not obtained this experience; because human agencies have interposed themselves between them and the Lord. Thus men have been counterworking the plans of God and the influences of the Holy Spirit and heavenly angels who are ordained of God to co-operate with His servants in their labors with Him in the gospel.
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 15)
This spirit that has ruled in the past God has instructed me must never again appear. He has been dishonored, and the work has been hindered by men who were careful to secure high wages for themselves while they restricted the wages of others. It is time now that the work of God move forward after a decidedly different order. God has various lines of work to be carried, but for years a man-ruling power has counterworked His plans. It was because of this hindering influence that God instructed me to bear testimony against those in authority who were seeking to guide the experience of others while they themselves were not under the control of the Spirit of God. The Lord will judge those who seek to judge others; and those who disregard the reproofs He sends, He will leave to follow out their own human will and devisings.
(23LtMs, Lt 88, 1908, 16)
Lt 90, 1908
Burden, J. A. and others bearing responsibilities at Loma Linda St. Helena, California March 24, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 364-367. Elder J. A. Burden and others bearing responsibilities at Loma Linda Dear Brethren:
I feel a deep interest that careful study shall be given to the needs of our institutions at Loma Linda and that the right moves may be made. In the carrying forward of the work at this place, men of talent and of decided spirituality are needed.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 1)
We may, in the work of educating our nurses, reach a high standard in the knowledge of the true science of healing. That which is of most importance is that the students be taught how to truly represent the principles of health reform. Teach the students to pursue this line of study faithfully, combined with other essential lines of education. The grace of Jesus Christ will give wisdom to all who will follow the Lord’s plan of true education.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 2)
Let the students follow closely the example of the One who purchased the human race with the costly price of His own life. Let them appeal to the Saviour and depend upon Him as the One who heals all manner of diseases. The Lord would have the workers make special efforts to point the sick and suffering to the great Physician who made the human body. He would have all become obedient children to the faith, that they may come with confidence and ask for bodily restoration. Many who come to our sanitariums will be blessed as they learn the truth concerning the Word of God, many who would never learn it through any other medium.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 3)
It is well that our training schools for Christian workers should be established near to our health institutions, that the students may be educated in the principles of healthful living. Institutions that send forth workers who are able to give a reason for their faith, and who have that faith that works by love and purifies the soul, are of great value.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 4)
I have clear instruction that wherever it is possible, schools should be established near to our sanitariums, that each institution may be a help to the other. But I dare not advise that steps be taken at this time to branch out so largely in the educational work at Loma Linda, that a large outlay of means will be required to erect new buildings. Our faithful workers at Loma Linda must not be overwhelmed with such great responsibilities that they will be in danger of becoming worn and discouraged.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 5)
I am charged to caution you against building extensively for the accommodation of students. It would not be wise to invest at this time so large a capital as would be required to equip a medical college that would properly qualify physicians to stand the test of the medical examinations of the different states.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 6)
A movement should not now be inaugurated that would add greatly to the investment upon the Loma Linda property. Already there is a large debt resting upon the institution, and discouragement and perplexity would follow if this indebtedness were to be greatly increased. As the work progresses, new improvements may be added from time to time as they are found necessary. An elevator should soon be installed in the main building. But there is need of strict economy. Let our brethren move cautiously and wisely and plan no larger than they can handle without being overburdened.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 7)
In the work of the school, maintain simplicity. No argument is so powerful as is success founded upon simplicity. And you may attain success in the education of students as medical missionaries without a medical school that can qualify physicians to compete with the physicians of the world.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 8)
Let the students be given a practical education. And the less dependent you are upon worldly methods of education, the better it will be for the students. Special instruction should be given in the art of treating the sick without the use of poisonous drugs, and in harmony with the light that God has given. Students should come forth from the school without having sacrificed the principles of health reform.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 9)
The education that meets the world’s standard is to be less and less valued by those who are seeking for efficiency in carrying the medical missionary work in connection with the work of the third angel’s message. They are to be educated from the standpoint of conscience; and as they conscientiously and faithfully follow right methods in their treatment of the sick, these methods will come to be recognized as preferable to the method of nursing to which many have become accustomed, which demands the use of poisonous drugs.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 10)
We should not at this time seek to compete with worldly medical schools. Should we do this, our chances of success would be small. We are not now prepared to carry out successfully the work of establishing large medical institutions of learning. Moreover should we follow the world’s methods of medical practice, exacting the large fees that worldly physicians demand for their services, we would work away from Christ’s plan for our ministry to the sick.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 11)
There should be at our sanitariums intelligent men and women who can instruct Christ’s methods of ministry. Under the instruction of competent, consecrated teachers, the youth may become partakers of the divine nature and learn how to escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust. I have been shown that we should have many more women who can deal especially with the diseases of women, many more lady nurses who will treat the sick in a simple way and without the use of drugs.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 12)
There are many simple herbs which, if our nurses would learn the value of, they could use in the place of drugs and find very effective. Many times I have been applied to for advice as to what should be done in cases of sickness or accident; and I have mentioned some of these simple remedies, and they have proved helpful.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 13)
On one occasion a physician came to me in great distress. He had been called to attend a young woman who was dangerously ill. She had contracted fever while on the camp-ground and was taken to our school building near Melbourne, Australia. But she became so much worse that it was feared she could not live. The physician Dr. Merritt Kellogg came to me, and said, “Sister White, have you any light for me on this case? If relief cannot be given our sister, she can live but a few hours.” I replied, “Send to a blacksmith’s shop, and get some pulverized charcoal; make a poultice of it, and lay it over her stomach and side.” The doctor hastened away to follow out my instructions. Soon he returned, saying, “Relief came in less than half an hour after the application of the poultices. She is now having the first natural sleep she has had for days.”
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 14)
I have ordered the same treatment for others who were suffering great pain, and it has brought relief and been the means of saving life. My mother had told me that snake bites and the sting of reptiles and poisonous insects could often be rendered harmless by the use of charcoal poultices. When working on the land at Avondale, Australia, the workmen would often bruise their hands and limbs, and this in many cases resulted in such severe inflammation that the worker would have to leave his work for some time. One came to me one day in this condition, with his hand tied in a sling. He was much troubled over the circumstance; for his help was needed in clearing the land. I said to him, “Go to the place where you have been burning the timber, and get me some charcoal from the eucalyptus tree, pulverize it, and I will dress your hand.” This was done, and the next morning he reported that the pain was gone. Soon he was ready to return to his work.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 15)
I write these things that you may know that the Lord has not left us without the use of simple remedies which when used will not leave the system in the weakened condition in which the use of drugs so often leaves it. We need well-trained nurses who can understand how to use the simple remedies that nature provides for restoration to health, and who can teach those who are ignorant of the laws of health how to use these simple but effective cures. He who created men and women has an interest in those who suffer. He has directed in the establishment of our sanitariums, and in the building up of schools close to our sanitariums, that they may become efficient mediums in training men and women for the work of ministering to suffering humanity. In the treatment of the sick, poisonous drugs need not be used. Alcohol or tobacco in any form must not be recommended, lest some soul be led to imbibe a taste for these evil things. There will be no excuse for the liquor dealers in that day when every man shall receive according to his works. Those who have destroyed life will by their own life have to pay the penalty. God’s law is holy and just and good.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 16)
We have seen the poor wrecks of humanity come to our sanitariums to be cured of the liquor habit. We have seen those who have ruined their health by wrong habits of diet and by the use of flesh meats. This is why we need to lift up the voice like a trumpet and show “My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Isaiah 58:1.]
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 17)
The Lord will judge according to their works those who are seeking to establish a law of the nations that will cause men to violate the law of God. In proportion to their guilt will be their punishment. The Lord would have us lift up the Sabbath of the Lord our God. We have a sacred work to do in opening blind eyes in regard to the day that the Lord has set apart and sanctified as the rest day of mankind. He declares, “The seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God.” [Exodus 20:10.] He has placed His own signature upon that day that He has set apart to be observed as long as time shall last. We should have much to say upon this subject just now.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 18)
Let Seventh-day Adventist medical workers remember that the Lord God omnipotent reigneth. Christ was the greatest Physician that ever trod the sin-cursed earth. The Lord would have His people come to Him for their power of healing. He will baptize them with His Holy Spirit and fit them for a service that will make them a blessing in restoring the spiritual and physical health of those who need healing.
(23LtMs, Lt 90, 1908, 19)
Lt 91, 1908
Burden, J. A. St. Helena, California March 24, 1908 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Burden:
I have had to call to mind the more direct words and the plans that should be followed. We have now to become perfectly united in plans and ways in Southern California. Years are not to be consumed in plans of physicians and in receiving diplomas or credentials. We are to make our schools near our sanitariums. And the education must be through thoroughly competent physicians and the treatments carried out by educated nurses.
(23LtMs, Lt 91, 1908, 1)
You need a physician who is competent to stand as physician-in-chief to carry the work in medical lines and a lady, as Doctor White, to be physician-in-chief to attend to the women’s necessities. A gentleman physician is needed to attend to the gentlemen and perform operations; but there is to be an order established in all our sanitariums that a gentleman physician should not attend the cases of childbirth, and the delicate diseases that women are subject to are not to be under the examinations of men doctors. This is out of the Lord’s order. There should be in our sanitariums a lady physician and her helper nurses to look after the confinement cases, and the lady physician is chief in this life and can call on her nurses and give them lessons in regard to the particular diseases of women.
(23LtMs, Lt 91, 1908, 2)
[Letter incomplete.]
Lt 92, 1908
White, J. E. St. Helena, California March 31, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 165. My dear son Edson:
I received your letter this morning. In reply I would say to you, When you have fully decided to come to St. Helena, you need not wait for any invitation. We shall be glad to welcome you at any time that you decide is best for you to come.
(23LtMs, Lt 92, 1908, 1)
We expect that in a short time Brother Hare will be at Nashville. He thought best to spend a few days in Glendale and Loma Linda, and to visit his sons at College View and Stuart, Iowa, while on his way south. He left here about one week ago, after spending about three months with us. He has had much experience in the manufacture of health foods, gained in the food factory at Avondale. He had applied himself very diligently to his work there, and the change and rest have done him good. I believe Brother Hare will be able to take hold of the food work in the South and help in a time of emergency. But you will know what to do in this matter when you get to Nashville.
(23LtMs, Lt 92, 1908, 2)
I think your decision to rest for a while is a sensible one. You will be very welcome here. We are having beautiful weather, and you and Emma can ride out together.
(23LtMs, Lt 92, 1908, 3)
Brother Sutherland is with us and will remain for some days. He has been solicited by Sister Gotzian to attend to some business matters in connection with her property in Oregon. She needs help in this matter, or she may suffer loss. Brother Sutherland will visit her in Southern California and then return here for a week or two.
(23LtMs, Lt 92, 1908, 4)
Willie goes south with Prof. Sutherland to attend a council in Los Angeles, April 5. He hopes to be back home by April 14.
(23LtMs, Lt 92, 1908, 5)
I will not write a long letter at this time, as this must soon go in the mail. I will expect to hear from you just as soon as you decide what you will do. If you come, we will do our best to make you comfortable. Sara will gladly welcome Emma and yourself, and we will be glad to have you stay as long as you please. We have an excellent housekeeper who understands her work; and we all work together harmoniously.
(23LtMs, Lt 92, 1908, 6)
Lt 94, 1908
Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California March 29, 1908 Portions of this manuscript are published in PM 121-122. Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 457
Oakland, California Dear Brother Haskell:
I have received your letter, in which you speak of a plan for you to print and sell a large number of my book Early Writings brought out in a new style of binding.
(23LtMs, Lt 94, 1908, 1)
In the past I have given my consent to your suggestions regarding this matter, but recently I have received such positive instruction regarding the necessity of unity that I dare not give my consent to your proposition.
(23LtMs, Lt 94, 1908, 2)
The Lord would have every movement made by you or by me such that it will inspire confidence in us as being led by the Lord. I should be sorry to see you do anything that would tend to lessen your influence as a wise counselor. As missionary workers, we need the guidance of the Holy Spirit. We must seek to follow the example set by our Saviour in His ministry of love. We must manifest the wisdom of the serpent and the harmlessness of the dove. May God help us that we may be a blessing to His people.
(23LtMs, Lt 94, 1908, 3)
I would not wish to handle my books, nor to see you handle your books in a manner that would seem to throw discredit upon the publishing houses. We must manifest wisdom in this matter. To carry out the plans you suggest would, to many, seem that we were taking advantage of circumstances to benefit ourselves.
(23LtMs, Lt 94, 1908, 4)
In your office as president of this conference, the Lord would have you do everything possible to bring about a spirit of unity. Let the idea of unity be the keynote of all your actions. This instruction has been given me for you, that not one move must be made that will create feelings of discord. Let every effort possible be made to harmonize with your brethren. This has been deeply impressed upon my mind by representations that the Lord has given me. You are standing in a position of influence, and there are some who, should they find occasion, would say that I made a mistake in advising the change in the administration of the California Conference.
(23LtMs, Lt 94, 1908, 5)
Let your whole influence be cast to create a spirit of unity with the men who are carrying responsibilities in the publishing work. Then your words will have more influence.
(23LtMs, Lt 94, 1908, 6)
You and I are being watched very critically. If we were to carry out plans that would create dissension, this might result in the loss of souls. Do not forget that many are watching to see some moves made that would seem to vindicate the wrong moves that have been made in this conference during the last few years. Let us labor earnestly to convince men that Christ came to our world to place man on vantage ground, that he might become a partaker of the divine nature.
(23LtMs, Lt 94, 1908, 7)
The Lord would be pleased for you to modify your plans regarding the selling of books at low prices, lest you lead some to feel that our publishing houses were charging exorbitantly for their labor.
(23LtMs, Lt 94, 1908, 8)
In your position of trust as president of the California Conference, you should take especial heed lest you give occasion for your self-sacrificing efforts to be regarded as a reflection upon the men connected with our offices of publication. You are to come as close as possible to our leading brethren. It would be a great mistake to follow methods in the publication and sale of your books that would injure your influence. Therefore, I say that it would not be wise, my brother, to carry out plans that seem to some to be contrary to fair dealing in the sale of our books.
(23LtMs, Lt 94, 1908, 9)
Therefore I cannot give my consent to have any of my books handled at the present time in the way you suggest. It would make upon the minds of some of our brethren an impression that would not be desirable. Even though the whole thirty thousand dollars of my indebtedness might be settled in the manner you propose, yet I could not give my consent.
(23LtMs, Lt 94, 1908, 10)
Lt 96, 1908
Gilmore, Alexander St. Helena, California March 31, 1908 Previously unpublished. Alex Gilmore
515 Ellice St.
Victoria, B.C. Dear Brother:
Elder E. A. Sutherland, in conversation with me, has given me a little of your history. I was pleased to know this and very thankful to hear of your conversion to the truth. You are older than I. On Nov. 26, 1907, I entered my eighty-first year.
(23LtMs, Lt 96, 1908, 1)
In 1844 the Lord gave me a decided call to bear a message to His people. I was weak and feeble at that time; but when I stood upon my feet before the people, I was strengthened for my work and was enabled to speak in a clear, strong voice that could be heard by thousands. I was thought by many to be in consumption, but since that time I have visited Canada, Europe, and Australia. In this last place, I labored for almost nine years.
(23LtMs, Lt 96, 1908, 2)
In 1881 I met with a great sorrow in the loss of my husband. On his deathbed I asked my husband if he would be pleased to have me carry on in new countries the missionary work that we had begun. He was too weak to speak, but he pressed my hand three times. This was the sign I wanted of him. Since the death of my husband, I have labored continually in the interests of the cause of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 96, 1908, 3)
I have two sons living; both are ministers, and both are engaged in the work of publishing my books. I have sent you in today’s mail copies of several of the Testimonies for the Church.
(23LtMs, Lt 96, 1908, 4)
I would be pleased to see you face to face; but though we may never meet in this world, we will, if we are faithful in this life, meet in the New Jerusalem.
(23LtMs, Lt 96, 1908, 5)
One week ago last Sabbath I spoke to the members of the Oakland church. There was a large congregation present, and the church building was filled. I had already spoken four times during the week to our people there; and as I looked over this large company, I feared that I might not have strength of voice to reach them all. But as soon as I stood upon my feet, the power of God came upon me, and my voice was strong and clear. I was sustained in a remarkable manner, and for this I give glory to God. I spoke from the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah.
(23LtMs, Lt 96, 1908, 6)
On Sunday, the following day, I rode three miles to Berkeley, a suburb of Oakland, and spoke to a company there from the sixtieth chapter of Isaiah, verses 1-22.
(23LtMs, Lt 96, 1908, 7)
As I have labored in different places, I have seen a great work to be done; and again and again I have hired money, on which I pay interest, in order to help in establishing the work in new places. And the work is going forward. In order to help in the establishment and support of our schools, I donated the manuscript of the book Christ’s Object Lessons, asking that our brethren in the publishing house donate the labor required to get the book before the people. This they did. The books have been sold extensively, and this effort has brought in for the support of our educational work as much as three hundred thousand dollars.
(23LtMs, Lt 96, 1908, 8)
In the same way I gave the book Ministry of Healing for the help of our sanitariums. I know that through the medium of our health institutions, many will be brought to a knowledge of the true Sabbath and will learn to honor God by keeping His commandments.
(23LtMs, Lt 96, 1908, 9)
Now I have a request to make of you. Will you loan to me some of the money which the Lord has entrusted to you, that I may represent you in a work that you cannot do yourself? I have many writings that should come before the people; but before I can publish these books, I must have more means than I have at present. If you could lend me means for this work, I should feel very thankful. Should you be willing to do this, please let me know on what terms you would lend me several thousand dollars. If you are desirous of investing your means where it will accomplish a definite work in the advancement of the truth, I will use it in the publication of my books, and thus help in the opening of new fields, that those who sit in darkness may be brought into the light of this precious truth. We are nearing the close of this earth’s history, and those of us to whom has been entrusted means should use the Lord’s treasures in bringing the knowledge of the truth to those who are in error.
(23LtMs, Lt 96, 1908, 10)
Now I ask you to consider my request. Will you not lay up your treasure where I have laid mine? I ask you to share with me in this work—a work in which you will be placing your money where it will bring large results. I want you to lay up in the heavens a treasure that faileth not, by using it in this world for the salvation of souls. When you come into the kingdom of your Father, you will then receive both principal and interest. I feel drawn out to urge you to consider this matter. I am devoting my whole soul to this work, and you can help me in it.
(23LtMs, Lt 96, 1908, 11)
The Lord is soon to come, and I am charged with a message for the people. I have much matter prepared, and the people should have it. I have worked with all the capabilities that the Lord has graciously given me, that this precious matter might come before the people. Some of it is now ready for print. Can you not help us in doing this good work? From the press, the light is to go forth to all places. It is to be carried into new missionary fields. These books are to be translated into different languages, that every tongue and people may know the truth. The law of God is to be exalted as the gospel message for all nations and peoples. Please respond to this letter, and tell me if you will help in carrying forward this great and grand work.
(23LtMs, Lt 96, 1908, 12)
Lt 98, 1908
Gotzian, J. St. Helena, California April 1, 1908 Previously unpublished. Mrs. J. Gotzian Dear Sister Gotzian:
It is my conviction that it would be for your best interests to ask Brother Sutherland to act as your business agent, and to take the burden of disposing of your property. I have full confidence in his ability to discern that which needs to be done. If you will place your business in his hands, I believe it will be wisely and honestly conducted to your advantage. Therefore I would advise that you give him your confidence and allow him to act for you.
(23LtMs, Lt 98, 1908, 1)
The Lord would not have you in continual anxiety concerning your business affairs. If I were in your place, I would relieve myself of some of these burdens and recognize Brother Sutherland as one who will manage these matters so that I would not be a loser. Of course the property may remain under your supervision, but it would be better to place it in the hands of some one, as Brother Sutherland, who has demonstrated his ability as a capable financier and who is reliable. Unless you do have some such person as this to act for you, I fear that you will suffer loss.
(23LtMs, Lt 98, 1908, 2)
You are at a distance from your property, and it would be inconvenient and expensive for you to be required frequently to make the long journey to Oregon in order to look after your interests there. I hope that you may, as you desire, be able soon to dispose of your property at a good price. Talk these matters over freely with Brother Sutherland. He is a man who, I believe, is true to the service of God and true to the interests of his brethren.
(23LtMs, Lt 98, 1908, 3)
I would be greatly pleased to visit the Paradise Valley Sanitarium at this season of the year. But I have heavy burdens to bear here in preparing important matter that should be printed.
(23LtMs, Lt 98, 1908, 4)
I am thankful that Brother and Sister Cummings are carrying the work so well. May the Lord bless them and keep them in health physically and spiritually. We need great steadfastness of purpose to walk and work after the Lord’s planning.
(23LtMs, Lt 98, 1908, 5)
Lt 100, 1908
Rasmussen, Sister St. Helena, California February 11, 1908 Previously unpublished. Mrs. Rasmussen Dear Sister:
I wish I could come to Dakota; I would be pleased to see our people there. But this does not seem to be possible.
(23LtMs, Lt 100, 1908, 1)
I am desirous of obtaining money; and I will come right to the point by asking you if you can loan me some at interest. I am greatly in need of means at this time and would be glad if you would let me have five hundred or one thousand dollars until the books that are now being prepared for the press are ready for publication.
(23LtMs, Lt 100, 1908, 2)
I see a great work to be done, and I greatly desire to see this work accomplished quickly. There are earnest efforts to be put forth in the cities that have not yet been entered with the message of present truth. To carry this work, as God intends it shall be done, will call for earnest prayers and faithful efforts on the part of our people. I want to do my part in getting before the people the books containing the messages God is sending to the world. If I secure the means needed at this time, the work can go forward. I shall be very thankful if you can do me this favor that I ask.
(23LtMs, Lt 100, 1908, 3)
With this I send you a copy of my letter to Brother Terwilliger.
(23LtMs, Lt 100, 1908, 4)
Lt 102, 1908
Terwilliger, Brother St. Helena, California February 11, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in PM 394. My Brother Terwilliger:
Some time ago you sent me word that you thought you could let me have on interest quite a large sum of money. I was very thankful to receive this word from you, but later you were disappointed. Your expectations were not realized. Now if you cannot loan me money at present, can you direct me to other brethren or sisters in Dakota who have money to loan and would be willing to lend to me at a moderate rate of interest? Please inquire concerning this. I need more means for the publication of my books.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 1)
The message of truth must go to our cities and towns as it has not yet gone. We must take hold in earnest. I was so pleased with the prospect of obtaining the means of which you wrote, and for the time my mind was relieved of its burden. But the Lord understands the situation; I will not murmur at His providences.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 2)
Some have wondered that I should be laboring under the embarrassment of debt. There are few who know the extent of our labors in new fields and the demands that have been made upon me for the advancement of the work in America, in Europe, and in Australia. In new fields there are many churches to be built and many new missionary enterprises to be started. Sometimes it is needful that we have the money right at the time when hearts are being stirred and the Spirit of God is making its impressions. This is the time to put forth earnest, faithful efforts for the upbuilding of the work.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 3)
In our early labors in this cause, my husband and I sought to know the movings of the Spirit of God upon hearts. We sought earnestly to improve the time and not let opportunities pass by unimproved. We felt that we must work earnestly to gather means, that the ministers who were preaching the message might be supported in their different fields of labor.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 4)
At first we believed that the Lord was coming in 1843 and thought that the Scriptures sustained us in this belief. But the time passed, and then came a great trial of our faith. After this the Lord sent to us the light regarding the fourth commandment and showed us the importance of keeping the seventh day. Many other important features of faith were revealed to us, which at first we had not understood. Then we could see the great mercy of God in giving us a tarrying time. We needed to have a better understanding of many things. There was a great work yet to be done. The Scriptures were to be more fully investigated. The world was to be warned; the light was to shine forth in our cities. We felt the need of giving the warning message to places that had not been worked.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 5)
As laborers together with God, it is our duty to keep in mind that we are not left to be guided in the work by our human intelligence alone. Angels of God are waiting to do the Lord’s bidding concerning us. Our duty is to work patiently, to be self-denying in the use of our means; to be content with simple food; to save wherever we can that our means may be invested in the cause of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 6)
In Australia as the work advanced, it became necessary to erect many simple houses of worship. We appointed tent-meetings and camp-meetings. Some who were unable to attend these meetings [unaided] I helped, so that they might go. Those were powerful camp-meetings; the light that shone forth from the Word of God touched and brought conviction to the hearts of many of the hearers. The truth that was preached was seen to be the truth of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 7)
We gave away many of our large and small books to families who were unable to buy them, asking them to read them and to lend them to their neighbors. In this way we set one family to work for neighboring families. They would come together and read the books aloud. As a result, conviction was brought to the hearts of some, and souls were converted.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 8)
Our tent-meetings were most effective in removing prejudice. Meetings were also held in different places in the open air. I spoke before many companies in the open fields under the shade of the trees, and the Spirit of the Lord made the word spoken effective to many who heard. In this way we were able to reach some who would not be persuaded to enter a church or hall.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 9)
Since the death of my husband, I have continued this kind of work with the help of my sons. Often I have had to invest means that it was hard to spare in order to make it possible to build a meetinghouse. I do not regret what I have done in investing means in the cause; rather I am thankful that I have been able to do this; but I must now hasten out my books in such a way that I shall be relieved of this load of indebtedness. My books must be sold, and from their sale I must pay my workers; I must continue to make gifts to some who are unable to purchase and who need the instruction they contain.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 10)
I have many more writings to come before the people; for I have kept a record of all my travels and labors. I am seldom able to sleep after four in the morning, and in the early hours I am writing constantly. I am thankful that the Lord gives me strength to do so much.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 11)
In all my labors by pen and voice I have sought to arouse church members to do the work God demands of His servants in the home, in the church, and in the neighborhood. Everywhere there is missionary work to be done; there are all classes of people to be labored for.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 12)
I felt it a privilege to make the gift of Christ’s Object Lessons to the schools. Through the skill and faithfulness of those who have sold the books, this gift has helped to bring to the schools the sum of three hundred thousand dollars. Yet in comparison with what might have been accomplished, very little has yet been done in selling this book to outside parties. When I consider how little genuine interest has sometimes been manifested at our camp-meetings in the success of this enterprise, how little effort has been put forth to educate the students and workers in handling the book, I am urged to say that God is not in any way glorified by such an indifferent course.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 13)
And now I am bidden to say to our people: Try your skill in selling Ministry of Healing for the benefit of our sanitariums that have been fitted up at great expense for the treatment of the sick and suffering. The Spirit of God will send home the message of truth to hearts. If there is any class in the world who need the book Ministry of Healing, it is the sick. Then let no opportunity of reaching them be neglected. There is a valuable education to be obtained by those who scatter our publications like the leaves of autumn.
(23LtMs, Lt 102, 1908, 14)
Lt 104, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California March 30, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I have learned that at the time of the Oakland meeting another important meeting was held in St. Helena. This was a mistake; such a conflict in meetings should not be allowed to occur. One of these meetings, either that of Oakland or of St. Helena, might have been deferred until the work of the other had been completed. It was a mistake that they were held at the same time. Every such meeting is of importance.
(23LtMs, Lt 104, 1908, 1)
I should have been in attendance at the St. Helena meeting; for I had words to speak to Elder Knox and to others. This would have been an opportune time for me to speak. You also were needed at that meeting. Had the meeting in St. Helena been deferred one week, you and Sister Haskell would have had the opportunity to attend—an opportunity which should have been improved.
(23LtMs, Lt 104, 1908, 2)
I know that the Lord gave me special words to speak to the people in Oakland. I have never regretted the efforts I put forth there. We hope that there will be a blending together all along the line. We need to move very guardedly and study how to speak and act intelligently. Christ has a work for all to do, and we must do it in the love and fear of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 104, 1908, 3)
I read from Testimonies for the Church, Vol. 7, p. 29:
(23LtMs, Lt 104, 1908, 4)
“He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him freely give us all things?” [Romans 8:32.]
(23LtMs, Lt 104, 1908, 5)
“As this wonderful, priceless Gift was bestowed, the whole heavenly universe was mightily stirred, in an effort to understand God’s unfathomable love, stirred to awaken in human hearts a gratitude proportionate to the value of the Gift. Shall we, for whom Christ has given His life, halt between two opinions? Shall we return to God only a mite of the capabilities and powers lent us by Him? How can we do this while we know that He who was the commander of all heaven laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and, realizing the helplessness of the fallen race, came to this earth in human nature to make it possible for us to unite our humanity to His divinity? He became poor that we might come into possession of the eternal treasure, ‘a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory.’” [2 Corinthians 4:17.]
(23LtMs, Lt 104, 1908, 6)
Praise the Lord. We have everything to be thankful for, that He did not fail nor become discouraged.
(23LtMs, Lt 104, 1908, 7)
I read further: “This is the mystery of godliness, the mystery that has inspired heavenly agencies so to minister through fallen humanity that in the world an intense interest will be aroused in the plan of salvation. This is the mystery that has stirred all heaven to unite with man in carrying out God’s plan for the salvation of a ruined world.”
(23LtMs, Lt 104, 1908, 8)
Thank the Lord that to human agencies is committed the grand work of extending the triumphs of the cross. Let us keep our eyes fixed on the mark of the prize. Let us not fail nor be discouraged. I am glad you are in a position where you can be a help to so many. You must be doubly guarded, for you will meet with many perplexities. Keep your eyes uplifted. Do not by any careless action given occasion for others to misinterpret you. I have decided to take this counsel to myself.
(23LtMs, Lt 104, 1908, 9)
Lt 106, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California April 2, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in PM 208, 234-235; 3SM 204; 1MR 172-174. Elder and Mrs. S. N. Haskell Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I have for the last week been driven early and late, with the necessity of writing on many different subjects to many people. I have therefore been unable to write you as fully as I have desired to do.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 1)
On making inquiries regarding the publication of Early Writings, I learn that our offices at Mountain View and at Washington have just brought out, and have in stock, a large edition of this book, and that they are selling a paper-covered edition for thirty-five cents. Under such circumstances therefore, it would seem unjust to them were we to endeavor to place on the market a smaller-sized book to be sold at a low price.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 2)
Notwithstanding a lifetime of hard labor, I find that I am embarrassed with a heavy indebtedness. I do not at present receive from the sale of my books as much money as I need to carry on my work and to meet the many calls for help that come to me. Frequently some one from whom I have borrowed calls for his money, and in order to secure the necessary means, I am obliged to borrow money at the bank, for which I must pay eight per cent interest.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 3)
The other day I received a loan of fifty dollars at four and a half per cent interest. Then I received word that Sister Starr was in need of money to pay for the board of her children while she had been engaged in doing medical missionary work. So, although I had previously paid two hundred dollars to help this family, I sent this extra fifty dollars to them as soon as I had received it.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 4)
Thus there seems to be a constant drawing upon me for money, while but very little comes in. Yet notwithstanding my great necessities, I would be unwilling to make any move that might appear to be unfair to our publishing houses.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 5)
I have, as you well know, invested means largely in the building of meetinghouses and in starting various enterprises in Australia. I have also given thousands of dollars of my royalty on books to help the work in Europe, and have then, at times, borrowed money with which to pay my own helpers.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 6)
At one time I received word that it was difficult to get means for the translation of some of my books in the European languages. I said, “I will give my royalties on these foreign books for this purpose.” At another time a brother in Europe wrote to me, “I have a thousand dollars that is due you on the sale of your books. Could not you let us have a portion of this to help in the education of young men, and fitting them to engage in missionary work?” In reply I wrote, “Keep it all, if you can only train young men to go out and labor as missionaries. I will continue to pay interest on money, in order that I may give this to you as a donation.” This is how Sister White is becoming rich. I have been laying up my treasure in heaven; and in this crisis, I will not draw back.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 7)
Now, Elder Haskell, I want you to understand that I appreciate your interest in the scattering of the truth through a wide sale of Early Writings. I thank the Lord that I know you will not misunderstand me. I thank you for your kindly interest in my behalf. But I will closely watch and pray earnestly that the Lord will remove from me this pressure of debt without my taking a course that might seem unfair to the publishing houses. I know that your offer comes from the sincerity of your soul, and may the Lord bless you for your desire to help me. But I dare not venture to risk the consequences of the step you propose.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 8)
It would not be best for you and me to unite our interests in a manner that might be misunderstood by some who knew that [I] advised that you be chosen as president of the California Conference. The Lord knows all about my situation, and He can bring relief in some other way. But let us preserve our influence as workers who are united with our brethren who are engaged in the Lord’s work. I know that the office at Mountain View has had a hard time, and is in debt, and I should be very sorry to take a step that would tend to discourage our brethren there.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 9)
Representations that have been given me lead me to fear the plan of selling our books at too low a price. Many who would take advantage of these low prices might just as easily pay the full price. And some who buy the books for little would sell them to others who would have to pay the regular prices. Such a plan is bringing in an order of things that will not bring the best results. If you find worthy people who are not able to pay for a book, it is your privilege to present it to them. But you should hold your books at a price that will insure against a loss to the publishers. While it is right for you to appoint agents to canvass for your books, there should be a readjustment of the prices you ask for them.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 10)
On the same principle, because of the large expense in building and in maintaining sanitariums, we could not sanction the charging of such low rates that a loss would come to the institutions, even though some might urge this because a greater number of patients might thus be benefited. Such a method would bring in confusion.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 11)
The enemy is ever seeking to scatter briers and thorns among the precious wheat. Earnest labor is required to make a success of our efforts. While certain plans may seem to be wise, and while men may have the best of motives in following them, yet if these plans result in friction, it will be found that the good results that were sought will not appear.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 12)
I dare not under present conditions do otherwise than as I have stated. While for a time there might be an enthusiasm in presenting books at a great reduction, yet there are only a few who could do this kind of work. And I cannot consent for you to do this in my behalf. We are both becoming old, and every move must bear the impress of the character of Christ. Not for a day must we venture to move unadvisedly. Looking unto Jesus constitutes real excellence of character. If we copy the pattern, we shall always be safe; for Christ will be revealed in personal ministry. Let us make no mistakes, for we are sowing for eternity.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 13)
We should blend with our publishing institutions in laying and carrying out plans that will be productive of healthful unity. All should seek to be baptized with the Holy Spirit, and all speak the same things. Let each serve with an eye single to the glory of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 14)
Every soul that is sanctified daily through the practice of the gospel principles will obtain the victory over sin. If, as disciples of Christ, we reflect His image, we shall receive what we ask for. We shall be fruitful. Peace like a river will flow to our souls, and from us to other souls. We are to labor that we may represent Christ in our words and disposition.
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 15)
Let us practice the meekness and lowliness of Christ’s life, and the seed we sow will grow. Sanctification of character is the work of a lifetime. Our opportunities will multiply as our experience enlarges; our knowledge will increase, and through Christ we shall become strong in bearing responsibilities. O precious privilege to co-operate with the heavenly and divine agencies!
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 16)
Brother and Sister Haskell, if we keep our minds stayed upon Christ, He will come unto us as the rain, as the former and latter rain upon the earth. As the Sun of righteousness, He will arise with healing in His wings. We may grow as the lily, revive as the corn, and grow as the vine. By constantly looking to and patterning after Christ as our personal Saviour, we shall grow up into Him in all things. Our faith will grow, our conscience will be sanctified. We will more and more become like Christ in all our works and words. Thank God, we shall believe His Word. “The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance: against such there is no law.” [Galatians 5:22, 23.]
(23LtMs, Lt 106, 1908, 17)
Lt 108, 1908
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] NP April 6, 1908 [typed] Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
I have received your sad letter. I am sorry for you and have asked the Lord to relieve you in this trying time. All you can do is to put yourselves in the hands of One who knows the situation, and can help your minds, and the ones that are bereaved. Put your trust in your Saviour, and do not have oversorrow; for it will do no good.
(23LtMs, Lt 108, 1908, 1)
I shall feel very anxious for you to keep me informed in regard to the future of this very sad affair. I can only say, You can take the case to the Lord Jesus and commit your afflicted souls to the Lord to be guided by Him. Ask those who have faith to unite their prayers with yours in your home. This is a trial for you of great magnitude. I appreciate your deep affliction, but all I can say is, Take the matter to the Lord in prayer, and then believe that He can make the impressions on the minds of the relatives of the one who lost her life.
(23LtMs, Lt 108, 1908, 2)
The affliction you suffer will be to a woman of your keen, sensitive nature almost more than you can bear. But you have a sympathizing Saviour, and He can make the impression upon the minds of the ones who are afflicted. The relatives of the one whose injuries were unto death must take in the situation and know your great sorrow. But look unto Jesus. He will comfort you. He will be your sympathizing Saviour. All you can do is to believe and trust in the Lord while you are filled with sorrow and your soul is bowed down with anguish. I know, and all acquainted with you know, that this unfortunate circumstance fills your soul with deep sorrow that cannot be expressed. Yet any other in your place might have done the same.
(23LtMs, Lt 108, 1908, 3)
We can pray for you that you may be comforted by the grace of our heavenly Father. Look unto Jesus and trust in His grace to bring you through this severe ordeal without bringing upon you overmuch sorrow, which cannot restore the dead.
(23LtMs, Lt 108, 1908, 4)
I will not distrust the Lord God of Israel, and all who know your true interest in all who are connected with you can but give you the deep sympathy that they should. Lay your burden upon the great burden-bearer, and believe, my dear afflicted sister, that the Lord Jesus will sustain you under this severe affliction.
(23LtMs, Lt 108, 1908, 5)
I know that the friends and relatives of the child must feel this, but may the Lord give them that true tenderness of heart that will help you to bear up under the grief that you must feel. I will send this line, but send again tomorrow.
(23LtMs, Lt 108, 1908, 6)
Lt 110, 1908
Kress, D. H. St. Helena, California April 8, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Dr. and Mrs. D. H. Kress Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
Yesterday I sent you a few lines with a promise of more soon. Today I will try to write some, though I am feeling too poorly to do the work I desire to do. I was taken sick last night, and this morning feel unable to write at length.
(23LtMs, Lt 110, 1908, 1)
My brother and sister, the Lord Jesus will certainly be your present help in every time of need. Commit your case to the One who will never disappoint you. Lay hold upon Jesus: He can give you relief. He knows how to apply the soothing balm.
(23LtMs, Lt 110, 1908, 2)
You must keep a reserve of spiritual strength, in order to enable you to carry the heavy responsibilities that rest upon you. Your help is needed in the ministry, to speak words in season, words that will draw souls to Christ. Through you spiritual grace may flow, bringing restoration to the afflicted.
(23LtMs, Lt 110, 1908, 3)
In all our sanitariums there needs to be a spiritual influence that shall be manifested in prayer and in a ministry that will be refreshing. Be careful that you do not become exhausted physically or mentally. It is not wise for one or two to be overburdened with responsibilities, where there are others who might share the burdens. May the Lord sustain you and uphold you. This He will do if you will trustingly confide in Him. But do not become overwearied. As you labor for souls, the converting power of God will be with you. Invisible are ready to make the right impression upon human minds. Bible truth will make impressions upon the sin-sick souls. Let those who speak of this truth use words that are too plain to be misunderstood. If you will speak helpful words to the sick, there are many who will afterward remember the Bible lessons given, and the Holy Spirit will impress them upon the mind.
(23LtMs, Lt 110, 1908, 4)
You may also be a blessing to the students in the school. Keep the Bible truths shining brightly, and the Lord will guide you in speaking right words. Let it stand forth clearly that the world must be warned. The truth will exert a refining influence upon the mind and heart and soul of those for whom you labor.
(23LtMs, Lt 110, 1908, 5)
I have earnestly desired that our whole church might come into a closer communion with God. How can I make it understood by believers that we as a people may find rest and peace in the Saviour? I am instructed that there must be an increase of that living faith that works by love. We may appropriate the words of the Scriptures; for their meaning may be understood.
(23LtMs, Lt 110, 1908, 6)
May the Lord help you both and strengthen you in your affliction. I feel deeply over the terrible accident, but can only say, Put your trust fully in Him who alone can be your Helper. I know that you are suffering deeply, but hold fast to His hand, and He will sustain you.
(23LtMs, Lt 110, 1908, 7)
Be not discouraged. The Lord will relieve your distressed souls. He has a work for you to do, and He will sustain you in it. The greater your trials, the more you need the Lord to behold and strengthen. God’s purposes are to be accomplished through His people. We need the blessed Saviour every moment. Cling to the hand of Him who will lead you.
(23LtMs, Lt 110, 1908, 8)
Lt 112, 1908
Knox, W. T. St. Helena, California April 10, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder W. T. Knox
Mountain View, California My dear Brother Knox:
I have just received your letter, for which I thank you.
(23LtMs, Lt 112, 1908, 1)
It has been with great pain that I have felt urged to write to you as I have. Nothing but the knowledge that the Lord had given me a message for you could have led me to speak as plainly as I have done regarding your experience. I have now done my duty in giving you the message that God gave me for you; and if, as you say, you accept this message, you will see the necessity of changing your course of action. It is now your privilege to exert an influence that will counterwork your influence in some things in the past.
(23LtMs, Lt 112, 1908, 2)
Now, my brother, do not link up with one who would lead you in a course of action to spoil your influence for good. Christ says, “Come unto Me ... learn of Me ... and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:28, 29.] You have in the past been learning some lessons that have been greatly to your injury, and to the injury of other souls.
(23LtMs, Lt 112, 1908, 3)
“All power in heaven and earth” has been committed to Jesus Christ, that He might impart of this power to the persevering seeker after righteousness. [Matthew 28:18.] He is of God “made unto us wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption.” [1 Corinthians 1:30.]
(23LtMs, Lt 112, 1908, 4)
My brother, all the treasures of heaven are committed to every soul that will act faithfully as an instructor to minister in word and doctrine. Let there be an earnest seeking of the Lord in humility of soul that, under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, and with the spirituality and tenderness of Christ, your labors may be a success.
(23LtMs, Lt 112, 1908, 5)
Those who minister in word and doctrine are imparting lessons to all with whom they associate. When standing before an assembly, whether there be few or many, the faithful minister will teach from the Word. It must be made plain that only by obedience can men be fitted for promotion to the higher grades in the courts above.
(23LtMs, Lt 112, 1908, 6)
I have been instructed that yourself and your wife and daughter need a work done for you that is practical and thorough. You may be a blessing to each other in digging together for the gems of truth, as for hid treasures. Truth, Bible truth, stored in the mind is of the highest value for spiritual development. Christ is the great fountain head from whom all wisdom flows.
(23LtMs, Lt 112, 1908, 7)
Brother and Sister Knox, seek the Lord daily for a deep religious experience. Unless you gain a practical knowledge of how to do the will of God, and unless you receive of His grace, you will fail in the great work of overcoming. But heavenly messengers are waiting constantly to help every one who calls upon the Lord for help. Therefore, I say to you in the name of the Lord, Advance, not in your own strength, but in the strength of Jesus. Press the battle to the gates.
(23LtMs, Lt 112, 1908, 8)
Brother Knox, I beg of you to make thorough work. Then you will have that faith that works by love and purifies the soul. My desires and my prayers shall go with you.
(23LtMs, Lt 112, 1908, 9)
“Now the God of peace, that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great Shepherd of the sheep, through the blood of the everlasting covenant, make you perfect in every good work to do His will, working in you that which is well-pleasing in His sight through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory for ever and ever.” [Hebrews 13:20, 21.]
(23LtMs, Lt 112, 1908, 10)
Lt 114, 1908
Irwin, Brother and Sister [G. A.] St. Helena, California April 15, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder and Mrs. G. A. Irwin
Takoma Park Station, Washington, D.C. Dear Brother and Sister Irwin:
A few days ago I wrote two letters to Brother and Sister Kress; but at that time I did not understand that it was Sister Irwin who was running the elevator at the time of the sad accident. It may seem a little strange to you that the one who needed the words of encouragement and comfort I wrote was not mentioned. I trust that you, Sister Irwin, will forgive this seeming oversight.
(23LtMs, Lt 114, 1908, 1)
I wish now to express to you both my deep sympathy. I pray that the Lord may give to Sister Irwin His consolation. I know how deeply such a circumstance would grieve your tender mind and sympathetic heart; but all that you can do is to leave the case with the Lord. He understands, and He can comfort those who are closely related to the one who has lost her life. If you see them, tell them that we all sympathize deeply with them; and we pray that the Lord will help them to bear this grief. All we can do is to feel deeply sorry for them, and pray that the Lord will help them to carry their grief to Him in prayer. He can move upon the hearts of the afflicted. And we also must cling to the Lord and trust in Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 114, 1908, 2)
Lt 116, 1908
Workman, Brother and Sister [W.] St. Helena, California April 15, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Mr. & Mrs. W. Workman
Takoma Park Station, Washington, D.C. My dear Grandchildren:
We have read your letters with interest. I would be pleased to see you both, but I do not see much prospect of this; for I am continually at work with my writing. O how thankful I am to the Lord for clearness of mind. I praise Him continually for His goodness to me.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 1)
I sometimes wish that you were not so far away from us all. But let us not brood over this. Be of good courage, and have faith in the light that is shining upon us from the Word. While I would be pleased to have you close beside us, yet the decision we made to let you go to Washington we thought to be for your best interests; and I firmly believe that the Lord will let His blessing rest upon you there.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 2)
I have been writing all day. I thank the Lord for preserving my strength in my old age. I have had some severe trials to pass through, but I am determined not to fail nor to be discouraged.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 3)
If I were able I would send money to you; but the books that have been in preparation are not yet printed. Your father has been absent for eleven days, attending an important meeting in Los Angeles, but has now returned. All day he has been in council with Brother H. H. Hall, from Mountain View, and Professor Caviness and Brother Forga.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 4)
The two babies are nice, quiet children. Ella brings her baby down in his cab quite often. He is a pretty boy, as is also May White’s baby. They are both proud of their boys and think them exceptionally good children. At the time you left us to go to Washington, we did not know how we were coming out in regard to a matron for our home; yet we believed that there must be someone who could fill the place. We have found an excellent housekeeper in Miss Hannaford, who came to Loma Linda from Nebraska. She is almost as tall as Miss Peck, is of good address, and is a good cook. And she is a sincere Christian. We live very simply and get along very pleasantly together. No unpleasant thing has occurred since she has been here. We are very thankful for this good help.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 5)
If I am able, next Sunday we shall take the trip long planned for into Lake County. Brother James, your father, and Sara and I will constitute the party. I believe there are some business matters there that Mr. Hurlbutt wants us to consider. Mrs. Hurlbutt sent for me some time ago, but I could not go then. Now, if the Lord will, we will go next Sunday, taking the two-seated, largest, covered carriage and the greys. I will trust in the Lord to give me strength. The weather is very dry for this time of the year, and we have been hoping for rain. Today the clouds have hung heavy over the mountains, and this morning a little rain fell. We are hoping that more will come.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 6)
The beautiful gold of ophir rose that climbs over the woodshed was never lovelier than it [is] this year. We tell all who come to pick all they want; and after all are supplied, we cannot tell that any have been taken. I thank the Lord for His care and His love.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 7)
Now, my dear children, I wish to say to you that your strength is in God. It would be surprising if you were not homesick at times; but be of good courage in the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 8)
A few weeks ago I attended a meeting held in Oakland. I spoke six times during the ten days I was there. I usually spoke at ten in the morning, following Elder Haskell’s talk. He said that one would have supposed that I had been present at his hour and had heard his words, for I followed right along the same line that he had taken up. All seemed to be much pleased that I could speak to them at this time.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 9)
The meetings were held in the new church building on 25th Street. On Sabbath the meetinghouse was filled. All the rooms were thrown into one. As I looked at the crowd, I felt somewhat afraid that I might not be able to make all the people hear. I sent your father for a glass of water, but before it reached me, I was on my feet and speaking to the congregation. My voice was so clear and strong that I knew that the angels of God were sustaining me. The Holy Spirit witnessed to the word spoken. I thank the Lord for the power of His grace. I had not been well for some time, but on this occasion, in spite of physical weakness, the Lord gave evidence of His presence with me. And those present feel the power of the Holy Spirit.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 10)
I spoke from the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah, and the Holy Spirit impressed the truth upon the hearts of the people. I thank the Lord for His goodness and His mercy and His rich grace bestowed. I felt that the Lord would give me strength to speak, and His power was upon me in rich measure. On the following day I drove to Berkeley, where an appointment was out for me to speak. The hall here was crowded to its utmost capacity. I spoke from the 60th chapter of Isaiah. The Lord again gave me His Holy Spirit, and angels of God were in our midst. As I presented the truths of this chapter, the blessing of the Lord rested upon me and upon those who listened. I thank the Lord for the grace given to me at this time. My trust is in Him. We need ever to cherish a spirit of trust in God and learn to wait patiently for Him. I have rejoiced in the privilege given me at this time to speak so often to the people of Oakland and Berkeley.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 11)
I am now writing on the subject of temperance, and am striving to present the great dangers that attend the placing in the stomach of a great variety of foods at one meal. We do ourselves much harm by indulging in such a practice. I have some things written for our people in Washington, which I will send as soon as they are copied. You do not give us much definite news about the workings of the school; but matters have been presented to me in the night season; and the instruction given I must send as soon as it can be gotten out.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 12)
I will say to you, Mabel, I am not surprised that you cannot confine yourself much to the study of books. You must not suppose that you can take all in that you desire. You have reason to be thankful that the Lord has graciously spared your life. At times we have been very anxious about you. But our prayers in your behalf were answered. We were charged by physicians that meat or butter should not come into your dietary, and these instructions we followed out. If by self-denial you can preserve your brain and nerve power, and your eyesight, a great victory will be gained.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 13)
My message to our schools is that they should be conducted in such a way that physical health shall be preserved. You have capabilities, Mabel, which we wish you to appreciate.
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 14)
The end is near, and the Spirit of God is being withdrawn from the earth. You and your husband are to give to the school a demonstration of Christian principle. You are capable of living the principles of the truth. In your eating, your dressing, your speech, give an illustration of the power of truth in the life. Whatever course others pursue, you are to follow the Word of God, giving a practical illustration of the simplicity of true godliness. Be cheerful. “Rejoice in the Lord alway, and again I say, Rejoice.” [Philippians 4:4.]
(23LtMs, Lt 116, 1908, 15)
Lt 118, 1908
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California April 23, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 12MR 262-266. + J. E. White
Edgefield, Tennessee Dear Edson and Emma:
Last Sunday morning, between four and five o’clock, we started on our journey to Lake Co. We first drove to Calistoga, which is nine miles from St. Helena, and after passing through the town, began the ascent of a mountain road so narrow that it seemed impossible for two teams to pass on it. For a number of miles we traveled up this steep ascent, turning constantly to the left, on which side huge rocks towered above us. On our right lay a deep ravine. I had seen something of these great rocks on the journey from California to Michigan.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 1)
W. C. White drove with me in the single buggy, Brother James leading the way in the platform wagon, in which were Prof. E. A Sutherland and Sara McEnterfer and the luggage.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 2)
After traveling many miles we came to a watering trough. Here we took out our provisions, laid rugs on the earth, spread our tablecloth, and ate breakfast.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 3)
For some weeks previous to this, I had been unable to ride for more than two hours at a time, and we doubted if I could endure so long a journey as this to Lake Co; but I stood it wonderfully well. I was surprised to find that as I journeyed, I seemed to gather strength. We had thought that we might have to put up at an hotel on my account; but this was not necessary. The fragrance of the pine and fir trees, and the breath of the pure atmosphere, seemed to give me new strength.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 4)
I was surprised to see the enormous height to which some of the pines and firs reached. The madrona and live oak trees were not so tall; but they spread their branches and leaves over a wide circumference. They too seemed to breathe out life-giving properties.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 5)
The last ten miles of our journey was less mountainous and rocky; but most of the way the wood scenery was delightful. By this time I began to feel quite weary, nevertheless I was able to reach our destination, which was the home of Brother and Sister Hurlbutt. Here we received a hearty welcome and were very thankful to rest. We retired early, for we had eaten our meals on the way, and had rested and fed our horses.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 6)
We were sorry to find that Mr. Hurlbutt is afflicted with partial paralysis and is obliged to walk on crutches. He promised that he would come to the St. Helena Sanitarium, where he can be prescribed for by Dr. Rand.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 7)
On the next day, Monday, we looked around the farm of Brother and Sister Hurlbutt. They have a large tract of land, on which are two houses and fine orchards. The lake is only a short drive from the house. On Tuesday we drove to the lake. On Monday we drove about twenty miles in all.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 8)
In the past Brother and Sister Hurlbutt have given a home to cast-out and orphan children; but this work has been broken up by the illness of the husband. These people have thought that they might establish an orphanage at their home; but they cannot without efficient help carry on such an enterprise. The Lord understands better than we do how to manage such important matters as the education and training of the youth. Wherever such schools are located, whether they be for white or colored people, they should always have connected with them wise, strong managers.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 9)
We could hope that sometime this place among the fir and hemlock, the birch and pine might become a place of resort for the sick and suffering. But if such should ever be, great changes would have to be made. With its beautiful lake, its pure atmosphere, and healthful altitude, this would make an excellent health resort.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 10)
On Tuesday morning, before we left the home, two of the workers on the Hurlbutt place, Brother D. R. McMains and Miss E. H. Batterson, were married—W. C. White performing the marriage ceremony. The newly married people will now take charge of the place.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 11)
I wish, my children, that you could have had the privilege of being with us on this journey. The blessing to be found in the invigorating atmosphere is better realized than described. All along the journey our eyes were greeted with the sight of beautiful trees laden with blossoms. It was a great delight to me to look upon the lilac-colored flowers growing in such profusion and to see the pure, clear streams flowing from the mountain ravines. The young pines were just putting out their beautiful new foliage. O it was so inspiring, so full of health, so free from the spoliation of man’s devisings. I could not help wishing that a camp-meeting might be held in these forests among the towering trees and massive rocks.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 12)
On our way home we stopped for a few hours at the home of Brother Workman. We found everything about the house very neat and clean. Brother Workman has been in ill health for some time. For a while he took treatment at the St. Helena Sanitarium, but is now at home with his family. His wife is a very pleasant woman. There is one daughter about twenty-nine years old working as nurse at the sanitarium, another daughter of about eighteen helps the mother in the home. There is a son about fifteen years old and a little girl of eleven. Mabel is married to the eldest son of the family, and another is bookkeeper at Healdsburg College.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 13)
Mabel and her husband are at Washington, where he is attending school and educating himself for a teacher and builder.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 14)
We would be pleased to have Emma with us this summer, and you also, Edson, whenever this is possible. With our horses we can drive wherever we please. In the heat of summer I shall go, with Sara to accompany me, to Lake View, and then I hope you will be able to go with me. There is a fine hotel soon to be opened a few miles from the house where we made our home. With the horses and carriages we have, we could make the journey in comfort; and you could be delighted with such scenery as I think you have never before seen. This is all I need to say on this subject, except to repeat that we have plenty of house room. If Emma’s sister should accompany you, we will welcome her also.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 15)
I am planning to attend the camp-meeting at Lodi. We shall find rooms off the ground, so that I may not be wearied by many visitors. I shall remain at this meeting as long a time as my health will permit. I wish you also could be present. I am sure you could be made comfortable.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 16)
I learn from several that there is a great deal of sickness in Battle Creek just now. I feel that it is not a healthful place to live.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 17)
I will not write any more, for I expect to see you soon. And to a great degree my writing must be laid aside for a time, and I must rest.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 18)
We are nearing the close of this earth’s history, and we need to place ourselves in right relation to our dear Saviour, who gave His life for us. We have not a moment to lose. We are fitting characters for eternity, preparing for habitation in that city that Christ has gone to prepare for those who love Him. I do not want to miss gaining an entrance into the new Jerusalem, and I want Edson and Emma and Emma’s sister to be there. All who will form characters after the divine similitude will receive a welcome to that holy place.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 19)
I hope you will think about what I have told you in this letter about my journey to Lake Co. I feel that the trip has done me good.
(23LtMs, Lt 118, 1908, 20)
Lt 120, 1908
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California April 3, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder J. E. White
Edgefield, Tennessee Dear Children Edson and Emma:
I have received and read Edson’s letter. I am not surprised at your decision, but I am not pleased that Emma should go to Battle Creek. It makes me heartsick to think of her being in any way connected with Frank Belden. I do not feel that she can help her sister there, and for her own sake I am very sorry that she should be there. I know Frank’s position before God, but her sister cannot understand this; for she has not herself a true knowledge of the right way. Christ calls for all there is of us, heart and mind and strength. This is the consecration He demands of every soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 120, 1908, 1)
It is a long time since I saw Emma, and I greatly desire to see you both. I pray that God may keep her. I do not believe that it is right for her to place herself where she must constantly hear Frank’s tirades. In this age of earth’s history, it is not right that we go into the company of one who has apostatized as Frank Belden has done. If Emma will come to us as we have invited, we will give her excellent attention. We should always try to place ourselves where we may have the companionship of those of like precious faith.
(23LtMs, Lt 120, 1908, 2)
We cannot see why Emma should remain in Battle Creek. The climate is not healthy either in summer or winter.
(23LtMs, Lt 120, 1908, 3)
We each need to know individually what the Spirit saith unto the churches, or we will fail and lose our bearings. Those who claim to believe the truth need to watch and pray, and to trust in the living Word. We each have a character to form after the divine similitude; we each need to be daily converted to God. We need to be deeply in earnest in preparing for the scenes that shall shortly take place. Our only hope is in forming a character that is after the divine similitude. The Lord will do much for His people if they will consecrate themselves willingly to Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 120, 1908, 4)
A little time is yet granted us in which to prepare for the future life, and to meet the Lord when He shall come in the clouds of heaven with power and glory. Are we preparing to meet the Lord with joy?
(23LtMs, Lt 120, 1908, 5)
Spiritual things must be spiritually discerned. We each need an individual knowledge of what the Lord requires of us. We cannot continue to do as we please and still be prepared to meet Him when He comes. Now is our time and opportunity to be gaining an experience in the things of God. I feel great grief for Frank Belden; but I cannot advise you, Emma, even for your sister’s sake, to place yourself under his influence. He has made his choice; if ever he changes that choice, we shall know it by his actions. “None of his sins that he hath committed shall be mentioned unto him: he hath done that which is lawful and right; he shall surely live.” [Ezekiel 33:16.] I ask you to study the 34th chapter of Ezekiel.
(23LtMs, Lt 120, 1908, 6)
Whenever you feel that the time has come for you to leave Nashville, we will receive you gladly. We have quite a company of workers in the office who must be paid for their services. There is great need that my books now in preparation be published. I ask the Lord to help me understand my duty and to do it. I shall certainly make some changes.
(23LtMs, Lt 120, 1908, 7)
We have able workers here, who, if you would unite with them, would prove good advisers, and would help to make your work easier. We have Brother Crisler, Dores Robinson, and Miss Steward, all of whom we prize as workers. I hope that as soon as you can get away, you will come to us. You need to be where you can have wise counselors. We do not want to delay, but to finish the work in the best possible manner.
(23LtMs, Lt 120, 1908, 8)
Lt 122, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California April 26, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 405-406; 6Bio 168. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
Since I wrote to you I have been from home making a short visit to Lake Co. We left last Sunday, one week ago, leaving home at half-past four in the morning. I had been much overtaxed with writing and felt that I was getting quite used up.
(23LtMs, Lt 122, 1908, 1)
Our party consisted of W. C. White, Prof. E. A. Sutherland, Sara, Brother James, and myself. I rode with Willie in our comfortable phaeton, Brother James leading the way in the platform wagon, in which the rest of our party were seated.
(23LtMs, Lt 122, 1908, 2)
We drove to Calistoga and after passing through the town began the ascent of a mountain road that was very steep and narrow. For some weeks before this, I had been unable to ride for more than two hours at a time, and we doubted if I could take so long a journey as this to Lake Co.; but I stood it wonderfully well. The air was bracing and made fragrant by the budding pines and hemlocks and wild flowers. This seemed to have a healing influence on me, and I went the entire distance of fifty-two miles without having to break the journey, except as we stopped by the way to eat breakfast and dinner. We took our meals by a stream of water and very much enjoyed eating our health foods in the open air.
(23LtMs, Lt 122, 1908, 3)
It was nearly night when we reached our destination, the home of Mr. and Mrs. Hurlbutt. They were pleased to see us and gave us a hearty welcome. We were sorry to find Mr. Hurlbutt having to get about by the aid of crutches. For three years he has been afflicted with rheumatism of the limbs and now is suffering from partial paralysis. He promised that he would come to the St. Helena Sanitarium, where he can be prescribed for by Dr. Rand.
(23LtMs, Lt 122, 1908, 4)
I have read the short letters you have sent me in regard to attending the camp-meeting. I shall be glad to meet you there. Let us come in simplicity of true faith and with strong trust in the Lord God of Israel. Let us come in fullest confidence, believing that God will work out His will and purpose to His own name’s glory.
(23LtMs, Lt 122, 1908, 5)
I have wanted to write you more definitely concerning the matter of publishing of which you wrote me; but I have had many things presented to me which have engaged my thought and time. I cannot here give you my experiences; but the instruction that has been given to me has brought me great blessing.
(23LtMs, Lt 122, 1908, 6)
I wrote you briefly concerning the publication of Early Writings, that I could not consent to the plan by which you proposed to help me out of debt. Counsel was given me by God recommending the steps that you and I should take in this emergency. What ever may be the loss, I would not have brought into the work at this time one experience that would unsettle minds or bring discouragement to our publishing houses. The fact that you, as president of the conference, were carrying out plans for my benefit would be turned against me by our enemies, and this would hurt the cause of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 122, 1908, 7)
The Lord would not have you or me bring in an order of things that would give our enemies a chance to present either of us in a false light before the people. We should say as little as possible in regard to striking out on our own individual responsibility. The use that might be made of any such course would bring discouragement to our publishing houses.
(23LtMs, Lt 122, 1908, 8)
I cannot at this time present the matter to you as I would be pleased to do. The whole publishing fraternity is being placed in an unfavorable light before the people who feel that too large a price is charged for the work done at our houses. Those who have withdrawn from our ranks are making the most of this; through false statements they are making a mountain out of a molehill. You have some difficult and thorough work before you, and you will need the influence of the leading workers to sustain you in it. Therefore give them no occasion to feel that you are working against them.
(23LtMs, Lt 122, 1908, 9)
This is a time when each movement should be made only after careful consideration. Many are ignorant of the true character of your work and will misinterpret your actions. And for myself, I prefer to go on as I have done, paying one thousand dollars’ interest, rather than that any disturbing element should come into the work at this juncture. Our work is a most solemn and sacred one. Let nothing be done that will give occasion for it to be evil spoken of.
(23LtMs, Lt 122, 1908, 10)
I have taken my stand firmly upon this subject. If there are those who are deprived of the books, because of the price charged, then let a contribution be taken up for the benefit of those who cannot buy for themselves. Our publishing houses themselves can help in this matter by making gifts for the benefit of those who, unaided, could not procure the books. Let us never, by word or act, cast the reflection upon our publishing houses that they are not reliable. A great principle is involved here.
(23LtMs, Lt 122, 1908, 11)
We would have all respect paid to your long acquaintance with the work and to your years of experience which have made you one of the pillars of the church. And those who have had such experience need ever to bear in mind that they must move wisely in order to hold the high esteem which this knowledge and this experience bring them. I ask you to study carefully the first chapter of James. It will bring light and encouragement to you. Let us walk carefully and prayerfully before the Lord, and He will direct us in all our ways.
(23LtMs, Lt 122, 1908, 12)
Lt 124, 1908
Irwin, C. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 23, 1908 Previously unpublished. Prof. C. W. Irwin
Cooranbong, N.S.W., Australia Dear Brother:
I am so thankful to our heavenly Father that the reports coming from Avondale School are of such a cheering character. If there is one place above another in Australia that I would like to visit, it is Avondale. I would like to see the farm that has so wonderfully prospered. I can imagine, but only imperfectly, what an interesting place the school has become. Sometimes I am sorry that I cannot see the results of the efforts that have been put forth there. Only the Lord, I think, understands the deep interest I have in that place.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 1)
I am writing at this time to ask you to dispose for me of my lot of land on the Avondale estate. I left it, supposing that some day I should return to Australia; but I do not hope now to do this. The long journey on the water would not be so objectionable to me, if it were not for the noise created by the pleasure-loving and intemperate passengers.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 2)
But I am wandering from the subject of my letter. Please interest yourself in the matter of disposing of my lot of land, and let me have the proceeds of the sale. I am in need of means. Sometimes I am compelled to draw from the bank money on which I must pay as high as eight per cent interest.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 3)
Last Sunday morning, between four and five o’clock, we started on our journey to Lake County. We first drove to Calistoga, which is nine miles from St. Helena, and after passing through the town, began the ascent of a mountain road so narrow that it seemed impossible for two teams to pass on it. For a number of miles we traveled up this steep ascent, turning constantly to the left, on which side huge rocks towered above us. On our right lay a deep ravine. I had seen something of these huge rocks on the journey from California to Michigan.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 4)
W. C. White drove with me in the single buggy, Brother James leading the way on the platform wagon, in which were Professor E. A. Sutherland and Sara McEnterfer, and the luggage.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 5)
After traveling many miles we came to a watering trough. Here we took out our provision, laid rugs on the earth, spread our table cloth, and ate breakfast.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 6)
For some weeks previous to this, I had been unable to ride for more than two hours at a time, and we doubted if I could endure so long a journey as this to Lake County; but I stood it wonderfully well. I was surprised to find that as I journeyed I seemed to gather strength. We had thought that we might have to put up at an hotel on my account; but this was not necessary. The fragrance of the pine and fir trees, and the breath of the pure atmosphere, seemed to give me new strength.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 7)
I was surprised to see the enormous height to which some of the pines and firs reached. The madrona and live oak trees were not so tall; but they spread their branches and leaves over a wide circumference. They too seemed to breathe out life-giving properties.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 8)
The last ten miles of our journey was less mountainous and rocky; but most of the way the wood scenery was delightful. By this time I began to feel quite weary; nevertheless I was able to reach our destination, which was the home of Brother and Sister Hurlbutt! Here we received a hearty welcome and were very thankful to rest. We retired early, for we had eaten our meals on the way and had rested and fed our horses.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 9)
On the next day, Monday, we looked around the farm of Brother and Sister Hurlbutt. They have a large tract of land, on which are two houses and fine orchards. The lake is only a short drive from the house. On Tuesday we drove to the lake. On Monday we drove about twenty miles in all.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 10)
In the past, Brother and Sister Hurlbutt have given a home to cast-out and orphan children; but this work has been broken up by the illness of the husband. These people have thought that they might establish an orphanage at their home; but they are without efficient help to carry on such an enterprise. The Lord understands better than we do how to manage such important matters as the education and training of the youth. Wherever such schools are located, they should always have connected with them wise, strong managers.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 11)
We could hope that sometime this place among the fir and hemlock, the birch and pine, might become a place of resort for the sick and suffering. But if such should ever be, great changes would have to be made. With its beautiful lake, its pure atmosphere and healthful altitude, this would make an excellent health resort.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 12)
On Tuesday morning, before we left the home, two of the workers on the Hurlbutt place, Brother D. R. McMains and Miss E. H. Batterson, were married—W. C. White performing the marriage ceremony. The newly married people will now take charge of the place.
(23LtMs, Lt 124, 1908, 13)
Lt 126, 1908
Simpson, Brother and Sister [W.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 23, 1908 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Simpson:
I have read your letter carefully. I would say to you, Keep the Lord ever before you, and take counsel of the God of Israel.
(23LtMs, Lt 126, 1908, 1)
On the night of January fifteen, I seemed to be in a meeting where the subject of conversation was the prospects of the Long Beach Sanitarium. I was instructed that there are many ways by which the people in that place may be reached. Tent-meetings could be held at Long Beach, and thus the people be called out to hear the truth for this time. And our literature in the form of papers and books and pamphlets could be put in their hands.
(23LtMs, Lt 126, 1908, 2)
Since I was with you in Long Beach, I have been bearing the burdens that come with the work of speaking before large congregations. In the night season I seemed to be conversing with you on this wise: He who builds a house, which he desires to stand, should see that it has a good foundation. He must build wisely. He who puts on the armor for conflict should not boast as he who takes it off after a victory. You will do well to consider your work in all its bearings.
(23LtMs, Lt 126, 1908, 3)
As workers in the cause of God, we all need to be constantly on guard. We cannot afford to make one careless step. There are many slippery places to pass over in our experience, and especially in this period of earth’s history should we look well to our steps. We cannot afford to drift into sin, and thus offend the Lord. It is our privilege to ascend the mountain of God and to enter the holy city. My brother and sister, be careful how you climb. Satan is working to turn the footsteps of all who are seeking to walk in paths of righteousness. Follow faithfully the directions given you in your guidebook, the Word of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 126, 1908, 4)
My brother Simpson, I am given a message for you. You have taken upon you great responsibilities. I pray that you may have grace given you to keep the way of the Lord. You and your wife need to depend wholly upon the Lord. I beg of you to look to Jesus and, with heart and mind and strength, seek to follow His counsel. Keep the guidebook always open; study the Word; for this is your chart and compass.
(23LtMs, Lt 126, 1908, 5)
Lt 128, 1908
Hare, G.A. Refiled as Lt 128, 1905.
Lt 130, 1908
Ford, Br. Refiled as Lt 315, 1907.
Lt 132, 1908
Brethren in Southern California St. Helena, California April 23, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in PC 263-265. + To the brethren in Southern California Dear Brethren:
I am instructed to say to you, Let every soul earnestly seek the Lord. We all need to understand clearly what is our duty, that we may make no false moves. We need to hold fast the experiences which in the past the Lord has given us. I have a great desire to see success attend every movement we shall make.
(23LtMs, Lt 132, 1908, 1)
There is a very precious work to be done in connection with the interests of the sanitarium and school at Loma Linda; and this will be done when we all work to that end. The Word of God is to be our lesson book. In the unity that is coming in among our people, we can see that God is working in our midst.
(23LtMs, Lt 132, 1908, 2)
“Wherefore be ye not unwise, but understanding what the will of the Lord is.” Let us walk and work circumspectly. Let humble prayers go up to God, and let us seek Him with the whole heart. Then the Lord will open the way for us to lay wise plans. My brethren, speak to yourselves “in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing and making melody in your heart to the Lord;, giving thanks always for all things unto God.” [Ephesians 5:17, 19, 20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 132, 1908, 3)
Ever bear in mind that heaven is interested in every question that agitates your mind in regard to your school and sanitarium. Both are to be strengthened. The Lord is our helper and our God; let us look to Him to open the way for the carrying out of our plans.
(23LtMs, Lt 132, 1908, 4)
We must have a church at Loma Linda, that those in the sanitarium and school may have a suitable place in which to meet for worship; but this should not be an expensive building. We shall build a neat, modest, but roomy chapel, that will show that we believe we are living in the closing days of this earth’s history, in a time when many of the cities because of their sins will be cast down and their lofty buildings destroyed.
(23LtMs, Lt 132, 1908, 5)
In our school at Loma Linda, many can be educated to work as missionaries in the cause of health and temperance. The best teachers are to be employed in this educational work—not men who esteem highly their own capabilities, but men who will walk circumspectly, depending wholly upon the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 132, 1908, 6)
Small cottages will have to be built at little cost to accommodate the teachers and students; for these are to gain all the advantages possible from the lectures given at the sanitarium. This work should go forward as fast as means for it can be obtained.
(23LtMs, Lt 132, 1908, 7)
If the teachers in medical lines will stand in their lot and place, we shall see a good work done. My soul is drawn out in earnest prayer to God that He will preserve the honest in heart from being led astray by those who are themselves in confusion and darkness.
(23LtMs, Lt 132, 1908, 8)
Teachers are to be prepared for many lines of work. Schools are to be established in places where no efforts have been made. Missionaries are needed to go to other states where little work has been done. Truth, Bible truth, is to be presented in many places. Christ is represented as identifying Himself with all the needy upon earth when He says, “Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these, My brethren, ye have done it unto Me.” [Matthew 25:40.]
(23LtMs, Lt 132, 1908, 9)
All should put forth efforts to enlarge their experience. We are in a most critical situation; but Christ identifies Himself with our necessities. Christians are to learn daily of Christ. Spiritual sinew and muscle are now needed to work out right principles in every city and town and village. Varied talents are to be appreciated and cultivated, and with all we need true wisdom. We may not see our need of counseling with God; but the true Christian in every place will inquire what is the will of the Lord concerning his individual work.
(23LtMs, Lt 132, 1908, 10)
All heaven is interested in the work of preparation to be done in our schools. Let the talent that is among us be combined wisely for the accomplishment of the greatest good. “Ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Then link up the powers that God has given for the doing of the special work He designs to have done. If self is kept humble, the transforming grace of Christ and His wisdom will blend heart to heart. Let us make our gifts and offerings with a single heart. Let us draw upon our talents, remembering that for this purpose they were given. To every man God has given his work; and He would have this work done intelligently. The Lord will make it possible for each to do a work that can be accepted by Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 132, 1908, 11)
The Lord expects all, by acts of self-denial, to help in the upbuilding of His work. In the house of worship to be erected, and the additional school rooms that will be needed, let all be willing to do their best, willing to deny themselves the unnecessary expenditure for display, that they may have means to give to the cause of God. The work in promulgating the principles of health reform, which the Lord has outlined to us, must be accomplished. When we study the self-denial of Christ, and make His life our example, truth and righteousness will prevail among us. We will esteem as of highest value the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price.
(23LtMs, Lt 132, 1908, 12)
Lt 134, 1908
Nashville Church Refiled as Lt 317, 1907.
Lt 136, 1908
Starr, J. A. “Camp Ground,” Lodi, California May 5, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Mr. J. A. Starr
Paradise Valley Sanitarium
National City, California My dear Brother:
Last night I seemed to be conversing with you and repeating to you the words of the Lord. You seemed to be listless and hopeless, and I said to you, The Lord is willing to answer your prayers if you will believe in Him. His Word is sure, a never failing Word. Accept His promises as your surety. The Word of God is for you.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 1)
You have a work to do for your individual self. You realize your weakness, and at times you see light in His light. It is your privilege to resist the temptations of Satan and to fight the good fight of faith. There is light and assurance for you in Christ Jesus. His sufficiency is to be your confidence. It is your privilege to have the strength of the One who has bought you with a price. Then unite your weakness with His strength, your ignorance with His efficiency. United with God and heavenly angels, you have reason to take courage and to enjoy peace of mind.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 2)
In God is your strength. He will impart power to you if you will believe His Word. Look to Christ. Believe in Him; He is your health and your sufficiency. Lay hold upon this assurance. The Saviour has promised to walk beside you, and in Him is life-giving power. Cling firmly to Him; do not let go your hold. He promises, “Let him take hold of My strength and make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.]
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 3)
When others took advantage of you, and permitted you to suffer the loss of means, you said, The law of God forbids that a man go to law with his brother; and you would not have recourse to the law. In this time of trial, you made the Word of God your counselor. Who gave you strength to do this? It was the Spirit of God working with your mind that impressed you not to go contrary to His Word. You were given power to resist temptation.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 4)
There stands in the books of heaven a page written for you and your wife which records temptations resisted when you were made tempting offers as far as this world is concerned, if you would unite with those who were not of our faith. You felt that you dared not venture to run this risk. Who gave you wisdom to avoid the trap laid by Satan for your feet? Christ gave you the needed strength. The Lord is still to be your light and your wisdom.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 5)
At times you feel pressed down as a cart beneath sheaves. At such times, let not Satan speak through you to your wife. When you allow your tongue to utter perverse things, you grieve the Lord. You should never give expression to thoughts such as you have spoken to your wife. Your life is not your own to do with as you please. The apostle says, “Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] Therefore give no expression to thoughts that grieve the Holy Spirit of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 6)
Do not again voice the temptation of Satan that you will end your life. Such words cause deep pain of soul to your wife. When Satan tempts you to say such things, pray to the Lord, and He will deliver you from the power of the enemy. You have reason to believe that in the past the Lord has had a special care of you and has guarded you from the power of evil. Keep your tongue from evil, and your lips, that they speak no guile. “Gird up the loins of your mind; be firm, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ.”“As He which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation and godliness; because it is written, Be ye holy, for I am holy.” [1 Peter 1:13, 15, 16.]
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 7)
In God there is power; in Him there is strength for you, if you will take hold upon it. In a time of weakness God gave you strength to keep His Word. You need to bear this in mind and learn to cast your helpless soul upon the One who in the past has kept you by His power. The Lord has wrought wonderfully for His people in the past, and He will do this again. Marvelous things did He for His people in the wilderness. He divided the Red Sea and caused Israel to pass over. He made the waters to stand as an heap. In the day time He led them with a cloud and all the night with a light of fire. He clave the rocks in the wilderness and gave them drink, as out of the great depths. He brought steams also out of the rock, and caused waters to run down like rivers.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 8)
Read carefully the following words of David, recorded in (Psalm 89:8-19): “O Lord God of hosts, who is a strong Lord like unto Thee? or to Thy faithfulness round about Thee? Thou rulest the raging of the sea: when the waves thereof arise, Thou stillest them. Thou hast broken Rahab in pieces, as one that is slain; Thou hast scattered Thine enemies with Thy strong arm. The heavens are Thine; the earth also is Thine; as for the world and the fulness thereof, Thou hast founded them. The north and the south Thou hast created them: Tabor and Hermon shall rejoice in Thy name.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 9)
“Thou hast a mighty arm: strong is Thy hand, and high is Thy right hand. Justice and judgment are the habitation of Thy throne: mercy and truth shall go before Thy face. Blessed is the people that know the joyful sound: they shall walk, O Lord, in the light of Thy countenance. In Thy name shall they rejoice all the day: and in Thy righteousness shall they be exalted. For Thou art the glory of Thy strength; and in Thy favor our horn shall be exalted. For the Lord is our defence; and the Holy One of Israel is our king. Then Thou spakest in vision to Thy holy one, and saidst, I have laid help on one that is mighty; I have exalted one chosen out of the people.”
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 10)
My brother, you have a part to act in this life. Do not hedge up your own way. It is your privilege to feel that you have a part to act in the work of the Lord. Do not give expression to unbelief, but strive for the mastery over yourself.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 11)
Begin now to work for yourself. I am instructed to say to you that what the Lord would have you do will doubtless bring weariness to brain and muscle, but let not this discourage you. Take physical exercise, that the muscles of your body may be brought into use. As you try to exercise, your muscles will at first become easily tired. When you feel tired, rest; and after you have rested, take hold again. You must use the muscles of your body if you would have your brain clear and healthy.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 12)
You have no reason to think that you are worthless. You have understanding and intelligence. Speak encouragingly to your children. You can help them with their studies. You can be a help to both wife and children if you will. Seek to glorify God in your words and acts, and you will bring blessing to your family.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 13)
Look up, my brother. Jesus loves you. Do not grieve the Holy Spirit by failing to recognize that the Lord lives. Your life has been graciously spared that you may co-operate with God. The Lord does not want the word He is speaking to you to fail to come to pass. He loves you, and He wants you to believe that He is able to heal you.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 14)
I am glad that you are with Brother and Sister Cummings. You might be a real help to them if you would. Will you not come just now to the Lord and give yourself to Him, and let it be seen that He has not spoken in vain? How much of blessing this would bring to Brother and Sister Cummings, to yourself, and to your dear wife and children. I know that you can be and do all that the Lord has said concerning you, and you can disappoint the enemy. Cast yourself upon the One who has given His life that you might live.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 15)
The Lord has given me this light especially for you, that you may be helped. You turned to me, and said, Sister White (if I am permitted to call you this), Has the Lord all this interest in me? I feel that I have lost my bearings. I am drifting without oar or rudder or compass. Will the Lord help me? I replied, Certainly He will help you. The Lord is very pitiful, and He would have you receive His blessing.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 16)
Brother Starr, do not let the enemy have his way. He presents difficulties before you, because he knows that if you obtain the victory, your works will praise the Lord. It is your high privilege to triumph in God and bring glory to His name. Let not Satan bear you down.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 17)
I call to mind one experience in my life when I was thrown into despair. My husband was brought to the point of death with the cholera. In my distress I caught hold of him, drew him off the bed, and held him up before the Lord in prayer. People were dying from this disease all about us, but the Lord broke the spell that was upon my husband, and he was healed. The Lord will heal you if you will take hold of His strength and believe.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 18)
Exercise faith before your dear children. Let your words and actions before them be such as to bring help and blessing to them. Cast away the temptations of the enemy, and have faith in God. It is possible for you to come out of this terrible experience with a new song in your mouth. What a triumph this would be. “O sing unto the Lord a new song; sing unto the Lord all the earth.” [Psalm 96:1.] I hold you up before God in the arms of my faith.
(23LtMs, Lt 136, 1908, 19)
Lt 138, 1908
Cummings, Brother and Sister [R. S.] Lodi, California May 6, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Dr. R. S. Cummings
Paradise Valley Sanitarium
National City, California Dear Brother and Sister Cummings:
I thank you for your letter. I have a deep interest in your work in the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. I am praying for you, and I believe that you will continue to have success. “The heavens declare His righteousness, and all the people shall see His glory.” [Psalm 97:6.] Satan would be pleased to see his plans for the defeat of the work at Paradise Valley succeed; but, my brother, the Lord will vindicate the right.
(23LtMs, Lt 138, 1908, 1)
I have faith to believe that the Lord will work for Brother Starr. I am praying that a change may come to him and that he may be led to praise the Lord for deliverance. I am so thankful that you sympathize with this afflicted brother and that you are doing a good work for his dear children. This brings relief to both father and mother in their affliction. The Lord will bless you for this, and I know that your efforts will not be in vain. Do not fail nor become discouraged.
(23LtMs, Lt 138, 1908, 2)
I came to Lodi to attend the camp-meeting, leaving home last Friday morning in company with my son W. C. White and Minnie Hawkins, my copyist. Dr. Starr also accompanied us. Sara McEnterfer and Dores Robinson went on the day before to find a place and to prepare for our coming. We had a trying journey; for although the distance was short, we had to do much waiting at the stations where we changed cars. But I am thankful that no accident or harm of any kind befell us. I feel safe in putting my trust wholly in the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 138, 1908, 3)
On Sabbath we had a strange day. In the night a strong wind began to blow, and this continued through the following day with occasional heavy showers. Elder Haskell spoke in the forenoon and I in the afternoon. As soon as my discourse was ended, I was hurried into a carriage and taken to my stopping place.
(23LtMs, Lt 138, 1908, 4)
I feel a deep interest in this camp-meeting. This is a comparatively new settlement, and a good number of our people are making homes here. The homes that are being built are usually one-story cottages, erected with taste and neatness. There is no great display. There is a work to be done in this place. I pray that the Lord will let His Spirit come upon those who are assembled and imbue them for labor.
(23LtMs, Lt 138, 1908, 5)
There is a desire on the part of some to establish a normal school at this place. They need a schoolhouse larger than that now occupied by the church school; and it is proper that they should have this. We trust that the Lord will give success to the establishment of His work in this town. We want the name of the Lord to be magnified. We desire so much to see the work of the Lord move forward harmoniously. We are God’s peculiar people, chosen of Him and precious. Let us each stand in our lot and place, acting in harmony with the Spirit of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 138, 1908, 6)
It has been presented to me that ere long a thorough work will be done for the places surrounding San Diego which have not yet had the message of warning. But the success of our efforts will always depend upon the purity of our faith. The knowledge we have of the resorts in Southern California lays our people under solemn responsibility to give the truth for this time in clear, distinct lines. Wherever a church is established, the members should feel the responsibility resting upon them to give the warning to souls about them. What a grand work would be done if every man and woman who professes to believe the truth would put forth earnest, untiring efforts to bring the light of truth to those who are in darkness, supply with leaves from the tree of life those who are perishing for the bread of life.
(23LtMs, Lt 138, 1908, 7)
Lt 140, 1908
White, J. E. Lodi, California May 6, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in WM 85-86, 312-313. + Elder J. E. White
Edgefield, Tennessee My dear son Edson:
I have just received and read your letter in regard to the proposed sanitarium for the colored people. For some time I have expected that something of this sort would come; for when I was so distressed in regard to the little rented building that was being used for a sanitarium when I was last in Nashville, a building was presented to me in the night season that answered to the description of this place recently found.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 1)
When the matter was considered of turning the building now used for a publishing house into a sanitarium for the colored people, I thought that possibly that might do; but I could obtain no clear light concerning it. When the letters came describing the property that the brethren now have in mind, it seemed to me to correspond to the pattern of the building which I saw.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 2)
I would advise our people to secure this property and then encourage all to do their best to have it well equipped for the treatment of the colored people. If all will move conscientiously and practice self-denial, this enterprise can be carried on successfully.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 3)
The colored people have not had the advantages that they should have had, and this has pained my heart. And yet I could not encourage Elder Washburn to take hold of the work of erecting a new building, for I could not see where the funds for such a work were to come from. The plans regarding this place that you have written about seem sensible; I am glad the building can be secured at so reasonable a price.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 4)
I quote from your letter: “If a sanitarium was established at Nashville, one of the main features of it should be that of a training school in which the colored workers could come in and in a few weeks or months obtain such knowledge of common, simple treatments as would enable them to relieve the distress of their own people, which is so common everywhere in the South. Every school teacher, every Bible worker, sent out by the Southern Missionary Society, should understand the simple principles of proper diet and the methods of simple treatments.”
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 5)
I agree with all you say regarding the treatment of the sick and the diet question. This work of training laborers has been presented to me as just the work that needs now to be done. The very best class of helpers, those who have intelligence, should be secured, that the colored people may now have the advantages of which they have been so long deprived.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 6)
I trust this movement will be carried on without delay. I have no doubt but that means necessary can be secured. There is to be a far larger dependence upon God. The Saviour is ever present to relieve suffering humanity. Let faith and works blend. The efficiency of the great Healer will make the consecrated, faithful, and intelligent worker a power in the cause.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 7)
In the instruction given to those who shall come in to receive a training, let theory be blended with faith in the mighty Healer, and let there be given a genuine knowledge of Him who is the Way, the Truth, and the Life. Ever give to God the glory for the work of healing that is done. The faith that will look to Christ as One who is able and willing to make His loving kindness known, will bring blessing to the sick. Every simple, natural means used for the restoration to health without the use of drugs will be made a testimony to the power of the great Healer. The reason why more decided victories are not gained in the work of ministering to the suffering is because the human agent feels competent to do the work, and therefore he leaves out of his work the great power that is essential in every case.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 8)
“And the prayer of faith shall save the sick.” [James 5:15.] After you have given the treatment, you have a right to ask Jesus to impart healing power. You have a right to claim the promise. When treatments are given to the sick, let prayers be offered that God will make the efforts successful. We need far more humility, more living faith in the Lord Jesus.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 9)
I am so thankful to our heavenly Father for the plain and positive declarations in His Word concerning the Sabbath. The Sabbath commandment is to be repeated over and over again. Let us not be foolish in our experience, but let us seek to bring others to see the truth as we see it and to have a deep religious experience. This we cannot do unless we have a deep knowledge of God for ourselves.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 10)
There must be a drawing together on the part of the workers. The promise is, “Where two or three are agreed as touching anything, it shall be done.” [See Matthew 18:19, 20.] How many there are who ask the question, Am I my brother’s keeper? Said the angel, Yea, thou art thy brother’s keeper. To every professing Christian the words are spoken, Suffer not thy brother to be left unwarned; cherish a spirit of kindness and love toward the erring. When a man commits a wrong, it is often because spiritual blindness is upon him; he is deceived and deluded. Treat him not as an enemy. The Lord has bought him with a price. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] The soul who accepts the sacrifice of Christ in his behalf is pledged to have a special care for his brother who is erring.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 11)
I have been shown that among those who accept present truth, there are many whose dispositions and characters need converting. Every one who claims to be a Christian should examine himself and see if he is as kind and considerate of his fellow beings as he desires his fellow beings to be of him. When this is done, there will be a showing that is after the divine similitude.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 12)
The Lord is honored by our acts of mercy, by the exercise of thoughtful consideration for the unfortunate and distressed. The widow and the fatherless need more than our charity. They need sympathy and watchcare and a helping hand to place them where they can learn to help themselves. All deeds done for those who need help are done to Christ. In our study to know how to help the unfortunate, we should study the way in which Christ worked. He did not refuse to work for those who made mistakes; His works of mercy were done for every class, the righteous and the unrighteous. For all alike He healed disease and gave lessons of instruction.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 13)
Those who claim to believe in Christ are to represent Christ in deeds of kindness and mercy. Such will never know until the day of judgment what good they have done in seeking to follow the example of the Saviour. In heaven a book is written for those who interest themselves in the needs of their fellow beings, a book whose record will be revealed in that day when every man will be judged according to the deeds written therein. God will repay every act of injustice done to the poor. Those who manifest indifference or disregard for the unfortunate must not expect to receive the blessing of Him who declared, “Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye have done it unto Me.” [Matthew 25:40.]
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 14)
We are of different minds and capabilities. One man cannot carry the responsibility of correcting all other minds that do not coincide with his. The carrying out of such a plan would spoil the work of God. He places the workers in association with one another, that each may help the other. None should draw themselves apart because their fellow workers who are conscientiously acting their part are not following out their exact plans. The Lord brings different minds and characters together, that He may bring unity out of diversity. The Saviour in His labors had to deal with all classes of men and all characters, and His life was the daily lesson book of those with whom He came in contact. Let us bear this in mind. The Lord is testing us individually; our motives are being held under close examination. In the past there has been too much trust in argument. As the truths of the Word are taught, let the evangelist and the physician remember that he has a part to act in bringing about the fulfilment of that Word. If they will work in faith and humble dependence upon God, many will be led to accept the evidence of the Word and to obey a Thus saith the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 15)
I have written these words that they may suggest to you ways in which you may help others to act wisely. Now is our time and opportunity to work out God’s plans in the earth.
(23LtMs, Lt 140, 1908, 16)
Lt 142, 1908
White, J. E.; White, Emma Lodi, California May 10, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder J. E. White
Edgefield, Tennessee Dear Edson and Emma:
We were pleased indeed, when the needs of the Huntsville school were presented at the Lodi camp-meeting, to see the people take hold in earnest and give their pledges to the amount of $1,100. This was not the only call that was made for means at this meeting. A large number of our books and papers were taken by our people. The outlook for means was not very encouraging, we thought, at the beginning of the meeting. There was little appearance of wealth in the place. The homes of our people were small, one-story cottages. But the people had a mind to work, and money was raised for several lines of work.
(23LtMs, Lt 142, 1908, 1)
The meeting was a very harmonious one, and for this we thank the Lord. Sister Haskell, Sister Bainbridge, Dr. Maria L. Edwards, and Dr. Lillis Wood-Starr gave instruction in health and temperance lines, and some members of the Women’s Christian Temperance Union worked with them. From beginning to close a genuine work went forward. This is the first camp-meeting that has been held in Lodi, and the impression made upon the community was good.
(23LtMs, Lt 142, 1908, 2)
Elder Haskell and his wife carried their responsibilities wisely. Elder Haskell could speak positively in regard to the testimonies of the Spirit of prophecy and of the work that God had accomplished through them. It was pleasing to see the spirit of liberality that existed and the willingness to help in many lines of work. We hope that a true report of the work done here will be given in our papers. Many books were sold, and this will mean that light will shine to believers and unbelievers.
(23LtMs, Lt 142, 1908, 3)
One day during the meeting Brother Hansen, a member of the Lodi church, took me to ride through the orchards and vineyards that lie around the town of Lodi. Sara and Minnie Hawkins accompanied me. He had a carriage similar to our large carriage, with easy, cushioned seats. We rode for fifteen miles upon a perfect road. The country is very level. We enjoyed this very much, but it was my last ride in that place.
(23LtMs, Lt 142, 1908, 4)
The wife of this brother is one of the teachers in the Lodi church school. Brother and Sister Hansen are both anxious to go to the southern field. They have no children and I think are in good circumstances. We encouraged them to go. The parents on both sides will feel this move, but they are all believers, and I think the change could be made. I hope they will be able to go to Nashville and do the work they are both anxious to do. They seem to be whole-hearted people.
(23LtMs, Lt 142, 1908, 5)
I wish to express myself as in full harmony with the establishing of the food factory where there is so much that can be utilized in the line of machinery to advance the work. This is as it should be. I am glad that Brother Hare and his wife are with you. We enjoyed their visit with us; they were a help to us.
(23LtMs, Lt 142, 1908, 6)
I am also glad that the work can be carried forward decidedly in Madison and Huntsville. If the Lord sees that there is a spirit to unify, if all will work in faith under the supervision of God, truth will bear away the victory.
(23LtMs, Lt 142, 1908, 7)
I am much pleased with the proposal to purchase the building you have in view for the sanitarium for the colored people. This is something that has been needed for years. If this work can be carried forward in right lines, and the work of the food factory is carried forward successfully, we may expect to see great and encouraging changes. Let the different phases of the work be conducted in a way that will bring glory to God. I shall be relieved of a great burden when I know that Brother and Sister Hare are to bring their experience in to help in this work. Let every worker look to God for guidance.
(23LtMs, Lt 142, 1908, 8)
I would say to our brethren who anticipate having a part in these interests, Have courage in the Lord. Let us move under the guidance of His Spirit. Let many prayers go up to the throne of God for the success of the work. The prayer of faith will accomplish much, yes, everything.
(23LtMs, Lt 142, 1908, 9)
Those who have to do with the locating of our schools and sanitariums are to remember the warning, Move out of the cities. The workers in our sanitariums are to bear in mind what should be the character and aims of our educational institutions. We are ever to remember that we are working for the restoration of man. The nurses are to be trained to use natural methods for the relief of physical suffering, never forgetting that it is their aim to restore the moral image of God in man. This is true missionary work, a work that has been needed for years.
(23LtMs, Lt 142, 1908, 10)
Christ is the pattern for the self-denying missionary. He came to earth to show us how to live and labor, how to work out our salvation with fear and trembling. Draw nigh to God day by day, that you may learn the lessons needful to prepare you for the future immortal life. Make no mistake here. Be sure to secure your life insurance policy for eternal life in the city of God. Soon all our large cities will be visited with the judgments of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 142, 1908, 11)
I feel sorry that you have to leave your home, which you have described to me, but which I have never seen. But when the food factory is opened and there is a better showing than there has been, you may feel like making the change to some place where you can be a genuine help.
(23LtMs, Lt 142, 1908, 12)
Lt 144, 1908
White, J. E.; White, Emma NP May 15, 1908 [typed] Previously unpublished. + Elder J. E. White
Edgefield, Tennessee Dear children Edson and Emma:
I received your letters and have read them with interest. I am thankful that the Lord is working with your heart and mind and that He is giving you a healthful, wholesome experience. I am very thankful also that your mind is relieved. May the Lord carry you forward step by step up the ladder, giving you an experience that is after the divine similitude.
(23LtMs, Lt 144, 1908, 1)
Edson, time now is short, and I am very anxious that you and Emma shall advance round after round of the ladder heavenward. Trials you will have, but pray and believe, and receive the rich blessings of heavenly grace. Consecrate mind and heart. Draw nigh to God daily, and you will obtain rest and fulness of peace. Do not miss one opportunity of obtaining a better understanding of the Word of God, and of His will concerning you, that you may both know how to work intelligently.
(23LtMs, Lt 144, 1908, 2)
You have souls to save or to lose. I know the atmosphere at Battle Creek to be an objectionable one as regards physical and spiritual health. It has been a grief to me that it should have been Emma’s plan to go there. I could not recommend her to take such a step. She cannot save the soul of her sister; Hattie must learn to comply with the requirements of the Word of God. I am sorry that Emma should think of going there. I fear that she will regret it; for neither Frank nor his wife can be a help to her spiritually.
(23LtMs, Lt 144, 1908, 3)
If ever there was a time when Emma needed to place herself in an atmosphere that is pure and spiritual, that time is now. This is a time when we must make our calling and election sure. I cannot see why Emma should turn from the invitations I have given her to come to my home and prefer to go to Battle Creek. It is the health of her soul that I am so deeply interested in. I know that association with Frank Belden can be of no help to her in this line. Unless Frank shall make decided changes, he will certainly lose his soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 144, 1908, 4)
I repeat what I have said before. If Emma will come to us, we will do all in our power to make her stay here a pleasant one. I have horses and carriages, and we can take her out whenever she may want to go. She can have the services of the most skilful physician at the sanitarium, and I will pay all her expenses. In Dr. Rand she can find the best possible help. I am willing to do all in my power to help Emma. I have reached the place where I feel that I must stop my work of writing to a great degree and take more outdoor exercise. I should ride out every day.
(23LtMs, Lt 144, 1908, 5)
Lt 146, 1908
Bree, Maggie Hare Lodi, California May 9, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 325; 6Bio 165. Mrs. Harold G. Bree
Whangarata, N.Z. Dear Sister Maggie:
I will write you only a few lines at this time. I am sending with this a copy of a letter I have written to Dr. E. R. Caro. You understand the circumstances of this family, for you were with us when Dr. Caro’s mother and wife and children, in response to our invitation, came to occupy the cottage close by us. There was no other place to which they could go, and we made them as comfortable as we could. They remained with us over a year, and we supplied their needs, supposing that when Dr. Caro should come to his senses, he would return to his family. In the action he has taken in stealing the children, Dr. Caro has acted like one insane. I send you a copy of a letter to Sister Caro, that you may understand how I regard the situation.
(23LtMs, Lt 146, 1908, 1)
We are now at Lodi, attending the camp-meeting. The meeting is drawing to a close, and we expect to leave here Sunday morning. We are leaving the grounds a little before the meeting closes, hoping to meet some of the brethren who are looking for a site for the Healdsburg school. The lot of land that the brethren have in mind is near Sebastopol. Professor Reed is very anxious that Willie and I shall see the place and give advice as to whether we should settle the school there.
(23LtMs, Lt 146, 1908, 2)
Yesterday one of the brethren of the Lodi church took Sara and Minnie and me in his carriage to look at the orchards and vineyards about this town. The country is very level, and almost as far as the eye could reach stretched beautiful orchards and well-kept vineyards.
(23LtMs, Lt 146, 1908, 3)
We have had an interesting meeting at Lodi. I have spoken several times. There is a good outside interest. A number of our people are settling in and about Lodi. The church numbers about one hundred and fifty.
(23LtMs, Lt 146, 1908, 4)
I would be pleased to see you once more. We hope to hear of Sister M. Caro through the daughter Edith, who is at Mill Valley. I understand that she has seen the children, but we have received little definite information besides this. Edith worries constantly in regard to her children, and she has grown very thin. I feel very sad over her case. I know that the father has not judgment to manage his children aright; he will let them do as they please.
(23LtMs, Lt 146, 1908, 5)
Lt 148, 1908
Caro, E. R. Lodi, California May 12, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 5MR 357. Dr. E. R. Caro
Auckland, N.Z. My Brother:
I was so sick after you took the children that for nights I was unable to sleep. Scene after scene was presented before me, where falsehoods were being uttered by you. Satan worked upon your mind to do this wicked thing. I knew that he must have the control of your mind, and I knew that unless you changed your attitude, you were a lost man. I pray that you will come to see yourself as you are.
(23LtMs, Lt 148, 1908, 1)
We are all prisoners of hope. We need to study constantly the plan of salvation. God saw that after the fall man had no power within himself that could keep him from sin, and provision was made whereby he could have help. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] One wonderful in counsel is our Helper. The Son of God left the heavenly courts and gave His own life for the propitiation of sin, that all men might hear the message of deliverance from the bondage of sin.
(23LtMs, Lt 148, 1908, 2)
A voice is heard, saying, “Whosoever will, let him come.” [Revelation 22:17; John 7:37.] Christ clothed His divinity with humanity that He might say to every soul, Flee to the stronghold, ye prisoner of hope. Turn not to human agencies, but to Christ; He is the hope of His people. The Son of God came to declare that although the agencies of evil had created rebellion in heaven, and sin had entered the universe of God, yet Christ and the Father would redeem the fallen race. Laying aside His kingly crown and royal robe, He gave Himself to the human family, to pass through test and trial, and to demonstrate to every son and daughter of Adam that it is possible through faith in Him to resist the devices of Satan. Tempted in all points as man is tempted, Christ overcame through the power of divinity. He seeks to teach men and women that they may overcome through the same power.
(23LtMs, Lt 148, 1908, 3)
Dr. Caro, you need the great Physician to deal with your case. Him you cannot contaminate with your falsehoods. You have acted like a man bereft of reason. God has no place in your plans. It was the cruelty born of insanity that caused you to frame the lies you have circulated regarding your wife. Before you can be truly wise, you must repent and be converted. Before you can be truly wise, you must realize your dependence upon God and learn to give up your unjust and cruel plans.
(23LtMs, Lt 148, 1908, 4)
To know oneself is to have great knowledge. The man who rightly estimates self will let the Lord mold and fashion him and discipline his mind. He will have an earnest desire to possess a firm trust in God; but this will not take the place of efforts for self-improvement. He who realizes his deficiencies will spare no pains to reach the highest possible standard of physical, mental, and moral excellence.
(23LtMs, Lt 148, 1908, 5)
No one who will be satisfied with a low standard should have the responsibility of the training of the youth. The true teacher will try by precept and example to win souls to Christ. He will receive the truth in the love of it, allowing it to cleanse his own heart and mold and fashion his character after the divine similitude. You, Dr. Caro, need to receive the truth in the love of it. You need to fall on the Rock Christ Jesus and be broken. You need to become humble in spirit. It is the duty of every teacher and every father to cleanse the soul from everything that is untrue.
(23LtMs, Lt 148, 1908, 6)
You are not qualified to give a right training to your children. You will indulge them, allow them to have their own way, and spoil their faith in you and in their mother. Their mother is the true guardian of these children. Should they be left to your guidance, they would both be ruined. The mother has good judgment in the management of her children; she is discreet in her instruction. Your mother is the better judge as to which of you is best qualified to bring up these children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 148, 1908, 7)
Were you to have the training of your children while you remain in your present condition, you would ruin their health and spoil their souls. You are not qualified for such a work, for your own mind is not under the influence of the Spirit of God. You need to humble your heart before the Lord. Satan has been your adviser for a long time, and an active power in your life for the accomplishment of an evil work. Now is your time, now is your opportunity to break with the enemy and place yourself under the full control of the Spirit of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 148, 1908, 8)
I pray that you will repent and be converted. What a course you have pursued! What a lot of falsehoods you have circulated that you might make the actions of your wife appear in the most objectionable light. But your wife has acted the part of a Christian in this time of trial and affliction. The love of God received into the heart has been a working agency in her life.
(23LtMs, Lt 148, 1908, 9)
I have written letters to you, inviting you to come to my home. We have been assured that your wife would have forgiven you if you had come to her and united with her in finding your bearings. You wrote me that you were sick, and I said everything I could to urge you to come to us. Your actions were such that you could not be surprised that we should suppose that you had partially lost your reason. I wrote you that you could take treatment at the sanitarium that is close beside us. I did not charge you with any design to do an evil work. Everything connected with that transaction is written in the books of heaven; and unless you repent and become converted, that account will come up before you at the judgment to exclude you from the city of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 148, 1908, 10)
I feel deeply grieved for your mother.
(23LtMs, Lt 148, 1908, 11)
Lt 150, 1908
Caro, M. Lodi, California May 9, 1908 Previously unpublished. Dr. M. Caro
Auckland, N.Z. Dear Sister Caro:
Letters have been received from individuals in Australia that demand that a decided statement be made by those who can speak in behalf of the wife of Dr. E. R. Caro.
(23LtMs, Lt 150, 1908, 1)
In August 1906, Dr. Caro’s wife came to San Francisco to meet her husband. The doctor’s mother, feeling that she could not allow her to travel with the three children alone, accompanied her, which was a wise thing to do. But when the Sisters Caro arrived at San Francisco, the doctor was not there to meet them, and no trace of his whereabouts could be found. The distress of his mother was very great; for she supposed her son was lying sick in some part of the city and was unable to reach them. Every conceivable means was tried to find the doctor, but in vain.
(23LtMs, Lt 150, 1908, 2)
We felt deeply the humiliation and distress of Sister Caro, and we tried to share her burden as far as this was possible. We are very thankful that we could help in this time of perplexity and trial.
(23LtMs, Lt 150, 1908, 3)
For over a year Edith Caro lived in a little cottage a few steps from my door. In the care she gave her children, Sister Caro revealed herself to be a kind and faithful mother. She did not permit her children to rule her, but she ruled them firmly and cared for them kindly. When they did wrong she corrected them, but not harshly. She was a faithful mother, and her children loved her. She taught the eldest daughter to be helpful and to find amusement for the little ones. Sister Caro showed herself to be a wise mother in requiring obedience from her children; for this was the only way she could make them happy and teach them to obey God.
(23LtMs, Lt 150, 1908, 4)
Under no circumstances would Sister Caro leave her children, unless they could be with someone whom she could thoroughly trust. A few times only did she consent to attend the Sabbath services on the hillside, choosing rather to stay at home and be with her children.
(23LtMs, Lt 150, 1908, 5)
I believe that it was in the providence of God that Sister Caro was near me in this experience, that I might testify to her kindness and faithfulness as a mother, and that the falsehoods of the doctor might not be received as truth. I can bear positive testimony that she is a women who loves the Lord and who is striving to keep His commandments. She gave evidence that she was a child of God and was seeking to serve Him in truth and righteousness. The Bible and the Testimonies were her books of study.
(23LtMs, Lt 150, 1908, 6)
Although the house in which she lived was small, it was kept tidy. When Sister Edith Caro could get sewing to do, that could be done without neglecting her children, she was ready to do it. She was always willing to earn what she could. Dr. M. Caro, the grandmother of the children, whenever she could do so, obtained work as a midwife or nurse, and thus earned means to help support the family.
(23LtMs, Lt 150, 1908, 7)
Dr. E. R. Caro had written to me during this time, telling me that he was sick and was seeking to regain his health. I wrote to him several times inviting him to come to our home. I told him we had horses and carriages, and he could ride out with his family. We would do all in our power to help him to get well. But the man did not accept my offer. In my letters to him I did not make one complaint in regard to the support of his family. We gave them freely of that which our land produced and were thankful that we could do this.
(23LtMs, Lt 150, 1908, 8)
The means that Dr. Caro now and then sent me was always placed in the hands of his mother, and also his letters, with the exception of one or two which were sent under restriction that they should not be shown to anyone. These I sealed up; but it may become necessary to make their contents known. The doctor has taken such a course that we cannot tell when he is speaking the truth and when cruel falsehood.
(23LtMs, Lt 150, 1908, 9)
Later the family moved to the city of Oakland, where his wife hoped to get employment as a masseuse. His mother went to Loma Linda to get preparation for the work of Bible teacher. On the afternoon that the children were taken, a fictitious call was made for Sister Caro to give treatment to a woman in a distant part of the city. She answered the call, leaving her children in the care of Brother Rice’s family, where they were living. She was so thankful that here was an opportunity to earn something for the support of herself and her children. But when she reached the place mentioned in the message, she could find no address like that given her. After some search and inquiry she returned home to find that her husband had called at Brother Rice’s during her absence and had taken the two children.
(23LtMs, Lt 150, 1908, 10)
When the news reached me, I was like one stunned. Sister Caro was so broken-hearted by her loss that for a time it seemed that she would die. We feel deeply grieved over the action of the doctor, and that he should regard as a virtue the deed he has done. Why did he not consider the mother’s agony of heart at the loss of her little ones? Could he suppose that she would remain passive, ignorant of the welfare of her children? And did he not understand that for this wicked thing he will have to give account to the Judge of all the earth? Did he suppose that God would permit such cruelty to go unpunished? Nay; these children are the Lord’s property, bought with the price of the Son of God. Did Dr. Caro suppose that his children, even though they were separated from their mother for years, would forget her loving care for them, her prayers for them at their bedside, and the lessons taught them by her from the Word of God?
(23LtMs, Lt 150, 1908, 11)
O that the Lord would make the doctor realize what he has done and deliver him from the satanic workings of the enemy!
(23LtMs, Lt 150, 1908, 12)
Lt 152, 1908
Hall, L. M. St. Helena, California May 12, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 12MR 262. Mrs. L. M. Hall
Barbour Street
Battle Creek, Michigan Dear Sister:
I wish I could see you. How long do you think you will remain in Battle Creek?
(23LtMs, Lt 152, 1908, 1)
I have recently made a journey to Lake County, and I stood it much better than I expected. I will enclose with this an account of our trip. If it were possible I would like to secure a little place where I can go at times from the pressure of the work here. Especially would I enjoy such a place in the hot season of the year. I was much pleased with the scenery on the way to Lakeport.
(23LtMs, Lt 152, 1908, 2)
On our return journey we spent a few hours at the home of Brother Workman who has rented a fruit farm in a valley among the mountains ten miles back from Kellogg. Mr. Workman has been sick, but in this place among the mountains he can support himself.
(23LtMs, Lt 152, 1908, 3)
The eldest son of this Brother Workman is Mabel’s husband. They are still in Washington, working their way through school. Mabel cannot apply herself to study so closely as her husband; her eyes will not permit it.
(23LtMs, Lt 152, 1908, 4)
We have just returned from attending the camp-meeting at Lodi. The meeting was a very harmonious one, and for this we thank the Lord. Sister Haskell, Sister Bainbridge, Dr. Maria L. Edwards, and Dr. Lillis Wood-Starr gave instruction in health and temperance lines, and some members of the Women’s Christian Temperance Union worked with them. From beginning to close a genuine work went forward. This is the first camp-meeting that has been held in Lodi, and the impression made upon the community was good.
(23LtMs, Lt 152, 1908, 5)
Elder Haskell and his wife carried their responsibilities wisely. Elder Haskell could speak positively in regard to the testimonies of the Spirit of Prophecy and of the work that God had accomplished through them. It was pleasing to see the spirit of liberality that existed and the willingness to help in many lines of work. We hope that a true report of the work done here will be given in our papers. Many books were sold, and this will mean that light will shine to believers and unbelievers.
(23LtMs, Lt 152, 1908, 6)
One day during the meeting, Brother Hansen, a member of the Lodi church, took me to ride through the orchards and vineyards that lie around the town of Lodi. Sara and Minnie Hawkins accompanied me. He had a carriage similar to our large carriage, with easy cushioned seats. We rode for fifteen miles upon a perfect road. The country is very level. We enjoyed this very much, but it was my last ride in that place.
(23LtMs, Lt 152, 1908, 7)
I have a request to make of you. Could you not have some of the children at the Home gather clover blossoms for me? I will pay them for doing this. I understand that at the Orphans’ Home there are fields of clover.
(23LtMs, Lt 152, 1908, 8)
With love.
(23LtMs, Lt 152, 1908, 9)
Lt 154, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California May 19, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 1MR 325-326. Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I will write only a few lines to you this morning. I have had quite a serious time since I came from Lodi. I took cold and have been quite seriously afflicted.
(23LtMs, Lt 154, 1908, 1)
I have been told that it is announced that I am to speak to the school at Healdsburg next Sabbath. I shall put my trust in the Lord. He is my strength and my wisdom.
(23LtMs, Lt 154, 1908, 2)
I would like to have you tell me which of the two places the brethren have in view, as a possible location for the school, you think to have the best advantages. W. C. White favors the place at Santa Rosa, and this is much less in price. Please tell me how you view the matter. I am expected to look at the place next Friday. I shall be on the ground about noon of that day.
(23LtMs, Lt 154, 1908, 3)
I will be glad to have you respond at once to this, and let me know which of the two sites you think the most suitable.
(23LtMs, Lt 154, 1908, 4)
Lt 156, 1908
Hare, Brother and Sister [Metcalfe] St. Helena, California May 14, 1908 Previously unpublished. Mr. Metcalfe Hare
Edgefield, Tennessee Dear Brother and Sister Hare:
I am pleased that you can be for a time in Nashville, to get an understanding of the work there, and to render some help in the setting in operation of the food factory. You understand the health food business and can move intelligently and economically; for you and Sister Hare both understand the light that has been given upon health reform. And you can be a great blessing to the people in that place; they will respect your experience. Let us each seek to know in our own experience the meekness and lowliness of Christ who gave His life for a world that was seared and marred by the curse.
(23LtMs, Lt 156, 1908, 1)
I shall be pleased to hear from you. I trust that you may be a blessing to our people in Nashville. Much light has been given for our people in that place, and this instruction has been repeated over and over again. Earnest efforts have been put forth by the Lord’s servants for Nashville; they have toiled early and late to see the work advance. I hope to see these efforts crowned with success. May the Lord give you wisdom and grace to help to perfect the work that has been begun under great difficulties. Be of good courage in the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 156, 1908, 2)
Higher education is a constant unfolding of the intelligence in regard to the truth. It embraces the training of the physical, mental, and moral powers. True education means the inculcation of ideas that will enable us to give to others a knowledge of the Creator and the Redeemer. Let us remember that our Saviour was a constant worker. O how I long for the wickedness of the wicked to come to an end. May the Lord strengthen and bless you, and help you to perfect a character in the likeness of the divine pattern. Christ is our example; and He is without spot or blemish. Dwell upon this thought. Humanity must become like Him through obedience to His will.
(23LtMs, Lt 156, 1908, 3)
“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again to a lively hope by the resurrection of Christ from the dead, to an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in heaven for you who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation, ready to be revealed at the last time.
(23LtMs, Lt 156, 1908, 4)
“Wherein ye greatly rejoice, though now for a season, if need be, ye are in heaviness through manifold temptations: that the trial of your faith, being much more precious than of gold that perisheth, though it be tried with fire, might be found unto praise and honor and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ: whom, having not seen, ye love; in whom, though now ye see Him not, yet believing, ye rejoice with joy unspeakable, and full of glory: receiving the end of your faith, even the salvation of your souls.” [1 Peter 1:3-9.]
(23LtMs, Lt 156, 1908, 5)
“Wherefore gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ; as obedient children, not fashioning yourselves according to the former lusts in your ignorance: but as He which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy, in all manner of conversation; because it is written, Be ye holy; for I am holy.
(23LtMs, Lt 156, 1908, 6)
“And if ye call on the Father, who without respect of persons judgeth according to every man’s work, pass the time of your sojourning here in fear: forasmuch as ye know that ye were not redeemed with corruptible things, as silver and gold, from your vain conversation, received by tradition from your fathers; but with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot; who verily was foreordained before the foundation of the world, but was manifest in these last times for you.” [Verses 13-20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 156, 1908, 7)
This whole chapter is worthy of our earnest study. It places before us the standard that the Lord requires each of us to reach. Present these thoughts as you seek to reach the people.
(23LtMs, Lt 156, 1908, 8)
Lt 158, 1908
White, J. E. St. Helena, California May 14, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 143; 3SM 295-296. Elder J. E. White
Edgefield, Tennessee Dear Son Edson:
I would urge you to bear in mind that the Lord, He is God. Do not allow yourself to be thrown into perplexity. During His earthly life the Saviour ever had helpful words to speak to those who needed help. He was the helper of every soul who felt the need of His grace. He has not changed.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 1)
I sincerely wish that I could help you financially, but I have not yet succeeded in getting means to pay my workers and to settle my indebtedness at the bank. I am paying eight per cent interest on the money I have hired from the bank. I have just received small loans at six and four percent interest; but this will not settle my obligations. I will be greatly relieved when I can get my books into circulation.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 2)
I feel very thankful that the work of circulating Christ’s Object Lessons is being taken hold of in Southern California and that so many of these books are being sold. Every dollar that this little book can bring in is needed for the support of our school work. And the same may be said of Ministry of Healing for our sanitariums. I am very thankful for this ingathering of means for our institutions.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 3)
I was much pleased with the camp-meeting in Lodi, of which I have already written you something. There was a strong wind blowing most of the time, and a few showers fell, but no damage was done. The results of the meeting were encouraging.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 4)
Valuable help was given by several of our sisters, who took a prominent part in the health and temperance work. These were Sister Bainbridge, Sister Haskell, Dr. Maria Edwards, and Dr. Lillis Wood-Starr. These workers made the meetings very interesting, and this relieved me somewhat from the work of speaking.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 5)
A special work was done for the youth by Elder Luther Warren, and at the close of the meeting a number were baptized.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 6)
We left Lodi Sunday morning, hoping to get to St. Helena that evening. But at Sacramento our train did not make connections with the St. Helena train, and we decided to go on to Oakland that evening. I was expecting to go to Sebastopol the following day to look at a prospective site for the Healdsburg school; but our cars were delayed so long that we did not reach Oakland until 9 p.m. I was very weary and suffered much with pain in my hip. We therefore concluded, instead of going to Sebastopol the next morning, to come directly home. Thus far I have [not] been able to make this journey to the proposed school site, but my strength is returning, and I hope to go to Healdsburg at the end of this week.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 7)
In all His habits of life, the Saviour gave an example of what God designs His church on earth to be. Tell this to the people. Christ desires to present His church before the Father without spot or blemish.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 8)
From His earliest years the Saviour’s life was one of poverty. His childhood days were spent in toil. Working at the carpenter’s bench, bearing the burdens that came to Him as a member of the family, He often became weary. He lived in a corrupt age. Yet He was uncorrupted by the evil that surrounded Him, uninfluenced by the characters of those who were artificial and wicked. In the open fields and amid the scenes of nature, He found rest from toil and food for spiritual life. Looking beneath the surface, He gathered knowledge from the mysteries of nature that filled Him with peace and joy.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 9)
During the years of His public ministry, the Saviour was continually watched by crafty and hypocritical men. Spies were continually upon His track to catch something from His lips that they could use to create prejudice against Him. Again and again they tried to make Him appear guilty of wrong. There were occasions when they laid traps for Him by presenting to Him questions, the answers to which they hoped to use to cause His condemnation by the people. But at every attempt they were compelled to retire from the field confounded; their actions were revealed in their true light by the answers of Christ. The Saviour’s discourses presented a power of truth to the multitudes who listened. Even the men who were sent to spy upon His actions were forced to return with the report to those who sent them, “Never man spake like this man.” [John 7:46.] I am instructed to say to the Nashville church, Pray, pray. Let your conversation be with grace; for Christ is listening to the words you speak. Let compassion for one another be blended with all you say; then you will reveal the character of Christ. The manners of Christ were gentle and unassuming; as His followers we are to partake of His nature. We need to be daily learners of the great Teacher, that the atmosphere surrounding the soul may be filled with spiritual life.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 10)
The question has been asked by some, Has Sister White healed the sick? I answer, No, no; Sister White has often been called to pray for the sick, and to anoint them with oil in the name of the Lord Jesus; and with them she has claimed the fulfilment of the promise, “The prayer of faith shall save the sick.” [James 5:15.] No human power can save the sick, but through the prayer of faith the Mighty Healer has fulfilled His promise to those who have called upon His name. No human power can pardon sin or save the sinner; none can do this but Christ, the merciful physician of body and soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 11)
It has often been my privilege to pray with the sick. We should do this much more often than we do. If more prayer were offered in our sanitariums for the healing of the sick, the mighty power of the Healer would be seen. Many more would be strengthened and blessed, and many more acute sicknesses would be healed.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 12)
The power of Christ to stay disease has been revealed in the past in a remarkable manner. Before we were blessed with institutions where the sick could get help from suffering, by diligent treatment and earnest prayer in faith to God, we carried the most seemingly hopeless cases through successfully. Today the Lord invites the suffering ones to have faith in Him. Man’s necessity is God’s opportunity.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 13)
“And He went from thence, and came into His own country, and His disciples follow Him. And when the Sabbath day was come, He began to teach in the synagogue; and many hearing Him were astonished, saying, From whence hath this man these things? and what wisdom is this which is given unto Him? that even such mighty works are wrought by His hands? Is not this the carpenter, the son of Mary, the brother of James, and of Joses, and of Juda, and Simon? and are not His sisters here with us? And they were offended at Him. And Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not without honor, but in his own country, and among his own kin, and in his own house. And He could do there no mighty work, save that He laid His hands upon a few sick folk, and healed them.” [Mark 6:1-5.]
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 14)
With all our treatments given to the sick, simple fervent prayer should be offered for the blessing of healing. We are to point the sick to the compassionate Saviour, and His power to forgive and to heal. Through His gracious providence they may be restored. Point the sufferers to their advocate in the heavenly courts. Tell them that Christ will heal the sick if they will repent and cease to transgress the laws of God. There is a Saviour who will reveal Himself in our sanitariums to save those who will submit themselves to Him. The suffering ones can unite with you in prayer, confessing their sin and receiving pardon.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 15)
Sister White has never claimed to heal the sick. It is Christ who has healed in every instance, as it was Christ who, in the days of His ministry, raised the dead to life. It is Christ who performs every mighty work through the ministry of His servants. This Christ is to be trusted and believed in. His blessing upon the means used for restoration to health will bring success. The mercy of Christ delights to manifest itself in behalf of suffering humanity. It is He who imparts the ministration of healing to the sick, and physicians are to give to Him the glory for the wonderful works performed.
(23LtMs, Lt 158, 1908, 16)
Lt 160, 1908
Hare, Brother and Sister [Metcalfe] St. Helena, California May 13, 1908 Previously unpublished. Mr. Metcalfe Hare
Edgefield, Tennessee Dear Brother and Sister Hare:
I cannot tell you how glad I was to hear that you were to look over the building at Edgefield, built for a health food factory. This building has been presented to me as having special advantages for the work for which it is designed. The experience you have had will enable you to take in these advantages, and I hope you will give the matter a fair judgment.
(23LtMs, Lt 160, 1908, 1)
I have not felt that the men there who have had good experience in many other lines of work would be able to discern the advantages as I see them. I depend more upon your judgment than upon that of any other man in Nashville, because you have had an experience in this work that others have not. For this reason, Brother Hare, I wish you to write me yourself about this matter.
(23LtMs, Lt 160, 1908, 2)
The proposition was made by some to sell the machinery and building separately, but I said, No; if once the machinery is sold, it will be much harder to dispose of the building.
(23LtMs, Lt 160, 1908, 3)
I have not seen the machinery with my natural eyes, but only through the representations given me. While our brethren were speaking discouragingly of this enterprise, one stood up and spoke of its advantages. Its greatest advantages lay in its being so retired and yet having the cars so close that goods could be shipped with little expense. Thus while having all the advantages of easy transportation, the workers could have all the advantages of retirement, and to them this is a great consideration. No better atmosphere could be obtained in the city of Nashville.
(23LtMs, Lt 160, 1908, 4)
I would have you consider every phase of this enterprise, and enter into the work of building it up on lines which are in harmony with the experience you have had in Cooranbong. I knew that it would not be wise to depend upon the judgment of those who have had no experience in this line of work. You have had an experience that will make your judgment of value. After you have considered the situation, let me know your opinion regarding it. I have a special interest in this location.
(23LtMs, Lt 160, 1908, 5)
I shall certainly encourage you, my brother, in taking hold of this work.
(23LtMs, Lt 160, 1908, 6)
Light has been given me that Edson White, if he will carefully guard his health, may exert an influence that God will bless. But he should not leave Nashville because of discouragement.
(23LtMs, Lt 160, 1908, 7)
Lt 162, 1908
Daniells, A. G. St. Helena, California March 29, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 426-429. Elder A. G. Daniells
Takoma Park Station, Washington, D. C. Dear Brother Daniells:
I received your letter from Chicago, stating the need of a meetinghouse in Takoma Park. It seems strange that the believers in Takoma Park have no suitable house of worship. I agree with you that provision should have been made for a good meetinghouse in view of the large number of our people who are living there.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 1)
There is a decided work to be done in Washington. But some of the brethren there, who should be far advanced in the understanding of spiritual things, are not working out the plan of God, but are following their own inventions. The converting power of God needs to take hold of the workers in the school, in the publishing house, and in the churches. The leaders in the work need to understand the deep, earnest work that must be done before heavenly agencies can make the impressions upon the minds of the youth that will lead them to come to the Lord with their human wills broken and seek Him in true repentance.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 2)
The responsible workers in our schools in Washington and other places need to bear in mind that there are thousands upon thousands in the cities who need help in many ways. Let the workers bring to mind the words of Christ, “Ye are the light of the world; a city that is set on an hill cannot be hid.”“Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted.” [Matthew 5:14, 13.] The Lord Jesus is a miracle-working God; we must let Him be our dependence.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 3)
After Christ was received up into heaven and set at the right hand of His Father, His disciples went forth and preached the Word; and the record states that the Lord worked with them, confirming the word with signs following. Today the Lord is qualifying His servants to take up medical missionary work. He calls for men and women who are peaceable in spirit, who learn of Jesus and are willing to follow His instruction, who day by day wait upon the Lord to know His will, prepared to go where He bids them go and to take up the work which He requires.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 4)
Backsliding in Health Reform
I am instructed to bear a message to all our people on the subject of health reform; for many have backslidden from their former loyalty to health reform principles. The light God has given is being disregarded.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 5)
A true reformation needs to take place among the believers in Washington in the matter of healthful living. If the believers there will give themselves unreservedly to God, He will accept them. If they will adopt in the matter of eating and drinking the principles of temperance that the light of health reform has brought to us, they will be richly blessed. Those who have received instruction regarding the evils of the use of flesh meats, tea and coffee, and rich and unhealthful food preparations, and who are determined to make a covenant with God by sacrifice will not continue to indulge their appetites for foods which they know to be unhealthful. God demands that the appetites be cleansed, and self-denial be practiced in regard to those things which are not good. This is a work that will have to be done before His people can stand before Him a perfected people.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 6)
The Lord has given clear light regarding the nature of the food that is to compose our diet; He has instructed us concerning the effect of unhealthful food upon the disposition and character. Shall we respond to the counsels and cautions given? Who among our brethren will sign a pledge to dispense with flesh meats, tea, and coffee, and all injurious foods, and become health reformers in the fullest sense of the term?
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 7)
If we could be benefited by indulging the desire for flesh meats, I would not make this appeal to you; but I know we cannot. They are injurious to the physical well-being, and we should learn to do without them.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 8)
In this experience of backsliding from the principles of reform, our people have been repeating the history of the children of Israel in the wilderness during their forty years of travel. Those who continue to follow their own course in this respect, eating and drinking as they please, will gradually grow careless of the instruction the Lord has given regarding other phases of the present truth; they will surely reap as they have sown.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 9)
I have been instructed that the students in our schools are not to be served with flesh foods or with food preparations that will cause disturbances of the stomach. Nothing that will serve to encourage a desire for stimulants should be placed on the tables.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 10)
I appeal to young and old, and to middle-aged. Deny your appetite of those things that are doing you injury. Serve the Lord by sacrifice. Let the good work begin at Washington, and go forth from there to other places. I know whereof I am writing. If a temperance pledge, providing for the abstinence from flesh foods, tea and coffee, and some other foods that are known to be injurious, were circulated through or ranks, a great and good work would be accomplished. I ask you at this time, Will you not circulate such a pledge? The means saved by such sacrifice, if used for the furtherance of the cause of God, would be blessed to the salvation of many souls.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 11)
Let the children have a part in this work. We are all members of the Lord’s family; and the Lord would have His children, young and old, pledge themselves to deny appetite and save the means needed for the building of meetinghouses and the support of missionaries.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 12)
I am instructed to say to parents, Place yourselves, soul and spirit, on the Lord’s side of this question. We need ever to bear in mind that in these days of probation we are on trial before the Lord of the universe. Will you not give up indulgences that are doing you injury? Words of professions are cheap; let your acts of self-denial testify that you will be obedient to the demands God makes of His peculiar people. Then put into the treasury a portion of the means you save by your acts of self-denial, and there will be that with which to carry on the work of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 13)
There are many who feel that they cannot get along without flesh meats; but if these would place themselves on the Lord’s side, resolved to obey His requirements in this matter, they would receive strength and wisdom as did Daniel and his fellows. They would find that the Lord would give them sound judgment; and they would be surprised to see how much could be saved for the cause of God by acts of self-denial. And the small sums gained by deeds of sacrifice will do more for the upbuilding of the cause than larger gifts will accomplish that have not called for denial of self.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 14)
I am sure if you will begin in Washington to do this work of reform—in the school, in the printing office, and among all our working forces—the Lord will help you to present a pledge that will help the people to return from their backslidings on the question of health reform. And as you seek to carry out the will of the Lord in this particular, He will give you clearer understanding of what health reform will do for you.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 15)
I have heard from several as I travel that Sister White has changed her view in regard to the reform diet. I would have all understand that Sister White has the same testimony to bear on this subject that she has ever borne.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 16)
There are those among us who occupy important positions of trust, and who should have stood on a high platform in the matter of health reform, who have refused to follow the light, and their course has been displeasing to God. Let these now turn to the Lord, that their example may no longer be a temptation to others.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 17)
Because of the example set by influential men in the indulgence of appetite, the truth has not made the impression on hearts that it might have done. I appeal to you now to set an example in self-denial. Cut off every needless indulgence, that God may bless you with His approval and acceptance.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 18)
“If any man will come after Me,” said Jesus, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow Me.” [Luke 9:23.] Let us follow the Saviour in His simplicity and self-denial. Let us lift up the Man of Calvary by word and by holy living. The Saviour comes very near to those who consecrate themselves to God. If ever there was a time when we needed the working of the Spirit of God upon our hearts and lives, it is now. Christ is speaking to us individually, saying, “I am He that holdeth thy right hand. I am He that liveth and was dead, and, behold, I am alive forever more.” [Isaiah 41:13; Revelation 1:18.]
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 19)
There is a decided message to be borne to our people upon the question of health reform. Let us come into line that our prayers be not hindered. God cannot be glorified in the lives of ministers who give up these principles of reform; but He will reveal Himself to every soul who will be clothed with the righteousness of Christ. We need now to arouse and in all our schools follow closely the light that God has given on this question. Let the teachers in our schools return from their backsliding and educate themselves in a knowledge of the principles of healthful living. Let the students be taught to live these principles.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 20)
Cooking schools are to be established at many of our gatherings. Meetings are to be held where the children can be taught principles of temperance and the value of self-denial. In the year 1908, we are to do all in our power to advance the work of God in every line.
(23LtMs, Lt 162, 1908, 21)
Lt 164, 1908
Workman, Brother and Sister [W. D.] St. Helena, California May 22, 1908 Previously unpublished. My dear Grandchildren:
I have just received and read Mabel’s letter. While reading it, I wished I could be with you and spend one month at Takoma Park. But I cannot take such a journey unless I have clear light that this is the Lord’s will.
(23LtMs, Lt 164, 1908, 1)
I would be pleased to speak to the students in the school and to the workers in the sanitarium and the publishing house. I have a message for them. I know that in this year 1908 we have no time to lose. Every moment is precious. It should be our constant study to know how to form characters that will stand the test of the future.
(23LtMs, Lt 164, 1908, 2)
Whatever our age, it is our precious privilege to be learners of the blessed teacher Christ Jesus. “Search the Scriptures,” was His charge, “they are they which testify of Me.” [John 5:39.] The lessons that Christ gave to His first disciples, teachers and students are to learn today and treasure up in their hearts. Let us encourage a spirit of earnest purpose and be determined to climb round after round of the ladder until we reach the heavenly courts.
(23LtMs, Lt 164, 1908, 3)
The spiritual life can be kept vigorous only by much earnest prayer and the exercise of simple faith. Lay your individual case before the Lord, and believe Him fully. Receive in simple faith the light He sends you, that He may impart His Holy Spirit to give understanding of the requirements of His Word. We must relate ourselves so closely to the Lord that we can bear a living testimony to all with whom we associate.
(23LtMs, Lt 164, 1908, 4)
We have no moments, dear children, to spend in indifference. Every one of us must give account of himself to God.
(23LtMs, Lt 164, 1908, 5)
Lt 166, 1908
Prescott, W. W. St. Helena, California May 22, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 151; 10MR 361. + Elder W. W. Prescott
Takoma Park Station, Washington, D.C. Dear Brother:
I am awakened at twelve o’clock to write out the instruction that has been given me. In the night season I was addressing a company of people, and the charge was given, Wake up the watchmen to bear a decided testimony against every influence that would weaken the voice of the third angel’s message. A special work is to be done in cleansing the mind and purifying the heart; for the end of all things is at hand. Let us arouse and present to the world the importance of a plain “Thus saith the Lord.”
(23LtMs, Lt 166, 1908, 1)
The words were spoken, I am the Light of the world. Kindle your soul’s light from the wisdom of human agencies, and your light will go out in darkness. Seek My wisdom, and you will be guided by unerring counsel. This guidance it is the privilege of every child of God to have. Ask, and ye shall receive; but ask in faith believing. Ask for that which is in accordance with the word of God. Believing, ye shall receive.
(23LtMs, Lt 166, 1908, 2)
Christ is the source of our strength. Let us study His teachings. In giving His only begotten Son to live in our world and to be subject to temptation that He might teach us how to overcome, the Father has made ample provision that we should not be taken captive by the enemy. Meeting the fallen foe, Christ overcame in behalf of humanity. He was tempted in all points like as we are, but He resisted in the strength of divinity, that He might be able to succor us when we are tempted.
(23LtMs, Lt 166, 1908, 3)
Becoming partakers of His divine nature, we are to learn to discern the temptations of Satan and, in the strength of His grace, overcome the corruptions that are in the world through lust. He who was once a sinful human being may be refined and purified through the imparted merits of Christ and stand before his fellow men as a laborer together with God. To the earnest seeker after God, the divine nature will surely be imparted, the compassion of Christ will certainly be vouchsafe.
(23LtMs, Lt 166, 1908, 4)
There are constant dangers besetting the pathway of God’s servants, and these dangers we may learn to avoid. At times, Elder Prescott, you have come very near making shipwreck of your faith. Only the grace of God and the confidence you have had in the messages He has sent through the Spirit of prophecy have held you back. I was shown that although you have had many years of experience in the cause of God, you are still in danger of making grave mistakes.
(23LtMs, Lt 166, 1908, 5)
You will be inclined to catch hold of some minor matter which you consider to be important and place great weight upon it. At such times Satan is waiting and watching for an opportunity to influence your mind, and through you to work upon many other minds, leading them to questioning and doubt. The Lord has not called you to such a work as this. Upon some questions silence will reveal a spirit of wisdom and discretion.
(23LtMs, Lt 166, 1908, 6)
Satan is working with all his ingenuity to sidetrack souls. What shall we do? Let us believe that the Lord is willing to raise up and strengthen the weak.
(23LtMs, Lt 166, 1908, 7)
You will find your greatest strength in dwelling upon that which is spiritual. Let sanctification of the truth of the Word of God be revealed in your life. Let this agency refine and ennoble the soul. The Lord would have His ministering servants walk humbly before Him. “Take My yoke upon you,” He invites, “and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.]
(23LtMs, Lt 166, 1908, 8)
Lt 168, 1908
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California May 26, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 11MR 182-183. Elder J. E. White
Edgefield, Tennessee My dear children Edson and Emma:
I wish I could be with you at this time to advise with you, and to counsel and encourage you. I do pray that the Lord will make your path of duty plain and help you to understand clearly the will of the Lord. May you have His strength and grace to help you. Do not fail nor become discouraged. The Lord has not left you. He is your helper, your front guard, and your rearward. I hope and pray that you will come out free from all entanglements.
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 1)
I am not as well as I should like to be. I feel very weak, but the Lord has wonderfully preserved me, and I am very thankful for His tender care. I know in whom I have believed.
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 2)
I am trying to obtain means, that I may help you; but I do not know that I shall succeed. At times I do not know what to do. I am so thankful that the Lord understands every phase of our experience. If we will follow the leadings of His Holy Spirit, we will not be left to fail or to become discouraged. Is not this a time to live so fully in the light of the Lord’s countenance that we who receive so many favors of Him, so many rich blessings, may know how to treat those who are less favored?
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 3)
I know by the representations given me that we are to work more disinterestedly for the colored people. We are to teach them how Christians should live by exemplifying in our own lives the Spirit of Christ. With all patience we are to lift up the Lord Jesus before them. Let us show that we have an interest in their souls. Because of this work, I do not urge you to leave the South until you know it to be your duty to do so. The Lord will guide all who will walk in His ways and cheerfully do their best. He will open ways before His faithful servants.
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 4)
We need such teachers for the colored people as Sister Wilson was. How ready and willing she was to work! While men and women should be prepared to carry the truth into the highways of life, they should also be ready to carry the truth into the byways. The message of present truth must be carried to all classes. Men and women are to be trained to help the cause of God wherever they may be.
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 5)
I have been shown that thousands will be called out to do their duty in various lines of labor. Time and patience and ability are demanded; for we are not only to make the people understand the truths of the Word, but we are to instruct these colored people how to become messengers of grace, how to lift up the Man of Calvary before their race.
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 6)
O when shall we learn to pattern after the meekness and lowliness of Christ. We need to be imbued with the Holy Spirit if we would successfully reach the needy classes in the South. We can give them some work to do, and thus cultivate their ability. There are many ingenious minds among these people. Teach them faithfulness and diligence. Everything cannot be done by machinery. There is need of human thought and clear discernment to comprehend their needs. Our church members need to be imbued with a larger measure of the Holy Spirit. If they will seek for this, the grace and love of Christ will fit them for efficient work.
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 7)
The instruction that is now being given to our students in the sale of books containing the truth for this time is fitting many to do an acceptable work. The people, understanding the object of the sale, give their orders more readily than they would under other circumstances.
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 8)
The Lord has given to the southern field object lessons of different kinds. The education being given to the students at Madison which trains the youth to build, to cultivate the land, and to care for cattle and poultry will be of great advantage to them in the future. There is no better way of keeping the body in health than to follow the plan of training that the Madison school is carrying out. This is the same kind of work as we were instructed to do when we purchased the land for our school in Australia. The students had their hours for study and their hours for work on the land. They were taught to fell trees, to plant orchards, to cultivate the soil, and to erect buildings; and this training was a blessing to all who engaged in it.
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 9)
The Lord in His providence has brought about the establishment of the Madison school through the efforts of Brethren Sutherland and Magan and a few faithful associates. Their labors have been performed under no ordinary circumstances. These men had an experience at Berrien Springs which was a severe one; but the Lord brought them safely through it and made it a means of blessing to them. They felt that they must go to the South and labor for this needy field. They went out not knowing whither they were going, and the Lord guided them to Madison, a beautiful place of four hundred acres. For a time the way for the establishment of the work seemed hedged up. The Lord led His servants through a trying experience; but He saw the end from the beginning. When some of their brethren expostulated and labored to discourage them, the Lord encouraged. And [in] the results of the efforts put forth at that place we can see that the Lord’s blessing has rested upon their efforts.
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 10)
The work that the laborers have accomplished at Madison has done more to give a correct knowledge of what an all-round education means than any other school that has been established by Seventh-day Adventists in America. The Lord has given these teachers in the South an education that is of highest value, and it is a training that God would be pleased to have all our youth receive.
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 11)
The close confinement of students to mental work has cost the life of many precious youth. The Madison school, in its system of education, is showing that mental and physical powers, brain and muscle, must be equally taxed. The example that it has given in this respect is one that it would be well for all who engage in school work to emulate. If the physical and mental powers were equally taxed, there would be in our world far less of corruption of mind and far less feebleness of health.
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 12)
Let the work done for the people of the South be done in a true missionary spirit. Let the Spirit of the Lord guide in your work of ministry. Put ye on the Lord Jesus Christ. Work faithfully for the Master, seeking to lead others to do earnest missionary work. Such a class of labor will develop tact and ingenuity and intellectual and moral adaptability. Let those who work in the South understand that it is not preaching alone that is needed. Self-sacrificing work is called for at every step. The example given by the teachers of truth is not to be one of self-indulgence. Christ was a missionary in the truest sense of the term. His whole life was one of self-denying acts. He traveled from place to place; and as He journeyed and wherever He stayed, He taught the people the message of the gospel, illustrating His lessons with the objects of nature that were all about Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 168, 1908, 13)
Lt 170, 1908
Evans, I. H. St. Helena, California May 22, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder I. H. Evans
Takoma Park Station, Washington, D.C. Dear Brother Evans:
As we consider the work that has been established at Takoma Park, we thank the Lord that One wonderful in counsel guided us to this location and prepared the way before us. The interests that have been established at Washington are weighty interests; the workers stationed there hold important positions and exert a wide influence. It is of great consequence that the men and women there reveal that in word and spirit and action they are in harmony with the divine Teacher. Divided sentiments are no honor to the cause of God. The Lord calls upon all who are located in that important center to be light-bearers to the world.
(23LtMs, Lt 170, 1908, 1)
I have a message to give to those who for years have hindered the work in the South. It is now time to come into line. A species of selfishness has sometimes characterized your work, and this has provoked our enemies to institute lawsuits against us, when if a greater spirit of tenderness and unselfishness had been manifested, less excuse would have been given to rob the cause of God. Brother Evans, you are to consider that whatever your position, you are constantly to reflect light, blessed light. “The man who was raised up on high, the anointed of the God of Jacob, and the sweet psalmist of Israel, said, The Spirit of the Lord spake by me, and His word was in my tongue. The God of Israel said, the Rock of Israel spake to me, He that ruleth over men must be just, ruling in the fear of God. And he shall be as the light of the morning, when the sun riseth, even a morning without clouds; as the tender grass springing out of the earth by clear shining after rain.” [2 Samuel 23:1-4.]
(23LtMs, Lt 170, 1908, 2)
The Lord has not been honored by the position taken in the past by some of the leading men of the General Conference. The work has been too much restricted, and in consequence the world’s night, which should have been made light by the bright shining of the truth for this time, has been left to its gloom.
(23LtMs, Lt 170, 1908, 3)
Christ represents His people as those who are to dispel the darkness of this world. “Ye are the light of the world,” He declares. “A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.
(23LtMs, Lt 170, 1908, 4)
“Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law until all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. For I say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 5:14-20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 170, 1908, 5)
Had you possessed more of the true missionary spirit, men would have been encouraged to go out to the unworked fields of the South with this last warning message, and in Memphis and New Orleans and other cities many would have taken hold of the truth. If when an interest was awakened in any place, this interest had been followed up with diligent effort, many would have received the message of truth, and these would have used their means for the support of the work. But the cities have not been worked. The light has been hid under a bushel.
(23LtMs, Lt 170, 1908, 6)
While we were endeavoring to build up the work in Australia, which we did under great difficulties, the hindering policy was a grief to us and a shame to the people who professed to hold this precious, sacred truth regarding the soon coming of the Lord. It has been under similar difficulties that the workers at Madison and Huntsville have labored to establish their work. Had a true spirit of unselfishness rested upon the men at the head of the work, the Madison enterprise would have had the support of the people, and the work there would have gone forward much more rapidly. Many more souls would now be in the field, giving the message in the cities of the southern field, and long ere this many of the cities of the South would have been faithfully worked.
(23LtMs, Lt 170, 1908, 7)
The work that is to be done for the South must be done quickly. Soon the enemy will work more openly for the passing of Sunday laws, and then our work will have to be done under great difficulties. Let workers be sent to the southern field. This is an important part of the Lord’s vineyard. In some of the large cities, representatives of all nationalities are to be found. When these are converted to the truth, they will labor for their own people, and thus the work will continually broaden.
(23LtMs, Lt 170, 1908, 8)
Lt 172, 1908
Officers of the General Conference St. Helena, California May 26, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 435-437. + To the officers of the General Conference
Washington, D.C. Dear Brethren:
I have read a very encouraging letter from Prof. P. T. Magan to Prof. E. A. Sutherland, regarding the recent council held in Washington. I am very thankful for the good report it brings regarding the council.
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 1)
I was very thankful to hear of the efforts that are to be made in behalf of the Huntsville and Madison schools. They have long waited for the help they need, and an earnest effort should be made to redeem the time.
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 2)
When I read the resolutions published in the Review, placing so many restrictions upon those who may be sent out to gather funds for the building up of institutions in needy and destitute fields, I was so sorry for the many restrictions. I can but feel sad; for unless the converting grace of God comes into the conferences, a course will be taken that will bring the displeasure of God upon them. We have had enough of the spirit of forbidding.
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 3)
This morning I could not sleep after midnight. I awoke bearing this message to our leading men, Break every yoke that would hinder or limit the power of the third angel’s message. The calls that have been made for large liberality, which have been responded to so nobly by our people, should lead to feelings of confidence and gratitude, rather than to the placing of yokes upon the necks of God’s servants. Let your requirements ever be dictated by the Holy Spirit of God. When the officers of the General Conference allow such restrictions to be made, they give evidence that they need clearer spiritual eyesight, that the heavenly anointing is not upon them.
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 4)
Representations have been made to me of a work that does not bear the divine credentials. The prohibitions that have bound about the labors of those who would go forth to warn the people in the cities of the soon-coming judgments should every one be removed. None are to be hindered from bearing the message of present truth to the world. Let the workers receive their directions from God. When the Holy Spirit impresses a believer to do a certain work for God, leave the matter with him and the Lord. I am instructed to say to you, Break every yoke that would prevent the message from going forth with power to the cities. This work of proclaiming the truth in the cities will take means, but it will also bring in means. A much greater work would have been done if men had not been so zealous to watch and hinder some who were seeking to obtain means from the people to carry forward the work of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 5)
The Lord’s mercy and love are misrepresented by a policy that would hinder the message of His grace from going to any part of the world. Is man to be a dictator to his fellow man? Is he to take the responsibility of saying, You shall not go to such a place? Let us rather say to those who desire to labor: It is your privilege to work for souls on every occasion and to make earnest request to God in their behalf. “And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” [Colossians 3:17.] “Put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which ye are also called in one body; and be ye thankful. Let the word of God dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.” [Verses 14-16.] The Holy Spirit is working upon human minds. Those upon whom the Spirit lays the burden of labor, and who are of good report in the church, encourage them to enter new fields. Let the work of the Lord go forward with power. Let the people be encouraged to prepare the way of the Lord and to make straight in the desert a highway for our God.
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 6)
The enemies of truth are working with all their unconsecrated powers to hinder the advance of the message. The churches of the world are being drugged with the opiates of error. The great deceiver is making determined efforts to becloud the understanding of the people. Let not those be discouraged who would go forth to warn a perishing world. The cause of God needs the labors of men who have faith, men who can pray and who can open the Scriptures in simplicity to the people. It is the simplicity of true godliness that will speak of the love of [God for] souls ready to perish.
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 7)
God requires much more of the men at the head of the work than they give Him. Some give Him long sermons, but this He does not require. Workers are needed just now who will explain the Word of God in its simplicity. There is a fearful deception upon human minds. Even those who hold positions of trust are not all faithful. But do not allow yourselves to sleep. The light of truth must go forth as a lamp that burneth.
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 8)
If our leaders realized the time of night, they could not leave our cities unwarned and be willing to do so little to change the present condition of things in the world. God requires that every soul who believes in Christ shall go forth and bear much fruit. He requires that they be in earnest in doing missionary work, faithful in their home life, in their student life, true to their church duties. Those who have pledged themselves by baptism to follow Christ, who have professed to put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness, are to consider the words of the apostle Paul, “If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God.” [Verse 1.]
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 9)
Let there be less sermonizing and more humbling of the soul in prayer for the divine presence among us. Our meetings should be seasons of humble seeking after God. O that we might sense our need of Christ and by living faith claim the promise of His presence.
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 10)
There are some of our ministers who are true burden-bearers, whose hearts go out in prayer to God, and who weep between the porch and the altar, crying, “Spare Thy people, O Lord, and give not Thine heritage to reproach.” [Joel 2:17.] There are a few who are in earnest. But there are many who have but little sense of their great need of divine blessing.
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 11)
In visions of the night I was in a company where our ministers were assembled. A few were humbling themselves before God and confessing their sins. They were weeping and pleading with God to spare His people and to give not His heritage to reproach. But with many there was no special burden to get near to the Lord. I looked for the burden-bearers; but there were few who carried any genuine burden for souls. While some of the ministers were brokenly calling upon the Lord, and were weighed down as a cart beneath sheaves, the hearts of many were untouched. What kind of account will those have to give who stand in holy places of trust, and yet have little or no burden for the souls of the perishing!
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 12)
There is need of a great reformation in our ranks. The ministers who are drawing pay from the conference need to ask themselves the question, Am I a faithful worker? Am I a spiritual help to the church? There are those who demand high wages for their labors, but who bring few souls into the truth to stand steadfast and true to its principles. It is time for our ministers to humble their hearts before the Lord and bear a straight convincing testimony to the people. It is time for them to labor earnestly to increase the membership of the churches, leading all to a thorough understanding of the truth for this time. The Lord wants living members in His church, men and women who will encourage one another in faithful service.
(23LtMs, Lt 172, 1908, 13)
Lt 174, 1908
Gotzian, J. NP May 28, 1908 [typed] Previously unpublished. Mrs. J. Gotzian
Paradise Valley Sanitarium
National City, California Dear Sister Gotzian:
I would like to spend some time in Paradise Valley. The warm weather of St. Helena is very trying to me. If I could be near enough to Paradise Valley so that I could speak to the workers there, I think I could be some help to them. I am pleased to hear that the sanitarium is doing so well lately. The patronage is excellent.
(23LtMs, Lt 174, 1908, 1)
When I see you again, you will have been to Madison. I hope you will stay there long enough to test the climate. I am glad that you are going. May the Lord go with you and bless you and strengthen you for the journey. Please write to me after you get there. Madison is a beautiful place; and if you can stand the climate, I am sure you will enjoy your visit there. I have the fullest confidence in Brethren Sutherland and Magan and their associate workers. May the blessing of the Lord rest upon them, is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 174, 1908, 2)
You will remember that we have had some conversation in the past about building a plain and simple house in some desirable locality at Paradise Valley. I cannot at present spare the means, for I am perplexed to know where to obtain the money necessary for the publication of my books. But it is certainly your privilege to have a home where you can live when you choose to do so. At present you have no place that you can call your own, and this does not seem to be right. I would be pleased to see you own a good horse and easy carriage, so that you could ride out when you wish to do so. I would like to be a partner with you in building the cottage and may be able to furnish the money later on.
(23LtMs, Lt 174, 1908, 3)
It is your privilege to help with your means those who need help. You should be at liberty to place it where you think it will do the most good. I would not dare to advise you to place very large sums where they would be beyond your control. It seems to me that those who have had the use of your money for years, and who are now in prosperous circumstances, should be willing to let others who are in distressing circumstances be benefited by its use.
(23LtMs, Lt 174, 1908, 4)
It is not the plan of God that you fasten your money largely in one institution; for emergencies will arise that call for financial help, and then if we cannot obtain this means, we shall be placed at great disadvantage. I would advise you, when in the future you loan a large sum of money, not to leave the impression with those to whom you lend that you will never call for it. We must move wisely and intelligently. May the Lord help in this matter, that you may obtain your means and place it where it is most needed and be enabled to place yourself in comfortable circumstances.
(23LtMs, Lt 174, 1908, 5)
Lt 176, 1908
Gilmore, Alexander St. Helena, California May 24, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Alex Gilmore
15 Ellice Street
Victoria, B.C. Dear Brother:
I thank you for the means you have sent me. I was in great need of this in order to do the work the Lord would have me accomplish at the present time. The advancement of the cause in the Spanish fields creates a demand upon me to have Great Controversy and other books translated and published in that language. When you can spare another thousand dollars for the advancement of the cause, it will be gladly received. God is honored when we return to Him of the means He entrusts to us.
(23LtMs, Lt 176, 1908, 1)
All that the Lord has given me in trust I have invested in His cause. I see that the end is near and that there is a decided work to be done—a work in the accomplishment of which we have the privilege of being laborers together with God. Let us be wide awake to honor and glorify His name. Let us do all in our power to bring the truth before those who are perishing for the need of it.
(23LtMs, Lt 176, 1908, 2)
I have tried in every possible way to give to the world the light the Lord has given me for the people. I am thankful for the help you have rendered. If in the future you can help still further, be sure that the means will be appropriated in such a way as to bring the truth before souls.
(23LtMs, Lt 176, 1908, 3)
Since my husband died, I have worked to the utmost of my ability for the upbuilding of the cause of truth in new fields, and the establishment of centers from which the truth might go forth as a lamp that burneth. This work has been done at the cost of means and strength. But in the strength of God, and with His blessing resting upon us, we have been enabled to establish the truth in right lines in many places, including many places in Europe and Australia. Thousands of dollars have I invested for the establishment of schools and health institutions and churches in these places, but I have never regretted what I have done. I am only thankful that the Lord has spared my life to accomplish a work for Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 176, 1908, 4)
With this I will send you a copy of an appeal to our ministers for deeper consecration.
(23LtMs, Lt 176, 1908, 5)
Again I thank you for the money you have sent. I had been drawing from the bank money on which I was obliged to pay a high interest. If you have other means that you can spare, we shall be glad to receive it. In the future we shall be glad for all that we have done that has had a part in the upbuilding of the cause of God in the earth.
(23LtMs, Lt 176, 1908, 6)
Lt 178, 1908
Scriver, Sister St. Helena, California May 24, 1908 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Scriver:
You spoke to me a year ago of means which you would soon have to help the cause of God where it is most needed. I told my son to encourage you to help the Loma Linda Sanitarium by a loan. Now I will tell you of my own desire to hire some money for the prosecution of my work. I am in great need of means at the present time in order to hasten the work of getting my books before the people; and if you would help me in this work, I believe it would be well pleasing to God. I have several workers engaged with W. C. White in preparing these books for the press.
(23LtMs, Lt 178, 1908, 1)
The latest demand upon me is for Great Controversy to be translated and published in Spanish. I ask you to help me, that I may accomplish the work that the Lord has represented to me should be done. I pray that the Spirit of the Lord may impress your mind to let me have means for the advancement of the work.
(23LtMs, Lt 178, 1908, 2)
I am enclosing with this a copy of an appeal to our ministers for deeper consecration; in a few days I will mail you another manuscript relating to our duty to circulate our publications.
(23LtMs, Lt 178, 1908, 3)
Lt 180, 1908
Irwin, G. A.; Hare. M. St. Helena, California May 26, 1908 Previously unpublished. + G. A. Irwin and M. Hare Dear Brn. Irwin and Hare:
I have been writing letters to the workers in Washington in regard to the position some have taken with reference to the work in Madison. Instead of having the hearty help and co-operation of their brethren, the workers at Madison have had much hindrance and discouragement. I have feared that his experiences in the establishment of the work at Madison would cost the life of Brother Sutherland. He had not the strength to carry so many burdens. I had serious fears that he would die. We prayed earnestly that the Lord would spare his life, and our prayers have been heard and answered.
(23LtMs, Lt 180, 1908, 1)
We sincerely hope that the work of the food factory can be carried to a favorable issue, with the help of Brother Hare, and of the men who are willing to make some investment to see the work begun.
(23LtMs, Lt 180, 1908, 2)
I would gladly be with you at this time if I could stand the journey, but I dare not travel. I am expected to attend the camp-meeting at Oakland next week, and I must save my strength for that. We pray that the Lord will guide you in all judgment and help you to decide wisely in regard to your future course. I believe that the Lord will give you clear light, and that you will walk in faith and assurance, doing the very things the Lord would have you do.
(23LtMs, Lt 180, 1908, 3)
Last night a deep impression was made upon me regarding the spiritual needs of our ministers. There has been a spirit to bind about the work which the Lord has pointed out to be done, and the results of our efforts have been far from what they might have been. I have tried to present in a clear manner the grave loss that has been sustained by the exercise of a spirit that would make the human agent bend to human decrees. For years the work has been delayed and hindered, and now the word comes, Break every yoke. Let the men and women in responsible places help to make decided changes in the methods of conducting the work. The Lord is soon to come in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. We need the Holy Spirit to guide us in our work if we would be prepared to meet the Lord when He appears.
(23LtMs, Lt 180, 1908, 4)
There is great need of the Holy Spirit’s influence in our midst. There must be an individual work done in the breaking of stubborn hearts. There needs to be deep heart-searching that will lead to confession of sin. Every sin must be confessed and blotted out before the judgment of the last day, for then the fate of every soul will be eternally sealed. O that the sinners would open their hearts and invite the Saviour in! The peril of the unconverted soul, who can describe it! Believers should at this time stand with softened, sanctified, broken hearts, every sin confessed in repentance that needeth not to be repented of. The Holy Spirit is waiting to kindle in the heart the love of God, that His praise may be spoken from lips that are true, unselfish, clean, and honest. When holy principles guide the life, the soul will be beautiful in its simplicity.
(23LtMs, Lt 180, 1908, 5)
Dr. S. P. Edwards, who has been sick at the sanitarium for some time, has just passed through a wonderful experience. Prayer was offered for him at the sanitarium, and he was anointed with oil. After several had prayed, Dr. Edwards says, he felt the power of God pass through his body, and he believes that he was healed. Two days later he and his wife visited me, and we talked over this experience and had a season of prayer. We felt the blessing of God rest upon us and received the assurance that our faith was accepted. A few days ago I was walking outdoors when I saw Dr. Edwards coming to meet me. I saw at once that there was a great change in him. There was a good healthy color in his face. He grasped my hand firmly, saying that he was much stronger. He has already gained several pounds.
(23LtMs, Lt 180, 1908, 6)
How good the Lord is to those who obey Him and who rest in His promises. Dr. Edwards will render praise to the Lord for His loving-kindness toward him. He is the happiest man I have seen for a long time.
(23LtMs, Lt 180, 1908, 7)
I shall attend the camp-meeting in Oakland, if the Lord wills. I expect the Lord to open the way before us, that we may see His grace revealed. We need the Holy Spirit upon those who shall assemble, to work upon the fallow ground of the heart. We trust that there will be a breaking of heart before God and an earnest seeking after Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 180, 1908, 8)
I have much to say in regard to our yearly gatherings. O that all would seek the Lord and prepare for faithful service. Our camp-meetings have not been altogether what they might have been. We have not realized that at these times we have a special work to do for ourselves and for God.
(23LtMs, Lt 180, 1908, 9)
Lt 182, 1908
Wessels, Brother and Sister [J. J.] St. Helena, California May 29, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Mr. J. J. Wessels
Glendale, California Dear Brother and Sister Wessels:
Yesterday I had a very busy day, writing from the early hours of the morning until almost eight o’clock. Besides this I had an interview with Elder Cottrell. And this morning I praise the Lord for an excellent night’s rest and freedom from pain. I am more than thankful for the strength that the Lord is giving me. I praise the Lord for His great love expressed to me. He is indeed blessing me, and I mean to use my strength prudently.
(23LtMs, Lt 182, 1908, 1)
I am not surprised at what you write me concerning Glendale. This institution, so near to a center of influence, ought to be appreciated. Our work is a reformatory one. Our knowledge must not be confined to that which textbooks give us. We need to have the converting power of God in our own hearts, then we shall understand how to work in Christ’s lines.
(23LtMs, Lt 182, 1908, 2)
I am very glad that you are at Glendale because of the school privileges that your children can have. The discipline that you can give them will be of the highest advantage. In the home there is diligent work for father and mother. By persevering efforts at home, the evils found in the schools may be largely corrected.
(23LtMs, Lt 182, 1908, 3)
The object of true education is that the younger members of the Lord’s family may be trained in accordance with our faith and prepared for a home in the family above. Satan has used the most ingenious methods to weave his plans and principles into the work of the schools, and thus gain a strong hold on the minds of the children and youth. You will have to watch and pray and believe, and receive grace from the Lord to bring your children to Christ. Teach them the love of God. Teach them to fear Him and keep His commandments. Most earnest labor must constantly be given to impart the knowledge of saving grace and to bring the character into conformity to the divine similitude. Purity of soul is worth more than any other thing. It will run like a thread of gold through all the life.
(23LtMs, Lt 182, 1908, 4)
Prepare the minds and hearts of your children for the higher school in the courts above. If you and your dear children can obtain a fitness for citizenship in the kingdom of God, what a great victory will be gained. Be of good courage in the Lord. We may expect large things of Him. Let us glorify His name upon the earth.
(23LtMs, Lt 182, 1908, 5)
I expect to be at the camp-meeting held at Los Angeles, and I hope to see you both there. I meant to have written a letter to Mother Wessels, but I cannot do this now. I will say to her in this, Be of good courage in the Lord. I am glad you can be with your son and his family. “Bless the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me, bless His holy name.” [Psalm 103:1.] Let us praise God’s name, that His mercy endureth forever.
(23LtMs, Lt 182, 1908, 6)
Lt 184, 1908
Hurlbutt, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California June 2, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 428-429. + Mr. and Mrs. Hurlbutt
Lakeport, Lake Co., California Dear Brother and Sister Hurlbutt:
I have been shown that you cannot properly carry on the work you have endeavored to do at Lakeport. You cannot give to the youth under your care the education that they need to fit them to meet successfully life’s battles.
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 1)
You believe in health reform, but you are in danger of placing before those under your care a poverty-stricken diet. The young appreciate good food, and we should not set before them tasteless dishes. It is not wise to prepare food in such large quantities that it must be left over to appear again and again on the table. It is wisdom to cook only a limited portion, for in warm weather food soon becomes sour, and in this condition it is unfit to enter the human stomach.
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 2)
Your husband needs a liberal diet, and one that is wholesome and nourishing. Do not allow health reform to become health deform. If you will come up on to a higher level, you can be a light to shine amid the darkness that is about you. I write you these things because you are in danger of making mistakes, and I desire that you shall work wisely for the health of the members of your family. No member of your family has spoken of this matter to me, but scenes have been presented to me in which I have been shown that the food you place upon your table is not always palatable.
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 3)
The Lord has entrusted you with a legacy, Sister Hurlbutt, and you are in danger of misapplying this gift. The Lord is the owner of this means; He wants to teach you that it is not His will that it be tied up in lands and property.
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 4)
Angels of heaven would have no such representations as now appear. God would have you take no burdens that you cannot carry, and thus leave the impression upon minds that a work has been left half done. Desperate efforts will be made by the enemies of truth to prejudice the minds of the people against God’s commandment-keeping people and their work. If your school should come to be spoken of as a Seventh-day Adventist School for orphans and outcasts, the people would be led to take this as a sample of our other schools. They would measure all our schools by the habits and customs of this. Your work here would be pointed to as a sample of the work of Seventh-day Adventists. Thus wrong impressions would go forth, and in the minds and hearts of some a strong prejudice would be created against the cause of present truth. The Lord would have His commandment-keeping people make a different showing for the truth than has been made in the past. If ever a school is established at Lakeport, there must be no haphazard work done in it.
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 5)
In the night season I seemed to be in a meeting where we were gathered for counsel. One was present who gave this instruction for you: The world is God’s great moral vineyard. In the cities and country places there is an important work to be done. Let it be done in such a way that no reproach will be brought to the cause of truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 6)
In His efforts to reach the people of His day, Christ took up His position at the lakeside or in the great thoroughfares of travel, and there He preached the message of the gospel. There are workers in the world today who can labor in similar lines, and these must be sustained in their efforts. We are bearing to the people a world-wide message. It is to be given to every city and town and village. The little settlements in the mountains ought to be diligently worked, that present truth may be brought to souls who are looking for more light. It is a privilege to use a portion of the means the Lord has lent you in helping forward this good work. It is also your privilege to let those about you see that a work of reform is going forward in your own lives.
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 7)
I believe that at some time, in some favorable part of Lake County, we shall hold a camp-meeting. I greatly desire that this shall be, that the light may shine forth to all the towns and settlements. But you must act your part for the spread of the truth. The light must shine in the byways and the hedges.
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 8)
In the parable of the sower, the Saviour gave an illustration of His own work and the work of His servants. The seed sown fell upon all kinds of soil. So we are to sow the seeds of truth. We are bidden to cast it “beside all waters.” [Isaiah 32:20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 9)
The night on which I slept for the first time in your house the Lord presented many things before me. I was shown that Mr. Hurlbutt should take his position decidedly for that which he knows to be truth. This he must do before he can truly glorify God.
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 10)
I am instructed to say to Mr. Hurlbutt, It is time for you to come into the ark of safety. Noah preached for one hundred and twenty years to the antediluvians; and some appreciated the messages he gave, but many did not. Of all those inhabitants of the old world, only eight received the message and were saved. Yet that message had to be given; and by its rejection of truth, the world was condemned. Our message to the world is to be a savor of life unto life to those who receive it. To those who spurn it, it is a message of condemnation.
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 11)
My brother, take a decided stand for the truth. You understand what is truth, but you have so long halted, that you are loth now to take hold. In the representation given to me, the messenger turned to you and said, Now, just now, is your opportunity. Humble your heart before the Lord, and take your position as a keeper of His commandments. Then your light will shine forth. Then you will take more pleasure in advocating the truth than you have heretofore taken in showing your farm with its fine fields and orchards. Set your light on a candlestick, where it may give light to all that are in the house.
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 12)
God will accept you if you will accept the message He sends. Give yourself to Christ. This is your only hope of salvation. If you will do this, the assurance of the disciple John may be yours, “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God.” [John 1:12.]
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 13)
Submit your will to the will of God, and you will grow in grace, and will gain a rich experience. You will have a faith that works by love and purifies the soul. The fruits of the Spirit will be seen in your life, the efficiency of the Spirit will be revealed in your works. Christ is a sympathetic, compassionate Redeemer. Now, just now, place yourself on His side. He will receive you. The blessing of God is worth everything to you. I urge you to step out in faith and receive it.
(23LtMs, Lt 184, 1908, 14)
Lt 186, 1908
Stafford, M. G. Melrose, California June 13, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Mr. M. G. Stafford Dear Sir:
I have carefully read your three-page letter, dated June 11, 1908, in which you write:
(23LtMs, Lt 186, 1908, 1)
“I was shown by the Comforter that I was manifestly declared to be the Son of God, one with Jesus, and the Father.”
(23LtMs, Lt 186, 1908, 2)
“And that probation would end next March the 20th, and that we will have till the tenth of March to get out of the cities; and as it was when Nineveh was about to be destroyed, they had to get down in sackcloth and ashes to save the city, so now to save ourselves we must put on the poor man’s uniform suit of blue drilling clothes.”
(23LtMs, Lt 186, 1908, 3)
“The dress must be plain, and no coat for women, a plain apron, no hat, hair combed down plain, a shawl for covering on shoulders or head. Men must put off fine shirts, cuffs, and collars, quit shaving, and not cut the hair off.”
(23LtMs, Lt 186, 1908, 4)
This with the other portions of your letter in explanation of the above, I have read; and this is my answer to you:
(23LtMs, Lt 186, 1908, 5)
Truly I say unto you, Your message is not in harmony with wisdom or truth. This burden you are carrying is not from the Lord, but is the result of weariness and weakness of mind. I advise you to lay down this burden, and to take counsel from your friends as to what you shall do to preserve your health, and to use what strength you have in the wisest manner.
(23LtMs, Lt 186, 1908, 6)
There is a solemn message regarding the coming of the Lord to be given to many thousands of people who have not yet heard it. Therefore the time is not yet so near as you suppose.
(23LtMs, Lt 186, 1908, 7)
You have requested to see me, but my time and strength are needed otherwise, and I do not wish to see you.
(23LtMs, Lt 186, 1908, 8)
Lt 188, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California June 17, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I have been very much burdened since leaving the camp-ground, and since I have arrived home, I have not slept well. In some respects the atmosphere here does not seem so good as that in Oakland. We have plenty of sunshine, but I found the bracing air at Melrose very beneficial. Yet I have not realized the exhaustion that I expected I would experience. I will not let go of the Mighty One, my Saviour. He is my strength, my front guard and my rearward.
(23LtMs, Lt 188, 1908, 1)
When we got on to the car at Melrose, we found that we were without tickets; for Elder Sutherland, who had them, had missed the train. We reached home, however, without much inconvenience. Miss Hannaford and Ellis James, who had earned some money on the camp-ground by canvassing, were able to provide sufficient to get the tickets we needed.
(23LtMs, Lt 188, 1908, 2)
I find plenty of work to do of such a character that I dare not leave it undone. My trust is in the Lord. The consideration of the matters relating to Sister Gotzian’s money in the St. Helena Sanitarium has been a trial to me. The action of the sanitarium it has been hard for me to reconcile with the principles of true justice.
(23LtMs, Lt 188, 1908, 3)
Last night I received instruction that made a deep impression upon my mind. If the men and women who claim to believe the truth would act in harmony with the truth, there would be decided changes made in all our churches. When we returned to this country from Australia, many things in the work seemed to be going in wrong lines. The Lord sent messages at that time regarding crooked things that needed to be made straight; but the messages were not heeded. There are many souls who, I am afraid, will never be rid of their religious delusions, but will perish in them. O how I long to see our church members clothed with their beautiful garments and prepared to go forth to meet the Bridegroom. I am in fear and trembling for many who have not yet on the wedding garment. They are like the blind; they do not discern their dangers. Strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, that leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it. There are many who are expecting to sit down to the marriage supper of the Lamb who are unprepared for the coming of the King.
(23LtMs, Lt 188, 1908, 4)
I would be glad if you would drop me a line, telling how the Melrose meeting closed. Be of good courage in the Lord, and He will strengthen and help you.
(23LtMs, Lt 188, 1908, 5)
Lt 190, 1908
Simpson, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 15, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 5MR 54. + Dear Brother and Sister Simpson:
I received Brother Simpson’s letter today and was very pleased to hear from you. I think if we would communicate more frequently, we would find blessing in it.
(23LtMs, Lt 190, 1908, 1)
Brother Simpson, I understand your temperament. You experienced a blessed conversion at the time of your daughter’s illness and her wonderful recovery. This mercy was no small evidence to you that the Great Physician had a special care for you. It was a miracle wrought for you both, to arouse you to a higher sense of your obligation to serve and glorify His name.
(23LtMs, Lt 190, 1908, 2)
The Great Physician has manifested His love for you; keep His grace ever before you. In simplicity of soul render thanksgiving and honor to Him. Love the Lord and trust wholly in Him; for He has wrought in your behalf. The evidence given you of the love of God for you is a token that is never to be forgotten. You can do a good work by rendering thanksgiving to the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 190, 1908, 3)
The Lord would have you consecrate soul, body, and spirit to Him. Temptations will come to you, but you must grow up into Christ, your living Head. Do not hide your light under a bushel, but put it where it may give light to all that are in the house. The third angel’s message contains the truth for this time. When you humble your heart before God, you will see light in His light, and then with clear voice you will proclaim the message, “Here are they that keep the commandments of God, and have the faith of Jesus Christ.” [Revelation 14:12.]
(23LtMs, Lt 190, 1908, 4)
Let the truth of God abide in your heart by a living, holy faith. Bible truth must be comprehended before it can convict the conscience and convert the life. The remnant people of God must be a converted people. The presentation of this message is to result in the conversion and sanctification of souls. We are to feel the power of the Spirit of God in this movement. This is a wonderful, definite message; it means everything to the receiver; and it is to be proclaimed with a loud voice. We must have true, eternal faith that this message will go forth with increasing importance till the close of time.
(23LtMs, Lt 190, 1908, 5)
The Lord has given me a message for you: You must plan wisely, manifesting in your words the spirit of the great Teacher, the kindness and tenderness of Christ. My brother, do not answer abruptly when addressed. Remember that Christ is your pattern in this. Be meek and lowly in heart, as He was. Let it be seen in your appearance and actions that you are bound up with Christ. Keep the door of your lips at all times. Use kindly words and simple language.
(23LtMs, Lt 190, 1908, 6)
In the giving of this message, self must not swell into large importance. The message must come from lips that are sanctified and holy. Take deep views of Bible truth. Do not suppose that display and what the world calls style are necessary in order to reach the higher classes. The words and deportment must be of a godly sort in order to do this work.
(23LtMs, Lt 190, 1908, 7)
All who are connected with our health institutions should live in such close connection with God that it can be seen that Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. Consistency is a jewel. Our faith must reach out after God and the Holy Spirit. Will you not give an example that is in harmony with the character of the work? You are to win souls to the truth. Be wise in your belief of the truth. Be watchful unto prayer. Wrestle with God in prayer, and then go forth to labor in the wisdom that He will bestow upon all who desire to learn of Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 190, 1908, 8)
Lt 192, 1908
Lindsay, Harmon “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 16, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brother Lindsay:
I am pleased that you are at Paradise Valley. If you will walk humbly with God, the blessing of the Lord will be with you. I trust that your experience will be a help to the workers at Paradise Valley. Great blessing is to be found in faithfully filling the lot and place where the Lord stations us.
(23LtMs, Lt 192, 1908, 1)
“Many shall be purified and made white and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly; and none of the wicked”—the determinedly wicked—“shall understand; but the wise shall understand.” [Daniel 12:10.] To live the truth before men will always involve a cross, for Satan is on the field of battle to work with all deceivableness of unrighteousness against the truth. The unwillingness on the part of wrongdoers to put away their evil works will result in the ruin of many souls; but the Lord will reward every faithful worker.
(23LtMs, Lt 192, 1908, 2)
Stand in the humility and the strength of Christ. Satan is a mighty foe, and a host of evil angels are working to carry out his devisings. But if you will look unto Jesus, the author and finisher of your faith, all the synagogue of Satan can have no power to prevail against you. This last conflict of Satan is to be a decisive one, and only the grace of Christ will give you power to gain the victory. The wisdom of men is foolishness with God. The wisdom of God must be your strength.
(23LtMs, Lt 192, 1908, 3)
I hope to meet you, when we come to the camp-meeting in Southern California. I say again, I am glad that you are in connection with the work of God at Paradise Valley. Be of good courage in the Lord. May He give you a large experience and use you to bless and to help the souls who come to the sanitarium.
(23LtMs, Lt 192, 1908, 4)
There are many places to be worked, many churches to be warned. We need to consider carefully how we expend the Lord’s means; but you have had experience on this point.
(23LtMs, Lt 192, 1908, 5)
“And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily, my Sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the Sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you; everyone that defileth it shall surely be put to death.... Six days may work be done, but in the seventh day is the Sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord.” [Exodus 31:12-15.] We see in these words the importance that is given to the seventh-day Sabbath. It is to be held as a heavenly memorial, and its observance is the sign of obedience and loyalty to God.
(23LtMs, Lt 192, 1908, 6)
My brother, do not allow yourself to become depressed and discouraged. Do not believe all the reports you hear. Keep Christ ever before you, inquiring, Is this the way of the Lord? It behooves us to cultivate earnestly the things that are pure, and holy, and of good report.
(23LtMs, Lt 192, 1908, 7)
Remember that your life belongs to God; He has bought it with the price of His blood. We are day by day to prepare to meet Him when He comes in the clouds of heaven. Be of good courage, and keep the Word of the Lord, which is Spirit and life. Let nothing hinder you from forming a character that the Lord can accept. Keep your eye upon the mark of the prize of your high calling. You have experienced trials; but looking unto Jesus, the Author and Finisher of your faith, you may take courage and endure a little longer. May the Lord keep you, is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 192, 1908, 8)
If you will allow the sanctifying power of the Holy Spirit to come into your life, you will be a blessing to the workers at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. I have confidence that you and Brother and Sister Cummings will exert a precious, united influence in that institution. Be of good courage in the Lord, that you may enjoy the fulness of His grace.
(23LtMs, Lt 192, 1908, 9)
Lt 194, 1908
Teachers in the Washington School St. Helena, California June 2, 1908 Previously unpublished. To the teachers in the Washington School:
I am instructed to say to our people in Washington, You are living far beneath your privileges. You are not meeting the requirements of God. The Lord is not pleased with your spiritual standing. As the truth of God is received into the heart in the love of it, it will be an active power in your lives for the sanctification of the entire being, quickening the soul and enlarging the heart and mind.
(23LtMs, Lt 194, 1908, 1)
In the night season these words were spoken to me: Charge the teachers in our schools to prepare the students for what is coming upon the world. The Lord has been waiting long for our teachers to walk in the light He has sent them. There is need of a humbling of self, that Christ may restore the moral image of God in man. The character of the education given must be greatly changed before it can give the right mold to our institutions. It is only when intellectual and moral powers are combined for the attainment of education that the standard of the Word of God is reached.
(23LtMs, Lt 194, 1908, 2)
These words were clearly and forcibly spoken: “Confess your faults one to another, and pray one for another, that ye may be healed.” [James 5:16.] Press together, and love as brethren. Pray together. The Lord has paid the price of His own blood for the salvation of the world. He suffered every indignity that men could devise and Satan could invent in order to carry out the plan of salvation. Let not the teacher seek to exalt self, but let him see the necessity of learning of Christ daily and making Him the pattern. For teachers and students, our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ should be the only example.
(23LtMs, Lt 194, 1908, 3)
Bear in mind that the Lord will accept as teachers only those who will be gospel teachers. A great responsibility rests upon those who attempt the last gospel message. They are to be laborers together with God in the training of human minds. The teacher who fails to keep the Bible standard always before him misses an opportunity of being a laborer together with God in giving to the mind the mold that is essential for a place in the heavenly courts.
(23LtMs, Lt 194, 1908, 4)
“And there shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a branch shall grow out of his roots: and the Spirit of the Lord shall rest upon Him, and the spirit of wisdom and understanding, the spirit of counsel and might, the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the Lord. And He shall make Him of quick understanding in the fear of the Lord; and He shall not judge after the sight of His eyes, nor reprove after the hearing of His ears; but with righteousness shall He judge the poor, and reprove with equity the meek of the earth: and He shall smite the earth with the rod of His mouth, and with the breath of His lips shall He slay the wicked. And righteousness shall be the girdle of His loins, and faithfulness the girdle of His reins.” [Isaiah 11:1-5.]
(23LtMs, Lt 194, 1908, 5)
“And in that day thou shalt say, O Lord, I will praise Thee: though Thou wast angry with me, Thine anger is turned away, and Thou comfortedst me. Behold, God is my salvation; I will trust, and not be afraid: for the Lord Jehovah is my strength and my song: He also is become my salvation. Therefore with joy shall ye draw water out of the wells of salvation.
(23LtMs, Lt 194, 1908, 6)
“And in that day shall ye say, Praise the Lord, call upon His name, declare His doings among the people, make mention that His name is exalted. Sing unto the Lord, for He hath done excellent things; this is known in all the earth. Cry out and shout, thou inhabitants of Zion: for great is the Holy One of Israel in the midst of thee.” [Isaiah 12:1-6.]
(23LtMs, Lt 194, 1908, 7)
Lt 196, 1908
Daniells, A. G. Sanitarium, California June 20, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 388. + Elder A. G. Daniells
Takoma Park Station, Washington, D.C. Dear Brother:
I have been reading letters from you concerning the Bible teacher needed at Union College.
(23LtMs, Lt 196, 1908, 1)
I will say that Elder Owen is needed just where he is, and he is where the Lord would have him be. God has a work of special importance to be done in Southern California, and I know from the light given me that this work must now be perfected.
(23LtMs, Lt 196, 1908, 2)
Loma Linda has been specified to me as a very important place, and one which demands the best Bible teacher we can supply. There are promising youth here who are to be qualified to fill important positions in the work. They should have the best class of instructors, and capable Bible teachers who understand the truths of the Word. The truth and righteousness revealed in the Word of God is to be the stronghold of our workers.
(23LtMs, Lt 196, 1908, 3)
There has been given to me an outline of the work that must be done at Loma Linda, and I know that we must give to that place our best labors. The Lord wants the wisest talent there, for by means of our very best educational talent we are to train our ministerial laborers. The work is to be carried after the Lord’s order, and not according to the suppositions of men.
(23LtMs, Lt 196, 1908, 4)
The Lord has given us a wonderful advantage in enabling us to secure Loma Linda for the establishment of the work in progress there. A school is to be built up at Loma Linda that will train Bible workers and missionary nurses for efficient service. The Lord calls for the best talents to be united at this center for the carrying on of the work as He has directed—not the talent that will demand the largest salary, but the talent that will place itself on the side of Christ to work in His lines.
(23LtMs, Lt 196, 1908, 5)
We must have medical instructors who will teach the science of healing without the use of drugs. If physicians refuse to give their services unless they can be paid the highest wage, we shall not bribe them. We are to prepare a company of workers who will follow Christ’s methods.
(23LtMs, Lt 196, 1908, 6)
There has been a dearth of means for our educational work because we have neglected to follow fully the Lord’s directions. The Lord now asks that energy and zeal be given to the carrying out of His methods. The books Christ’s Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing are the Lord’s specified agencies for the financial aid of our institutions. By following the plan that He has laid down, a continual work of education may be carried on. I pray that God may teach us to understand His ways and help us to learn daily of Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 196, 1908, 7)
Lt 198, 1908
Brethren in Oakland St. Helena, California June 16, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 120, 261. + To our brethren in Oakland:
I am very desirous that the work that is now being done in Oakland shall be regarded by the workers in and about Oakland in its true importance. It is a matter of greatest interest for them at this time. I read in some paper a statement that two large tents were to be pitched in East Oakland. I do not know what denomination was to engage in this tent effort; but I would urge our workers at Melrose to bind off the work of the camp-meeting there very firmly.
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 1)
I urge those in charge of the meetings to keep a firm hold of the workers and to let the trumpet give a certain sound. Educate the people to bind themselves up with truth and righteousness. May the Lord let His Holy Spirit come so manifestly to His people that the light shall shine forth in clear, distinct rays, leading men and women to distinguish clearly between the false and the true.
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 2)
Again and again I am instructed to charge our people with their individual responsibility to work, and believe, and pray. The reception of Bible truth will lead to continual self-denial; for self-indulgence can never be found in Christlike experience. Truly converted men and women will reveal the cross of Calvary in their daily actions. There are many Seventh-day Adventists who do not understand that to accept the cause of Christ means to accept His cross. The only evidence they give in their lives of their discipleship is in the name they bear. But the true Christian considers his stewardship a sacred thing. He does not lose his self-control, but perseveringly studies the Word and yields up his life to the service of Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 3)
The word of encouragement is given, “Be not weary in welldoing,”“always abounding in the work of the Lord.” [2 Thessalonians 3:13; 1 Corinthians 15:58.] There is a world to be saved, a work to be done that can only be accomplished by the proclamation of the gospel message. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Should we not thank the Lord with heart and soul for His unspeakable Gift? Should we not be willing to devote every capability and talent to the work of representing Christ before the world?
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 4)
In our efforts to make known the truth for this time, we have no need to stretch ourselves beyond ourselves. We do not need powers of oratory in order to be successful workers. Our teachings should be so simple that even the children can understand them. Let us tell in simple language the reasons for our observance of the seventh day. Let us point men and women to the Word of God and the instruction that He gave His ancient people regarding His requirements.
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 5)
“And Moses went up unto God, and the Lord called unto him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel: Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Myself. Now, therefore, if ye will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto Me above all people: for all the earth is Mine: And ye shall be unto Me a kingdom of priests, and an holy nation. These are the words which thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel.
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 6)
“And Moses came and called for the elders of the people, and laid before their faces all these words which the Lord commanded him. And all the people answered together, and said, All that the Lord hath spoken we will do. And Moses returned the words of the people unto the Lord.” [Exodus 19:3-8.]
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 7)
With upraised hand the people here made a solemn covenant with the Lord; and they became His denominated people, pledged to obey all the commandments of the Lord. And the Lord said to Moses, “Lo, I come unto thee in a thick cloud, that the people may hear when I speak with thee, and believe thee forever. And Moses told the words of the people unto the Lord.” [Verse 9.]
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 8)
“And it came to pass on the third day in the morning, that there were thunders and lightnings, and a thick cloud upon the mount, and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud; so that all the people that was in the camp trembled. And Moses brought forth the people out of the camp to meet with God; and they stood at the nether part of the mount. And Mount Sinai was altogether on a smoke, because the Lord descended upon it in fire: and the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace, and the whole mount quaked greatly.
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 9)
“And when the voice of the trumpet sounded long, and waxed louder and louder, Moses spake, and God answered him by a voice. And the Lord came down upon Mt. Sinai, on the top of the mount: and the Lord called Moses up to the top of the mount; and Moses went up.
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 10)
“And the Lord said unto Moses, Go down, charge the people, lest they break through unto the Lord to gaze, and many of them perish. And let the priests also, which come near to the Lord, sanctify themselves, lest the Lord break forth upon them. And Moses said unto the Lord, The people cannot come up to Mount Sinai: for Thou chargedst us, saying, Set bounds about the mount, and sanctify it. And the Lord said unto him, Away, get thee down, and thou shalt come up, thou, and Aaron with thee: but let not the priests and the people break through to come up unto the Lord, lest He break forth upon them.” [Verses 16-24.] Then was the great work done of giving the ten commandments to Israel.
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 11)
The influence of the prayer of faith is as far-reaching as eternity. The Lord will bless all who will seek Him with the whole heart, and who with humble souls and earnest purpose strive to follow the example of Christ. To those who thus seek to become partakers of the divine nature, the words are spoken, “Be not weary in well doing,”“always abounding in the work of the Lord.” [2 Thessalonians 3:13; 1 Corinthians 15:58.] Let us beware lest self-sufficiency become mingled with our efforts to gain eternal life.
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 12)
Let powerful appeals come at this time from those who fear and honor God. He who labors in faith and humility, holding fast to the promises of God, will prevail. The greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven will be given to the faithful, believing children of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 198, 1908, 13)
Lt 200, 1908
Churches Near Where Camp-Meetings Have Been Held St. Helena, California June 17, 1908 Previously unpublished. + To the churches near where camp-meetings have been held:
I am instructed to speak to our people regarding the duties that devolve upon them at the close of a camp-meeting. Thoughtful attention is to be given to all who are willing to be helped. There is visiting to be done. There are many who have long followed their own will and way, and these need to be helped to ascend the ladder heavenward. Mercy’s voice is to be heard, inviting men and women to unite their interests to serve the Lord and to glorify His name.
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 1)
The efforts begun at the camp-meeting to draw souls to the truth, you are to continue by individual, disinterested labor. Satan is at work with vigilance to efface the impressions that have been made there by the Holy Spirit of God. There are some who work earnestly during the camp-meeting; but they do not consider their need of continuing their labors when the camp-meeting is over, and these find many opportunities for the mind to be drawn away from heavenly things and centering upon worldly interests. We have need of wide-awake workers, who will endeavor to hold the interest that has been aroused, and who will seek to strengthen that interest by faithful, untiring effort.
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 2)
We have many evidences that the Lord is waiting to be gracious to His blood-bought heritage. Mercy’s voice has been calling sinners and backsliders to lay their burdens at the foot of the cross. Let our people unite to carry forward the good work begun at the camp-meeting. The salvation of souls is hanging in the balance. Let those who have the truth in heart and mind reveal the power of the truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 3)
I heard words spoken to some believers who have long been professed followers of Christ: Why are you so indifferent? Why do you not unite with those who have the burden of the work upon them? In working disinterestedly for others you will help your own souls. Converse with those who need help. Search the Scriptures with those who do not believe. Offer simple, earnest prayers in their behalf. Let none be indifferent. A word spoken in season, how good it is!
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 4)
Why does indifference so soon overcome those who ought to be a help to men and women by leading them to understand the rich promises of God? In your faithful efforts you will have the co-operation of heavenly angels. Many who appear careless in regard to spiritual things are really not so; and if they are approached in a spirit of wisdom and love, they will respond. Who will heartily engage in this work of drawing souls to Christ?
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 5)
The Lord is dishonored by a spirit of indifference. With deep earnestness the words were spoken: You who have been backsliders in the church, come now, and make a covenant with God by sacrifice. Give up every idol. In response to the appeals of the Spirit of God, I heard heart-broken confessions. Surrenders were made, and voices were heard, saying, I will give up every idol if I may have the meekness of Christ in my heart and His love in my life.
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 6)
To one party who had been working on the side of the enemy, these words were spoken: “And you hath He quickened who were dead in trespasses and sins; wherein in times past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience; among whom also we all had our conversation in times past in the lusts of our flesh, fulfilling the desires of the flesh and of the mind; and were by nature the children of wrath, even as others. But God, who is rich in mercy, for His great love wherewith He loved us, even when we were dead in sins, hath quickened us together with Christ, (by grace are ye saved;) and hath raised us up together, and made us sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus: that in the ages to come He might show the exceeding riches of His grace in His kindness toward us through Jesus Christ.” [Ephesians 2:1-7.]
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 7)
If you will arouse yourselves from your spiritual stupor, participating humbly in the work of God, the Lord will give you tongue and utterance. As you arouse from your condition of lukewarmness, you will realize that the Spirit of God is fitting you to take part in His work. The words were spoken, Come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty powers of darkness. This is the only remedy for a condition of backsliding.
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 8)
“Be ye therefore followers of God, as dear children; and walk in love, as Christ also hath loved us, and hath given Himself for us, an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweet-smelling savor. But fornication and all uncleanness or covetousness, let it not be once named among you, as becometh saints; neither filthiness nor foolish talking, nor jesting, which are not convenient; but rather the giving of thanks.” [Ephesians 5:1-4.]
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 9)
“By grace are ye saved through faith; and that not of yourselves; it is the gift of God. Not of works, lest any man should boast. For we are His workmanship, created in Christ Jesus unto good works, which God hath before ordained that we should walk in them.... Now therefore we are no more strangers and foreigners, but fellow citizens with the saints, and of the household of God, and are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone; in whom the building fitly framed together, groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord; in whom ye also are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.” [Ephesians 2:8-10, 19-22.]
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 10)
There are few who understand the parable of the lost sheep, few who have learned the lesson that it teaches. Read this parable in the fifteenth chapter of Luke. The divine Teacher desires that all shall bring the teachings of this story into the daily life.
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 11)
The Christian workers who go forth under the influence of the Spirit of God to proclaim the message of truth need the prayers of those who remain at home. Work and prayer will accomplish all that we desire. The spirit of self-exaltation which has for so long been exercised, and which hinders the advancement of the message, must be put away by confession and humbling of soul. The Lord calls upon His professing people to humble the heart before Him, and to repent and be converted.
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 12)
Time is short, much shorter than many comprehend. The end of all things is at hand. The work done at our camp-meetings should be of a character to meet the spiritual needs of the people. Christ will work upon every heart that is prepared to receive Him. The Lord, who sees the end from the beginning, would have us aroused to our responsibilities, and put forth earnest efforts to seek and to save the lost. We should be intensely in earnest in warning the people. The call comes, Wake up the watchmen; the morning cometh, and also the night. Let every Christian instrumentality unite its energies and capabilities under the direction of the great Teacher to give the warning message to those who have not heard it.
(23LtMs, Lt 200, 1908, 13)
Lt 201, 1908
Belden, F. E. St. Helena, California June 1908 Previously unpublished. Frank Belden My dear Nephew:
Once more I make my appeal to you. You are my sister’s son—the child of one who unselfishly did the work of the Lord. Will you not now turn square about?
(23LtMs, Lt 201, 1908, 1)
Genuine conversion from sin to righteousness is your only hope. Thus saith the Lord, “If he will seek Me with all his heart, confessing his sins, I will be found of him. But he will receive no help by lowering the standard of righteousness to meet his erratic ideas.” When you yield up your own will and become converted, then there will be hope for you. When you fall on the rock and are broken, when genuine conversion takes place in your life, you will respond to the invitation of Christ. You will join your weakness to His strength, your ignorance to His wisdom, your unworthiness to His merit, your spiritual weakness to His enduring might, your poverty to His boundless wealth.
(23LtMs, Lt 201, 1908, 2)
When you surrender all to God, and thus become one with Christ, He will use you to the glory of His name. When you do this, you will have the spirit of peace. But I am bidden to say to you that you are working decidedly against Christ. God cannot accept you unless you make a decided stand for truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 201, 1908, 3)
At different times you have sent documents to me to read. I have read a few pages, and then God has declared to me that your time in writing these documents was lost. Your mind has become changed into the likeness of the evil agencies that have controlled it.
(23LtMs, Lt 201, 1908, 4)
On one occasion, as I looked at the batch of MSS you had sent, the word of the Lord came to me, It is a mixture of such a character that no human mind could understand it. Frank Belden is serving his own unsanctified heart. He does not understand his own spirit, and he never will, unless he is converted. Unless he is born again, he will never be permitted to pass through the gates of the holy city. His whole mind and soul will have to be renewed before he can be perfect in righteousness. He has caused great perplexity to those who are trying to work in truth and righteousness. He can never untangle the perplexities he has made for others and for himself. If he would give himself to the Lord by covenant, God would let His light shine into his perplexed, confused mind.
(23LtMs, Lt 201, 1908, 5)
Once more I say, When you give yourself to God, and wed your heart to Him who gave His life to you, you will become an heir of God and a joint-heir with Christ. You will become a sharer in His kingdom. If you continue in the faith, you have the promise, “Where I am there shall ye be also.” [John 14:3.] You will have the indwelling of the spirit of peace. A thorough conversion will change your whole conception of truth. I am charged to say to you, Cease your continual controversy with God and His believing ones. When you really lay down your battle axe, and become meek and lowly, your heart will be joined to the heart of Christ. Your life will be joined by hidden links to His life. You will join yourself to the Lord by a perpetual covenant.
(23LtMs, Lt 201, 1908, 6)
In writing this, I have relieved my soul. Break the bands with which Satan has bound you. This you must do before you can enter into covenant relation with God.
(23LtMs, Lt 201, 1908, 7)
Lt 202, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California June 23, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in UL 188. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I am greatly interested in the work that is being done in Oakland. Continually there is kept before me the warning, The end of all things is at hand.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 1)
I feel an earnest interest that those who have been creating dissension and strife shall be convicted of their wrong and shall repent and be converted. Tell this to the people: “Yet a little while is the light with you. Walk while ye have the light, lest darkness come upon you.” [John 12:35.] Because the time is short, we need to follow diligently the King’s business.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 2)
Two nights ago, in visions of the night, I seemed to be addressing a company of our people. This is what I was saying: I have a message for those who have been working to destroy the influence of the messages that the Lord has been giving to His servants. There are some who for years have been spreading their roots far, but their fruit bearing for Christ is represented by the barren fig tree. Christ is hungry for fruit, but coming to these representatives, He finds nothing but leaves.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 3)
The lesson of the barren fig tree is one that we should keep continually before us. It is not profession of righteousness that will meet the needs of the world today and fulfil the will of God for the human family. God is looking for fruit-bearing branches. “Feed My sheep with pure provender,” is the Lord’s command to those who stand as teachers of the gospel of salvation. He has made provision that the gospel’s saving power shall be represented in all places.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 4)
I was shown that mistakes have been made that have left wrong impressions upon minds, because men were allowed to preside over important interests who were deficient of the saving grace of the gospel, who had not made its purity and simplicity a part of their lives, and who did not seek God often in humble, earnest prayer. Righteous, self-denying words were not considered by them to be a necessary part of Christian experience. They did not see the necessity of having the spirit of Christ and of emulating His example in their work of ministry.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 5)
I heard words of warning and entreaty spoken to young men, imploring them to make a full surrender and to obtain a thorough conversion. Ministers were exhorted to make decided changes. The Saviour was presented to me as standing before the congregation and addressing those who had stood to discourage and hinder others. The words were spoken, Break every yoke. You are years behind where you should be in the carrying out of the plan of redemption. Let each seek his orders from the One in whom dwelleth truth and righteousness. Let all come into right relation to God, making thorough work of repentance. Let us press our case to the throne of grace. Let all seek for spiritual eyesight, that they may see where they have abused the mercies of God by reining up men to meet their finite ideas of duty, instead of allowing them to follow the directions of the Spirit of God. They cannot see the harm that has been done to the cause of God by so long following human judgment, because their spiritual eyesight is blinded. I pray that thorough conversions may now be experienced.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 6)
“And seeing the multitudes, He went up into a mountain: and when He was set, His disciples came unto Him: and He opened His mouth, and taught them, saying,
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 7)
“Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. Blessed are they that mourn: for they shall be comforted. Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth. Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness: for they shall be filled. Blessed are the merciful: for they shall obtain mercy. Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God. Blessed are the peacemakers: for they shall be called the children of God. Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness’ sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. Blessed are ye, when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and say all manner of evil against you falsely, for My sake. Rejoice, and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 8)
“Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 9)
“Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light to all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 10)
“Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. For I say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 5:1-20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 11)
This fifth chapter of Matthew contains a soul-saving message to all who will receive it. Those who will be humble in spirit, and will receive these truths from the lips of Christ, will be converted, and the rebuke of God for the past wrongs will be removed.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 12)
“Let your light so shine before men,” the Saviour declared, “that they may see your good works.” These “good works” will be begun when the experience of repentance and conversion is brought into the life. Not until then can words and works “glorify your Father which is in heaven.” Unless we reveal the converting power of God in our lives, we cannot walk in safe paths. [Matthew 5:16.] It is not in saying we believe the truth, but by showing that we are changed in character, that we can make known to others the transforming power of the grace of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 13)
What is expected of the subjects of the kingdom of Christ? The answer is given by Christ Himself, “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.” [Verse 48.] No soul can enter into the heavenly courts who does not have an understanding of God’s requirements and who [does not] strive to be perfect even as God is perfect.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 14)
“Enter ye in at the strait gate,” the Saviour says, “for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be that go in thereat. Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, that leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.]
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 15)
Let us obey these words of divine instruction. Let us labor to prevent souls from being snared by the wiles of Satan. Let us not consider it humiliating to confess the faults that the Lord has pointed out, but let us heed His words of warning and encouragement.
(23LtMs, Lt 202, 1908, 16)
Lt 204, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California July 16, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder S. H. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
There are some things I wish to bring before you. I have been perplexed to meet the current of unbelief that has so long been undermining the confidence of the people of God in the light He is giving through the testimonies.
(23LtMs, Lt 204, 1908, 1)
In the night season, a representation was given me of ways by which we may strengthen the faith of our people. I was instructed that we must keep before their attention the lessons that God gave to Israel through their leader Moses. In the experience of Israel, every new move that was made was to be a carrying out of the principles given them by God during their forty years of wandering. Read the history of this people, just before they came into possession of Jericho.
(23LtMs, Lt 204, 1908, 2)
The book of Deuteronomy is a most interesting book. We should rehearse more often the history of events that it contains. We do not dwell enough on these wonderful experiences. Moses was instructed to repeat over and over to Israel the history of their experiences—their failures and their victories.
(23LtMs, Lt 204, 1908, 3)
I am referred to the history of our meetings and gatherings in Australia. At these camp-meetings the Lord laid the burden upon His servants to appreciate the light that was being given through the messages of His Spirit. Ministers and leading men were led to substantiate the testimonies the Lord gave for the instruction of His church. These words, spoken before large audiences, are to be republished; for there are many who need these strong arguments in order to help them to vindicate the light given by God to His people.
(23LtMs, Lt 204, 1908, 4)
In our ministry of the Word, the Lord would have affirmative evidence given to the people. I have been reading the Bulletins of 1893 and 1897. They contain most decided testimony in the affirmative, testimony which if presented to the people will prove a power for the truth. The Spirit of the Lord was upon these ministers as they bore their testimony before thousands of people. Please notice particularly Elder Jones’ talks beginning on pages 5, 164, 178, 296, and 358 of the General Conference Bulletin for 1893; and his series on “The Spirit of Prophecy” in the Bulletin for 1897.
(23LtMs, Lt 204, 1908, 5)
We are to take some of these discourses and republish them as soon as suitable plans for doing so can be made. They contain the most decided testimony that we can bring before the people at this time. Again and again the message comes to me, Repeat the messages that have been given under the dictation of the Spirit of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 204, 1908, 6)
I have not yet recovered from my sickness. I have but little appetite, but have slept better the past two nights. I am much oppressed by the heat. While I write, my left eye is bound up, but this experience I have had many times before.
(23LtMs, Lt 204, 1908, 7)
I will hasten off these lines to you that you may know how my mind is being exercised. I urge you again to read the Bulletins of 1893 and 1897. You will see how ably Elder A. T. Jones has handled the subject of the testimonies. The Lord, who saw the end from the beginning, gave to A. T. Jones, Dr. Kellogg, and several others a message at that time that was right to the point, and which would be a powerful witness to the testimonies that God had sent to His people. All we have to do is to present in our conferences the arguments of these men, given under the inspiration of the Spirit of God, and at a time when Mrs. White was in a far country. There are persons coming into the truth who know little or nothing of the experiences of Mrs. White, and these, unless enlightened, when placed in trying and responsible places, will reveal weakness. Here in these articles the objections to the testimonies are fully met. The blessing of the Lord attended the meetings where these discourses were given. The light given me is, Let these men who have given heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils read their own productions and see who has changed. Set these questions before the people in the affirmative. All who are newly come to the faith should have them.
(23LtMs, Lt 204, 1908, 8)
Lt 206, 1908
Hirschmiller, Charles I. St. Helena, California July 14, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 17MR 83-86. + Charles I. Hirschmiller
South Lancaster, Massachusetts Dear Brother:
I have read your letter, and I would say to you, Look not at your sinful life; for there is no hope to be found in doing this. Look to your crucified Redeemer. He assumed human nature and was tempted in all points like man is tempted, that we might know how to meet the foe. He waits to impart to each member of the human family power to become a partaker of the divine nature, power to overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 1)
Christ is your sin-pardoning Redeemer. “As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son of man be lifted up: that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have eternal life. For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. For God sent not His Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through Him might be saved. He that believeth in Him is not condemned: but he that believeth not is condemned already, because he hath not believed on the name of the only begotten Son of God.” [John 3:14-18.]
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 2)
You can see from these Scriptures that it is no virtue in any one to be faithless. The Son of God came to save to the uttermost all who would come unto God by Him. Though your sins are as scarlet, yet if you will come to Christ, confessing your sins, He is faithful and just to forgive you your sins and to cleanse you from all unrighteousness. Will you not exercise faith in the One upon whom the Lord has laid all power. “The Father judgeth no man; but hath committed all judgment unto the Son; that all men should honor the Son even as they honor the Father. He that honoreth not the Son honoreth not the Father, which hath sent Him.”“Verily, verily I say unto you, He that heareth My word, and believeth on Him that sent Me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life.” [John 5:22-24.]
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 3)
For days I have been in a condition of weakness and suffering, but I am aroused to write and tell you that you have a full and complete Saviour. I am instructed to say to you, Look unto Jesus, who gave His precious life for you. You have a part to act. You must come to the Saviour just as you are; you must believing His Word and claim His saving grace. This is your only remedy—believe in the sacrifice that has been made in your behalf.
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 4)
My brother, if you will grasp the words of Christ, you will stand on vantage ground. Plant your hopes on the assurances of the Word. Whatever may be your faults, whatever sins you may have committed, you are to have more faith in the Word of God than in fasting or any other act you can perform. Accept a “Thus saith the Lord,” believing simply and trusting it fully.
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 5)
Do not depend on the state of your feelings for assurance that you are a child of God. You are to work out the sum of your belief. Bear in mind that the Lord Jesus is your efficiency. It is your privilege to become meek and lowly in heart as you study the life of Him who is the author and finisher of your faith.
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 6)
Ever remember that God has a people prepared for His name. There are victories for you to gain, and these you are to have through your faith in Christ. When you feel discouraged, disappointed, go to God in prayer. Trust in Him, and do His will. All the fasting in the world will not take the place of simple trust in the Word of God. “Ask,” He says, “and ye shall receive.” [John 16:24.]
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 7)
God is a very present help in time of need. If you will put your trust in Him, He will make His goodness pass before you; He will lead you by His counsel. His Holy Spirit, His providences, the teachings of His word—all will be agencies in instructing you and leading you in the way of the Lord. God’s promise to you is, “I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee.” [Hebrews 13:5.] Therefore you may say with humility, yet with firm confidence, This God is my God forever and ever.
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 8)
I am instructed to say to you, Trust not in self, but trust in God. This is the measure by which we are judged in the sight of heaven—our faith in God. Seek earnestly to work the works of God. Ever maintain the simplicity of true godliness. “He that sinneth against Me,” God says, “wrongeth his own soul.” [Proverbs 8:36.] Study the Scriptures; for there is nothing that will so firmly establish your faith in God or your belief in His truth as this. If you will have faith in God, you cannot fail of coming out victorious.
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 9)
Do not speak of trials and discouragements. Look away from these things to Christ. Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world. You are the purchase of His blood. Do not disappoint the One who gave His life that you might be an overcomer. He was tempted on every point that you and I can be tempted on; and in order to resist, He spent whole nights in prayer and communion with His Father. Christ did not leave this world until He had made it possible for every soul to live a life of perfect faith and obedience, to have a perfect character.
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 10)
Christ has made it possible for you to practice His life. You have His precious words in the Bible; believe in them, carry out their teachings. Never doubt the Word of God. This Word, if received into your life, will refine and sanctify you and increase your usefulness. It is your privilege to help those who need help, to speak words of encouragement to those who need encouragement. Bear in mind that you are to show to the world the light of the glory of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 11)
“Rejoice in the Lord alway: and again I say, Rejoice. Let your moderation be known unto all men. The Lord is at hand. Be careful for nothing; but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving, let your requests be made known unto God. And the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 4:4-7.]
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 12)
You are not called upon to fast forty days. The Lord bore that fast for you in the wilderness of temptation. There would be no virtue in such a fast; but there is virtue in the blood of Christ. Will you not believe that there is power in His sacrifice to purify and refine you, power in His grace to make you a laborer together with God?
(23LtMs, Lt 206, 1908, 13)
Lt 208, 1908
Brother Duplicate of Lt 206, 1908.
Lt 210, 1908
Hibbard, E. J. St. Helena, California July 1, 1908 Previously unpublished. + E. J. Hibbard
916 Laguna St.
San Francisco, California Dear Brother Hibbard:
I have a message for you to give to our people. Do not work to awaken sympathy in behalf of Elder A. T. Jones; for he is not converted from the error of his course; he is determined still to follow his own way. He is even now making strenuous efforts, by his false representations, to prejudice minds against those who have stood firmly for the truth in Battle Creek. We thank God for the grace given to Brother Campbell to hold fast his faith in this trying crisis. Surely the Lord has been with him.
(23LtMs, Lt 210, 1908, 1)
I bore a special message to A. T. Jones, warning him that unless he was on his guard, Dr. Kellogg would weave his web of deception about him. I gave him a letter to Dr. Kellogg, that he might read it to him. I told him that if he would let the Lord use him, he could help Dr. Kellogg. But I showed him that unless he held fast to God, before he was aware of it, Dr. Kellogg would enlist his sympathies and co-operation.
(23LtMs, Lt 210, 1908, 2)
We had seen so much of the manifestation of self-confidence in A. T. Jones that we felt he would need to be on guard. A. T. Jones went through a special experience at the Fresno camp-meeting, which those present at that meeting will recollect. Many of the leading men in our conference felt that they could not have A. T. Jones serve any longer; that he must be released from the presidency of the conference, because he was not reliable. He would often take his own course and express his own ideas in ways that were objectionable. This had become so frequent, that before we reached the Fresno camp-ground, committee meetings had been held in which the sentiment prevailed that he should not serve any longer.
(23LtMs, Lt 210, 1908, 3)
A. T. Jones came to me and told me what was being done. He seemed to be in great perplexity. I reminded him of the many cautions that had been given him. I told him that we had feared, because of his independent action, his unwise words, and authoritative manner, some such move would be made. “Well,” he said, “it is made; and if you have no light on the subject, it will be carried out.”
(23LtMs, Lt 210, 1908, 4)
That night a very plain message was given me for Elder A. T. Jones, regarding the course he had taken. I was shown that unless he was thoroughly converted, he could not be permitted to serve in so important a position. His impetuosity, his rashness, his independent course of action were doing injury to the cause of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 210, 1908, 5)
The next morning I came to the meeting, where quite a company of ministers and leading workers had gathered, and there I gave the instruction that [the] Lord had given me for Elder Jones. I also spoke words to Elder Corliss, who had been led to speak and act as a man in his position ought not to do. Then the Spirit of the Lord came in. Elder Jones, who was sitting near the back of the tent, rose and came forward before the congregation and made a hearty confession. But in spite of all our efforts for him, Elder Jones did not maintain the right position. At Battle Creek he worked counter to the will of God when he and another by his side planned for the school to remain a little longer in Battle Creek. Message after message was sent to Battle Creek to him, urging him if possible to save Frank Belden from becoming the sport of temptation. By this means I hoped to help Elder Jones also. But both he and Frank Belden made light of all my efforts. He was under the influence of Dr. Kellogg notwithstanding his assertions to the contrary; he had been thoroughly warned.
(23LtMs, Lt 210, 1908, 6)
I have written this that you may understand where A. T. Jones stands. When he repents, and keeps repentant every day, the Lord will let us know it. But until then, we cannot encourage his having influence or give him opportunity to spoil the flock of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 210, 1908, 7)
It is time now for us to work by our influence and by our means to help those who desire to become missionaries in the cause. The Lord does not have any use for such men as A. T. Jones until they shall see their true condition and become converted. When men and women are truly converted, they cannot fail of giving evidence that God has wrought miraculously in their behalf.
(23LtMs, Lt 210, 1908, 8)
Lt 212, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California July 15, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 7MR 406. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
There is a matter about which I wish to speak to you. Sometimes you speak words to one another, in the presence of others, that are not wise. You adopt a little tantalizing way with one another and speak words that will not provoke to love and good works. You mean no harm by this, but it is something that will not always be understood by those who hear it. I advise you to break off this habit.
(23LtMs, Lt 212, 1908, 1)
You and Sister Haskell are united in doing a sacred work. You hold positions of grave responsibility. Sister Haskell is fully justified in always speaking respectfully to you. I know that you honor and respect one another. Let this honor and respect be revealed in all your words. Let your words and works glorify God.
(23LtMs, Lt 212, 1908, 2)
A word to the wise is sufficient. You are the Lord’s workers, laborers together with Him. Ever strive to meet His approval. There is many a battle for you to fight.
(23LtMs, Lt 212, 1908, 3)
I write you these words that you may stand in the true moral dignity which it is your privilege to maintain before your associates. Let them see that you respect and appreciate one another. Then the Lord will look upon you with approval and will own and bless you. I have confidence in you both, and I do not want you to cherish anything in your lives that is undignified or do anything that you would not do were you in the presence of Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 212, 1908, 4)
Lt 214, 1908
Hare, G.A. Refiled as Lt 214, 1904.
Lt 216, 1908
Workman, Brother and Sister [W. D.] St. Helena, California July 17, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 4MR 186-187. + Mrs. Mabel Workman
Takoma Park Station, Washington, D.C. My dear Grandchildren:
I am glad to get an opportunity to write to you, even though I may be able to send only a short letter. Several times I have commenced a letter to you, but each time something has come up that has required my attention, and I have not been able to finish. This time, however, I hope to complete it.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 1)
I often in my mind look toward Takoma Park, a place that has been of great interest to me. Your grandfather, I think, never saw this beautiful spot. The Lord selected this place for us for the establishment of our printing house and our school and sanitarium. Here a work of education may be carried on after God’s order. Here principal and teachers should pledge themselves to become true Bible teachers, keeping ever before them the glory of God. If those who hold positions of responsibility in this work are guided by the counsel of God’s Word, all difficulties will be wisely and successfully met.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 2)
Christ is the greatest teacher the world has ever known; He is to be the source of our knowledge, our guide in education. He is the Author and the Finisher of our faith. Looking unto Him we may increase daily in wisdom and knowledge. Let us be faithful to the trust committed to us. Let us make the Word of God our guide in all matters.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 3)
We each have a character to form after the divine similitude; we have a duty to perform in maintaining strict temperance in eating and drinking and dressing. And we have the perfect pattern before us in the life of Christ. It is your privilege to study the guide book. With determined effort, keep your thoughts toward heaven. Christ is your leader. Following Him, you will grow in knowledge of His will and way. You are bought with a price, and it is your privilege to give to others an unerring example of the charity, the love, the righteousness of Christ. He came to the world to teach all, high and low, rich and poor, how to become partakers of the divine nature. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] What a privilege is ours. We need faith, a living, growing faith, if we would become partakers of the divine nature, and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 4)
I am thankful that you have the privileges you are now enjoying. I have a great desire to see Washington once more, and I believe I shall see it some time in the future. I hope also to visit Nashville and see the school and sanitarium there.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 5)
I am thankful that we have at Takoma Park a sanitarium that is capable of advancing the Lord’s plan of education. The instruction it gives in lines of practical missionary work should serve an excellent purpose. The restoration of health to the body should lead to the restoration of sin-sick souls. All our schools, those for the colored as well as those for the white people, should be furnished with facilities for giving this line of instruction. The students should be taught how to care for the sick. This branch of the work must necessarily be conducted on a smaller scale in some places than in others; but in every place it should bear the mark of thoroughness; for habits of thoroughness and neatness will be a great recommendation as the student goes out to engage in practical work.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 6)
I have been instructed that it is the Lord’s plan that there be co-operation between our schools and sanitariums, and that sanitarium work should be done in connection with our school work where ever this is possible. Means will be needed for this work; but even though we may be limited in our facilities, it is our privilege to have the mark of perfection on all the arrangements made. And this will inspire confidence in the work, and in the truth which we profess and teach.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 7)
I have been shown that the cheap, half-way work that has been done in some of our institutions has hurt the reputation of our sanitariums and has brought reproach upon them. It has resulted in a loss of confidence, and a limiting of the means that would have come to our work in gifts and offerings. The Lord has permitted adversity to come because of carelessness, and of a cheapness that has existed, and which should be put entirely away. Those who hold positions of responsibility in connection with our health institutions should regard it as a privilege to take advantage of every circumstance to benefit the institution.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 8)
Sanitariums should be connected with our schools, because it is of the greatest importance that the students be taught how to care for the sick. There is need of sanitarium facilities in every mission field that shall be entered, and these should be planned for with regard to the location of the school interests. Whatever may be the measure of such sanitariums in regard to size, they should be perfect in their methods of instruction and plan of arrangement.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 9)
I thought you would like to read these things, and so I write them. All who are sent to new fields need this instruction. We have a deep interest in you and pray that the blessing of God may attend you.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 10)
In regard to my health, the warm weather has not been favorable for me; yet I am grateful that I can keep at work, for there is much to be done. Your father is busy all the time.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 11)
There is some talk of having Ella go to Brother Workman’s for a short visit. Ella’s baby is a good-natured boy; but the care of him is new work for Ella, and she carries a burden that is a little too much for her. It may be, if she visits at Brother Workman’s home for awhile, this will prove a blessing to her.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 12)
Arthur White is well and strong and is, I think, the best-natured baby I ever saw.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 13)
Now I must close. Be of good courage in the Lord; make Him your trust.
(23LtMs, Lt 216, 1908, 14)
Lt 218, 1908
Stone, W. J./President of the Indiana Conference St. Helena, California July 16, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 12MR 311-314. + To the president of the Indiana Conference Dear Brother:
I have a message for our people in Indiana and trust that it will be read to our brethren and sisters in every church in the conference. My heart is made glad as I hear of the efforts being made by our people in Indiana to establish a sanitarium at La Fayette. The circumstances connected with the beginning of this work at La Fayette are certainly very encouraging. If the churches in Indiana will unite heartily to completion this good work that has been begun, very many will be benefited thereby.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 1)
The blessing of the Lord will come to His people as they perform acts of self-denial and self-sacrifice in order to establish a place where the sick may be healed and where they may also become acquainted with the principles of health reform. The Lord would have these suffering ones have every advantage of learning the truths concerning the question of health reform.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 2)
The message given to all our people regarding the “Extent of the Work,” as published in the Testimonies for the Church, Vol. 7, pp. 51-59, I here repeat to you. Also a few words from page 62:
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 3)
“God has qualified His people to enlighten the world. He has entrusted them with faculties by which they are to extend His work until it shall encircle the globe. In all parts of the earth, they are to establish sanitariums, schools, publishing houses, and kindred facilities for the accomplishment of His work....
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 4)
“Christ co-operates with those who engage in medical missionary work. Men and women who unselfishly do what they can to establish sanitariums and treatment rooms in many lands will be richly rewarded. Those who visit these institutions will be benefited physically, mentally, and spiritually—the weary will be refreshed, the sick restored to health, the sin-burdened relieved. In far-off countries, from those whose hearts are by these agencies turned from the service of sin unto righteousness, will be heard thanksgiving and the voice of melody. By their songs of grateful praise, a testimony will be borne that will win others to allegiance to and fellowship with Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 5)
“The conversion of souls to God is the greatest, the noblest work in which human beings can have a part. In this work are revealed God’s power, His holiness, His forbearance, and His unbounded love. Every true conversion glorifies Him and causes the angels to break forth into singing.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 6)
“We are nearing the end of this earth’s history, and the different lines of God’s work are to be carried forward with much more self-sacrificing than is at present manifest. The work in these last days is in a special sense a missionary work. The presentation of present truth, from the first letter of its alphabet to the last, means missionary effort. The work to be done calls for sacrifice at every advance step. From this unselfish service the workers will come forth purified and refined as gold tried in the fire....
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 7)
“The Lord has signified that His work should be carried forward in the same spirit in which it was begun. The world is to be warned. Field after field is to be entered. The command given us is, Add new territory; add new territory. Shall we not as a people, by our business arrangements, by our attitude toward a world unsaved, bear a testimony even more clear and decisive than that borne by us twenty or thirty years ago?
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 8)
“Upon us has shone great light in regard to the last days of this earth’s history. Let not our lack of wisdom and energy give evidence of spiritual blindness. God’s messengers must be clothed with power. They must have for the truth an elevating reverence that they do not now possess. The Lord’s solemn, sacred message of warning must be proclaimed in the most difficult fields and in the most sinful cities—in every place where the light of the third angel’s message has not yet dawned. To every one is to be given the last call to the marriage supper of the Lamb.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 9)
“In proclaiming the message, God’s servants will be called upon to wrestle with numerous perplexities and to surmount many obstacles. Sometimes the work will go hard, as it did when the pioneers were establishing the institutions in Battle Creek, in Oakland, and in other places. But let all do their best, making the Lord their strength, avoiding all selfishness, and blessing others by their good works....
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 10)
“Medical missionary work is the right hand of the gospel. It is necessary to the advancement of the cause of God. As through it men and woman are led to see the importance of right habits of living, the saving power of the truth will be made known. Every city is to be entered by workers trained to do medical missionary work. As the right hand of the third angel’s message, God’s methods of treating disease will open doors for the entrance of present truth....
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 11)
“We have come to a time when every member of the church should take hold of medical missionary work. The world is a lazar house filled with victims of both physical and spiritual disease. Everywhere people are perishing for lack of a knowledge of the truths that have been committed to us. The members of the church are in need of an awakening, that they may realize their responsibility to impart these truths. Those who have been enlightened by the truth are to be light-bearers to the world. To hide our light at this time is to make a terrible mistake. The message to God’s people today is, ‘Arise, shine; for thy light is come; and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee.’ [Isaiah 60:1.]
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 12)
“On every hand we see those who have had much light and knowledge deliberately choosing evil in the place of good. Making no attempt to reform, they are growing worse and worse. But the people of God are not to walk in darkness. They are to walk in the light, because they are reformers.”
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 13)
Self-Denial and Vigilance
Erroneous opinions, arrived at because of faulty education in the home, have been handed down by children to children’s children, and habits of indulgence have been fostered which have resulted in ruined health to thousands. Our sanitariums are to be places where correct education can be given to many on matters that pertain to life and health. The habits of eating should be carefully guarded, that none shall make themselves sick by indulgence of appetite. The Lord is not pleased when His people, bought by the sacrifice of His beloved Son, thoughtlessly injure themselves by wrong habits of living. As we pass through this world, we should seek to instruct all who will be taught how to avoid and how to overcome self-indulgent practices.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 14)
If we are believers in Jesus Christ, we shall seek to become intelligent as to how to keep the brain clear and active, that not a tittle of our influence shall be lost. We should seek to become laborers together with God by keeping the system in such a condition that it can render perfect service. It is poor policy indeed to ill treat the digestive organs upon which the happiness of the whole being so largely depends. When the stomach is disturbed, the mind is disturbed, and the brain nerve power is weakened. It therefore becomes a religious duty with every soul to learn the science of healthful living, to keep the question of diet in mind, and to treat the matter conscientiously.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 15)
The apostle Paul declares to us that we are not our own, that we are bought with a price. [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] If we truly love the One who gave His life for us, we shall feel under solemn obligation to avoid disease. There is a solemn responsibility resting upon all, and especially upon our ministers and their families, to set a right example in the matter of healthful living. If our ministers would combine physical labor with their mental efforts, they would find great improvement in health and mental clearness.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 16)
The strength of the temptation to indulge perverted appetite can be measured only by the longsuffering of Christ in His long fast in the wilderness. Christ knew that in order to carry out the plan of salvation, He must begin the work of redemption just where the ruin began. Adam fell on the point of appetite. Christ took up the work of redemption just where the ruin began. The same is true of our experience. We are to begin the work of reform just where the work of degeneracy is so keenly felt.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 17)
To teach us how to overcome the temptings of appetite, Christ has given us the record of His own experience of nearly six weeks of fasting, followed by His wonderful victory over the powers of Satan. In this experience Christ broke the power of appetite for all who will accept the aid of the divine power on which He relied. He made it impossible for Satan to destroy the human race through indulged appetite and made it possible for men and women in His strength to live a Christian life. Those who believe in Christ must, like Him, guard the appetite.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 18)
Study again and again the counsel given in Testimonies for the Church, Vol. 6, regarding “God’s design in our sanitariums.” From pp. 224 and 225, I copy the following:
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 19)
“In the preparation of a people for the Lord’s second coming, a great work is to be accomplished through the promulgation of health principles. The people are to be instructed in regard to the needs of the physical organism, and the value of healthful living as taught in the Scriptures, that the bodies which God has created may be presented to Him a living sacrifice, fitted to render Him acceptable service. There is a great work to be done for suffering humanity in relieving their sufferings by the use of the natural agencies that God has provided, and in teaching them how to prevent sickness by the regulations of the appetites and passions. The people should be taught that transgression of the laws of nature is transgression of the laws of God. They should be taught the truth in physical as well as spiritual lines, that ‘the fear of the Lord tendeth to life.’ [Proverbs 19:23.] ‘If thou wilt enter into life,’ Christ says, ‘keep the commandments.’ [Matthew 19:17.] Live out My law ‘as the apple of thine eye.’ God’s commandments, obeyed, are ‘life unto those that find them, and health to all their flesh.’ [Proverbs 7:2; 4:22.]
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 20)
“Our sanitariums are an educating power to teach the people in these lines. Those who are taught can in turn impart to others a knowledge of health-restoring and health-preserving principles. Thus our sanitariums are to be an instrumentality for reaching the people, and agency for showing them the evil of disregarding the laws of life and health, and for teaching them how to preserve the body in the best condition. Sanitariums are to be established in different countries that are entered by our missionaries, and are to be centers from which a work of healing, restoring, and educating shall be carried on.”
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 21)
[A variant copy of this letter includes the following paragraphs:]
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 22)
Why Do We Establish Sanitariums?
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 23)
Why do we establish sanitariums? That the sick who come to them for treatment may receive relief from physical suffering, and may also receive spiritual help. Because of their condition of health, they are susceptible to the sanctifying influence of the medical missionaries who labor for their restoration. Let us work wisely, for their best interests.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 24)
We are not building sanitariums for hotels. Receive into our sanitariums only those who desire to conform to right principles, those who will accept the foods that we can conscientiously place before them. Should we allow patients to have intoxicating liquor in their room, or should we serve them with meats, we could not give them the help they should receive in coming to our sanitariums. We must let it be known that from principles we exclude such articles from our sanitariums.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 25)
The conduct of the workers, from the head manager to the worker occupying the humblest position, is to tell on the side of truth. The institution is to be pervaded by a spiritual atmosphere. We have a warning message to bear to the world, and our earnestness, our devotion to God’s service, is to impress those who come to our sanitariums.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 26)
We are living in the very close of this earth’s history, and we are to move cautiously, understanding what the will of the Lord is, and, imbued with His Spirit, doing work that will mean much to His cause, work that will proclaim the warning message to a world infatuated, deceived, perishing in sin.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 27)
“Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest.”John 4:35.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 28)
In our efforts to help the sick, we are to take them away from the cities, where they are continually annoyed by the noise of trains and street cars, [to a place] where they can be surrounded by the scenes of nature, and where they can have the blessing of fresh air and sunshine. This subject was laid out before me in Australia. Light was given me that the cities would be filled with confusion, violence, and crime, and that these things would increase till the close of this earth’s history. There is much to be said on this point. Instruction is to be given line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. Our physicians and teachers should be quick to see the advantage of retired locations for our sanitariums and schools.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 29)
Again and again during the past five years symbolic representations have been presented to me in visions of the night, showing what we ought to be doing in sanitarium work to help the sick to recover soundness of body and mind. We must have sanitariums in favorable places in different localities. This is God’s plan. He has ordained medical missionary work as a means of saving souls, and that which we see here is a symbol of the work before us. We are to arouse our churches to engage disinterestedly in God’s work, and to carry forward this branch—medical missionary work.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 30)
On the night of October 10, 1901, I was unable to sleep after half past eleven at night. Many things regarding the sanitarium work were presented to me in figures and symbols. At one place I saw sanitarium work being carried on in a beautiful building. On the grounds surrounding the building there were many fruit trees. This institution, which was away from the city, was filled with life and activity. As in the visions of the night I saw this place, I said to our brethren, “Oh, ye of little faith! You have lost much time.” On the lawn were the sick in wheelchairs. There were some patients to whom the physician had given a prescription to spend all their time out-of-doors during pleasant weather.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 31)
Some had come to the institution with discouragement written on their countenances. I seemed to be living there myself, and I could not help speaking of the change that took place in their countenances. Where once was written despair, we could now read hope and joy. Amidst the singing of the birds, we all knelt down on the grass and united in praising the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 32)
Then it seemed as if we had been in the place for months. I was speaking to the sick people, telling them of God’s goodness and mercy, when one arose and sang a beautiful hymn. The voices of nearly all were raised in expressions of thankfulness for help received.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 33)
On the grounds of this beautiful place I saw in the visions of the night, there were many shade trees, the boughs of which hung down in such a way as to form leafy canopies somewhat in the shape of tents. Underneath these canopies patients were resting. The sick were delighted with their surroundings. While some worked, others were singing. There was no sign of dissatisfaction.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 34)
I awoke, and for some time could not sleep. Many vivid scenes had passed before me, and I could not forget the words I had spoken to the patients and the helpers: “Brethren and sisters, Christ has instructed me to say to you, The Holy Spirit will make your hearts tender and soft by His grace. The Lord will guide you and teach you His way.”
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 35)
Institutions in which medical missionary work can be done are to be regarded as especially essential to the advancement of the Lord’s work. The sick and suffering are to be relieved and then, as opportunity offers, they are to be given instruction in regard to the truth for this time. Thus we can bring present truth before a class of people who could be reached in no other way.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 36)
The idea that a sanitarium should not be established unless it could be started free from debt has put the brake upon the wheels of progress. In building meetinghouses, I have had to borrow money in order that something might be done at once. I have been obliged to do this in order to fulfill the directions of God. For the past twenty years I have been borrowing money and paying interest on it to establish schools and sanitariums and to build meetinghouses. The institutions thus established and the churches built have been the means of winning many to the truth. Thus the tithe has been increased, and workers have been added to the Lord’s forces. Will my brethren consider this and work in accordance with the light God has given us? Let that which should be done be done without delay. Do your best to remedy the neglect of the past.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 37)
One night we seemed to be in a council meeting, and the question was being considered, How can the sanitarium work be best advanced? One present proposed one thing, and still another proposed something entirely different. One of dignity and authority arose and said: “I have words of counsel for you. Never, never repeat the mistakes of the past. Men have placed too much confidence in themselves, and have allowed cultivated and hereditary tendencies to wrong, which ought to have been overcome, to bear away the victory. Various lines of work are to be earnestly carried forward for the enlightenment of those who are in spiritual darkness. Evangelical work must receive first attention, and it is to be intelligently carried forward in connection with all lines of medical missionary work.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 38)
“You have,” said our instructor, “come to an important place in the history of your work. Who shall be chosen to carry responsibilities in the sanitarium at the beginning of its work? No mistake must be made in this matter. Men are not to be placed in positions of trust who have not been tested and tried. Men and women who understand the will of the Lord are to be chosen—workers who can discern that which needs to be done, and prayerfully do it, that the mistakes and errors of the past may not be repeated.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 39)
“The one who is placed in the position of business manager,” he said, “must daily be managed by the Lord. He occupies a very important place, and he must possess the necessary qualifications for the work. He should have dignity and knowledge, together with a clear sense of how to use his authority. Christ must be revealed in his life. He must be a man who can give religious instruction and exert a spiritual influence.”
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 40)
He who gave the Israelites instruction from the pillar of cloud, and led them through the wilderness into the Promised Land, is our Leader today. We are under divine guidance, and if we are obedient to God’s commandments, we shall be in perfect safety, and will receive distinguished marks of His favor....
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 41)
Intelligent, self-denying, self-sacrificing effort is now needed. The medical missionary work given us to do means much to every one of us. It is a work for soulsaving. Christian philanthropists should step forward just now to fulfill the gospel commission.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 42)
Let our brethren send in their gifts with thanksgiving and with prayer that they may be multiplied and blessed by the Lord, as was the food given to the disciples to give to the five thousand. If we make the best use we can of the means we have, God will enable us to feed the multitude who are starving for the Bread of Life.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 43)
For the past twenty years the Lord has been giving the message that plants are to be made in many places. He will greatly bless us as we endeavor to carry out His will. Out of the city into the country is the word that has been given, and this word is to be obeyed. Our sanitariums are to be established in the most healthful surroundings.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 44)
I could not but weep for joy as I saw how plainly the providence of God has been revealed in our selection of places for sanitarium work in San Diego, Los Angeles, and the Redlands and Riverside district.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 45)
There is one thing more about which I wish to speak before I close. We have no need to hesitate in regard to soliciting means for the Lord’s work. And no object is of greater importance or interest than the establishment of a sanitarium. I hope that you will lay your plans before those who have money and obtain gifts from them.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 46)
Several years ago it was presented to me that the gentile world should be called upon to make donations to our work. Let discreet, God-fearing men go to worldly men that have means, and lay before them a plan of what they desire to do. Many of these men, if approached in the right way, will make gifts to the work.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 47)
Why not ask the gentiles for assistance? I have received instruction that there are men and women in the world who have sympathetic hearts, and who will be touched with compassion as the needs of suffering humanity are presented before them. Let men who have the ability to tell what a sanitarium should be, and the need that there is for such institutions, go to the gentiles for financial aid. There are men of the world who will give of their means for schools and for sanitariums. The matter has been presented to me in this light. Our work is to be aggressive. The money is the Lord’s, and if the wealthy are approached in the right way, the Lord will touch their hearts and impress them to give of their means. God’s money is in the hands of these men, and some of them will heed the request for help.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 48)
Talk this over, and do all in your power to secure gifts. We are not to feel that it would not be the thing to ask men of the world for means, for it is just the thing to do. This plan was opened before me as a way of coming in touch with wealthy men of the world. Through this means not a few will become interested and may hear and believe the truth for this time.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 49)
May the Lord bless you in your work, is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 218, 1908, 50)
Lt 220, 1908
Parmele, R. W./President of the Florida Conference St. Helena, California July 23, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 12MR 310-311. To the president of the Florida Conference Dear Brother:
I have just read your article in the Review, and also your letter of June 18, to my son, regarding a place which you have found near Orlando, where there is land and building, that seem to be suitable for a sanitarium.
(23LtMs, Lt 220, 1908, 1)
I have no hesitancy in saying that I believe the time has come for Florida to have a sanitarium, so that the light which our sanitariums are established to reflect may shine forth to the people of Florida, and to the many health seekers who come from the northern states.
(23LtMs, Lt 220, 1908, 2)
Our time is short in which to do the important work of giving the last gospel message to the world. Therefore if there is opportunity to purchase at a moderate price buildings suitably located and well adapted to the work we wish to do, let us improve the opportunity and save ourselves the time, the care, and the anxiety that would be required in the work of erecting the buildings ourselves.
(23LtMs, Lt 220, 1908, 3)
I hope that this property which you have described, and which seems to have been brought within your reach by the providence of God, will become the means of strengthening the work in Florida, and that it will become an important center of influence from which many well-trained medical missionaries shall go forth with the message of mercy to the unworked parts of the Master’s great field.
(23LtMs, Lt 220, 1908, 4)
Not long ago I wrote a letter to our people in Indiana, regarding their effort to establish a sanitarium in La Fayette. I will send a copy to you, because I desire our people in Florida to have the same encouragement and counsel.
(23LtMs, Lt 220, 1908, 5)
Lt 222, 1908
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California July 23, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in VSS 95; 7MR 196. + Dr. D. H. Kress
Takoma Park Station, Washington, D.C. Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
I would be very pleased to see you and converse with you. I have a special interest in you and in your work. You both have an important work to do. Do not fail or be discouraged. The Lord will give you grace and the power of His Holy Spirit.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 1)
I have received special light that no minister should have kept before him the necessity of getting married. The thoughts of the students in our schools should not be diverted from the great object of their school work, which is to qualify body, and mind, and soul to glorify God. Let the minds of students be diverted from the great object of life to the subject of marriage, and they lose much of the advantages they should obtain in the school. Let our students make the most of their time to gain a knowledge of Him who gave His life to make it possible for every human being to grasp eternal life. From childhood to manhood or womanhood, we are to consider the meaning of the words of the apostle, “Ye are bought with a price.” [1 Corinthians 6:20.] When the father and mother realize this, they will live lives that are consecrated to God; they will copy Christ’s example and seek to be complete in Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 2)
What is true education? The Psalmist answers, “The entrance of Thy words giveth light; it giveth understanding unto the simple.” [Psalm 119:130.] What does this mean?—to the simple? It means those who feel their dependence upon God.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 3)
Let us reverently consider the great plan of salvation that has been laid and carried out for us. The only begotten Son of God clothed His divinity with humanity, and in our world was tempted by every temptation that man must meet. Therefore He is able to teach us how to meet and overcome the foe. In His human experience Christ met and conquered Satan. When attacked by the enemy in His weak condition, after having fasted for forty days and forty nights, He did not waver or compromise. Every word spoken was right to the point. “If Thou be the Son of God,” Satan said, “command that these stones be made bread.” Christ replied, “It is written, Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God.” [Matthew 4:3, 4.]
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 4)
The Word of God is plain and distinct, revealing truth in contrast with error. Let us grasp the truth and hold it fast under every temptation. The Word of God, used as Christ used it in His hour of trial, will raise up a standard against the enemy for every tempted soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 5)
I have carried very heavy burdens for those of our number who have given themselves to work on the side of wrong. I feel so sorry that they should have done this. Lately I have been reading the General Conference Bulletins of 1893 and 1897, and I am much relieved with what I find there. The Lord certainly gave to A. T. Jones at those conference gatherings a message in vindication of the testimonies that should strengthen and bless His people. These discourses of his should be republished for the benefit of our people, and perhaps this may be the means of opening his own eyes.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 6)
I have been referred to case after case where men have spoken just such messages under the inspiration of the Spirit of God, yet who, later on, because they have not learned the lesson of walking humbly with God, and have failed to make Christ their efficiency, their front guard and their rearward, have become self-exalted and have lost their spiritual eyesight.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 7)
“And He said unto me, Son of man, stand upon thy feet, and I will speak unto thee. And the Spirit entered into me when He spake unto me, and set me upon my feet, that I heard Him that spake unto me.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 9)
“And He said unto me, Son of man, I send thee to the children of Israel, to a rebellious nation that hath rebelled against Me: they and their fathers have transgressed against Me, even unto this very day. For they are impudent children and stiffhearted. I do send thee unto them; and thou shalt say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God. And they, whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear, (for they are a rebellious house,) yet shall know that there hath been a prophet among them.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 10)
“And thou, son of man, be not afraid of them, neither be afraid of their words, though briers and thorns be with thee, and thou dost dwell among scorpions: be not afraid of their words, nor be dismayed at their looks, though they be a rebellious house. And thou shalt speak My words unto them, whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear: for they are most rebellious. But thou, son of man, hear what I say unto thee: Be not thou rebellious like that rebellious house: open thy mouth, and eat what I give thee.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 11)
“And when I looked, behold, an hand was sent unto me; and lo, a roll of a book was therein; and He spread it before me; and it was written within and without: and there was written therein lamentations and mourning, and woe.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 12)
“Moreover He said unto me, Son of man, eat that thou findest; eat this roll, and go speak unto the house of Israel. So I opened my mouth, and He caused me to eat that roll. And He said unto me, Son of man, cause thy belly to eat, and fill thy bowels with this roll that I give thee. Then did I eat it; and it was in my mouth as honey for sweetness.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 13)
“And He said unto me, Son of man, go get thee unto the house of Israel, and speak with My words unto them. For thou art not sent to a people of a strange speech and of an hard language, [but to the house of Israel; not to many people of a strange speech and of a hard language,] whose words thou canst not understand. Surely had I sent thee to them, they would have harkened unto thee. But the house of Israel will not hearken unto thee; for they will not hearken unto Me: for all the house of Israel are impudent and hard hearted. Behold I have made thy face strong against their faces, and thy forehead strong against their foreheads. As an adamant harder than flint have I made thy forehead: fear them not, neither be dismayed at their looks, though they be a rebellious house. Moreover He said unto me, Son of man, all thy words that I shall speak unto thee receive in thine heart, and hear with thine ears. And go, get thee to them of the captivity, unto the children of thy people, and speak unto them, and tell them, Thus saith the Lord God; whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 14)
“Then the Spirit took me up, and I heard behind me a voice of a great rushing, saying, Blessed be the glory of the Lord from His place. I heard also the noise of the wings of the living creatures that touched one another, and the noise of the wheels over against them, and a noise of a great rushing. So the Spirit lifted me up, and I went in bitterness, in the heat of my spirit; but the hand of the Lord was strong upon me.” [Ezekiel 2:1-10; 3:1-14.]
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 15)
I was charged to bring these Scriptures before the people. These words are applicable to those who have set themselves so decidedly against the messages of the Lord. The Lord will surely deal with His people at the present time as He has dealt with them in the past. I thought the camp-meeting at Melrose would be an appropriate time to give this message, but it was not given because there were so many there who knew not their true condition before God. The enemy had filled hearts and minds with doubt and unbelief. Many were lost in the fog.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 16)
A straight testimony must now be borne. The Lord’s purposes have not been carried out, and because of this a heavy burden has been laid upon the souls of some who have felt the burden of the work. At Battle Creek a work has steadily been going forward in opposition to the messages that God has sent. Those who have maintained their positions of stubborn determination to counterwork the work of the Holy Spirit, by resisting the messages borne in our conferences, have exerted an influence that has been in marked contrast to the Holy Spirit’s counsels. They are now called to come into line by repentance and confession. Truth, saving truth is to be repeated. Christ’s reply to Satan in the wilderness of temptation brought Him into no controversy with the enemy. He did not attack Satan’s theories, but kept to the affirmative. His example is a lesson to us. In all discussions with an opponent, we may meet him with a plain Thus saith the Lord. Do not deal with his objections, but present the truth in the affirmative. Truth, eternal Bible truth—this is essential for our salvation. Let it be expressed in our words and in our daily life. O how important it is that every soul who is striving for the crown of life strive lawfully.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 17)
The only begotten Son of God came to our world to reveal truth in contrast with error. This saving truth we are to reveal in our speech and in Christlike deportment. Truth never languished on the lips of Christ. It was clearly defined, in words, in works, in spirit. He declared of Himself, “For this cause came I into the world, that I might bear witness unto the truth.” [John 18:37.] He was the truth, the Light of the world. His bright beams were to shine amid the moral darkness of this sin-cursed world.
(23LtMs, Lt 222, 1908, 18)
Lt 224, 1908
Prescott, W. W. St. Helena, California June 24, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 10MR 358-359; 6Bio 248-249. + Elder W. W. Prescott
Takoma Park, Washington, D.C. Dear Brother:
I have been shown your peril during the time of your connecting with Dr. E. J. Waggoner. You both came to the conference of 1901 enthused with what you supposed to be precious spiritual light. You were desirous of presenting this light to me, but I was shown that much of that which you supposed to be precious light was dangerous, misleading fables, and that I must have no conversation with you regarding these ideas that were filling your minds.
(23LtMs, Lt 224, 1908, 1)
The theories held by Ellet Waggoner were similar in character to those we had met and rebuked in several places where we met fanatical movements after the passing of the time in 1844. Dr. Waggoner was then departing from the faith in the doctrine he held regarding spiritual affinities.
(23LtMs, Lt 224, 1908, 2)
You have many times escaped from the snare of the enemy. But you are not beyond the danger of making mistakes. You sometimes allow your mind to center upon a certain train of thought, and you are in danger of making a mountain out of a molehill. Brother Prescott, there has been a serious weakness in your work of ministry. It is a tendency to sway from clearly defined truth and give undue attention to some items which seem to require hours of argument to prove, when in reality they do not need to be handled at all. It will be wise for you to say, when tempted to do this work, We cannot afford to arouse arguments upon points that are not essential for the salvation of the soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 224, 1908, 3)
You are now in danger of occupying time and energy with certain points upon which you seem to have clear light. But I am charged to say to you that it will be better for you to keep silent regarding this subject. To devote so much attention to the jots and tittles will open the way for controversy regarding the truth we hold dear and bring in a large amount of criticism which need not exist.
(23LtMs, Lt 224, 1908, 4)
I write this to caution you. Keep to the simplicity of the Word. Consider the great work that needs to be done.
(23LtMs, Lt 224, 1908, 5)
There is a work to be done in Washington in following the light the Lord has given on the subject of health reform, upon temperance in eating and drinking. When the brethren there work to become health reformers, they will have clearer minds to discern what does and does not affect the salvation of the soul. Our ministers are to understand that health reform means much to each one of them.
(23LtMs, Lt 224, 1908, 6)
Manna from heaven was given the children of Israel in their journeying in the wilderness. They “did eat angels’ food.” [Psalm 78:25.] But this did not satisfy them. They longed for flesh meats; and they mourned and murmured because they could not have their desire. Then the Lord granted their request, and that vast multitude was given quails in abundance. When the people reaped the result of their transgression, the Lord did not work a miracle to preserve life. While yet the flesh was between their teeth, the plague came upon them, destroying thousands of their number.
(23LtMs, Lt 224, 1908, 7)
The Lord gave to Moses for Israel plain directions as to the way His name should be respected and His requirements met. No careless, haphazard work was to be done. From the pillar of cloud the Lord directed when they should pitch their camp and when they should move on. “When the cloud was taken up from over the tabernacle, the children of Israel went onward in their journeys; but if the cloud were not taken up, then they journeyed not until the day that it was taken up. For the cloud of the Lord was upon the tabernacle by day, and fire was on it by night, in the sight of all the house of Israel throughout all their journeys.” [Exodus 40:36-38.]
(23LtMs, Lt 224, 1908, 8)
The Lord is soon coming with power and great glory. Should not those who profess to believe in His coming be giving to the cause of the coming King the power of a right example? We are to evidence for our neighbors the same interest that we manifest for ourselves. Our love for God must be supreme.
(23LtMs, Lt 224, 1908, 9)
Elder E. J. Hibbard has suggested to me that if Elder A. T. Jones were wisely labored for, he might come back into our ranks. The night after his letter came, a presentation was given to me showing me that we must be careful not to open the way for anyone to spoil the flock of God. Elder Jones has done a work that has destroyed the confidence of many of his brethren in him. He has been persistent in following out his erratic course. He has gone from place to place with falsehoods and misrepresentations, which have had to be followed up and refuted by Elder Daniells and others of our ministers. I was shown that it was by such work as this that Satan seeks to deceive if possible the very elect. When Elder Jones will humble himself before God, and do a thorough work of repentance, there will be something for us as a people to do. But until that time shall come, it is our duty to let him alone.
(23LtMs, Lt 224, 1908, 10)
The Lord calls upon us individually to strive to reach the highest point of consecration to Him. Let us not, by a mistaken zeal, lead any poor soul off the track, placing him where Satan can ruin his experience. We need to come up on higher ground. We need to purify the soul by humble obedience. We are now deciding our own destiny, whether or not we will be sanctified and give to the world a correct representation of Christ’s holy character.
(23LtMs, Lt 224, 1908, 11)
Lt 226, 1908
Prescott, W. W. St. Helena, California July 1, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 12MR 223-226. + Elder W. W. Prescott
Takoma Park, Washington, D.C. Dear Brother:
I am instructed to say to you, Let there be no questions agitated at this time in the Review that will tend to unsettle minds. Let us seek for soul work. Let us as a people humble ourselves before the Lord and seek Him for true conversion. There is a work to be done in our hearts and in our homes that but few understand. There is need of much praying, not need of long prayers, but prayers of faith offered in humility of soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 226, 1908, 1)
We have no time now to enter into unnecessary controversy, but we should earnestly consider the need of seeking the Lord for true conversion of heart and life. There should be determined efforts made to secure sanctification of soul and mind. There is a deep and earnest work to be done in every church and in every family. Fathers and mothers have a solemn work to do in bringing their children to understand the necessity of seeking the Lord for salvation from sin.
(23LtMs, Lt 226, 1908, 2)
In all our schools, instruction is to be given that will lead the students to put on the white robe of the righteousness of Christ. In our larger churches, special, personal efforts should be made for fathers and mothers, that they may understand the consecration that is required of them, that they may do effectual work for the salvation of their children. Earnest prayers should be offered for the institutions established for the education and training of our children and youth, that those who receive instruction there may grow up to honor and glorify God.
(23LtMs, Lt 226, 1908, 3)
It will prove to be a great mistake if you agitate at this time the question regarding the “daily,” which has been occupying much of your attention of late. [Daniel 8:11-13.] I have been shown that the result of your making this question a prominent issue would be that the minds of a large number will be directed to an unnecessary controversy, and that questioning and confusion will be developed in our ranks. Cannot you see that if this question is agitated now, that minds would be unfavorably impressed, and that many who should be seeking most earnestly for the saving grace of Christ would be drawn into controversy? And there are some who would make capital of this matter to turn souls away from the truth. My brother, let us be slow to raise questions that will be a source of temptation to our people.
(23LtMs, Lt 226, 1908, 4)
I have had no special light on the point presented for discussion, and I do not see the need of this discussion. But I am instructed to tell you that this small matter, upon which you are concentrating your thought, will become a great mountain unless you determine to let it alone. I have been instructed that the Lord has not placed upon you the burden you are now carrying regarding this matter, and that it is not profitable for you to spend so much time and attention in its consideration. You are not using wisely the time God is giving you by thus devoting it to such jots and tittles, when you can be speaking words that will confirm the people of God in the faith they hold. God has not placed upon any of His ministers the work of sowing seeds that will produce confusion and unbelief.
(23LtMs, Lt 226, 1908, 5)
You suppose that a mistake has been made in the view that has been held by some of our brethren in regard to the sanctuary question. There have been different opinions regarding the daily, and there will continue to be. If the Lord has seen fit to let this matter rest for so many years without correcting the same, would it not be wisdom on your part to refrain from presenting your views concerning it? I advise you not to present your ideas before our churches, but to let this matter alone; because at this period of our history, the enemy will be served by an attack made on us regarding our disagreement on this point, if it is made prominent; and this will lead to a worse issue.
(23LtMs, Lt 226, 1908, 6)
The simplicity of our faith is to be dwelt upon. Let the ministers teach the people how to give to others a knowledge of the saving truth for this time. The teachings of Christ are very simple, but they are all essential. Let us heed His words; for we are exhorted to look to Him for guidance. We should ever bear in mind that we are to be taught of God. “The Word was made flesh and dwelt among us, ... full of grace and truth.... And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace.” [John 1:14, 16.] The power of the gospel is to come upon the companies who are raised up to bear witness to the commandments of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 226, 1908, 7)
Study the 78th Psalm; it is worthy of our earnest consideration. A solemn work is before us, and the people of God should be far in advance of where they now stand in an understanding of eternal realities. What we need now is fishers of men.
(23LtMs, Lt 226, 1908, 8)
Let us as a people arouse to our duty to explain the truths of the Word to those who know them not. Begin earnest, self-sacrificing efforts for those who are perishing in their sins. Those who sow the seeds of truth will reap a rich harvest. The amount of good done by unselfish effort, no human mind can estimate.
(23LtMs, Lt 226, 1908, 9)
Lt 228, 1908
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California July 27, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder J. E. White
1713 Cass Street
Nashville, Tennessee Dear children Edson and Emma:
While the rest of my family are sleeping, I am astir. I could not sleep this morning after two o’clock. I have been pleading earnestly with God for physical health, for strength of eyesight, and clearness of perception. We all need to watch and pray, lest we enter into temptation. Let us encourage in ourselves and in others a pure, strong, holy trust in the Word of the Lord. Satan is playing the game of life for every soul. Let us keep the heart with all diligence, guarding every point of attack, lest we be taken unawares.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 1)
“Moses verily was faithful in all his house, as a servant, for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after; but Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we, if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm unto the end.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 2)
“Wherefore (as the Holy Ghost saith, Today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness: when your fathers tempted Me, proved Me, and saw My works forty years. Wherefore I was grieved with that generation, and said, They do always err in their hearts; and they have not known My ways. So I sware in My wrath, They shall not enter into my rest.)
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 3)
“Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily, while it is called Today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin. For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end. While it is said, Today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts as in the provocation. For some, when they had heard, did provoke: howbeit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses. But with whom was He grieved forty years? was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcasses fell in the wilderness? And to whom sware He that they should not enter into His rest, but to them that believed not? So we see that they could not enter in because of unbelief.” [Hebrews 3:5-19.]
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 4)
I am charged to present these Scriptures to our people at this time. Shall we not take the warning to ourselves, repeating it over and over again? Strange things will be brought in among us who have had the light, but who have not walked in the light. Satan will work in every possible way with his deceptive wiles to undermine the faith of our people. But, my children, watch unto prayer, draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. Let not your faith waver. If ever there were a time when there was need of daily consecration to God, it is now. Our faith must center in Him who is the gift of God to our world. “Ye are bought with a price,” the apostle says. [1 Corinthians 6:20.] And what a price!—the life of the only begotten Son of God, He who was without sin, and in whose mouth was found no guile.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 5)
My children, there are stormy times before us, when “many shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.” [1 Timothy 4:1.] I urge you to make the Lord your arm of strength. Stand faithful and true as loyal soldiers of Christ Jesus. There is a heaven to win and a hell to shun. We must not be half-hearted now. We have a straightforward message to bear at this time, when Satan will, if possible, deceive the very elect. Let us pray earnestly for the Holy Spirit’s guidance.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 6)
The Lord has a work for women as well as for men to do in becoming thoroughly acquainted with the teachings of Scripture. We are instructed to eat the Word, that is, to apply it to our individual lives and to make it a part of ourselves.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 7)
We cannot at this time afford to place ourselves in the way of temptation. If compelled to be placed in hard and trying circumstances, the Lord will keep us and will be our shield. But when we place ourselves in peril, we give Satan the right of way.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 8)
Cultivate the heart’s affections. Watch and pray, and let the voice of thanksgiving and praise he heard in an acknowledgement of the grace of Christ vouchsafed to you. Render to the Lord the fruit of the lips. Let no idle words be spoken, but praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice. “Whosoever offereth praise glorifieth God.” [See Psalm 50:23.] We are not as faithful as we should be in acknowledging the goodness and blessings of God. There are many souls whom we might help if we would educate our tongues to speak a word in season.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 9)
Every individual believer is under obligation to give to others the truth he possesses. Nothing should be allowed to keep the servant of Christ from letting his light shine forth to his fellow men. We are ever to be learners, ever to be increasing in a knowledge of how to lead others to the light of truth. There are sinners all around us to be labored for. “Ye are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] If we will arouse ourselves to co-operate with the divine worker, we shall see a great work accomplished. And we ourselves will grow in grace as we seek to communicate the will of God to others. Let self be hid with Christ in God.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 10)
I am instructed to urge the necessity of personal consecration and sanctification of the whole heart to God. Let each soul inquire, Lord, what wouldst Thou have me to do, that the vigilance of Christ may be seen in my life, that His example may be copied by me, and that I may speak sincere words that will help souls who are in the darkness of sin.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 11)
If we would keep our light burning, we must be constantly receiving a supply of the heavenly oil, the grace of the Spirit of God. And as we seek to shed light upon the pathway of souls in darkness and sin, a new light will be imparted to us. Each consecrated vessel will be filled with the oil of grace, that it may be emptied into other vessels. As professing Christians, our lives must be Christlike; and this can only be when we receive to impart.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 12)
I am instructed to say to our church members that we are far from meeting our responsibilities. Many among us who profess to believe are daily losing opportunities of receiving the grace of Christ and of imparting this grace to others. We should daily be increasing in ability to do the precious work of winning souls to Christ. This is such a precious work, such a satisfying work.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 13)
All heaven is waiting for channels through whom can be poured the heavenly oil to refresh and strengthen needy souls. The Lord will protect and guide those who let this divine fulness flow from their lips in grateful praise and who labor, through deeds of charity and love, to bless mankind. Such workers will become consecrated agents for God.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 14)
I have been writing for several hours by lamplight. I will commit this to you, that you may communicate it to others. May the Lord abundantly bless you and make you channels of light and blessing, is my prayer. I will be pleased to hear from you.
(23LtMs, Lt 228, 1908, 15)
Lt 230, 1908
Jones, A. T. St. Helena, California July 25, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 9MR 278-279. Elder A. T. Jones Dear Brother:
It has been presented to me that I must speak to you, for you need help in order to break the spell that has been upon you. If you would humble your heart before the Lord, and accept the light that He has given you, you would have help from God.
(23LtMs, Lt 230, 1908, 1)
I have been instructed to use those discourses of yours printed in the General Conference Bulletins of 1893 and 1897, which contain strong arguments regarding the validity of the testimonies, and which substantiate the gift of prophecy among us. I was shown that many would be helped by these articles, and especially those newly come to the faith who have not been made acquainted with our history as a people. It will be a blessing to you to read again these arguments, which were of the Holy Spirit’s framing.
(23LtMs, Lt 230, 1908, 2)
Be assured, Elder Jones, that if you see your mistake in pursuing the course you have for some time been following, and take your position on the side of truth in regard to this question, the spell that is upon you will be broken. We call upon you to take your stand on the Lord’s side and act your part as a loyal subject of the kingdom. Acknowledge the gift that has been placed in the church for the guidance of God’s people in the closing days of earth’s history. From the beginning the church of God has had the gift of prophecy in her midst as a living voice to counsel, admonish, and instruct. We have now come to the last days of the work of the third angel’s message, when Satan will work with increasing power because he knows that his time is short. At the same time there will come to us, through the gifts of the Holy Spirit, diversities of operations in the outpouring of the Spirit. This is the time of the latter rain. In view of this, the words of the apostle should come to us with impelling force, “Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord. And He shall send Jesus Christ which before was preached unto you: whom the heavens must receive until the time of restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began.” [Acts 3:19-21.]
(23LtMs, Lt 230, 1908, 3)
“For Moses truly said to the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; Him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever He shall say unto you. And it shall come to pass, that every soul that will not hear that prophet, shall be destroyed from among the people. Yea, and all the prophets from Samuel and those that follow after, as many as have spoken have likewise spoken of these days. Ye are the children of the prophets, and of the covenant which God made with our fathers, saying unto Abraham, And in thy seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be blessed.” [Verses 22-25.]
(23LtMs, Lt 230, 1908, 4)
I cannot describe to you the relief of mind that has come to me. We thank God that the spell that has been over you may be broken. Yield your will to the Holy Spirit’s guidance. Blessed assurance will come to the heart that is opened to welcome the lowly Jesus.
(23LtMs, Lt 230, 1908, 5)
Jesus says, “Therefore by the deeds of the law there shall no flesh be justified in His sight: for by the law is the knowledge of sin. But now the righteousness of God without the law is manifested, being witnessed by the law and the prophets; even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Jesus Christ unto all and upon all them that believe: for there is no difference.” [Romans 3:20-22.]
(23LtMs, Lt 230, 1908, 6)
Lt 232, 1908
Hare, Brother and Sister [M.] St. Helena, California July 26, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 216. M. Hare
Edgefield, Tennessee Dear Brother and Sister Hare:
I have had some things on my mind that I wished to say to you, but again and again I have been prevented from doing so by other matters which have been brought up for my consideration. But I will not complain that there is so much to do; rather I will thank the Lord that He gives me strength to do it.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 1)
Last night I had a good night’s rest, for which I am thankful. I took a longer ride than usual this morning, because I needed to rest my eyes. I pray continually that my eyesight may be preserved.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 2)
I am much pleased that you can help establish the health food work at Nashville. I pray that the Lord may give you wisdom for the work. In the night season I seemed to be talking with you, and saying, Do not fail or be discouraged. The Lord will impart to you skill and understanding. He will be a present help in every time of need. At such times it is your privilege to expect help from the One who understands. Do not worry. The Lord is your helper.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 3)
The work which you have undertaken to do is no light work; but it is a good work, and I would say to you, Go right ahead with it. If you humbly seek to do God’s will, the Lord will let His light and courage come into your souls. In whatever place you may be called to labor, there will surely be trials and temptations to meet, if you are doing a work that is profitable to the cause and people of God. Ever remember that the Lord is your helper and that He has promised to guide you with judgment.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 4)
How often I desire to see you and my son Edson. I still think we shall visit the South, for I have a message of encouragement for our people there. At times I am tempted to say that I cannot travel any more, but I still continue to do so. I have promised to attend the meeting at Los Angeles; and if the Lord gives me strength, I will leave here next week for that place. I have a message to bear to the people who shall assemble there. In the night season I seem to be standing before large congregations and giving to them the messages given to me for them by the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 5)
I have found the warm weather very trying during the past few weeks. It may be very warm in Southern California; nevertheless I will go, putting my trust in the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 6)
Our family is very small just now. We feel that we have the very best of help in our matron and cook Miss Hannaford. We can thoroughly depend on her. This last week I have been able to attend family worship in the morning and to lead in prayer. I have realized that the Lord is near to hear our heartfelt petitions. I am grateful to the Lord that He is so merciful to me, and I can offer my simple prayer to Him in full confidence. I love the Lord. I am not faithless, but believing.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 7)
It is our duty, as children of God, to talk faith and not doubt. We are to be hopeful and cheerful in the Lord. Let us not look on the dark side of circumstances, but look up and believe in the One whom God gave to the world to save us from our sins. Christ accomplishes our salvation by inspiring faith in our hearts and a belief in the truth. The truth makes free; and those whom the Son makes free are free indeed. Let us seek to honor God by revealing a constantly increasing confidence in the assurance that He will accept every soul who serves Him in sincerity.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 8)
We are the Lord’s little children, and we are to be led and upheld by Him. If we will learn lessons from the kindness and patience and tenderness of Jesus, we will be a blessing to all with whom we are associated. The Lord would have us take comfort in His promises and praise Him much more than we do. “Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God.” [See Psalm 50:23.] Let us learn how to express our gratitude to God for His wonderful condescension and love for mankind.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 9)
The only begotten Son of God consented to leave the heavenly courts and come to our world to live with an ungrateful people who refused His gracious mercies. He consented to live a life of poverty and to endure suffering and temptation. He became a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. And the Word declares, “We hid as it were our faces from Him.” [Isaiah 53:3.] Of His own disciples, Peter denied Him, and Judas betrayed Him. The people whom He came to bless rejected Him; they put Him to shame and caused Him untold suffering. They placed His head a crown of thorns that pierced His holy temples. They beat Him with a scourge, and then they nailed Him to the cross. Yet amid it all, no word of complaint escaped His lips; no word of blame did He speak to His persecutors.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 10)
On the cross He was taunted with the words, “Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it again in three days, come down from the cross, and we will believe in Thee.” [Matthew 27:40, 42.] Of the two thieves who were crucified with Him, one railed on Him. But the other reproved his companion and said to Christ, “Lord, remember me when Thou comest into Thy kingdom.” And the Saviour responded to his request, “Verily, I say unto thee today, Thou shalt be with Me in Paradise.” [Luke 23:42, 43.] Christ did not say to the thief that he would be that day in Paradise, but, “Today, while I am hanging in agony on the cross, I say unto thee, Thou shalt be with Me in Paradise.” The satanic agencies who were reviling the Saviour heard His words to the repentant thief, and they trembled as they heard.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 11)
Christ bore all this suffering in order to obtain the right to confer eternal righteousness upon as many as would believe on Him. O when I think of this, I feel that no complaint should ever escape my lips.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 12)
When Christ was placed in Joseph’s tomb, the Roman guard were stationed at the sepulcher to guard the body of Christ. Thus His enemies thought that they had made the body secure. They could not see that heavenly angels were also guarding the place and waiting for the moment when they should welcome to life again the Prince of life. “And behold there was a great earthquake.” [Matthew 28:2.] An angel came down to earth clothed with the panoply of heaven. The bright beams of God’s glory went before him, and before their brightness the Roman guard fell as dead men to the earth. The mighty angel rolled away the stone from the sepulcher and called forth the Son of God. Coming forth, the Saviour proclaimed over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.]
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 13)
When we are having a hard time, let us consider how much that our salvation cost the God of the universe. “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Let us consider what Christ has endured to make it possible to secure salvation for the world. This will hush every murmur and complaint. When we teach our hearts to respond to His love, our voices will ascend in thanksgiving when we are called to suffer in any way for Him who gave His life for us.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 14)
Brother and Sister Hare, it means very much to be an overcomer. I am very anxious that you shall stand on vantage ground, and that of you it may be said, “They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb and by the word of their testimony.” [Revelation 12:11.] Let us encourage thankful, rejoicing hearts. Let our testimony be borne in clear, ringing tones, He gave His life for me; I will give my life for Him. He has bought me at a priceless cost, and I will glorify His holy name.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 15)
“Rejoice in the Lord always, and again I say rejoice.” [Philippians 4:4.] Let no murmuring word be heard. Do your best, and expect that the Lord will care for you. Let expressions of praise flow from your lips, as those who claim to be sons and daughters of God. Thus you will set an example that is worthy of imitation. You can both do much for the church by setting an example of praise to God; for others will catch from you the spirit of thanksgiving.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 16)
I hope our brethren will do their best to help you regulate and set things in order. With your knowledge of the health food work, you can do a good work and bring order out of confusion. You know how we had to labor in Australia under the hardest and most discouraging circumstances. But every one had to act a disinterested part in order to accomplish what was done. You have had some experience in looking unto Jesus the Author and Finisher of your faith. Let us remember that we each have an individuality, and that we each have a part to act in the work, which should be done faithfully.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 17)
We need and must have a daily supply of the rich grace of Christ. Let the prayer be constantly ascending to heaven, “Lord teach me to do as Jesus would do were He in my place.”
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 18)
Our time to work is nearly ended. In our advocacy of the truth, our bitterest opponents should be treated with courtesy and respect—treated as Christ would treat them. They are bought with the price of Christ’s precious blood. In our labors to advance the cause of present truth, Christ’s ways are to become our ways, His example our pattern. If we will do this, our words and manners and influence will be a savor of life unto life to those with whom we deal. It is a solemn thought that by our influence we may close the hearts of those who know us to the truth, and every soul whom we thus influence will confront us in the judgment to condemn us.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 19)
I have a deep interest in the work you are doing. It is a work that I believe should be done. We would not urge you unduly if you feel that you cannot do this, but I feel sure that if you will determine to serve the Lord with faithful hearts and with a spirit of co-operation, your brethren will sustain you.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 20)
I pray that you both will walk in the path of humble obedience. I will always give you encouragement while you walk in the right way. It is our duty to fill that place in the work which we have knowledge and ability to fill. Make use of every opportunity of teaching to others your methods of manufacturing foods. May the Lord strengthen and bless you, is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 232, 1908, 21)
Lt 234, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California August 3, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 169-170. + Elder Haskell
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
Since the hot weather has come, I have not felt well, and at times have thought that it might not be wise to attend the Los Angeles camp-meeting; still, I have hoped that this might be possible, and I expect we shall go. For one week my head and eyes have caused me much suffering, and I have written very little. Yesterday I was freer from pain, although last night I could not sleep past twelve o’clock. Finding it impossible to sleep, I decided to get up and make preparations for our journey. We are planning to leave here Wednesday afternoon, as this will enable us to get to the end of our journey in time to make all necessary arrangements before the Sabbath, and thus save any bustle or confusion at the beginning of the Sabbath.
(23LtMs, Lt 234, 1908, 1)
I had much satisfaction yesterday in reading over our Australian mail. We had several good letters, which you also will enjoy reading when we meet.
(23LtMs, Lt 234, 1908, 2)
For some reasons I have dreaded this journey to Los Angeles. Yet I am glad the people there will have another opportunity of hearing the message of warning. The end of time is rapidly drawing near. Calamities, floods and hurricanes, and destruction of property and life declare that the end of all things is at hand. Yet to many it is coming as a thief in the night. Again and again I ask myself the question, What shall I do, that I may fully act my part in giving this last note of warning?
(23LtMs, Lt 234, 1908, 3)
On Friday I had an interview with Elder A. T. Jones. This interview taxed me greatly. I placed before Elder Jones his true condition, but in such words as not to discourage him. Then we had a season of prayer. O how I wish that he might see himself as God sees him; as it is, he has little sense of his true condition. The Lord alone knows how to impress the hearts and minds of such. In our season of prayer, both W. C. White and I prayed that the Lord would reveal to our brother his true position.
(23LtMs, Lt 234, 1908, 4)
We did not see anything to encourage us in the hope that Elder Jones is coming out from the darkness that is upon him. He feels that he understands himself; but he is as the blind and is feeling about to know what step to take next. I felt that I must speak plainly to him. I told him that notwithstanding the warnings that had been given regarding Dr. Kellogg’s influence over him, he had gone into the very path he had been cautioned not to take; he had not spiritual discernment to understand the doctor’s religious standing. I told him that he had become Dr. Kellogg’s voice to the people.
(23LtMs, Lt 234, 1908, 5)
I told him also of the instruction I had received to take his discourses, printed in the General Conference Bulletins of 1893 and 1897, and publish them for the benefit of our people, and especially for those who are newly come to the faith, and who knew little or nothing of the early history of the message. Through these discourses spoken at a time when A. T. Jones was led and controlled by the Holy Spirit, and similar statements from others, the faith of God’s people would be strengthened. They would vindicate God’s work among His people in this last days. What effect this will have upon his mind we cannot say. He seems like a man lost in the fog.
(23LtMs, Lt 234, 1908, 6)
I will write no more now. We hope to meet you shortly in Los Angeles. We have heard nothing yet from the meeting in Eureka. Shall be glad indeed to see you both. Come in good season.
(23LtMs, Lt 234, 1908, 7)
Lt 236, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister Los Angeles, California August 13, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 7BC 974. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I was very glad to read letters from you. We reached Los Angeles on Friday afternoon about 5:30, after a long and trying journey. The heat was very great, and we were delayed over eight hours at different places on the way. On Friday morning before daylight we were held for two hours, because of a freight wreck on the line, and again at 6:30 we were stopped because of another wreck. This time we were compelled to wait for nearly seven hours, while the wrecking car went ahead of us and cleared the line.
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 1)
The heat in the cars was intense, so we took our lunch basket and went on to the hillside and ate our breakfast in the shade of a large water tank. We had plenty of fresh fruit with us, for which we were very thankful. Brother and Sister Crisler helped to make up our party.
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 2)
After eating breakfast we returned to the car and waited for the time when we could move on. We had a compartment to ourselves, but we could not keep out the hot air, which was heavily laden with dust.
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 3)
Although weak, I spoke Sabbath morning to an immense crowd gathered in the large tent. My voice had not its usual strength; but the Lord blessed me with freedom, and I received the testimony from several who sat on the outskirts of the crowd, that they heard every word I spoke. I was glad of this opportunity to speak and trust that the Lord will strengthen me to speak several times. I am not so strong as I could wish to be, but I praise the Lord for His strength-giving power.
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 4)
This morning, Wednesday, I spoke to the ministers gathered in one of the smaller tents, presenting to them the advantages to be gained by having the meeting continue another week. Thus they could become more intimately acquainted with those coming to the ground who are not of our faith, and yet who in many respects are working on right lines. There are many Women’s Christian Temperance Union workers here who are interested in our work, and some are attending the meetings. I am anxious that everything possible shall be done to become acquainted with these women.
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 5)
Day by day I have thought of you and wished you were here. But I know that something important has detained you.
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 6)
Last evening W. C. White, Elder Cottrell, and Elder Reaser came to my room and wished me to express myself in regard to Brother Reaser, whether it is best for him to go to Mexico or to remain in the work in Southern California. I was sorry to have to say to Brother Reaser that it was not wise for him to serve in this conference another year. His example of ruling it over God’s heritage as he had done the years he had served makes it wise for him to change his field of labor. This ruling element has worked to the injury of the Lord’s cause and has wrought changes in the conference which have greatly damaged its prosperity and success. Elder Reaser has made decided changes in his course. But the years that have passed have brought in an objectionable experience to many of our churches. That men with the Scriptures in their hands should consider themselves a ruling power to forbid or permit as they choose is a mystery. The Lord forbids it. God has given to no man an arbitrary power over His people. The man who, as president of a conference, undertakes to exercise such authority has mistaken his duty. No man is placed as god, that his word should be yea and amen. The man who does not understand his own strong traits of character, and who seeks to become a law unto the church, will become a cause of weakness and of spiritual decadence. I am instructed that this spirit is no more to find place among us. We are to be under the rulership of the Lord Jesus Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 7)
I am instructed to say to our ministers and workers in every line, Be careful that the work of cleansing and sanctification shall go on in your own individual souls. Let your first thought be to make your calling and election sure. Your example is to be full of kindness and encouragement. No masterful spirit is to come in, but let the heart be filled with the tenderness and love and compassion of Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 8)
Let not commercialism come in to spoil your Christian experience. Let the same energy and careful thought that you once brought into worldly matters be cleansed from all selfishness and brought into your service for God, to whom we owe everything. Work every day for sanctification of the spirit through belief of the truth. Let all realize that they are chosen of God to reveal that they understand the mystery of godliness. Help souls to the clear light of Christian principle by extending a helping hand to all who need encouragement.
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 9)
Every believer in Oakland and San Francisco, and in every church established in the name of the third angel’s message, should now be at work to help the souls who need help. I would say to every believer, Bring the spirit of heavenly grace into your soul, into your experience—this is the impress of the character of Christ. Angels are watching you, and they sing songs of thanksgiving and praise to God and the Lamb when His people engage in faithful, unselfish labor for others. And your reward for service will be found in the reflection of the tender spirit of Christ in your character.
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 10)
By communicating to others the grace we receive, we shall be made partakers of the rich blessings of God. Obedience to His will will keep the soul in the love of Christ. Bind yourselves up with Christ and with God, and reflect His glory to the souls ready to perish. Let there be a reconversion of soul on the part of those who have allowed themselves to grow careless and indifferent. If we would look upon suffering humanity with eyes that see their need, and would heed the command of Christ, Go work today in My vineyard; if we would speak to them words of comfort and wisdom, work out before them the principles of the gospel, the message of mercy would soon reach to every part of the world.
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 11)
We become overcomers by helping others to overcome, by the blood of the Lamb and the word of our testimony. The keeping of the commandments of God will yield in us an obedient spirit, and the service that is the offspring of such a spirit, God can accept. O that we all in the day of final award might hear the words spoken individually to us, “Well done, good and faithful servant.” [Matthew 25:23.] How many in our churches will seek to set such an example as will reflect to mankind the Light of the world?
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 12)
The Saviour calls for workers who will give themselves to be worked by the Spirit of God, workers who will yield to the refining, elevating influences of truth, and thus be fitted to wear the crown of life in the kingdom of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 236, 1908, 13)
Lt 238, 1908
Wilcox, F. M. St. Helena, California July 31, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder F. M. Wilcox
Boulder, Colorado Dear Brother Wilcox:
I have words to speak to you. I am thankful for the encouraging way in which you write regarding the work at the Boulder Sanitarium. The Lord will not leave any institution that is conducted in the fear of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 238, 1908, 1)
I would say to you, Elder Wilcox, that when the Lord shall send you help that you know to be reliable, then you may look for His directions as to where you shall go and what you shall do. But until help is obtained, who will work faithfully for the advancement of His cause, you are in no case to move away from your present field of labor.
(23LtMs, Lt 238, 1908, 2)
In regard to the one mentioned concerning whom you have had so much trouble, I must say that the Holy Spirit has not been her guide. She is in need of the converting power of God to work on mind and heart. The sanitarium at Boulder is not again to accept her as a member of its staff of workers. This institution is not again to be subjected to such trial as it has passed through because of her influence. The sanitarium is to be carefully guarded from all such jealous, suspicious influences; for such a spirit at work in the institution will do much to counterwork the work for which the sanitarium is established.
(23LtMs, Lt 238, 1908, 3)
It is of great importance that a healthful, sanctified influence be exerted by those who are connected with the work of the institution. If those who claim to be Christians are really such, a sweet, holy atmosphere will pervade the place that will be recognized by those who come to the institution. Let all who have a part to act in this branch of the work, put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness, and reflect His likeness in words and works of righteousness.
(23LtMs, Lt 238, 1908, 4)
I trust, my brother, that if at any time you should be removed from the Boulder Sanitarium, those who take your place will regard the instruction that has been given. May the Lord help you to distinguish clearly this duty and the responsibility that rests upon you to keep out of the institution all hurtful influences.
(23LtMs, Lt 238, 1908, 5)
I would be glad if I could visit you at Boulder. We are having warm weather in St. Helena. In a few days I leave here for the Los Angeles camp-meeting.
(23LtMs, Lt 238, 1908, 6)
Today I had some conversation with A. T. Jones, who is in St. Helena for a few days. His position is difficult to explain. He and W. C. White and I had a praying season together. What the result of his visit will be we cannot tell. Only the Lord can help the man. My prayer is that the Lord will bless and sanctify this interview to his good.
(23LtMs, Lt 238, 1908, 7)
Lt 239, 1908
Jones, A. T. St. Helena, California July 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 20MR 352-355. Elder A. T. Jones:
I have been conversing with you in the night season. I have carried the burden of your case upon my soul because the Lord has presented to me the dangers of your expressing your strong natural traits of character. These traits come to be distinguished in an objectionable way if you encourage them. Your soul and your mind and your character, unless under the influence of the Holy Spirit of God, lead you to extremes in spirit and in language, after the natural mind.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 1)
What then? You are unchristian in disposition. No soul professing to serve God reveals in words and disposition what you have ofttimes revealed in speech and action. Can such be accepted in the heavenly courts? Why, heaven would soon have a warfare, a second rebellion, if those with your confident, unsanctified disposition should be received in the heavenly courts. Therefore the Bible is given us as our guidebook. When you are a thoroughly converted man, all who associate with you will know this. The expression of your face will not be as we now see it.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 2)
The Lord set you to do a special work in Battle Creek and placed before you your dangers in connecting with such men as Frank Belden and J. H. Kellogg. The particulars in these two cases were opened to you as I gave you writings to read to them and requested you to pray with them. But those men converted you, and you lost your opportunity of converting them; for you took yourself in charge and left the Lord Jesus out of the arrangement. Therefore all the warnings given to save you were disregarded. That showed the manner of spirit you were of. These men converted you to do the very work they were doing and to voice their sentiments.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 3)
Now this is the picture I am presenting to you. You were more strong in your expressions, in your spirit, in your talk, than were these men, and expressions were made of an extravagant character. Therefore you swelled yourself to large proportions and did everything you could do to misrepresent and, if possible, to turn away the flock of God to go into forbidden paths.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 4)
O how sad I have felt over your case as you held on, determined to have your own way in keeping up the pretense of fitting the students to be better prepared to leave Battle Creek. Your words were not in accordance with the message given me of God, that for their souls’ safety they must leave Battle Creek. You held them in Battle Creek—flattered some and ridiculed others. How many were receiving lessons, from the education you were giving, directly contrary to a plain “thus saith the Lord”? When the Lord sends warnings to those in danger, He means what He says. Who is responsible for trusting to his own human wisdom and working directly opposite to the way the Lord has marked out that he should work? Had you had discernment, you would have lived out your profession and your prayer made at that time while at Fresno. If you had been worked by the Holy Spirit, there would have been a work done, showing zeal in proportion to the importance of the truths we are handling. The Lord would have given grace if you had humbled yourself and become meek and lowly of heart, and you might have been the instrument of warning hundreds and thousands through your words in writing and in ministry in speaking, and angels of God would have co-operated with the human instrument. But you turned traitor after being thoroughly warned. And your zeal was similar to Satan’s zeal in the heavenly courts when he brought in his strange ministry. You made many souls sick with your doubts. But the picture has been one that it is impossible to describe. The ministers are overworked in counteracting your representation—the work being done by Dr. Kellogg and you.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 5)
A. T. Jones, the spirit that has possessed you has been to lead souls into false paths. Only eternity will reveal what has been accomplished in the service of Satan in making souls sick with doubts. The ministry has been dishonored, greatly dishonored, and unrest has been brought in. And the Great Physician, who was waiting, longing to save to the uttermost all who would come unto Him, has been dishonored by A. T. Jones. You do not hesitate to make false statements, for Satan works your mind to utter falsehood. But now if you will be converted and live the prayer you made in Fresno that morning, as you promised to do, the Lord will work with you in the large gatherings of our people.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 6)
Our camp-meetings afford an excellent opportunity to illustrate health reform, for it is a part of our message. As we near the close of time, every soul who lives the truth will see the necessity of being a health reformer; and each minister will practice the health reform and will educate others in Christian temperance, presenting this subject in straight, clear, positive lines, not only by word, but by practice.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 7)
Precept and practice make impressions, because precept and practice are a power when not divorced, but combined. It is truth exemplified that becomes a power. But it does not stop here. We have found that where strict temperance is not only held forth in discourses before the public, but exemplified at our tables, a decided impression is made upon the community, and they are desirous to co-operate.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 8)
Health institutions, rightly conducted, give character to our work as genuine. In every city where health reform is presented to the people, there should be a limited ministry of the benefits of practical health reform and a place provided where the sick may be treated for common ailments. The building may not be all that could be desired, but it may be fitted up to give treatment in simple lines. This simple work will prove a blessing. A good physician, who understands the simple means we used in our first practice of health reform, has done wonders even in our camp-meetings. This work has always proved a blessing. If carried on under the labors of physicians and nurses, such work has given a practical sermon on health reform.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 9)
All who have had the light on health reform are to put their intelligence into practical use and will thus remove prejudice against health reform. To furnish conveniences for the wise treatment of common ailments will be blessed of God and do far more good than merely teaching without practicing. The backsliding of some upon this question is the result of a careless indifference to sound principles. After a camp-meeting, this work should be followed up by establishing a place for the practice of this branch of the work. This will be an agency for reaching the higher classes.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 10)
There are many things that need to be practiced in our camp-meetings to give a correct idea of health reform. Our teachings on health reform should be demonstrated in every respect. A letter came to me a short time since concerning the idea of bringing in peanuts, candies, and ice cream for financial reason. The light that the Lord has given over and over again on this subject is very plain. This practice was forbidden. The gain is not to be considered, but the influence of spoiling the stomach with these indulgences has proved a large objection religiously. It is contrary to health reform and is giving young children and grown-up children lessons in self-indulgence that the Lord forbids. There is need to give practical lessons in self-denial rather than lessons in self-indulgence. I am instructed to ever keep before the youth and older persons as well that the laying out of money for these sweets for the indulgence of appetite is not to be encouraged at all.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 11)
The lesson given is, Teach the children that they should have their missionary boxes and deny themselves as far as possible as a duty they owe to God—to act their part by self-denial. These lessons should come into every family. Everything of the character of ice cream, candies, and nuts brought into our camp meetings should not be permitted. Such practices as bringing these things upon the camp-ground give lessons which counteract the very messages the Lord would have our ministers bear to bring young children and older youth to practice self-denial, and to see that it is necessary to let all such indulgences alone if they are to be in health. These extras that they do not need injure the stomach.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 12)
I lift my voice of warning to all who shall attend our camp-meetings, to refuse to have such indulgences brought on the ground. Whatever may be the amount gained, the injury done will be a loss healthwise. Self-indulgence should not be encouraged. Our camp meetings are to educate old and young to practice habits of strict temperance; let not temptations be placed before the youth to become selfish. Remember the many places where there are calls for missionaries.
(23LtMs, Lt 239, 1908, 13)
Lt 240, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister Los Angeles, California August 16, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 8MR 19; 6Bio 179. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
We have received and read with much interest the letters you have written relating to the property near Buena Vista which you regard as a good school location. In reply I would say that we are favorably impressed with your description of the place. Your letter was a very interesting one, and the place you describe is certainly worthy of immediate investigation. If you obtain an offer for it, please write and let us know. We desire to come into such a place as you have described for our school and sanitarium work.
(23LtMs, Lt 240, 1908, 1)
The conditions of the Madison place near Nashville were certainly not so good in some respects as those you describe in your letter. I know there are other places that I have not seen with my natural eyes that more fully meet the demands of our work than does the Madison school property; but it was in the order of God that this property should be secured. I have been hoping and praying that we might find these places for the establishment of our school work in the California Conference.
(23LtMs, Lt 240, 1908, 2)
I have had three buildings presented before me which I have not seen with my natural eyes. Two of these were in the southern field and one in California. I hope to see all these three buildings at some time.
(23LtMs, Lt 240, 1908, 3)
I have been quite sick since coming to Southern California and am still weak. We came to the Glendale Sanitarium this morning. A Brother Crocker of Los Angeles brought Sara and Minnie Hawkins and myself out in his automobile. The camp-meeting has been extended for another week. There is a very deep interest in the meetings; the large tent is filled every evening, and at some of the meetings it has been difficult for many to find seats. Some outsiders are receiving the truth. Last Sabbath seven persons took their stand. I wish you might have been here with us. I am hoping to be strong enough to speak again tomorrow afternoon.
(23LtMs, Lt 240, 1908, 4)
We shall be glad to hear from you again in regard to the school property. I was very pleased with the description you gave of the buildings now being used for barns. These can be made to serve an excellent purpose for our school work. And I count as one of the greatest advantages of this place the abundance of good water. I hope that we shall be able to secure an offer of the place at a price that we can consider.
(23LtMs, Lt 240, 1908, 5)
Lt 242, 1908
Haskell, S. N. Los Angeles, California August 23, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in UL 249; ML 361. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Oakland, California Dear Brother Haskell:
I ask you to read these words to the church as a message that God has given me for His people:
(23LtMs, Lt 242, 1908, 1)
I cannot rest because of the many representations made to me, showing that our people are in danger of losing precious opportunities of working earnestly and wisely for the proclamation of the third angel’s message. Satan with all his agencies is working to hold God’s people back from giving all their powers to His service. But as a people we are to be active and decidedly in earnest, improving every opportunity to increase our usefulness in religious lines. We are to be “not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord.” [Romans 12:11.] Possessing true godliness and a knowledge of the Word of God, every church member may become a working agency, laboring with dignity and confidence, yet with humble dependence, remembering the words of Christ to His first disciples, “I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves: be ye therefore wise as serpents and harmless as doves.” [Matthew 10:16.] We need to exercise wisdom in all our ways if we would work in the name and fear of God. Unfeigned faith is what we need; for faith is “the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.” [Hebrews 11:1.]
(23LtMs, Lt 242, 1908, 2)
Cultivating Home Religion
The Lord would have us cultivate home religion, causing the fear of God to circulate through the family. When parents neglect their duty to their children, failing to govern them according to right principles, the enemy is given opportunity to gain control of their lives. And children who are allowed to disregard parental authority are never happy. In the early years of life is the time for all to prepare to become members of the royal family. Parents and youth should thank the Lord in prayer and praise for the privilege of becoming children of God and citizens of His kingdom.
(23LtMs, Lt 242, 1908, 3)
Abraham is a noble example of a faithful householder, and he has given us an example of the unquestioning obedience that all should render. He who blesses the righteous said of Abraham, “I know him, that he will command his children and his household after him.” [Genesis 18:19.] They will keep the way of the Lord to do justice and judgment. He will not speak words of hypocrisy or deception. There will be no betraying of sacred trusts. Abraham will keep the law of God as one who is answerable to the Lawgiver.
(23LtMs, Lt 242, 1908, 4)
Just as surely as we labor together, as Abraham did, so surely will we receive the commendation of heaven. Abraham was, to walk in the way of the Lord, governing his household by the combined influences of authority and affection. The Holy One has given us rules to obey, from which there can be no sinless swerving. We are bought with a price. Faith and works are to make us complete in Christ. Thus we shall keep the way of the Lord. When the heart is meek and lowly, God can impress the soul. The Word of God is our counselor. Let us obey its teachings.
(23LtMs, Lt 242, 1908, 5)
In all our work we need to keep the glory of God in view. The Word of God is our guide; let this testimony go forth as the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth. Let us talk faith and walk by faith. O what a work is ours, what a privilege, so to speak and so to act as to fasten conviction on the hearts and consciences of men. The Holy Spirit grants us His guidance in this work, and success comes when we have a strict regard for the fear of God. He is the Searcher of hearts, and He gives us the encouragement that if we will become intelligent in our service for God and will walk humbly in the light He has graciously given, we will not be left to labor in human strength.
(23LtMs, Lt 242, 1908, 6)
The Dangers of Discontent and Self-pity
Christ came to this world, a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief, to bear trial and to become acquainted with disappointment, that He might teach men and women to become like God. It is Satan’s purpose to make us like himself, and he seeks to fill the mind with feelings of discontent and self-pity. My brethren, let not these feelings have a place in your minds. Undue sympathy for self will lead to neglect of duty and to a low estimate of those who labor with you to build up the work and cause of God. Our thoughts must be guarded. We are to “love as brethren,” to be kind and courteous. [1 Peter 3:8.]
(23LtMs, Lt 242, 1908, 7)
Preaching is one of Christ’s appointed means of instruction in the gospel. There may be a feeling of dissatisfaction toward those appointed to preach the Word; their words may not be pleasing to the natural heart; but let not this lead to differences and criticism and faultfinding. Feed upon the heavenly manna. There is much precious work to be done. Let none feel that it is their place to criticize, but let each stand in his lot and place. There must be responsible men, there must be counselors. It is not wisdom to praise certain ones while others who need words of cheer are left in discouragement. “To the law and to the testimony, if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them.” [Isaiah 8:20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 242, 1908, 8)
My brethren, do not fail nor be discouraged. It is Satan’s desire to cut off communication between God and His people, that he may have opportunity to work the human minds. But pray, my brethren and sisters, pray and believe. Speak judiciously. The Holy Spirit will help those who seek the Lord to know how to do His work. A lifetime of prayer and research will yet leave much unlearned; but what we fail of learning here will be explained to us hereafter. The work of instruction begun on earth will be continued throughout eternity. There the Lamb of God will lead the host of the redeemed to the fountains of living water. He will impart rich stores of knowledge. He will unravel mysteries in the providences of God which in this life we are unable to understand.
(23LtMs, Lt 242, 1908, 9)
Lt 244, 1908
Those Recently Assembled at the Oakwood School Los Angeles, California August 23, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 2MR 81-82. + To those recently assembled at the Oakwood School, Huntsville, Alabama:
I cannot rest because of the many representations made to me, showing that our people are in danger of losing precious opportunities of working earnestly and wisely for the proclamation of the third angel’s message. Satan, with all his agencies, is working to hold God’s people back from giving all their powers to His service. But as a people we are to be active and decidedly in earnest, improving every opportunity to increase our usefulness in religious lines. We are to be “not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord.” [Romans 12:11.] Possessing true godliness and a knowledge of the Word of God, every church member may become a working agency, laboring with dignity and confidence, yet with humble dependence, remembering the words of Christ to His first disciples, “I send you forth as lambs in the midst of wolves: be ye therefore wise as serpents and harmless as doves.” [Luke 10:3; Matthew 10:16.] We need to exercise wisdom in all our ways if we would work in the name and fear of God. Unfeigned faith is what we need; for faith is “the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.” [Hebrews 11:1.]
(23LtMs, Lt 244, 1908, 1)
I have visited the Huntsville School, and I believe that it has many advantages for the carrying on of the work of an all-round education. It is the privilege of those who labor there to make it a blessed place of preparation for usefulness in the work of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 244, 1908, 2)
I am praying that every soul of you will fill the place that the Lord designs for you. He will work for each one according to his faith. There is a picture representing a bullock standing between a plough and an altar, and with the picture is the inscription, “Ready for either.” Thus we should be, ready to tread the weary furrow, or to bleed on the altar of sacrifice. This singleness of purpose, this devotion to duty, is to be expressed in the life of every child of God. This was the position our Saviour occupied while upon the earth; it is the position that every follower of His will occupy.
(23LtMs, Lt 244, 1908, 3)
The salvation made sure to the human race through the sacrifice of Christ was intended alike for all races and nationalities. There are some of all nationalities who are never inclined to draw in even cords with their fellow men. And unless the power of God is recognized and appreciated, and believers work intelligently for the accomplishment of God’s purpose for all mankind, God will leave them to their own ways and will use other instruments through which to accomplish His plans. And those who refuse to do the work laid upon them will finally be found on the enemy’s side, warring against order and discipline.
(23LtMs, Lt 244, 1908, 4)
Cultivating Home Religion
The Lord would have us cultivate home religion, causing the fear of God to circulate through the family. When parents neglect their duty to their children, failing to govern them according to right principles, the enemy is given opportunity to gain control of their lives, and children who are allowed to disregard parental authority are never happy. In the early years of life is the time for all to prepare to become members of the royal family. Parents and youth should thank the Lord in prayer and praise for the privilege of becoming children of God and citizens of His kingdom.
(23LtMs, Lt 244, 1908, 5)
Abraham is a noble example of a faithful householder, and he has given us an example of the unquestioning obedience that all should render. He who blesses the righteous said of Abraham, “I know him, that he will command his children and his household after him.” [Genesis 18:19.] They will keep the way of the Lord to do justice and judgment. He will not speak words of hypocrisy or deception. There will be no betraying of sacred trusts. Abraham will keep the law of God as one who is answerable to the Lawgiver.
(23LtMs, Lt 244, 1908, 6)
Just as surely as we labor together with God as Abraham did, we will receive the commendation of heaven. Abraham was to walk in the way of the Lord, governing his household by the combined influences of authority and affection. The Holy One has given us rules to obey, from which there can be no sinless swerving. We are bought with a price. Faith and works are to make us complete in Christ. Thus we shall keep the way of the Lord. When the heart is meek and lowly, God can impress the soul. The Word of God is our counselor. Let us obey its teachings.
(23LtMs, Lt 244, 1908, 7)
In all our work we need to keep the glory of God in view. The Word of God is our guide; let this testimony go forth as the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth. Let us talk faith and walk by faith. O what a work is ours, what a privilege, so to speak, and so to act as to fasten conviction upon the hearts and consciences of men. The Holy Spirit grants us His guidance in this work, and success comes when we have a strict regard for the fear of God. He is the Searcher of hearts, and He gives us the encouragement that if we will become intelligent in our service for God, and will walk humbly in the light He has graciously given, we will not be left to labor in human strength.
(23LtMs, Lt 244, 1908, 8)
The Dangers of Discontent and Self-Pity
Christ came to this world, a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief, to bear trial and to become acquainted with disappointment, that He might teach men and women to become like God. It is Satan’s purpose to make us like himself, and he seeks to fill the mind with feelings of discontent and self-pity. My fellow workers, let not these feelings have a place in your minds. Undue sympathy for self will lead to neglect of duty and to a low estimate of those who labor with you to build up the work and cause of God. Our thoughts must be guarded. We are to “love as brethren,” to be kind and courteous. [1 Peter 3:8.]
(23LtMs, Lt 244, 1908, 9)
Preaching is one of Christ’s appointed means of instruction in the gospel. There may be a feeling of dissatisfaction toward those appointed to preach the Word; their words may not be pleasing to the natural heart; but let not this lead to differences and criticism and faultfinding. Feed upon the heavenly manna. There is much precious work to be done. Let none feel that it is their place to criticism, but let each stand in his lot and place. There must be responsible men, there must be counselors. It is not wisdom to praise certain ones, while others who need words of cheer are left in discouragement. “To the law and to the testimony, if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them.” [Isaiah 8:20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 244, 1908, 10)
My brethren, do not fail nor be discouraged. It is Satan’s desire to cut off communication between God and His people, that he may have opportunity to work the human mind. But pray, my brethren and sisters, pray and believe. Speak judiciously. The Holy Spirit will help those who seek the Lord in order to know how to do His work. A lifetime of prayer and research will yet leave much unlearned; but what we fail of learning here will be explained to us hereafter. The work of instruction begun on earth will be continued throughout eternity. There the Lamb of God will lead the host of the redeemed to the fountains of living water. He will impart rich stores of knowledge. He will unravel mysteries in the providences of God which in this life we are unable to understand.
(23LtMs, Lt 244, 1908, 11)
Lt 246, 1908
Strother, W. E. Los Angeles, California August 13, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in PCO 114-115. W. E. Strother
Huntsville, Alabama Dear Brother:
I have this morning received and read your letter. I am sorry because of your discouragement. I am sorry that your feelings are not so pleasant as you could wish them to be. But you must not feel that an exalted, uplifted feeling is the sign of your acceptance with God. You need to exercise faith. Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen. You must not be discouraged. Feeling is not always reliable. You have the written Word. To love and fear God is the duty of every believing soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 246, 1908, 1)
Our work is reformatory. As the light of the Sabbath comes to us from the sacred Word, we are to work and to pray and to study. If you will be of the number who act upon the light of the Word of God, there will surely come to you the assurance that you are accepted with God. You have consented to be of the number who build the old waste places. The first day of the week is not the Sabbath of the Lord. Let your mind be established on a plain “Thus saith the Lord.”
(23LtMs, Lt 246, 1908, 2)
Remember that faith is taking God at His word. The Son of God is preparing a place for you in the mansions above. Let thanksgiving be expressed for this. Do not feel that because you do not always feel uplifted, that you are not His child. Take hold with humility and zeal to do the work He asks of you. Appreciate every opportunity to do a work that will make you a blessing to those around you. Let it be your determination to do your part toward making the place where you are a place that God can approve and bless.
(23LtMs, Lt 246, 1908, 3)
Unite with your companion in searching the Scriptures. The Holy Spirit will help those who seek the Lord in order to know how to do His work. While you seek to obtain perfection of Christian character, be helpers wherever you are. Praise the Lord at all times. Look on the bright side of circumstances, not on the dark side. Be watchful and prayerful, and the Lord will bless and guide and strengthen you. See how much you can do to bless others.
(23LtMs, Lt 246, 1908, 4)
You are precious in the sight of God. He wants you to cherish the grace of humility and thankfulness of heart. Improve every opportunity of gaining an education, that you may impart what you learn to others. There are many who need your help. The Holy Spirit will use all who will be used.
(23LtMs, Lt 246, 1908, 5)
Truth is purifying in its nature. Let truth and righteousness prevail in your life, and faultfinding will be banished. I pray that the Lord may guide you and strengthen you. Study the words of Christ. Act upon them, and you will be safe.
(23LtMs, Lt 246, 1908, 6)
As you study the Word, and allow the sanctification of the truth to mold your life, the Lord can make you an acceptable worker for Him. All who come together in church capacity should be among the Lord’s army of workers. But if the natural traits of character are left unsubdued, in times of crisis, when strong, hopeful words are needed, words of discouragement and hopelessness will be spoken, that bring heavy burdens on the church.
(23LtMs, Lt 246, 1908, 7)
My brother, you say that you feel that you have not a full connection with God. You say, “I cannot understand it. I am trying my very best, with the Lord’s help, to live up to the Word as far as I know, yet I feel a long way from the Lord, and I can’t tell why it is. We left Washington, my wife and I, to come to the Oakwood school to get a training for work.” You have done well in seeking to become fitted for the Master’s service. And I urge you and your wife to unite in seeking the Lord most diligently. Keep to the meekness and lowliness of Christ. Look constantly to Jesus, who is the Author and Finisher of your faith. Walk humbly with God, and do not talk discouragement. Have faith in God, and He will bless you and will make you an instrument for the accomplishment of a good work.
(23LtMs, Lt 246, 1908, 8)
Lt 248, 1908
Wilcox, F. M. Los Angeles, California August 20, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Eld. F. M. Wilcox
Boulder, Colorado Dear Brother:
I caution you not to make any hasty moves. A great mistake would be made if you should give up your work at the Colorado Sanitarium to those who do not fully sense their responsibilities, who would let down the spiritual standard and cheapen the work. The position you hold is an important one. Those who occupy such positions should be men who will not walk in their own counsel, but in the wisdom of the Lord’s counsel.
(23LtMs, Lt 248, 1908, 1)
Make no mistake in the men who hold positions of trust in the sanitarium; for Satan is ready to take advantage of every opportunity to find an entrance. Men are needed who will be true as steel to principle. If you have reliable men and women, who have not exalted ideas of their own capabilities, but who are led and taught by God, hold fast to them.
(23LtMs, Lt 248, 1908, 2)
Be very sure that in every advance move that is made, you are following the great Leader. Keep in mind the Word of the Lord to His people Israel, “Ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of Him who hath called you out of darkness into His marvelous light.” [1 Peter 2:9.] Let there be the constant exercise of true humility.
(23LtMs, Lt 248, 1908, 3)
It is a mistake to employ in our sanitariums men or women who give evidence that they are unconverted. Great harm can be done by one or two such ones who cling to their inherited tendencies and cultivated tendencies to wrong, and when provocation arises, reveal an evil, irreligious spirit. One or two such examples in an institution will be sufficient to develop the same evil spirit among the patients and other members of the family.
(23LtMs, Lt 248, 1908, 4)
All who connect with our sanitariums need the work of grace to be constantly going on in their hearts, if they would reveal the grace that maketh wise unto salvation. All who take up sanitarium work in any line are under obligation to God to exert a sanctified influence. A careless, untameable spirit revealed will do the institution great injustice. Those who profess the name of Christ, who bear the name of Christians, yet who fail to reveal the character of Christ, in sanctification and holiness of life, dishonor the Master.
(23LtMs, Lt 248, 1908, 5)
The boards of managers of our sanitariums should understand their responsibility to guard the interests of the institution. If the men and women employed do not exert an influence that brings honor to Christ, it is doing injustice to the institution to retain them. Let the reliable men be called together, pray and believe, and let all who have any part to act make every effort to increase their capability to labor successfully for souls. Learn how to work as Christian ladies and gentlemen. Let not any of those act as leaders who themselves still need to be converted. In all our institutions we are to make it manifest that we are bought with a price. When the men and women individually sit at the feet of Jesus and learn of Him with humble hearts and minds, they will be taught of God, and they will appreciate the lessons that Christ has given in His Word.
(23LtMs, Lt 248, 1908, 6)
To Our People in Boulder and Denver, Colorado
I have a message for all the believers in Boulder and Denver. Take heed to the words of Christ, “If any man lack wisdom, let him ask of God, which giveth to all men liberally and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him.” [James 1:5.] I would say to all who have an interest in the Boulder institution: Walk humbly with God. Satan has come down with great power, knowing that his time is short. He works with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in those who have turned away from the truth. The souls of men and women are precious in the sight of God, for they are bought with the price of His beloved Son.
(23LtMs, Lt 248, 1908, 7)
“Then began He to upbraid their cities, wherein most of His mighty works had been done, because they repented not: Woe unto thee, Chorazin! Woe unto thee, Bethsaida; for if the mighty works which were done in you, had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted to heaven, shall be brought down to hell; for if the mighty works had been done in Sodom that have been done in thee, it would have remained unto this day. But I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for thee.
(23LtMs, Lt 248, 1908, 8)
“At that time Jesus answered and said, I thank Thee, Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because Thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes. Even so, Father, for so it seemed good in Thy sight. All things are delivered unto Me of My Father; and no man knoweth the Son but the Father; neither knoweth any man the Father, but the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal Him.” [Matthew 11:20-27.]
(23LtMs, Lt 248, 1908, 9)
To all, the Saviour gives the blessed invitation: “Come unto Me,” He says, “all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Verses 28-30.]
(23LtMs, Lt 248, 1908, 10)
I am instructed to say to the church in Boulder: There are troublous times before us which very soon will break upon the proud and unbelieving, and upon those who profess to believe the truth for this time, but who are not living self-denying, Christian lives. I am charged to arouse the watchmen to give the last message of mercy to the world. O that our unbelieving hearts might be broken, and that we as a people might be sanctified through the truth. Those whom Christ makes free are free indeed. There are so many who are trying to climb up to heaven by some other way than the right way.
(23LtMs, Lt 248, 1908, 11)
Lt 250, 1908
Haskell, S. N. Loma Linda, California August 28, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 9MR 106-107. Elder Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother Haskell:
I have had cautions given me in regard to the necessity of our keeping a united front. This is a matter of importance to us at this time. As individuals we need to act with the greatest caution.
(23LtMs, Lt 250, 1908, 1)
I wrote to Elder Prescott, telling him that he must be exceedingly careful not to introduce subjects in the Review that would seem to point out flaws in our past experience. I told him that this matter on which he believes a mistake has been made is not a vital question, and that, should it be given prominence now, our enemies would take advantage of it and make a mountain out of a molehill.
(23LtMs, Lt 250, 1908, 2)
To you also I say that this subject should not be agitated at this time. Now, my brother, I feel that at this crisis in our experience, that chart which you have had republished should not be circulated. You have made a mistake in this matter. Satan is determinedly at work to bring about issues that will create confusion. There are those who would be delighted to see our ministers at an issue on this question, and they would make much of it.
(23LtMs, Lt 250, 1908, 3)
I have been instructed that regarding what might be said on either side of this question, silence at this time is eloquence. Satan is watching for an opportunity to create division among our leading ministers. It was a mistake to publish the chart until you could all get together and come to an agreement concerning the matter. You have not acted wisely in bringing to the front a subject that must create discussion, and the bringing out of various opinions; for every item will be strained and made to mean something that will only mean injury to the cause. We have all we can do to handle the false statements of those who have given evidence of their willingness to bear false witness.
(23LtMs, Lt 250, 1908, 4)
Elder Haskell, I am unable to define clearly the points that are questioned. Let us not agitate a subject that will give the impression that as a people we hold varied opinions, and thus open the way for those to work who wish to leave the impression on minds that we are not led by God. It will also be a source of temptation to those who are not thoroughly converted, and will lead to the making of rash moves.
(23LtMs, Lt 250, 1908, 5)
I leave these words with you, praying that you will keep heart and mind in simplicity and depend fully on God.
(23LtMs, Lt 250, 1908, 6)
Lt 252, 1908
Underwood, R. A. St. Helena, California September 10, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 1-2. + Elder R. A. Underwood
Minneapolis, Minnesota Dear Brother Underwood:
There is a great work to be done at this stage of our history. I have been shown that there are places, away from our cities, where are buildings that it would be wise for us to secure for our schools. There are places that should be purchased, and every talent possible should be used to carry on the work that the Lord has given us to do.
(23LtMs, Lt 252, 1908, 1)
We see determined efforts being made to establish the first day of the week as the Sabbath for all the world, in place of the Sabbath of the Lord. And while this is being done, a work is going forward in the councils of heaven to bring advantages to the people who believe and obey the Word of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 252, 1908, 2)
The Lord is certainly opening the way for us as a people to divide and subdivide the companies that have been growing too large to work together to the greatest advantage. And this dividing should be done, not only that the students may have greater advantages, but that the teachers may be benefited, and life and health spared. To establish another school will be better than further enlargement of the school at Lincoln. Let another locality have the advantage of one of our educational institutions. Secure for it the best talent, and guard against the dangers of an overcrowded school.
(23LtMs, Lt 252, 1908, 3)
All parts of our country are to be warned of the times in which we live. As schools are established in new localities, many will become acquainted with the reasons of our faith. In planning our school work, we are to work to benefit both believers and unbelievers, that the truth may come to the homes of many who are now in ignorance of it.
(23LtMs, Lt 252, 1908, 4)
Let the work of dividing be carefully and prayerfully considered. Properties will be offered for sale in rural districts at a price below the real cost, because the owners desire city advantages; and it is these rural locations that we desire to obtain for our schools, that the students may be away from the temptations of city life. If in these places there is land to be worked and buildings to be erected, this work will be of great benefit to the students. When driven from the cities, or when sent to others countries, the trades learned in our schools may be made an influence in favor of the truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 252, 1908, 5)
As we divide our schools, we should seek to make them more and more like the schools of the prophets. More and more we are to make the Bible the great lesson book. Wherever our schools are established now, the students are to become more thorough students of the Bible. If they will become doers of the Word, if they will dig deep, laying their foundation sure through obedience to all the requirements of God, they will be preparing to graduate to the higher school.
(23LtMs, Lt 252, 1908, 6)
“The works of the flesh are manifest, which are these; Adultery, fornication, uncleanness, lasciviousness, idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variance, emulations, wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, envyings, murders, drunkenness, revellings, and such like: of the which I tell you before, as I have also told you in time past, that they that do such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God. But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance: against such there is no law. And they that are Christ’s have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts. If we live in the Spirit, let us also walk in the Spirit. Let us not be desirous of vain glory, provoking one another, envying one another.” [Galatians 5:19-26.]
(23LtMs, Lt 252, 1908, 7)
Read carefully Revelation, chapters twenty-one and twenty-two. “I Jesus have sent Mine angel,” Christ declares through His servant, “to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and morning star. And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And whosoever will, let him take of the water of life freely.” [Revelation 22:16, 17.] This is the message to be borne to our churches. God help us to read and to hear and to understand.
(23LtMs, Lt 252, 1908, 8)
“And He said unto me, Seal not the prophecy of this book; for the time is at hand. He that is unjust, let him be unjust still; and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still; and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still; and he that is holy, let him be holy still.... I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.” [Verses 10, 11, 13, 14.]
(23LtMs, Lt 252, 1908, 9)
There are lessons of the highest importance to be learned from the Word of God. This great book is opened to us that our youth may be educated after the manner of the sons of the prophets. We as a people should carry on the work of the education of our youth in such a way that they will be guarded against living self-indulgent lives.
(23LtMs, Lt 252, 1908, 10)
Lt 254, 1908
Shireman, D. T. St. Helena, California September 12, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in SpM 376-377. Dear Brother Shireman:
In the night season I was conversing with you and speaking words of encouragement. The Lord our God is merciful. When His servants make mistakes, He sends them reproof. When the messages of reproof are received and accepted by those who have made mistakes, and changes are made in the life, the brethren should recognize the reformation, and they should encourage and seek to place on vantage ground those struggling to do right. I rejoice this is the way you feel towards Brother Johnson.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 1)
The Lord is now to be honored by the men who carry His work. Let there be a just recognition of the change in Brother Johnson. To neglect to do this, and to refuse to encourage and to build up the one who has been seeking to correct his course of action is to refuse to carry out principles that Christ has clearly laid down in His Word.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 2)
I am instructed to say to you that mistakes were made on both sides of this question. Brother and Sister Shireman did not view everything in a correct light. While brother Johnson did not take a right course, it is also true that others connected with him did not discern that their own spirit and words were also wrong.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 3)
Brother Johnson should now have encouragement. When a man of his temperament sees and acknowledges his wrong, and changes his course of action, there should be a disposition on the part of his brethren and sisters not only to forgive, but to do everything possible to restore confidence and to strengthen his hands. The impression should never be left on a human mind that the man who has done wrong, though he sees and corrects his wrong, should still be prevented from standing on vantage ground with his brethren. When such a course is pursued toward any erring soul, the Saviour is misrepresented. Those who recognize the reformation should show forgiveness and treat the brother who has erred with confidence and special kindness.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 4)
This instruction has been given me during the night, and now, at one o’clock in the morning, I am writing to you the message I have received. We need to encourage the erring to confess their wrongs; we should forgive them freely, recognizing the instruction God has given in His Word.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 5)
We need to be very careful that we do not view in a wrong light matters connected with the work of God. We need to guard against the least injustice. Those who bear the burden of the work of winning souls to Christ are to be encouraged and helped.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 6)
The Lord requires that unity exist in every church, but the policy of consolidation must be guarded against. The workers in our institutions are to preserve their individuality; each is to sense the responsibility resting upon him, while he works under the divine leadership of the Lord Jesus. The workers are to counsel together and to seek to bring in ideas that are in harmony with the teachings of truth, but never, as long as time shall last, is an arbitrary, man-ruling power to come in to take the place and authority of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 7)
The Lord has been instructing us to move forward. Shall we go forward, or shall we stand still? Shall we not seek to increase in faith, that we may work and wait in assurance and confidence? The Word of God is to be our guide under all circumstances.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 8)
We read in the eighteenth chapter of Ezekiel: “The word of the Lord came again unto me, saying, What mean ye that ye use this proverb concerning the land of Israel, saying, The fathers have eaten sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are set on edge? As I live, saith the Lord God, ye shall not use this proverb in Israel. Behold all souls are Mine. As the soul of the father, so also the soul of the son is Mine; the soul that sinneth, it shall die.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 9)
“But if a man be just, and do that which is lawful and right; and hath not eaten upon the mountains, neither hath lifted up his eyes to the idols of the house of Israel, ... and hath not oppressed any, but hath restored to the debtor his pledge, hath spoiled none by violence, hath given his bread to the hungry, and hath covered the naked with a garment; he that hath not given forth upon usury, neither hath taken any increase, that hath withdrawn his hand from iniquity, hath executed his judgment between man and man; hath walked in My statutes, and hath kept My judgments, to deal truly; he is just, he shall surely live, saith the Lord.” [Verses 1-9.]
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 10)
Study also the twentieth chapter of Ezekiel. “Thus saith the Lord God; in the day when I chose Israel; and lifted up Mine hand unto the seed of the house of Jacob, and made Myself known unto them in the land of Egypt; when I lifted up Mine hand unto them, saying, I am the Lord your God; in the day that I lifted up Mine hand unto them, to bring them forth out of the land of Egypt unto a land that I had espied for them, flowing with milk and honey, which is the glory of all nations and lands: then said I unto them, Cast ye away every man the abominations of his eyes, and defile not yourselves with the idols of Egypt: I am the Lord your God. But they rebelled against Me, and would not hearken unto Me; they did not every man cast away the abominations of their eyes, neither did they forsake the idols of Egypt: then I said, I will pour out My fury upon them, to accomplish My anger against them in the midst of the land of Egypt. But I wrought for My name’s sake, that it should not be polluted before the heathen, among whom they were, in whose sight I made Myself known unto them, in bringing them forth out of the land of Egypt.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 11)
“Wherefore I caused them to go forth out of the land of Egypt, and brought them into the wilderness. And I gave them My statutes, and shewed them My judgments, which if a man do, he shall even live in them. Moreover also I gave them My sabbaths, to be a sign between Me and them, that they might know that I am the Lord that sanctify them.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 12)
“But the house of Israel rebelled against Me in the wilderness: they walked not in My statutes, and they despised My judgments, which if a man do he shall even live in them; and My sabbaths they greatly polluted; then I said, I will pour out My fury on them in the wilderness, to consume them. But I wrought for My name’s sake, that it should not be polluted before the heathen, in whose sight I brought them out.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 13)
“Yet also I lifted up My hand unto them in the wilderness, that I would not bring them into the land which I had given them, flowing with mild and honey, which is the glory of all lands, because they despised My judgments, and walked not in My statutes; but polluted My sabbaths; for their heart went after their idols. Nevertheless Mine eyes spared them from destroying them; neither did I make an end of them in the wilderness. But I said unto their children in the wilderness, Walk ye not in the statutes of your fathers, neither observe their judgments; nor defile yourselves with your idols: I am the Lord your God; walk in my statutes, and keep My judgments and do them; and hallow My sabbaths; and they shall be a sign between Me and you, that ye may know that I am the Lord your God.” [Verses 5-20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 14)
Here the Word of God plainly specifies the day that should be kept holy, the seventh day; and yet we see a work being carried on by ministers, physicians, lawyers, and rulers that will result in the enforcing of a Sunday law. Will not God punish for this rebellion? He will surely punish, as is represented in the words that I have copied.
(23LtMs, Lt 254, 1908, 15)
Lt 256, 1908
Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California September 13, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 180. Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother Haskell:
I lay awake many hours last night in perplexity, fearing lest I am taking too great responsibility on myself in regard to the proposed school location at Buena Vista. I wish to say to you now, Do not let any words of mine influence you or the committee to a hasty decision. Weigh the question well in all its bearings, and thoroughly investigate the advantages and disadvantages of the place. Some say there is but little feed on the place. Consider all these things, and let not my urgent desire that the place be secured lead you to make hasty decisions. I do not feel that I want the decision of this question to rest with me.
(23LtMs, Lt 256, 1908, 1)
I had only a hasty view of the place at Buena Vista; and while it corresponded to a place that had been shown me, I do not want you to feel that you must secure it on that account. I hope that you and Brethren Cottrell and Covell and the locating committee will view the question from all points. I shall leave this matter to be settled by the committee; and if they decide unfavorably regarding this place, I shall wait patiently until something further is offered where we can be supplied with water and woodlands. What we need is mountain advantages, where we can have an abundance of pure, soft water that is not poisoned by the schemes of men.
(23LtMs, Lt 256, 1908, 2)
Lt 258, 1908
White, J. E. St. Helena, California September 11, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 170. Elder J. E. White
1713 Cass Street
Nashville, Tennessee My son Edson:
We have just returned from our visit to Southern California, where we spent four weeks attending the Los Angeles camp-meeting and visiting the sanitariums at Glendale, Paradise Valley, and Loma Linda. The camp-meeting was an important one, and there were able workers present all through the meeting.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 1)
Our brethren thought that it would be a wise thing to give the Women’s Christian Temperance Union workers an opportunity to address the congregation in the large tent Sunday afternoon, and time was given them on the first Sunday of the camp-meeting. They invited me also to speak at this time, but I was sick and could not come before the people. An excellent meeting was held, and the W.C.T.U. workers expressed their appreciation of the consideration they had thus received. We are seeking to help these people, and I know such experiences as this will have an influence.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 2)
I spoke when I could do so with safety, and I was grateful to God that I could speak at all; for I had had a hard journey to Los Angeles. We traveled by the Owl, which runs through the San Joaquin Valley, and we had every convenience in one of the drawing rooms; but the journey was made unusually long and wearisome on account of accidents to other trains on the road. Twice we were delayed because of freight trains ahead of us whose machinery had broken down; and this held us six hours in one place where we could get no breeze. At breakfast time we took our provisions and found a resting place in the shade of an immense water tank and there ate our lunch. Our party was made up of Clarence Crisler and wife, Sara McEnterfer, Miss Hannaford, Minnie Hawkins, and myself.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 3)
When we reached Los Angeles, we found a small furnished cottage at the disposal of my family, and another close by in which W. C. White, Elder Daniells, and Clarence Crisler stayed. We were very thankful for this accommodation, and especially that we could have the convenience of a bathroom. But after I was settled there, I became quite sick, so that I could speak only a few times.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 4)
The meetings were excellent, and such a deep interest prevailed that it was decided to extend the meeting over the third Sunday. On that day I spoke to a very large congregation upon the importance of the seventh-day Sabbath. I spoke for one hour, presenting before the people the evidence that God has given in His Word regarding the sanctity of His day. My voice did not fail. As I ceased speaking, a lady, a member of the Women’s Christian Temperance Union, came up to me, and throwing her arms around me, said with tears, “I accept the seventh-day Sabbath because the Word of God declares it to be His day. He sanctified the seventh day. I am fully converted.”
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 5)
I had told the congregation that the Word of God was true and just; that the seventh day had been sanctified because the Word of God declared it.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 6)
I was then hastened from the tent to a smaller tent on the ground, where I took my bath, and was then taken in an automobile to the streetcars which carried us to Glendale. Willie helped me in every way possible. At the Glendale station there was no means of conveyance to the sanitarium. The regular bus does not run on Sundays. But Willie had provided a wheelchair, and in it I reached the sanitarium again, where I had one of the best rooms in the institution.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 7)
The Sabbath previous to this, I spoke to the patients and helpers at Glendale, and to the neighbors, who gathered in the two large parlors on the first floor. The Lord gave me freedom in speaking to those assembled. As I spoke to all from the Word of life, and especially to those who were afflicted, I felt the Holy Spirit come into my own heart. I could see that the hearers were blessed, for their faces beamed with hope.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 8)
On Monday afternoon, August 24, we took the train to National City. At the station we met Brother Harmon W. Lindsay, who is now the business manager of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. He had two teams waiting for our party, and we were taken quickly to the sanitarium.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 9)
At the sanitarium, we found that the physician, the matron, and the manager were working heartily and unitedly to make the sanitarium a cheerful home for the afflicted. Wednesday morning I spoke to the patients and helpers in the parlors. These are beautiful rooms and are calculated to accommodate a large or small company as the need may be. When a small company is present, one room is sufficient; but the rooms are so arranged that when a larger company gathers, the people can be accommodated with equal convenience. I could not help thinking how much these pleasant rooms must be appreciated by the sick ones.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 10)
I had perfect freedom in speaking, and all seemed interested.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 11)
After this I was asked to join a company in praying for Sister McKee, the mother of Mrs. R. S. Cummings, our matron. For years Sister McKee has labored for abandoned women, a work that is shunned by many. She felt that she was in need of healing, for her nervous system was affected, and she feared a breakdown. She specified her desire that I should unite my prayers with those whom she had invited to join in this season of seeking God. I knelt down close by the side of this sister and pleaded with God that He would heal her.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 12)
For some time I myself had been afflicted with pain in my right hip. As I prayed for Sister McKee, I did not mention myself as in need of healing. But when I claimed the promise for her, “Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find” [Matthew 7:7], I felt, as I have felt many times when praying for the sick, the rich blessing of God come upon me. The stiffness and pain left my limb, and I was blessed as verily as was Sister McKee, for whom our prayers were offered.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 13)
The next morning we left Paradise Valley for Loma Linda. At Colton a carriage from the sanitarium was waiting for us, and we were soon at the sanitarium that we have all appreciated so much. I have sometimes wished I might meet those who first owned the sanitarium and who gave it over to us with all its beautiful furnishings. I would like to tell them of our grateful thanks. Everything is of the best. I never before saw so many rocking chairs in one building. We never could have procured such good furniture. Grateful thanks arises in my heart whenever I think of what God has wrought for us in this place. And I know that much good has been done through this institution and that souls have been converted.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 14)
While at Loma Linda we were taken by Brother Burden to view the garden. This land is being wisely cultivated, and it is yielding its treasures. In the last year the garden has brought in $600 in profits, and Brother Burden expressed his conviction that this would continue to improve. We saw large patches of melons, strawberries, asparagus, tomatoes, and corn. Some of these fruits and vegetables are sold in the neighboring town, but the larger portion is used to supply the sanitarium tables.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 15)
Sabbath morning, August 29, I spoke in the sanitarium chapel on the hill. The house was crowded, the sick being brought in in wheel chairs and filling the aisles. I spoke from the third chapter of Revelation, but I did not say all I desired to say. The subject is one of intense interest to me.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 16)
I do not feel free to go to Nashville this fall unless I have some indication from the Lord that this is duty. I do not feel that I am needed at Madison, though I should be pleased to see you and Emma again. We are striving with all our powers to get out my books, but these calls that come in for us to visit different parts of the field hinder us from accomplishing what we desire to do. I cannot do my writing if I keep traveling.
(23LtMs, Lt 258, 1908, 17)
Lt 260, 1908
Warren, Luther Los Angeles, California August 22, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in GW 163-164. + Elder Luther Warren Dear Brother:
I am soon to leave Los Angeles, and before I go I have words of caution to leave with you. Do not, my brother, allow yourself to be overworked; for when overwearied, you will not always speak carefully. I do not want you to speak words that will hurt any soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 260, 1908, 1)
You need to move cautiously. The Spirit of Christ is grieved when you say things that are severe. You are at fault in this. For some time you have been in danger of making harsh statements. In the home life, the husband is to cherish forbearance and patience, meekness and kindness. The wife is to guard her words, that she may be a blessing to her husband. Be tenderhearted, be pitiful, be courteous. Do not try to compel one another.
(23LtMs, Lt 260, 1908, 2)
When before the people, you are sometimes inclined to use very strong language. I have this message for you from the Lord: Be kind in speech, gentle in action. Guard yourself carefully, for you are inclined to be severe and dictatorial and to say rash things. The Lord speaks to you, saying, Watch and pray, lest ye enter into temptation. [Mark 14:38.] Harsh expressions grieve the Lord; unwise words do harm. I am charged to say to you, Be gentle in your speech; watch well your words; let no sharpness come into your words or into your gestures. Bring into all you do and say the fragrance of Christlikeness.
(23LtMs, Lt 260, 1908, 3)
Let not the natural traits of character mar and spoil your work. You are to help and strengthen the tempted. Let not self appear in rash words. Christ has given His life for the flock, and for all for whom you labor. Let no words of yours balance souls in the wrong direction. In the minister of Christ there must be revealed Christlikeness of character.
(23LtMs, Lt 260, 1908, 4)
Rash, overbearing expressions do not harmonize with the sacred work that Christ has given His ministers to do. When the daily experience is one of looking unto Jesus and learning of Him, you will reveal a wholesome, harmonious character. Soften your representations, and let not condemnatory words be spoken. Learn of the great Teacher. Words of kindness and sympathy will do good as a medicine and will heal souls that are in despair. The knowledge of the Word of God brought into the practical life will have a healing, soothing power. Harshness of speech will never bring blessing to yourself or to any other soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 260, 1908, 5)
My brother, you are to be a representative of the mildness and patience and goodness of Christ. In your talks before the public, let your representations be after Christ’s order. The wisdom that cometh from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and of good fruits. Watch, pray, subdue the harshness which at times breaks out in you. By the grace of Christ dwelling in you, your words may become sanctified. If your brethren do not do just as you think they should do, do not meet them with harshness. The Lord has been grieved at times with your severe expressions.
(23LtMs, Lt 260, 1908, 6)
Your will is to be yielded to the Lord’s will. You need the help of the Lord Jesus. Let only words that are clean and pure and sanctified come from your lips; for as a minister of the gospel, your spirit and example will be followed by others. Be kind and tender to children at all times. I pray that the Lord may make you pure and without fault before Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 260, 1908, 7)
My brother, do not be discouraged. There is a great work to be done, and you must act your part in it. Beware of giving a wrong example to others. I pray that the Lord will abundantly bless you, but He cannot sanction any course that is marked by a rough and dictatorial spirit; for by setting such an example, you are educating others in the same wrong course. We are all striving for eternal life, and we must strive lawfully.
(23LtMs, Lt 260, 1908, 8)
I hope that these words will not discourage you. The Lord would have you look to Him for light and for your spiritual strength. As you continue in the work of drawing souls to Christ, be careful that you leave not the impression upon minds that you are an extremist. Your mind needs to be molded and fashioned after the divine similitude.
(23LtMs, Lt 260, 1908, 9)
Your revival efforts show even those who are not fully in sympathy with you that you are directed by the Holy Spirit, and that you have special aid in helping souls over the dark places and in leading them to victory after victory. You may reach God’s ideal if you will resolve that self shall not be woven into your work. I want you to meet Christ’s ideal. To know that you are striving in spirit and in works to be Christlike will give you strength and comfort and courage. It is your privilege to become meek and lowly in heart; then angels of God will co-operate with you in your revival efforts. Christ died that His life might be lived in you, and in all who make Him their example. In the strength of your Redeemer you can reveal the character of Christ, and you can work in wisdom and in power to make the crooked places straight. Press close to the side of Christ, and praise the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 260, 1908, 10)
Lt 262, 1908
Cottrell, H. W./President of the Pacific Union Conference St. Helena, California September 17, 1908 Previously unpublished. To the President of the Pacific Union Conference
Mountain View, California Dear Brother Cottrell:
Would it not be wisdom for you to attend the counsel meeting in Los Angeles next Sunday? The Lord does not want our brethren to become confused. This seems to be an important time for the work in Southern California. Matters should be so arranged that Elder Reaser need not be detained from his appointed field of labor. Is it not your place to meet with the brethren, and if it is their wish [for you] to step into the gap, please consider this. But you must understand your duty for yourself.
(23LtMs, Lt 262, 1908, 1)
Elder Cottrell, you must walk by faith and not by sight. There is to be exercised by you a living, active faith—a faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Our time to labor is very short, and we need now to watch unto prayer. Seek the Lord, my brother. Believe His promises. Step into your allotted place. Walk by faith, work by faith, and do not expect that you can have sight before the exercise of a trusting belief in the workings of God. Then work with the expectation of accomplishing great things.
(23LtMs, Lt 262, 1908, 2)
Lt 264, 1908
White, Emma St. Helena, California September 20, 1908 Previously unpublished. Dear Emma:
I wish to write a few lines to you, advising you to come with Edson to St. Helena. We would be glad of Edson’s help on some books that we are preparing for the press concerning my early experiences. This connection of Edson and Willie in my work has often been suggested. I will pay Edson for the work he does on my books. He will find Clarence Crisler good help in the office.
(23LtMs, Lt 264, 1908, 1)
We need to work rapidly now, for time is short; and what is done must be done quickly. Willie has been called off from his work to travel, and this has hindered his work. I hope that now we can all plan together. I have often wished that this might be. W. C. White also has often spoken in regard to it. I send you these few lines now, so that you may be working to the point, if you decided to come.
(23LtMs, Lt 264, 1908, 2)
We will be glad to have you with us at our home. We have two gentle carriage horses, either of which you can use when you wish to ride out. The two large gray horses do the work on the farm. The smaller of the two carriage horses, Ladybird, is an intelligent animal. She hardly knows what it means to be struck with a whip; a touch is sufficient to send her off as fast as we care to go. The large carriage horse is a good traveler. We have a nice double carriage, a platform wagon, and two phaetons.
(23LtMs, Lt 264, 1908, 3)
Your sleeping room is above the sitting room and is furnished with stove so that you can be quite comfortable.
(23LtMs, Lt 264, 1908, 4)
Lt 266, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California September 22, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder S. N. Haskell
S.D.A. Camp-ground
Fresno, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I have just read your welcome letter. I thank you sincerely for writing.
(23LtMs, Lt 266, 1908, 1)
I planned to write at once about the school location at Buena Vista. As soon as your letter came, I began to search through my bag of writings which I had not unpacked since I reached home. I was surprised to find ten pages that I had written while at your house in Oakland, after my visit to Buena Vista. I had forgotten that I had written this. I have placed this manuscript in Minnie’s hands and shall be pleased when it is ready to send to you.
(23LtMs, Lt 266, 1908, 2)
Since coming home I have attended one meeting in the sanitarium chapel. I spoke from the third chapter of Revelation. The house was crowded, the aisles being filled with patients in their wheel chairs. The Lord gave me clearness of thought, and I spoke with freedom. All seemed to be deeply interested. I thought of speaking again next Sabbath, but I am suffering from an attack of influenza which came upon me two days ago. I am very hoarse and will not be able to speak for some days.
(23LtMs, Lt 266, 1908, 3)
I have not been able to sleep well since I returned home. Today Sara took me for a ride, and I had half an hour’s sleep while riding. For two weeks I have not dared to use my eyes as much as usual. The pain in my left eye has been so great that I have had to keep it bandaged with wet cloths much of the time. How thankful we should be to God for our eyesight.
(23LtMs, Lt 266, 1908, 4)
Sept. 23
I have spent another wakeful night and have suffered much pain with my throat. All night the air seemed oppressive and lifeless. This morning I feel quite sick and must rest. I wanted to be at the meeting at Fresno, but dared not risk going in such heat. I hope the Lord will bless you abundantly with every other worker who is acting a part in the meeting.
(23LtMs, Lt 266, 1908, 5)
Lt 268, 1908
Scriver, Sister St. Helena, California September 22, 1908 Previously unpublished. Mrs. Scriver
Sacramento, California My Sister Sciver:
I thank you for the $100 that you sent me. Loans that come to me at this time are greatly appreciated in our work of preparing my books for the press. These books are needed, and they will bring spiritual blessing to the people.
(23LtMs, Lt 268, 1908, 1)
I have done some writing since I returned from my visit to Southern California. Appointments were out that I should speak at the camp-meeting at Fresno, Cal., but I dared not attend that meeting because of the extreme heat. Elder Haskell and wife are there, and several other ministers.
(23LtMs, Lt 268, 1908, 2)
We were almost five weeks on this trip to Southern California. The journey to Los Angeles was trying to me, but I was glad to be there and to see the work of the Lord being accomplished in that portion of the field. I begrudge nothing that I have done for the advancement of the work.
(23LtMs, Lt 268, 1908, 3)
At Loma Linda I found that great advancement had been made. I was taken in an easy carriage over a large part of the farm, and Elder Burden told of the success that had attended their orchard, farm, and garden enterprises. It was a great pleasure to see the thrifty fruit trees and the prosperous garden. The land had been diligently and faithfully cultivated, and it is yielding its treasure for the support of the sanitarium. I would be pleased if you could see the Loma Linda Sanitarium. I spoke to the helpers and patients twice during my stay, and the Lord blessed me with freedom.
(23LtMs, Lt 268, 1908, 4)
I spoke several times during the camp-meeting to very large audiences. These discourses were reported and will appear later in the Review. The third Sunday of the meeting I spoke in the forenoon to a crowded tent on the subject of the Sabbath of the fourth commandment. I spoke for one hour, presenting before the people the evidence that God has given regarding the sanctity of the seventh day.
(23LtMs, Lt 268, 1908, 5)
Elder Haskell reports interesting meetings being held in Fresno. I should have attended this meeting had it not been for the great heat, which Elder Haskell says is almost unbearable. I felt that I dared not run any risk at this time, for I am in need of rest and care. I have not slept well for several nights because of the heat here.
(23LtMs, Lt 268, 1908, 6)
I see the need of the message of truth going forth with a loud cry. We must have more laborers in the harvest field. But I must bring this letter to a close. I thank you once more for the help you have sent—help which is really needed. May the Lord bless you, my sister in the Lord. I hope you may be able to interest others to do likewise, that the truth may go to all the world.
(23LtMs, Lt 268, 1908, 7)
Lt 270, 1908
Reaser, G. W. St. Helena, California September 23, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 389-390. + Elder G. W. Reaser
257 South Hill Street
Los Angeles, California Dear Brother Reaser:
I hope that you will not again undertake the responsibilities connected with the Southern California Conference. It would be better for you to be in another field and let new talent come into Southern California.
(23LtMs, Lt 270, 1908, 1)
In some respects there are decided changes to be made in your character. Wherever you labor, you are to understand that while you are to stand as firm as a rock to principle, you are not to be a driver, but a fellow laborer with your brethren. You are not to seek to rule, and dictate, and compel, but to be teachable in spirit, kind in disposition, and to be one with your brethren. It would be a serious mistake to place you again in a position which your past experience has shown that you have not wisdom to fill. The peculiar traits of your character lead you to desire to be a leader, but I have been shown that it would not be wisdom for you to occupy the position of the president of the Southern California Conference another year.
(23LtMs, Lt 270, 1908, 2)
I write this to you lest you should suppose that because there is some hindrance to the arrival of the one who was chosen for the presidency of Southern California, you should retain the position. We need for the place a man who has less confidence in his own human judgment, one who will act as Christ acted, who, though Himself the prince of life, made Himself of no reputation, and coming to a world that was all seared and marred with the curse, placed Himself as one among the most needy and dependent. When He revealed Himself to the world as its Saviour, He said, “Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.]
(23LtMs, Lt 270, 1908, 3)
The presidents of our conferences must be men who are not self-sufficient and dictatorial. They must not give place to the idea that the office of president comprehends a vast amount of rulership. With such ideas they will leave impressions upon minds that will do injury to the work. Precious privileges will be lost to the people when presidents minutely define and direct the work of their co-laborers.
(23LtMs, Lt 270, 1908, 4)
As a people we are to be purified from our natural habits and desires. Our hearts must be changed, or we cannot correctly represent the Lord Jesus who gave His life for us. The Son of God took humanity upon Him that He might make it possible for humanity to take hold upon divinity through the exercise of a perfect faith. Christ is our example for the development of a perfect character. Through the strength we receive from Him, we may be overcomers. In seeking Him for those things that we need, we must exercise a faith that will not be denied. We must represent Him by following humbly in His footsteps. Through belief in His merits and practice of the truth, we shall receive of His grace, and this will be revealed in kindness of heart and action and singleness of purpose. Courtesy and sympathy will be revealed in our daily lives. By a daily opening of the heart to truth and righteousness as they are found in Jesus, we will be able to reveal that truth and that righteousness in our dealings with others.
(23LtMs, Lt 270, 1908, 5)
The Spirit of Christ is grieved when any of His followers give evidence of possessing a harsh, unfair, or exacting spirit. As laborers together with God, each should regard the other as part of God’s great firm. He desires that they shall counsel together. There is to be no drawing apart, for the spirit of independence dishonors the truth we possess. One special evidence that the love of Christ is abiding in His church is the unity and harmony which exist among its members. This is the brightest witness to the possession of true religion; for it will convert and transform the natural man and fashion him after the divine similitude.
(23LtMs, Lt 270, 1908, 6)
The converting power of Christ is to have a telling influence in all our institutions, and this power is the agency that will overcome our individual defects of character and make us laborers together with God. By the truth held in its purity, souls will be reached who could not otherwise be influenced to obey. The Holy Spirit is to be our counselor and guide in every branch of the work. The will of God made manifest in the life reveals the power of the Word to overcome every natural trait of character and to conduct the believer “from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord.” [2 Corinthians 3:18.]
(23LtMs, Lt 270, 1908, 7)
I have a deep interest in you, my brother. I want you to receive the grace of our precious Saviour, that you may be sanctified—soul, body, and spirit—through the belief of the truth. You are not required to set a standard of character for yourself, but to accept that standard, which if copied will lead you in the lowly steps of Jesus.
(23LtMs, Lt 270, 1908, 8)
Lt 272, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California September 24, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Fresno, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I have been very sick since I wrote you last, but am feeling better today. I feel that it is very necessary that I shall be where I shall not have to do so much writing or examine so much manuscript.
(23LtMs, Lt 272, 1908, 1)
There is one point that the Lord has very strongly impressed upon my mind since our first arrival in California. It is that we should occupy buildings that we had not erected and cultivate lands that we do not now see and possess. We must be constantly on the lookout for these advantages and be prepared to accept them when the Lord shall bring them to our notice.
(23LtMs, Lt 272, 1908, 2)
We have seen the fulfilment of this as we have come into possession of the properties at Glendale, Paradise Valley, Loma Linda, and San Fernando, which at first it seemed impossible to obtain. Now we have visited this property at Buena Vista and have investigated its advantages. If in the providence of God we come into possession of this place, we must secure the whole or none. But if after a thorough investigation of the place it is considered by the committee that it would not be a suitable property to secure, we will not urge the matter. But I thought I would write you this word of counsel: Let no voice be raised in discouragement until the land has been thoroughly examined. We call upon all to make this matter a subject of prayer. Put away your prejudices, and seek to know the mind of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 272, 1908, 3)
In my visit to the place, I had only a hasty view of the property. I am desirous of seeing it again. When I am able, I shall endeavor to go with my own team when I can see it more fully.
(23LtMs, Lt 272, 1908, 4)
I received your letter this noon. I had written part of this before it arrived. I could write much more, but will not attempt to do so now. Yesterday I sent you a manuscript regarding the matter of the school location. When we visit it the next time, we will study together the advantages and disadvantages of the place as a school site.
(23LtMs, Lt 272, 1908, 5)
I will now leave this matter with you. May the Lord give you wisdom and sound judgment to know whether or not we should secure the property. That the Lord may guide you with His counsel is my great desire and prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 272, 1908, 6)
Lt 274, 1908
Workman, Brother and Sister [W. D.] St. Helena, California September 23, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in CD 101, 107, 126; 6Bio 171, 189. Mr. and Mrs. Wilford Workman
Takoma Park Station, Washington, D.C. Dear Children:
I have written some things that I wish to be read to the school. If you do not wish to read it, some one else can read it to the students and teachers as a letter from Sister White.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 1)
It is not because I have forgotten you that I have not written to you, but because of the press of work that is continually upon me. No sooner is one batch of letters and manuscripts dealt with, than another is placed before me, perhaps more difficult than the last. I am finding so many things to do that I cannot get time to rest. There are many manuscripts to look over and some straight testimonies to be borne. All my time is fully occupied.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 2)
My left eye has been troubling me considerably, and for a few days I have had serious throat difficulty. A number in the neighborhood have been afflicted with the same trouble.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 3)
A camp-meeting is now in session in Fresno. Elder Haskell did not advise me to attend. He wrote me from that place, “It is fearfully hot; I dare not say, Come.” But if he had said, Come, it would have been an impossibility for me to go; for two days I have been suffering from an attack of influenza. Sara gave me very thorough treatment, such as we used to give to the sick before we had sanitariums established.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 4)
I am drawing near to another birthday, when I shall enter my eighty-second year. I have great freedom in speaking to the people, and more especially to those not of our faith. I enjoy being where I can speak to this class of people who have not had the privileges we have had of knowing the truth. I should not be bound down to so much examination of manuscript. I am asked to read every part of the selections made. I realize that it is wonderful that the Lord blesses me with such clearness of mind, and I am grateful.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 5)
I expect to attend the next General Conference in Washington. Edson is very desirous that I shall go to Nashville in October, but I dare not attempt this.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 6)
The strain of the journey to Southern California was very severe upon me; nevertheless the Lord sustained me throughout the five weeks of our absence from home. On the last Sunday of the camp-meeting at Los Angeles, I spoke to a very large congregation in the tent. There were a number of the Women’s Christian Temperance Union workers present, and I tried to present the importance of the Sabbath of the fourth commandment, giving the Word of God for its observance. At the close I made a strong appeal for all to study their Bibles and to take their position for the right.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 7)
As I ceased speaking, one lady, a member of the Women’s Christian Temperance Union came up to me, and throwing her arms around me, said, Sister White, I take my position to keep the Bible Sabbath. There were tears in her eyes as she spoke. Her confession of the truth made a solemn impression upon the people. I was very thankful for this opportunity of presenting the sacred truth of the Word of God. I let the Word of God speak for itself. A “Thus saith the Lord” is all-sufficient. We were thankful that the meeting closed so well.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 8)
We have a deep interest in you, my children. We pray that your health will be preserved, that you may carry through the lines of study you have undertaken. Do not fail or become discouraged. Your letters do not indicate that you are losing heart. I praise the Lord for this.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 9)
To Students and Teachers
I am instructed to say to the workers in our sanitariums and to the teachers and students in our schools that there is need of guarding ourselves upon the point of appetite. There is danger of becoming lax in this respect and of letting our individual cares and responsibilities so absorb our time that we shall not take time to eat as we should. My message to you is, Take time to eat, and do not crowd into the stomach a great variety of foods at one meal. To eat hurriedly of several kinds of food at a meal is a serious mistake. Those who respect the laws of their being will give time and thought to the needs of the body and to the laws of digestion. Respect paid to the proper treatment of the stomach will be rewarded in clearness of thought and strength of mind. Your digestive organs will not be prematurely worn out to testify against you. We are to show that we appreciate our God-given intelligence by eating and studying and working wisely. A sacred duty devolves upon us to keep the body in such a state that we shall have a sweet, clean breath. We are to appreciate the light God has given on health reform by word and practice, reflecting clear light to others upon this subject. This is a solemn obligation that God places upon each one of us. In all that we do, whether we eat or drink, we are to seek the glory of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 10)
Many spoil their dispositions by eating improperly. We should be just as careful to learn the lessons of health reform as we are to have our studies perfectly prepared; for the habits that we adopt in this direction are helping to form our characters for the future life. It is possible for one to spoil his spiritual experience by an ill-use of the stomach.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 11)
The obligation which we owe to God to keep the body in health is an individual responsibility and one which no one can bear for another. We are to eat and drink to the glory of God; then we shall preserve for ourselves peace of mind and comfort of body. Every nerve and muscle of our being is to be regarded as a sacred charge. If we will do all in our power to keep the body in health and the brain clear and strong, we will receive ability to comprehend the truth as it is in the Word, and we will have an earnest purpose to secure eternal life.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 12)
The Lord requires us to work out our own salvation day by day. He will not work a miracle to prevent the result of mistreatment of our organs. It is ours to reason from cause to effect, to remember that we are the Lord’s property, and to unite with God in keeping our bodies clean and pure and healthy and our whole being sanctified to Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 13)
When we thus manifest our respect for our Creator and for the gift He has given us in Jesus Christ, we will receive an increase of faith and of grace every day.
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 14)
“God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] In the sixth chapter of his gospel, the disciple John tells us of most precious things that are made possible to us if we will individually act our part. “This is the will of Him that sent Me, that every one that seeth the Son and believeth on Him, may have everlasting life; and I will raise Him up at the last day.” [Verse 40.]
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 15)
“Verily, verily I say unto you,” Christ declared, “He that believeth on Me hath everlasting life. I am that bread of life. Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead. This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof and not die. I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever: and the bread which I give is My flesh, which I shall give for the life of the world.” [Verses 47-51.]
(23LtMs, Lt 274, 1908, 16)
Lt 276, 1908
Ferguson, D. C. St. Helena, California September 22, 1908 Previously unpublished. D. C. Ferguson
2005 Santa Monica Avenue
South Hollywood, Los Angeles, California My dear Friend:
There are some words that I wish to say to you. Christ has made it possible for you to practice His life. You have His precious words in the Bible; believe in them, carry out their teachings. Never doubt the Word of God. This Word, if received into your life, will refine and sanctify you, and increase your usefulness.
(23LtMs, Lt 276, 1908, 1)
There are victories for you to gain, and these you are to have through your faith in Christ. When you feel discouraged, disappointed, go to God in prayer. Trust in Him, and do His will. God is a very present help in time of need. If you will put your trust in Him, He will make His goodness pass before you; He will lead you by His counsel. His Holy Spirit, His providences, the teachings of His Word—all will be agencies in instructing you and leading you in the way of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 276, 1908, 2)
Study the Scriptures; for there is nothing that will so firmly establish your faith in God or your belief in His truth as this. If you will have faith in God, you cannot fail of coming out victorious.
(23LtMs, Lt 276, 1908, 3)
“Behold the Lamb of God which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] Look to Christ. You are the purchase of His blood. Do not disappoint the One who gave His life that you might be an overcomer. He was tempted on every point that you and I are tempted on; and in order to resist, He spent whole nights in prayer and communion with His Father. Christ did not leave this world until He had made it possible for every soul to live a life of perfect faith and obedience and to have a perfect character.
(23LtMs, Lt 276, 1908, 4)
I want you to search the Word. I do not want you to accept the sayings and opinions of others for the observance of the day of rest. I want you to have an entrance into the city of God. Keep the day that He has sanctified and blessed, and you will find a blessing come to you that you have not found in the observance of Sunday.
(23LtMs, Lt 276, 1908, 5)
Let us follow all the light that God has given in His Word. God is in earnest with us in this matter. It means everything to us to obey the Lord and to sanctify Him in our hearts. What a missionary work we might do in this world! God invites you to come into line to plant your feet upon the eternal Rock, to stand on God’s platform and bring all your powers to labor for souls who need to be converted.
(23LtMs, Lt 276, 1908, 6)
Lt 278, 1908
Kerr, Sister St. Helena, California February 21, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 381. Dear Sister Kerr:
I received your letter yesterday. I have been thinking to write to you for some time, and now I will say, Thank you for getting the start of me.
(23LtMs, Lt 278, 1908, 1)
You know how much joy it gives to bestow good gifts on your children. The Saviour says, “How much more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him.” [Luke 11:13.] The Father is much more willing to bestow His grace than we are to ask for it. “If ye shall ask anything in My name,” He says, “I will do it.”“The Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in My name,” Christ declared, “He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you.” [John 14:14, 26.] Whatever we ask in Christ’s name, and in accordance with His will, will be given us.
(23LtMs, Lt 278, 1908, 2)
It means much to ask in Christ’s name. It means to ask in the simplicity of a little child, and with full trust that what you ask you will receive. You need not wait for greater assurance than this. The Lord will surely do as He has promised. Walk and work by faith. Time is short, and we must watch and pray, and believe and trust. We do not express thanksgiving to God as we should.
(23LtMs, Lt 278, 1908, 3)
I am pleased that you have a church at Honolulu, where those can meet who believe and love the present truth. I would like to visit you and speak in your new meetinghouse. A week ago last Sabbath I spoke to a large congregation in the sanitarium chapel, St. Helena. The Lord gave me freedom as I spoke from the third chapter of Revelation. My voice was clear and distinct. Every available seat in the chapel was occupied, and the patients in wheel chairs filled the aisles. All were very attentive as I spoke to them from the Word of life.
(23LtMs, Lt 278, 1908, 4)
I told the people how we were working to establish in various places sanitariums for the sick. I told them that Christ was our physician. We are asked by some, Do you have power to work miracles and to heal the sick? I answer, I have never worked a miracle in my life; but I have presented many suffering ones in faith to Christ, and the mighty Healer has rebuked disease and raised the suffering ones to health. Christ alone can heal the sick and raise the dead. What freedom and joy I had as I lifted up before the people the Saviour who has risen from the dead, and who has proclaimed over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, I am the resurrection and the life.
(23LtMs, Lt 278, 1908, 5)
“In the end of the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary to see the sepulcher. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow. And for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. But the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for He is risen, as He said. Come, see the place where the Lord lay. And go quickly and tell His disciples that He is risen from the dead; and behold, He goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see Him; lo, I have told you.” [Matthew 28:1-7.]
(23LtMs, Lt 278, 1908, 6)
O what a victory was here obtained in our behalf. With what joy should we acknowledge our gratitude to God for the gift of life given to us in His Son.
(23LtMs, Lt 278, 1908, 7)
Lt 280, 1908
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California September 28, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 171. Drs. D. H. and L. Kress Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
I read your letter this afternoon. I was surprised that you should say that there has been any questioning of your capability as physicians. I would say that we are glad you are where you are; and while you continue to put your trust in the Lord, we feel safe in regard to the success of the sanitarium. I ask you not to feel concerned about this matter, but to go forward in confidence and trust in the Lord. We will not worry; and we ask you not to worry, but to be of good courage in God.
(23LtMs, Lt 280, 1908, 1)
I read in your letter of the physical difficulties under which you are struggling. Just this morning W. C. White told me that today he is to go under an operation for the same trouble. Since then I have kept his case before the Lord and prayed that He would be his great Physician. This afternoon I heard that the operation was a success and that W. C. is resting comfortably, though not yet allowed to see anybody. He will now have to rest. This is the first rest he has had for a long time. I hope he will be very prudent. There are many of my writings to be prepared for the press, and W. C. feels that he can hardly spare time to lay off just now; but the Lord wills that we should be prudent at such times as this and obtain all the relief possible.
(23LtMs, Lt 280, 1908, 2)
Elder M. C. Israel’s daughter has just undergone a similar operation. After the danger was over we took her to our house and cared for her until she was able to return home. She went home last week, relieved of her suffering.
(23LtMs, Lt 280, 1908, 3)
I have felt assurance as I have prayed for Willie; the Lord has given me the comfort of knowing that he was doing the right thing. When your letter came, I sat down at once to let you know about this, and to know that the worst is over and the operation successful. I hope you will be likewise blessed and healed.
(23LtMs, Lt 280, 1908, 4)
Dr. Kress, I have confidence that you are in the right place. While you put your trust in God, and order your ways in accordance with His will, He will care for you. Be of good courage and trust wholly in Him. The Lord is good and greatly to be praised. We have every reason to trust Him and to praise His holy name. Let us hope in the Lord; He will help us in every emergency.
(23LtMs, Lt 280, 1908, 5)
I am pleased to hear that Sister Kress has improved in health, and also the children. May the Lord bless them and help them to act their part. The Lord is our strength and fortress, a very present help in trouble.
(23LtMs, Lt 280, 1908, 6)
I have been having a very trying time with a cold that seemed very like influenza. Several in the neighborhood have had the same difficulty. I was unable to attend the Fresno camp-meeting, but feel that my health is improving.
(23LtMs, Lt 280, 1908, 7)
I received a letter from Elder Olsen. Elder Loughborough stood the journey to Australia well, and the Lord is blessing his labors there. Every meeting he holds seems to be blessed with the presence of the Spirit of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 280, 1908, 8)
My workers are doing all in their power to forward the work on my books, and I am kept continually at work. But I must not write more this evening. I am sitting at the west window of my bedroom. The sun is setting, leaving a golden pathway across the hills. Beautiful, golden sunset! It calls to my mind thoughts of the golden city which, if faithful, we soon shall enter.
(23LtMs, Lt 280, 1908, 9)
Lt 282, 1908
Members of the Fresno Church St. Helena, California September 28, 1908 Previously unpublished. To the members of the Fresno church Dear Brethren and Sisters:
It is not possible for me to stand before you as I have done in other camp-meetings this year, but I can bear my message to you in writing.
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 1)
I have thought much of how little burden is carried by those who know the truth for those who know it not. Christ declared that He came to this world to call, not the righteous, but sinners to repentance. [Matthew 9:13.] Those who know the truths of the Word of God are not to hide their light in obscurity, but as faithful missionaries are to give the warning message to unbelieving neighbors and friends. They are to work as Christ has given them example. All who have a knowledge of the testing truths for this time should ask themselves the question, Am I giving the time and labor to the work of saving souls that Christ requires of His followers?
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 2)
I speak to every church member: Place yourself in the light that you may reflect light and that souls may be led to see the great and soul-saving truths of the Word of God. Every believer in Christ should be a laborer together with Him in drawing souls from sin to righteousness. We are to keep in view the life that measures with the life of God. We are to watch for opportunities to bring the truths of the Word before those who do not see and understand. Christ is not now with us in person, but through the agency of the Holy Spirit, He is present to impart His power and grace and great salvation.
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 3)
Read the thirty-fifth chapter of Jeremiah. Here the Lord contrasts the obedience of the Rechabites with the disobedience of the Jews. For years God had been employing a variety of means to guard His people against evils that would make it difficult and even impossible for them to carry on the work He had specified they should do.
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 4)
“The word which came unto Jeremiah from the Lord in the days of Jehoiakim, the son of Josiah king of Judah, saying, Go unto the house of the Rechabites, and speak unto them, and bring them into the house of the Lord, into one of the chambers, and give them wine to drink. Then I took Jaazaniah the son of Jeremiah, the son of Habaziniah, and his brethren, and all his sons, and the whole house of the Rechabites; and I brought them into the house of the Lord, into the chamber of the sons of Hanan, the son of Igdaliah, a man of God, which was by the chamber of the princes, which was above the chamber of Maaseiah, the son of Shallum, the keeper of the door: and I set before the sons of the house of the Rechabites pots full of wine, and cups, and I said unto them, Drink ye wine.
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 5)
“But they said, We will drink no wine: for Jonadab the son of Rechab our father commanded us, saying, Ye shall drink no wine, neither ye, nor your sons forever: neither shall ye build house, nor sow seed, nor plant vineyard, nor have any: but all your days ye shall dwell in tents; that ye may live many days in the land where ye be strangers. Thus have we obeyed the voice of Jonadab the son of Rechab our father in all that he hath charged us, to drink no wine all our days, we, our wives, our sons, nor our daughters; nor to build houses for us to dwell in: neither have we vineyard, nor field, nor seed: but we have dwelt in tents, and have obeyed, and done according to all that Jonadab our father commanded us. But it came to pass, when Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon came up into the land, that we said, Come, and let us go to Jerusalem for fear of the army of the Chaldeans and for fear of the army of the Syrians, so we dwell at Jerusalem.” [Verses 1-11.]
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 6)
The Rechabites had been charged with special instruction by their fathers, and this parental authority had been obeyed. Frugality and temperance in all things, and simplicity of manner, would be a far better portion for them in this life than the ways of the worldling. God commended their obedience. A contrast is drawn between them and those to whom God had given special light and privileges.
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 7)
“Then came the word of the Lord unto Jeremiah, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts, the God of Israel; Go and tell the men of Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem, Will ye not receive instruction to hearken to my words? saith the Lord. The words of Jonadab, the son of Rechab, that he commanded his sons not to drink wine, are performed; for unto this day they drink none, but obey their father’s commandment, notwithstanding I have spoken unto you, rising early and speaking; but ye harkened not unto Me. I have sent also unto you all My servants the prophets, rising up early and sending them, saying, Return ye now every man from his evil way, and amend your doings, and go not after other gods to serve them, and ye shall dwell in the land which I have given to you and to your fathers: but ye have not inclined your ear, nor harkened unto Me.
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 8)
“Because the sons of Jonadab the son of Rechab have performed the commandment of their father, which he commanded them; but this people hath not harkened unto Me: therefore thus saith the Lord God of hosts, the God of Israel; Behold, I will bring upon Judah and upon all the inhabitants of Jerusalem all the evil that I have pronounced against them: because I have spoken unto them, but they have not heard; and I have called unto them, but they have not answered.
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 9)
“And Jeremiah said unto the house of the Rechabites, Thus saith the Lord of hosts, the God of Israel; Because ye have obeyed the commandment of Jonadab your father, and kept all his precepts, and done according unto all that he hath commanded you: therefore thus saith the Lord of hosts, the God of Israel; Jonadab the son of Rechab shall not want a man to stand before Me forever.” [Verses 12-19.]
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 10)
The constancy of the Rechabites was fully proved, and it was also shown that nothing was required of them but that which they were able to perform. By their example of loyalty was shown the aggravated disobedience of the Jews. God would let them see their unrighteous course in contrast with the obedience and faithfulness of the sons of Rechab.
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 11)
The lesson applies to our time. I am instructed to say to the church at Fresno, There has been with you who claim to be commandment-keepers a great neglect in meeting the requirements of God. There has been revealed a manifest neglect of opportunities for labor. There has been seen a following of worldly customs, and a selfish, worldly influence has prevailed. The works that God requires of His people have been greatly lacking. I am burdened, greatly burdened, for the Lord has presented to me many deficiencies among those who have had great light and who ought to be standing on a high spiritual platform.
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 12)
It would be pleasing to the Lord if at this camp-meeting the members of the Fresno church should experience a reconversion and take up the missionary work that God demands of them with a willing, faithful spirit. In the past, little evidence has been given of the possession of a genuine, self-sacrificing spirit. Unless a reconversion takes place in the church, this lax spirit will increase, and the spirit of self-sacrifice will die out. Those who profess the name of Christ should bear in mind that the people who are welcomed to the holy city will be those who in their human life have denied self and who have purified their souls and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.
(23LtMs, Lt 282, 1908, 13)
Lt 284, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California September 28, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder S. N. Haskell
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
Some days ago I sent you quite a long communication. I shall be pleased to hear from you in regard to it.
(23LtMs, Lt 284, 1908, 1)
I received the letter in which you expressed the mind of a portion of the people regarding the Buena Vista property; but this is not to end the question. A more thorough investigation should be made by those who are competent judges, and who are acquainted with the circumstances that led to the first examination of the property. When a fair investigation has been made, and the matter laid before the Lord, then a harmonious and unprejudiced decision can be made. But unless there are the best of reasons for dropping the matter just where it is, this should not be done, even to satisfy some who feel that they have formed the conclusion from very sensible convictions that the plan is not of the Lord. We have had so much of man’s planning that we should have an all-sufficient reason before giving up all thought of this property.
(23LtMs, Lt 284, 1908, 2)
The people at Sonoma are desirous that the school be located there. They wish their children to attend. This may seem a little thing, but it means much. The children of unbelievers coming into the school and hearing the reasons of our faith set forth will be influenced to believe. We as a people are to improve such opportunities of giving the light to others.
(23LtMs, Lt 284, 1908, 3)
I have written a letter to the church members at Fresno, which I hope will be read before the church. Many of the believers in Fresno are in need of genuine conversion. With some, selfishness has eclipsed true godliness and blinded the spiritual eyesight. Many are standing in such a position that should Christ come to the earth today, they would be found unfit to enter in through the gates into the city. I ask you, Elder Haskell, to make suitable appeals, and let others make appeals to the people of Fresno. They need to be aroused from their lethargy to labor for souls. They need to take their light from under the bushel, that those who are now in the darkness of error may see the truth and turn to it.
(23LtMs, Lt 284, 1908, 4)
Lt 286, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California October 2, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I shall not be able to attend the meeting at Madison, Tenn. I did hope that my strength would be sufficient for this journey, but I know that I will not be able to take it. The General Conference will be held in Washington in about seven months. If the Lord strengthens me, I hope to attend that meeting. I wish I could feel clear in regard to all the things I desire to do.
(23LtMs, Lt 286, 1908, 1)
Your thoughtfulness in calling at our house was very gratifying to me. I hope that you will be able to help the work in Nashville. May the Lord give you wisdom.
(23LtMs, Lt 286, 1908, 2)
I have sent messages to Brother Ford; he is inexcusable in pursuing the course he has followed. If he still refuses to walk according to the light that has been given, I shall have to let others know what I wrote him.
(23LtMs, Lt 286, 1908, 3)
All that Elder Butler has done in the matter of Edson White and I. A. Ford has been to vindicate Brother Ford. Elder Butler has made a mistake here. I do not regard Brother Ford’s case as hopeless, but I know that he will do strange things that the Word of God will not justify him in doing. He saw Edson White in a hard place, and he took advantage of the situation. Such a course of action can never be approved by God. Edson White has worked to help his brethren when he found them in close and trying places. The Lord has kept a record of every action done to relieve the necessities of the afflicted, both colored and white.
(23LtMs, Lt 286, 1908, 4)
I am instructed to say that no one can safely manifest the spirit shown by Brother Ford toward Edson White; for the evils resulting from the manifestation of such a spirit will surely be reflected back upon the one who does the wrong. Brother Ford’s actions have revealed a character as hard as flint. I would not write this to Edson White, for I hoped the testimony borne to Bro. Ford would be sufficient.
(23LtMs, Lt 286, 1908, 5)
I have been very busy searching through my writings for matter that I wish to have reprinted. I have not strength to do more today. The influenza has left me, but I am suffering with pain in my right side and limb.
(23LtMs, Lt 286, 1908, 6)
You will understand, Eld. Haskell, that it is difficult for me to leave home just now. The work that should be done on my books is burdening my mind. When I am called off to visit other parts of the field, my workers are often greatly inconvenienced and the work is hindered. My visit to Southern California took me and several of the workers away for about five weeks. I write this that you may know how difficult it would be for me to visit Nashville at this time. I feel that it is my duty to attend the meeting at Washington, and I will go if the Lord gives me strength to do so.
(23LtMs, Lt 286, 1908, 7)
W. C. White is improving. I have been very anxious concerning him. The operation which Dr. Rand performed for him we believe to be a success.
(23LtMs, Lt 286, 1908, 8)
If you hear anything more concerning the Buena Vista property, let me hear it.
(23LtMs, Lt 286, 1908, 9)
Lt 286a, 1908
Haskell, Br-Sr. Duplicate of Lt 286, 1908.
Lt 288, 1908
Reaser, G. W. St. Helena, California September 29, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in OHC 275; 6MR 284-285. + Elder G. W. Reaser
257 South Hill Street
Los Angeles, California Dear Brother:
If you and your wife desire to remain in Los Angeles a short time for the reason named in your letter, I am sure no one could object. I would not say to you to do otherwise than you propose, and I am sure there will be no forbidding on the part of any others. Mercy and judgment go hand in hand. I feel a deep interest in you and your wife. You have had your lessons to learn with every true disciple of Christ. If you will put your trust in His infinite wisdom, the Lord will guide you at every step and in every decision.
(23LtMs, Lt 288, 1908, 1)
I know that it is wisdom for you to have a change in your administration. If in your new field of labor you are placed in a position of responsibility, be careful that the medical missionary work is not neglected. The world is a vast lazar house of disease, physical and spiritual disease. Everywhere people are perishing for lack of knowledge of the truths that have been committed to us. The members of the churches need to be awakened, that they may realize their responsibility to impart the truth to those who know it not. The practice of medical missionary work will open many doors for labor in spiritual lines and will be much appreciated in your new field of labor.
(23LtMs, Lt 288, 1908, 2)
My message to you is, “Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee.” [Isaiah 60:1.] This glory is to be revealed in and through you to the souls who need the comfort and encouragement that you can give them. You are to be the Lord’s light-bearers to the world. For you to engage in secular business would be a great mistake. If you will cherish and follow the light, a very rich experience will come to you. You are not to walk in darkness, but, as a reformer, your light is to increase.
(23LtMs, Lt 288, 1908, 3)
You have the ability to see the things that need to be done, and it is your privilege to become a wise shepherd of the sheep. Let tenderness and love come into your heart and into your home, and into all your dealings with others. Wherever you labor, bear in mind that you have an individual responsibility to become a tender shepherd of the sheep. Do not seek to drive, but do your work as a faithful and tender guardian of the Lord’s blessed flock. They need not the uplifted whip, but the hand that will feed them and the heart of tenderness and love that will minister to them comfort and help.
(23LtMs, Lt 288, 1908, 4)
I am instructed to say to you, Let your influence encourage; learn the Christ science of prevailing prayer. Go to your new field of labor in the fear of God, and feed the flock of God with pure provender thoroughly winnowed from the chaff. Teach the truth in simplicity, so that the little child can understand it. The Lord has a purpose in moving you to a missionary field, and He wants you to carry with you a sense of your individual responsibility. You are to be taught of God. His Word is to be your lesson book. “Learn of Me,” says the great Teacher; “for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] Let the tenderness and meekness of Christ be seen in your life. You have much to learn in this respect.
(23LtMs, Lt 288, 1908, 5)
Christ is calling upon you personally to do your utmost in His service. Look not to others to see if they are doing all their duty, but look to self. If you are daily converted to the service of God, your influence will be Christlike; and through your instrumentality souls will be converted to the truth, souls whom God can use as channels of light. God will accept your consecrated efforts. He will use you to save souls who are now looking for the right way, and through your efforts they may be led to the light. There are many who are in darkness, who are groping to find their way to a more exalted experience. They know that a knowledge of the way is found in the teachings of Christ. Lead these, my brother, to the narrow way that leads through the strait gate to eternal life. This will call for unselfish effort, which you must learn more fully how to give.
(23LtMs, Lt 288, 1908, 6)
Again I say, “Arise, shine; for thy light is come.” [Isaiah 60:1.] Show that you have a living interest in the medical missionary work. Study the Bible and the works of Christ most diligently. God has given abundant light, showing how we should carry forward the medical missionary work in the world. Those who study and practice the instruction given on health reform will be greatly blessed, both spiritually and physically. The knowledge gained of the needs of the being will prove one of the greatest blessings; for it will lead to the administering of help that will safeguard souls against the evils that are coming upon all classes and conditions of people. Practical health reform will reveal in a remarkable manner the wisdom of God made perfect in weakness.
(23LtMs, Lt 288, 1908, 7)
In seeking to make reforms in these last days, we are to walk in all the light God has given. None need wait until called to some distant field in order to being this work. A home reading circle can be formed, that will give simple lessons in the principles of health reform. Let us educate to discard the reading of fictitious works. Bring into the home that class of literature that will give true knowledge to young and old. Thus all will be benefited. Our time should not be spent in searching for literature that is above the comprehension of the average mind. The Word of God is the most profitable book to read; it is elevating to the morals; it clearly defines our duty; and its language is the most simple. Close the door to all frivolous and cheap reading. As a father and mother I exhort you to take up this work. Influence the youth to study and to read that class of reading that will elevate the mind and prepare them for a place in the school above, and qualify them to inherit that life that measures with the life of God. There Christ will lead His people to the fountains of living waters and to the tree of life. He will open to the mind glories which in this life they have not been able to comprehend.
(23LtMs, Lt 288, 1908, 8)
It is the privilege of the youth to say, The Lord has given me my sight and hearing for His glory. I will close my ears to that which is foolish and cheap. I will read that Word that will fit me for a place in the home Christ is preparing for those who have sanctified their souls by obedience to the truth. My voice shall proclaim the glory of God; every power of my being shall be consecrated to God.
(23LtMs, Lt 288, 1908, 9)
We have a work to do in this life to refine and purify the soul, preparing it for the future, immortal life. Let us cleanse ourselves from all cheapness of word and thought. Let us engage fully in His service, performing errands of mercy in His name.
(23LtMs, Lt 288, 1908, 10)
May the Lord bless you all, is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 288, 1908, 11)
Lt 290, 1908
White, J. E. St. Helena, California September 29, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder J. E. White
1713 Cass Street
Nashville, Tennessee My dear son Edson:
Your letter was received today. W. C. White has been working under difficulties for some time. He has had trouble with his teeth, and one of these has had to be treated by drilling a hole through the gold crown. An abscess had formed on the root of the tooth, and this has caused him much suffering. In addition to this he has been suffering from hemorrhoids. Yesterday Dr. Rand took him in hand and operated upon him for this difficulty.
(23LtMs, Lt 290, 1908, 1)
In the evening of the day of the operation, his wife went up to the sanitarium to see him. He was just arousing from sleep and told May that she had come too soon, for the operation had not yet been performed. He was surprised when he was told that it was all over.
(23LtMs, Lt 290, 1908, 2)
Dr. Rand said that the operation was a more difficult one than he at first supposed necessary. He says that W. C. White must have suffered considerably from his head, as these internal difficulties always affect the head.
(23LtMs, Lt 290, 1908, 3)
On the day that the operation was performed, I spent much time in prayer to God in behalf of Willie, and a great peace came to my soul in answer to my prayers. I was assured that the Lord was watching over him and that he would come out all right.
(23LtMs, Lt 290, 1908, 4)
Today has been a very busy one. I have spent it in examining manuscripts and in deciding what is best to bring before the people at this time. I feel sure that you can do much to help us in this work. Brother Crisler also feels that you can give us special help. When you can do so, come. We need you as soon as you can get here without creating confusion to your work in Nashville. We will be glad to have Emma come with you. We have an excellent matron in our home. We shall be glad to welcome you both as soon as you can conveniently come.
(23LtMs, Lt 290, 1908, 5)
W. C. White may not be able to do full work for several weeks, but the other workers are all here, and each has a special part to act. We will all be glad to have you come to our help.
(23LtMs, Lt 290, 1908, 6)
This is all I can write you at this time. I was unable to attend the Fresno meeting. I am just recovering from an attack of influenza. If my health will permit, I shall attend the General Conference in Washington and bear my testimony there. It is now nearly dark, and I must put up my pen.
(23LtMs, Lt 290, 1908, 7)
The working of satanic agencies in the world is becoming more and more apparent, and this is why I am anxious to see our schools located out of the cities. The Healdsburg school will be held there no longer. We hope that at Buena Vista we have secured a good location. It is about thirty miles from St. Helena. We will do our best to follow the leadings of the Spirit of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 290, 1908, 8)
Lt 292, 1908
White, J. E. St. Helena, California October 5, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 2BC 994; 6Bio 171. + Elder J. E. White
1713 Cass Street
Nashville, Tennessee Dear Son Edson:
I have had influenza quite severely, but Sara has given me heroic treatment, and I am improving. My left limb is now causing me trouble. Some nights I am unable to lie comfortably in bed and have been kept awake for hours. And the few hours that I do sleep do not rest me. But the Lord is very near to me; He is gracious, and I praise His holy name.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 1)
All through the day I have important writings to examine. I find so much that ought to come before the people, and we are trying to prepare these writings as fast as possible. At times my eyes are severely taxed, but no one but myself can do this first work, to judge of their importance, and to decide which should come before the people.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 2)
I pray that the meetings you will have together at Madison and Nashville will be greatly blessed of the Lord. I hope that as soon as you can adjust matters, you will come here and unite with Willie in this very important work. This is what you should have done years ago.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 3)
I am so thankful that you have not departed from the faith by giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. Satan will work tremendously to influence the men who know the principles of present truth to interweave with the truth his fallacious theories. The Lord now calls upon every soul to be Bible Christians. But few understand the workings of Satan on the minds and hearts of human beings who know the truth and his power to lead them into deception.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 4)
I am more thankful than language can express for the wonderful victories that have been gained by some who have been in darkness and bewilderment. Some who are actually working against the truth were delivered by the Holy Spirit’s power at the camp-meeting at Fresno and are now standing on the true platform, whose foundation and builder is Jesus Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 5)
I have an intense interest that you shall come off more than conqueror through the grace of Christ. This grace is given to every soul who will receive it and be led and controlled by the Spirit of God. Let us appreciate the great privileges obtained for us by the blood of the Lamb and the word of our testimony. The power of satanic agencies will continue to increase, and the battle will become more and more trying. We need each one to obtain a deep experience in the living Word. Let us study that Word and live by it.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 6)
The words that God spoke to ancient Israel through His servant Moses are as verily spoken to us as to them: “Thou art an holy people unto the Lord thy God: the Lord hath chosen thee to be a special people unto Himself, above all people that are upon the face of the earth. The Lord did not set His love upon you, nor choose you, because ye were more in number than any people; but because the Lord loved you, and because He would keep the oath which He sware unto your fathers, hath the Lord brought you out with a mighty hand, and redeemed you out of the house of bondmen, from the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 7)
“Know therefore that the Lord thy God, He is God, the faithful God, which keepeth mercy and covenant with them that love Him and keep His commandments to a thousand generations: and He repayeth them that hate Him to their face. Thou shalt therefore keep the commandments and the statutes and the judgments, which I command thee this day, to do them.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 8)
“Wherefore it shall come to pass, if ye hearken to these judgments, and keep and do them, that the Lord thy God shall keep the covenant and the mercy which He sware unto thy fathers: and He will love thee, and bless thee, and multiply thee.” [Deuteronomy 7:6-13.] Read the remainder of this seventh chapter of Deuteronomy, and also the eighth chapter; there are precious lessons to be learned from this portion of God’s Word.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 9)
There is not the least excuse for any soul to make mistakes or stumble into error. The Word of God is a sure guide; the terms of salvation and of prosperity are plainly defined. “All the commandments which I command thee this day,” the Lord declares, “shall ye observe to do, that ye may live and multiply, and go in and possess the land which the Lord sware unto your fathers. And thou shalt remember all the way which the Lord thy God led thee these forty years in the wilderness, to humble thee, and to prove thee, to know what was in thine heart, whether thou wouldest keep His commandments, or no.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 10)
“And He humbled thee, and suffered thee to hunger, and fed thee with manna, which thou knewest not, neither did thy fathers know; that He might make thee know that man doth not live by bread only, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord, doth man live. Thy raiment waxed not old upon thee, neither did thy foot swell, these forty years. Thou shalt also consider in thine heart that, as a man chasteneth his son, so the Lord thy God chasteneth thee. Therefore thou shalt keep the commandments of the Lord thy God, to walk in His ways, and to fear Him.” [Deuteronomy 8:1-6.]
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 11)
I am impressed by the Spirit of God to repeat these words of the Lord to His people as they assemble in general meeting. The instruction given to ancient Israel for their education and guidance is to be given in our gatherings; for our people need to be impressed with the fact that their prosperity depends upon a strict obedience to every principle laid down; and by repeating this instruction to the people, we shall impress these principles more firmly upon their minds. These two chapters of Deuteronomy contain important instruction, concerning the keeping of God’s commandments, and should be often presented to the people.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 12)
The instruction of chapter five should also come to us with special force. That which the Lord required of His people as He led them through the wilderness was sanctification—sanctification of mind and soul and body. This He requires of every soul today. There is to be rendered to Him by His people perfect obedience to His will. No excuse will be accepted for disobedience to His holy commandments.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 13)
Moses was charged to repeat to the people the lessons recorded in chapters nine to twelve of this book, and this he did. No member of the congregation of Israel was left in ignorance regarding this duty. The same requirement rests upon us individually. And to you, my son, I write them explicitly, that you may learn their importance and learn to live by every word of God. These heavenly principles you are to express in all you do and say.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 14)
We have been favored with a knowledge of the history of remarkable characters who lived in Bible times. These histories are given to us that we may learn the lessons that the lives of these men teach. Line upon line, precept upon precept, we are to accept the Word of God and put it into practice in our lives.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 15)
Moses was told to put the instruction given him into song, that as the children of Israel traveled through the wilderness, they might cheer their long march by music and song. Those who were skilled in the use of musical instruments led the singing; as the vast army kept step together in musical tread, their voices were raised to recount the wonderful dealings of God with them. It was an impressive scene, and one in which the angels of heaven took part, impressing the heart and fixing indelibly in the memory the lessons God desired to teach.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 16)
God had another purpose in thus preserving in song the memory of His dealings with Israel. They were to be preserved and handed down to future generations, that when in time to come the children should ask their fathers, What mean ye by these songs? They might repeat to them the history of the wanderings of Israel and impress their lessons on their minds.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 17)
I ask you to study carefully the experiences of Israel in their travels to Canaan. Study the third and fourth chapters of Joshua, recording their preparation for and passage over the Jordan into the promised land. We need to keep the heart and mind in training, by refreshing the memory with the lessons that the Lord taught His ancient people. Then to us, as He designed it should be to them, the teachings of His Word will ever be interesting and impressive.
(23LtMs, Lt 292, 1908, 18)
Lt 294, 1908
White, J. E. Refiled as Lt 137, 1906.
Lt 296, 1908
White, J. E.; White, Emma Refiled as Lt 141, 1906.
Lt 298, 1908
White, J. E. Refiled as Lt 186, 1905.
Lt 299, 1908
White, J. E. Refiled as Lt 186, 1905.
Lt 300, 1908
White, J. E. Refiled as Lt 188, 1905.
Lt 302, 1908
White, J. E. St. Helena, California October 16, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder J. E. White
Nashville, Tennessee My dear son Edson:
I am not able to write today. I feel very weary. My head is tired, tired, tired. I have been looking over my manuscripts to find those things that I may need in the work I am doing.
(23LtMs, Lt 302, 1908, 1)
Since my return from Los Angeles I have been much afflicted. I have suffered much with rheumatism in my right side and right limb. Much of the time I was in intense pain. I could lie in one position but a short time, and every movement caused much suffering.
(23LtMs, Lt 302, 1908, 2)
I have spoken only twice since my return from Southern California, and Sara has given me most heroic treatment. This relieved the difficulty, but it returned again and again.
(23LtMs, Lt 302, 1908, 3)
We have had no rain until the day before yesterday. Then we had a steady rain for about ten hours.
(23LtMs, Lt 302, 1908, 4)
I have been riding out with Willie, and he read to me your letter of September 23. I was much surprised, I could hardly understand it. What you have written to me regarding your reconversion and rebaptism had entirely passed from my mind. Today Willie told me all about it and says that I read the letter when it came; but I do not remember it.
(23LtMs, Lt 302, 1908, 5)
Many times, my son, I have had my soul drawn out in prayer to the great Healer that He would manifest Himself to you in the power of His rich grace and heal every physical and spiritual infirmity.
(23LtMs, Lt 302, 1908, 6)
During many hours of the night, in my periods of wakefulness, my prayers have ascended to God that He would heal you both soul and body, and I have believed and still believe that the Lord is giving you a repentance that needeth not to be repented of. Of this I have had clear evidence of late.
(23LtMs, Lt 302, 1908, 7)
At one time I expected to go to Nashville, but when infirmities came so strong upon me, I dared not go. Elder Haskell urged me strongly to go, but I dared not venture, for it would be presumption. I did want to be with you all in Nashville very much, and especially with you, Edson. I wanted to be with you. But I gave it up because I am in no condition to travel.
(23LtMs, Lt 302, 1908, 8)
I now say to you, Edson, I believe that the Lord has pardoned where you have made mistakes, and that He will work with you and by you and through you to the glory of His name.
(23LtMs, Lt 302, 1908, 9)
I have confidence that the Lord will give you most precious victories in working in unison with your brother in the important and urgent work of getting out my publications.
(23LtMs, Lt 302, 1908, 10)
Edson, I have had great faith for you all along. At various times I have written you letters which I will forward to you, for I have faith that you will gain victories step by step regarding the matters mentioned in these letters.
(23LtMs, Lt 302, 1908, 11)
Your Mother.
(23LtMs, Lt 302, 1908, 12)
Lt 304, 1908
Churches in Washington, D. C. NP October 19, 1908 [typed] Portions of this letter are published in Ev 397; 4MR 32-33. + To our churches in Washington, D.C. Dear Brethren and Sisters:
God calls upon you to show yourselves steadfast, immovable, always abounding in faith and love. I am commissioned to say to you that if you will seek the Lord, you will find Him precious to your souls. Some have piled so much of the rubbish of self against the door of the heart that the Saviour cannot enter. God calls upon them to clear away the rubbish and let Jesus in.
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 1)
Do not work in your own way, but in the Lord’s way. “Come unto Me,” He says. “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:28, 29.]
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 2)
I seemed to be standing among you, entreating you to come to Christ for cleansing of heart and mind, saying, “Lord, if Thou wilt, Thou canst make me clean.” If you will come to Jesus, He will put out His hand and touch you, saying, “I will, be thou clean.” [Matthew 8:2, 3.]
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 3)
The Lord Jesus is grieved by the character that some are revealing. Unless they humble their hearts before God, He will set them aside. The One who was instructing us called several by name, and said: You are making trouble for yourselves. You are walking away from Christ onto the enemy’s ground and are imperiling your souls. Unless you change, you will communicate to others the leaven of unbelief that is working in your hearts. You need Christ’s ministry of healing. Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 4)
I call upon the believers in Washington to come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty powers of darkness. Personal labor will be needed in this city and its suburbs. Clear the King’s highway. Lift up the standard higher and still higher. There is evangelistic work to be done in Washington and Baltimore and in the many other large cities of the South and the East. Let the work of teaching and healing be combined. Let ministers and medical missionaries put on the whole armor of God and go forth to proclaim the gospel message. A decided message is to be proclaimed in Washington. The trumpet is to be given a certain sound.
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 5)
Close the door of the heart against Satan’s entrance. Let no one become an instrument in the enemy’s hand, used by him against Christ. When you come into working order, you will find what appeared to be mountains of difficulty will have shrunk into molehills. God calls upon you to live the Christ-life, to reveal this life to the world. When you do this, prejudice will vanish and difficulties will adjust themselves. You will gather about the Great Missionary, your hearts filled with gratitude and love. The searching truths of the Word of God will be as cool, refreshing streams to thirsty souls.
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 6)
There is a work to be done both for the white and the colored people in Washington, and in the neighboring states. Many obstacles will arise to retard this work. Inconsiderate or premature movements would bring no real satisfaction and would make it far more difficult to carry forward any line of work for the colored people. The work in behalf of this people has been sadly neglected, and the powers of darkness are prepared to work with intensity of effort against those who take up this work. From the light given me, I know that every injudicious movement made in or about Washington, or in other parts of the southern field, to encourage the sentiment that the white and the colored people are to associate together in social equality, will mean more in retarding our work than any human mind can comprehend.
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 7)
There is too much at stake for human judgment to be followed in this matter. If the conference should say that no difference is to be recognized and no separation is to be made in such relationship between the white people and the colored people, our work with both races would be greatly hindered. If it should be recommended and generally practiced in all our Washington churches, that white and black believers assemble in the same house of worship and be seated promiscuously in the building, many evils would be the result. Many would say that this should not be, and must not be.
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 8)
But who will press the question of entire exclusion? Both white and colored people have the same Creator and are saved by the redeeming grace of the same Saviour. Christ gave His life for all. He says to all, “Ye are bought with a price.” [1 Corinthians 6:20.] God has marked out no color line, and men should move very guardedly, lest we offend God. The Lord has not made two heavens, one for white people and one for colored people. There is but one heaven for the saved.
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 9)
All who enter heaven will enter, not through their own merit, but through the merits of Christ, God’s gift to the world. By His sacrifice He has secured for us a probation, in which to form characters for the future, immortal life.
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 10)
An Illustration
A lawyer came to Christ with the question, “What shall I do, that I may inherit eternal life?” The question was asked before a large number of people, who listened with intense interest for Christ’s answer. The Pharisees, who had prompted the question, hoped that Christ would say something that they could use in securing His condemnation. Christ laid upon the lawyer the burden of answering his own question. “What is written in the law? how readest thou?” He asked. The lawyer answered, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” Jesus said, “Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:25-28.]
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 11)
The lawyer knew that he had kept neither the first four nor the last six commandments. He was convicted under Christ’s searching words, but instead of confessing his sin, he tried to excuse it. Rather than acknowledge the truth, he endeavored to show how difficult of fulfilment the commandment is. Thus he hoped to parry conviction and to vindicate himself in the eyes of the people. The Saviour’s words had shown that his question was needless, since he had been able to answer it himself. Yet he put another question, “Who is my neighbor?” [Verse 29.]
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 12)
Christ answered the question by relating an incident, the memory of which was fresh in the minds of His hearers. “A certain man,” He said, “went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, who stripped him of his raiment, and departed, leaving him half dead.” [Verse 30.]
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 13)
In journeying from Jerusalem to Jericho, the traveler had to pass through a portion of the wilderness of Judea. The road led down a wild, rocky ravine, which was infested with robbers and was often the scene of violence. It was here that the traveler was attacked, stripped of all that was valuable, and left half dead by the wayside. As he lay thus, a priest came that way; he saw the man lying wounded and bruised, weltering in his own blood. He “passed by on the other side.” Then a Levite appeared. Curious to know what had happened, he stopped and looked at the sufferer. He was convicted of what he ought to do, but it was not an agreeable duty. He wished that he had not come that way, so that he would not have seen the wounded man. He persuaded himself that the case was no concern of his, and he too “passed by on the other side.” [Verses 31, 32.]
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 14)
But a Samaritan, traveling the same road, saw the sufferer, and he did the work that others had refused to do. With gentleness and kindness he ministered to the wounded man. “When he saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow, when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him, and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee.” [Verses 33-35.] The priest and the Levite both professed piety, but the Samaritan showed that he was truly converted. It was no more agreeable for him to do the work than for the priest, but in spirit and works he proved himself to be in harmony with God.
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 15)
In giving this lesson, Christ presented the principles of the law in a direct, forcible way, showing His hearers that they had neglected to carry out these principles. His words were so definite and pointed that the listeners could find no opportunity to cavil. The lawyer found in the lesson nothing that he could criticize. His prejudice in regard to Christ was removed. But he had not overcome his national dislike sufficiently to give credit to the Samaritan by name. When Christ asked, “Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell upon the thieves?” he answered, “Him that showed mercy on him.” [Verses 36, 37.]
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 16)
“Then said Jesus, Go, and do thou likewise.” [Verse 37.] Show the same tender regard to those in need. Thus you will give evidence that you keep the whole law.
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 17)
*****
It costs something to live the Christ-life in this world; but it pays, yes, greatly pays.
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 18)
The Lord hears every word that is spoken and sees every movement that is made. He knows the motives that prompt us to action.
(23LtMs, Lt 304, 1908, 19)
Lt 306, 1908
White, J. E. Refiled as Lt 102, 1905.
Lt 308, 1908
Those Interested in Paradise Valley Sanitarium St. Helena, California October 20, 1908 Previously unpublished. To those interested in Paradise Valley Sanitarium Dear Brethren:
I have a very earnest desire to see the work advance in San Diego County. We have no time to lose. The hosts of Satan are working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness, and we must be wide-awake to meet their wiles. We should ever be drawing nearer and nearer to God. We need increased faith and a firm reliance on the help that God can give. This will make us a help and a blessing to others.
(23LtMs, Lt 308, 1908, 1)
We have no need to be sad and discouraged. The words and example of our Redeemer should bring us comfort and joy, and strength to work His works. Let us reveal in our lives the fact that we are relying upon Him who gave His life that we might not perish but have everlasting life. Let us draw by living faith on the strength and power of God. In no other way can we obtain the victory over the hosts of Satan. If by faith we will lay firm hold on the heavenly provision, the greatest powers in the universe will enable us to make complete our triumph over Satan and sin.
(23LtMs, Lt 308, 1908, 2)
“In that day shalt thou say, O Lord, I will praise Thee: though thou wast angry with me, Thine anger is turned away, and Thou comfortedst me. Behold, God is my salvation; I will trust, and not be afraid: for the Lord Jehovah is my strength and my song; He also is become my salvation. Therefore with joy shall ye draw water out of the wells of salvation.
(23LtMs, Lt 308, 1908, 3)
“And in that day shall ye say, Praise the Lord, call upon His name, declare His doings among the people, make mention that His name is exalted. Sing unto the Lord; for He hath done excellent things: this is known in all the earth.
(23LtMs, Lt 308, 1908, 4)
“Cry and shout, thou inhabitant of Zion: for great is the Holy One of Israel in the midst of thee.” [Isaiah 12:1-6.]
(23LtMs, Lt 308, 1908, 5)
Lt 310, 1908
White, J. E. St. Helena, California October 1, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 6MR 153-154; 6Bio 261-262. + Elder J. E. White
Nashville, Tennessee Dear Edson:
There are some matters that are perplexing me. I do not feel able to go to the meeting in Madison. Last night Elder Haskell and wife came up to see me. They greatly desire that I shall attend this meeting, but I know that I shall not be able.
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 1)
I was not able to go to the camp-meeting held in Fresno. The heat there was intense, and Brother Haskell wired me from there that he could not advise me to come. Very soon after I came down with a severe attack of influenza, and this made me very weak. I have worked so continuously for some time, that I feel brain and soul weary; yet I do not feel that I should break off now and go to Madison. I must be where my workers can consult with me.
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 2)
Elder Haskell and his wife have worked diligently in Fresno, and the Spirit of the Lord has wrought mightily for the people gathered there. The deep movings of the Spirit of God were felt by hundreds who were present, and the work of repentance and conversion is going through the church. Elder Knox, to whom I bore testimony that his work was not accepted by God because of the dictatorial spirit that had marked his labors, made a heartfelt confession before the conference. None could fail to see that he was moved upon by the Spirit of God. He declared it to be his determination that his spiritual life should be different from what it had been in the past.
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 3)
Dr. Hare and several of the ministers also made open confessions. Several, whose names I will not write, were reconverted. Elder Haskell says he does not recall any meeting at which such general work was done in the breaking of hearts before God and the conversion of souls from error to truth. I can hardly describe to you my feelings as Elder Haskell gave this report. I am so thankful that through the working of the Holy Spirit such results have been accomplished.
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 4)
Sunday, October 4
The letters I have received this morning have made me glad. Elder Haskell writes very encouragingly. His soul is full of courage, and he is deeply moved by the work that has been wrought for our people at the Fresno meeting. The morning that he talked with me here, he could hardly tell of the remarkable change that came to some at that meeting. He said that Elder Knox rose to his feet before the congregation and said that he was thoroughly converted to belief in the testimonies. As he talked, his words became more earnest and powerful, and his face shone with the glory of God, showing how powerfully the Spirit of God was working upon his heart. And the same power came upon many as they confessed their backslidings and renewed their consecration to God. It was a great thing for Elder Haskell to say that he, in all his experience, had never seen such a manifestation of the Spirit’s power, as one after another confessed their sins and were converted.
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 5)
I have written to you in other letters, inviting you to come and take part in the work of preparing my writings for publication. Our need is such as I can hardly explain to you. We have faithful workers in our office staff, and all of them are appreciated. Miss Steward does important work in preparing the MSS for the press. Miss Graham takes dictation from W. C. White, Minnie Hawkins has taken the place of Maggie Hare in copying my writings, Dores Robinson fills an important position in various lines of work, and Clarence Crisler has a special work to do in the preparation of the testimonies. Yet we need your special talent now to relieve and aid W.C., who has a heavy strain upon him. Willie says you can greatly assist him in the preparation of my books. So, Edson, as soon as you can arrange to do so, I hope you will come. I am desirous of having your help, and so also is your brother.
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 6)
From the light that has been given me, I know that we shall not long have the right of way that we have now, and it behooves us to put forth every effort while we have opportunity.
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 7)
I wish I could be with you in your various meetings. When you come together bear in mind that One is present who understands the situation of every soul. Place yourselves individually on the Lord’s side. Humble your heart before God, and believe in Him with all the soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 8)
The Lord has His messengers in the earth; and while accusers stand by to do a work represented by the words, “Ye have caused many to stumble at My law,” He declares, “Behold, I will send My messenger before My face, and he shall prepare the way before Me: and the Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to His temple, even the Messenger of the covenant, whom ye delight in: behold, He shall come, saith the Lord of hosts.
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 9)
“But who may abide the day of His coming? and who shall stand when He appeareth? for he is like refiner’s fire, and like fuller’s soap: and He shall sit as a purifier and refiner of silver; and He shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in righteousness. Then shall the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant unto the Lord, as in the days of old, and as in the former years. And I shall come near to you to judgment: and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers, and against the adulterers, and against the false swearers, and against those who oppress the hireling in his wages, the widows, and the fatherless, and those that turn away the stranger from his right, and fear not Me, saith the Lord of hosts.” [Malachi 2:8; 3:1-5.]
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 10)
The prophet Malachi continues, “Will a man rob God? Yet ye have robbed Me. But ye say, Wherein have we robbed Thee? In tithes and offerings. Ye are cursed with a curse, even this whole nation. Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in Mine house; and prove Me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, and see if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing that there shall not be room enough to receive it. And I will rebuke the devourer for your sakes, and he shall not destroy the fruits of your ground; neither shall your vine cast her fruit before the time in the field, saith the Lord of hosts. And all nations shall call you blessed: for ye shall be a delightsome land, saith the Lord of hosts.
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 11)
“Your words have been stout against Me, saith the Lord. Yet ye say, What have we spoken so much against Thee? Ye have said, It is vain to serve God; and what profit is it that we have kept His ordinance, and that we have walked mournfully before the Lord of hosts? And now we call the proud happy, yea, they that work wickedness are set up, yea, they that tempt God are even delivered.
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 12)
“Then they that feared the Lord spake often one to another, and the Lord hearkened, and heard it, and a book of remembrance was written before Him for them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon His name. And they shall be Mine, saith the Lord of hosts, in that day when I make up My jewels; and I will spare them, as a man spareth his own son that serveth him. Then shall ye return and discern between the righteous and the wicked, between him that serveth God, and him that serveth Him not.” [Verses 8-18.]
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 13)
The Lord calls for a revival among His people, an acknowledgment of the peculiar obligations He places upon them. He calls upon every soul who has the fear of God before him to walk and to work with an eye single to the glory of God. There is a great work to be done, and none can properly represent that work unless they humble their hearts before God day by day and walk in all the light He sends.
(23LtMs, Lt 310, 1908, 14)
Lt 312, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister Sanitarium, California July 28, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in CD 112-113. Elder S. N. Haskell Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I have a special message to give to you. The Lord has entrusted you with a special work. He has united you for the purpose of doing this work. I give this caution to you both:
(23LtMs, Lt 312, 1908, 1)
Sometimes in the presence of others Elder Haskell has spoken in a tantalizing way to Sister Haskell. This is not pleasing to the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 312, 1908, 2)
You need to keep in your house the very best kind of help for the work of preparing your food. In the night seasons, it seemed that Elder Haskell has taken sick, and an experienced physician said to you, “I took notice of your diet. You eat too great a variety at one meal. Fruit and vegetables taken at one meal produce acidity of the stomach, then impurity of the blood results, and the mind is not clear because the digestion is imperfect.” You should understand that every organ of the body is to be treated with respect. In the matter of diet, you must reason from cause to effect.
(23LtMs, Lt 312, 1908, 3)
Let us be careful not to hinder the work that needs to be done at this time by taking any course that will impair the powers of the being. A word to the wise is sufficient.
(23LtMs, Lt 312, 1908, 4)
Lt 314, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California October 27, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder Haskell Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
We shall be pleased to see you again and to have the matter of the school location decided.
(23LtMs, Lt 314, 1908, 1)
There is one thing I wish to say to you; it is this: Make no effort to have Sister Gotzian withdraw her money from the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, for there is no place that needs more the help of means than Paradise Valley. Loans and donations will be needed to carry the work of that institution as it should be carried. Yesterday I wrote an urgent appeal for gifts and donations for this work.
(23LtMs, Lt 314, 1908, 2)
Unless help is given to the institution, I fear that Brother and Sister Cummings will become discouraged, and I do not know whom we could get to take their place.
(23LtMs, Lt 314, 1908, 3)
We have had no word from you since you left. I hope you are not sick. We have remembered you by name at the throne of grace and prayed that you might have a special blessing at the meetings near Nashville. Let there be a diligent seeking of the Lord, that souls may be refined and purified and sanctified, and the Lord will use them to His name’s glory. The matter of the school here in California needs to be wisely managed, that the enemy may gain no advantage of us. We hope you will return as soon as possible.
(23LtMs, Lt 314, 1908, 4)
Lt 316, 1908
Daniells, A. G. and associates St. Helena, California October 25, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 1MCP 352; 2MCP 523; 3MR 220. + To Elder Daniells and those officially connected with him Dear Brethren:
There is positive danger of our binding about the work so that the truth shall not go quickly to all the world in fulfilment of the divine commission.
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 1)
We read of the experience of Christ that at one time when the Pharisees held a council together, how they might destroy Him, Jesus “withdrew Himself from thence: and great multitudes followed Him, and He healed them all; and charged them that they should not make Him known: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, Behold My Servant, whom I have chosen; My Beloved, in whom My soul is well pleased: I will put My Spirit upon Him, and He shall show judgment to the Gentiles. He shall not strive, nor cry; neither shall any man hear His voice in the streets. A bruised reed shall He not break, and smoking flax shall He not quench, till He send forth judgment unto victory. And in His name shall the Gentiles trust.” [Matthew 12:15-21.]
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 2)
There is a great work to be done in the cities and villages that is not being done. When opportunities arise by means of which we may send the truth to new places, we should not let them pass unused. Christ is working to extend the gospel of His grace in the highways and hedges; let not our leading workers treat indifferently the opportunities He presents for the spread of His truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 3)
The life that is consecrated to God will be spent in seeking to save the souls that are ready to perish; and the Lord, not human agencies, is to be its dependence. A deep understanding of the Scriptures, and an appropriation of its truths, will be of inestimable value in the cultivation of a sound Christian experience. The Word of God is spiritual life to the soul. We need to appreciate those Scriptures which teach us concerning a growth in grace. We need to be daily converted to a life of simple obedience.
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 4)
Christ, “after He had made one offering for sins forever, sat down on the right hand of God, from henceforth expecting till His enemies be made His footstool. For by one offering He hath perfected forever them that are sanctified. Whereof the Holy Ghost also is witness for us: for after that He had said before, This is the covenant that I will make with them after those days, saith the Lord, I will put My laws in their hearts, and in their minds will I write them; and their sins and iniquities will I remember no more....
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 5)
“Having therefore, brethren, boldness to enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus, by a new and living way, which He hath consecrated for us, through the veil, that is to say, His flesh; and having an High Priest over the house of God; let us draw near with a full heart, in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water. Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for He is faithful that promised;) and let us consider one another to provoke unto love and to good works, not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as the manner of some is; but exhorting one another, and so much more as ye see the day approaching.” [Hebrews 10:12-17, 19-25.]
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 6)
We need as a people to educate ourselves to have faith. “Without faith it is impossible to please God; for he that cometh to God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.” [Hebrews 11:6.] We need individually to live by faith, not by feeling.
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 7)
I am instructed to say to all our workers, Watch for opportunities to increase your influence, not that you may exalt self, but that you may enlarge your field of labor embracing those who are ignorant of the truth. Every opportunity that arises for work among unbelievers, improve it. Speak words in season, and out of season.
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 8)
I believe, that if all our brethren recently assembled at Chamberlain, South Dakota, had been wide-awake to the opportunities and duties of the times in which we live, if they had enjoyed a clear perception of their privileges, they would have grasped the offer of the school property as one that would have given them an opportunity quickly to enlarge their facilities for the training of workers to draw souls to Christ, and to raise up companies of believers. Had I been on the ground, and heard the offer, I would have thought of the many souls that through this means might have been won to the truth by a prayerful presentation of the teachings of Christ. Souls are perishing in their sins, and we should cherish every opportunity for quickly increasing our working forces.
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 9)
It is just as verily our duty to see the needs of the work as a whole, as it is to comprehend those of the work in part. Our churches should be aroused to their duty of letting the light shine forth. Our workers need to be awakened from their slumbers, that the Word of truth may come forth from sanctified lips. Both church members and ministers need an education in order to make them laborers together with God. There should be no sighs of lowering the standard on the part of any worker from the lowest to the highest.
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 10)
Our people everywhere allow their minds to take too low a range, too narrow a view. They allow the plans of human agencies to guide them, and a worldly spirit to mold them, rather than Christ’s plans and Christ’s Spirit. I am instructed to say to our people, Look above the earthly to the heavenly. Numbers are no evidence of success; if they were, Satan might claim much. It is the degree of moral power that pervades our institutions, our schools and our churches. It should be the joy of all, from the highest to the least, to represent Christ in Christlike virtues. Let all our teachers learn that true piety, love shown in obedience to God, will elevate and refine.
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 11)
From the president of our conference to the humblest believer, we should understand that Christ is the Pattern we are to copy. I am instructed to say to every worker, Keep the divine plan ever in mind. It is not numbers that will constitute our efficiency, but divine grace exemplified. Heavenly angels will communicate through all who practice the virtues of Christ, through all whose experience develops under the ennobling, refining influence of the Great Teacher.
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 12)
The teachings of Christ carried into the life will elevate men, however humble in the scale of moral worth with God. Those who strive for the subduing of their natural defects of character cannot be crowned unless they strive lawfully; but those who are found often in prayer, seeking for the wisdom that cometh from above, will become assimilated to the divine. Uncouth manners, uncontrollable temper will be brought into obedience to the divine law.
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 13)
The workers in our colleges are to be strict health reformers; their safety and good health require this. Through the exercise of simple faith, every teacher in our ranks may secure practical godliness and rise to a state of moral excellency proportionate to the value of the prize that is at stake. Let them consider that they are co-laborers with Jesus Christ to help, and not by lax habits to discourage. Let teachers set a correct example, and speak encouraging words, for there are many who will be won to Jesus by the influence of holy lives.
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 14)
The Saviour says, “Ye are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men. Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick, and it giveth light to all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:13-16.]
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 15)
As co-laborers with Christ, we should be often in prayer to God, that we may be made partakers of His divine nature and enabled to resist the devil. We need to watch our words and our actions. If the Son of God felt the necessity of praying so earnestly and so often, can the members of the human family afford to be careless and indifferent in this matter? Let us not grieve the Holy Spirit of God by a careless, indifferent spirit. The work of the Christian is to watch unto prayer, even as Christ has set us an example.
(23LtMs, Lt 316, 1908, 16)
Lt 318, 1908
Underwood, R. A. St. Helena, California October 21, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 47. + Elder R. A. Underwood
2718 Third Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota Dear Brother Underwood:
I have read your letter, and I have no hesitancy in advising you to secure the property at Chamberlain, South Dakota, if you can yet obtain it. Such advantages as are to be gained there should be secured. I have had presented to me similar properties in various places. These will be offered to us almost as a gift, and if suitably managed, it will be a blessing to have such properties to use just now to be a help in extending our work in missionary lines. We can use them in giving the last warning message to the world. The light given me is that there will be similar buildings to those you mention offered for sale for a trifling soul, and it is best to secure possession of them. Thus we shall be able to divide the working forces and extend the light into new places, rather than be in large numbers in one locality.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 1)
Our Saviour’s work was to warn the cities, and to ordain workers to go out of the cities to places where the light had never yet been given, and to lift up the standard of truth in new localities. Thus the message of warning would reach souls who had not been where they could hear it. We are not to crowd into a few localities and make them centers, leaving places unworked that had had no opportunity to become acquainted with our faith.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 2)
The Lord has a world-wide message; and as you have described this place, it looks to me as one of the very agencies through which to extend the message to those who should hear. The location would be, according to the light given me, a very favorable and advantageous place from which to branch out in sowing the gospel seed, and in extending the message of warning to those who have not heard it.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 3)
The light is given me that we must not have special anxiety to crowd too many interests into one locality, but should look for places in out-of-the-way districts, and work in new places. Thus people may be reached and converted who know nothing of the precious, testing truths for this time. The last call should be made just as important in new places in this country as in distant lands. This word was spoken concerning some localities that have not had the message brought to them.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 4)
The seeds of truth are to be sown in uncultivated centers. I should advise our brethren to secure this property. When such places are offered, it is that our people may divide and subdivide the people hovering about and settling in favored centers, as has been done in Battle Creek, Oakland, Healdsburg, and similar places. There are places where a new work can be begun and a new center established for the strengthening of our work.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 5)
While such great expense is incurred to enlighten the people of foreign tongues, we are all to be just as wide-awake to reach, if possible, the foreigners and the unconverted in our own land. It will cultivate a missionary spirit to work in new localities. Selfishness, in respect to keeping large companies together, is not the Lord’s plan. Enter every new place possible, and begin the work of educating in vicinities that have not heard the truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 6)
Why did our Saviour labor to sow the seed in out-of-the-way places? Why did He travel slowly away from the villages which had been His places for communicating light by opening the Scriptures?—There was a world to hear, and some souls would accept the truth who had not yet heard it. Christ travelled slowly and opened the Scriptures in their simplicity to minds that would receive the truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 7)
On one occasion five thousand people gathered to hear the strange things brought to them by the great Teacher. Some were faint for want of food, and He led them to a grass plot and bade them be seated. Then He worked the miracle of feeding the multitude, as recorded in Matthew 14:14-21.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 8)
“And Jesus went forth, and saw a great multitude, and was moved with compassion toward them, and He healed their sick. And when it was evening, His disciples came to Him, saying, Thus is a desert place, and the time is now past; send the multitude away, that they may go into the villages, and buy themselves victuals. But Jesus said unto them, They need not depart; give ye them to eat. And they said unto Him, We have here but five loaves and two fishes. He said, Bring them hither to Me.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 9)
“And He commanded the multitude to sit down on the grass, and took the five loaves, and the two fishes, and looking up to heaven, He blessed, and brake, and gave the loaves to His disciples, and the disciples to the multitude. And they did all eat and were filled: and they took up of the fragments that remained twelve baskets full. And they that had eaten were about five thousand, besides woman and children.”
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 10)
All these circumstances are for us to understand. Christ would make His work known to those who, after His crucifixion and resurrection, would be His disciples.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 11)
There is missionary work to be done in many unpromising places. The missionary spirit needs to take hold of our souls, inspiring us to reach classes for whom we had not planned to labor, and in ways and places that we had no idea of working. The Lord has His plan for the sowing of the gospel seed. In sowing according to His will, we shall so multiply the seed that His word may reach thousands who have never heard the truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 12)
Opportunities are opening on every side; press unto every providential opening. Eyes need to be anointed with the heavenly eyesalve to see and sense these opportunities. God calls now for wide-awake missionaries. There are ways that will be presented before us; we are to see and understand these providential opportunities.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 13)
The fourth chapter of Matthew is very important. Beginning with the thirteenth verse, we read, “And leaving Nazareth, He came and dwelt in Capernaum, which is upon the sea coast, in the borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, The land of Zabulon, and the land of Nephthalim, by the way of the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles: the people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death light is sprung up.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 14)
“From that time Jesus began to preach, and to say, Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.” [Verses 13-17.] He chose as His missionary field places which others did not discern as being a special advantage.
(23LtMs, Lt 318, 1908, 15)
Lt 320, 1908
Underwood, R. A. St. Helena, California October 26, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 438-439. Elder R. A. Underwood
2718 Third Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota Dear Brother Underwood:
I am instructed to say to our people that when special advantages are offered for doing quickly and at small expense a work that it is time for us to do, such as were recently offered in the school buildings near Chamberlain, South Dakota, that those who meet in counsel and stand in positions of responsibility should be ready to accept them; for these are the Lord’s openings for the rapid advancement of His work. Here was an opportunity for a quick work that was neglected because of lack of faith and largeness of heart. I am more sorry for this than I can express. Such opportunities are given us that we may be enabled to carry out the commission Christ gave to His first disciples, “Go ye into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that My house may be filled.” [Luke 14:23.] This message which means so much to all people is to reach out to the highways and hedges.
(23LtMs, Lt 320, 1908, 1)
I fear that a door has been closed, an opportunity neglected, that will result in the loss of souls.
(23LtMs, Lt 320, 1908, 2)
The work at our camp-meetings should be conducted, not according to man’s devising, but after the manner of Christ’s working. The church members should be drawn out to labor. The light is to be taken from under the bushel, that it may reach to the many who need it. I am instructed to say that angels of God will direct in the opening of fields nigh as well as afar off, that the work of warning the world may be accomplished. God calls upon believers to obtain an experience in missionary work by branching out into new territory and working intelligently for the people in the byways. To those who will do this, openings for labor will come. The light of truth is to shine forth through the efforts of missionary workers.
(23LtMs, Lt 320, 1908, 3)
I have a message for the leaders in Minnesota and Iowa. They need to call their forces into exercise by engaging actively in missionary work. Our brethren need to go forth as the first disciples went, to the byways and the highways, teaching the message of truth. They need to become laborers in the Lord’s vineyard. God’s servants must not be idlers, but must work diligently to win souls. One soul saved is of more consequence than all the riches of the world. Let our church members ask themselves the question, Do I improve my opportunities? What fruit am I bearing to the glory of God?
(23LtMs, Lt 320, 1908, 4)
God forbid that there should be a large outlay of means in a few places, without considering the needs of the many fields that have scarcely any help. Self-denial exercised by the brethren in favored localities, in order that adequate help may be given to needy fields, will aid in accomplishing a work that will bring glory to God. None can afford to build a high tower of influence in one locality, while they leave other places unworked. The Lord grant that our senses may be sanctified, and that we may learn to measure our ideas by the work and the teachings of Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 320, 1908, 5)
To every church the instruction is given to gather in the ignorant and those who need help. The candlestick is to be taken from under the bushel and light given to all that are in the house. The Lord has men of opportunity in the world, and these will embrace the truth if proper labor is bestowed in their behalf. The Lord says, I will open ways in the highway and in the desert. Let not large means be consumed in a few places while we begrudge the needed means to other localities.
(23LtMs, Lt 320, 1908, 6)
When opportunities arise such as have recently come to us, it is for us to see and understand that the Lord is opening the way that souls may be converted and become sowers of the truths of the gospel. I present this instruction to you as the servant of the Lord, and repeat, Take advantage of the providence of God. Then give the churches a chance to economize, in their homes, at their tables, in their church expenditure, and to follow Christ’s example of faithful, untiring labor. Again I say, Secure the Chamberlain place if you can. The Lord grant that you may not be too late.
(23LtMs, Lt 320, 1908, 7)
Lt 322, 1908
Members in the California Conference St. Helena, California November 1, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 1MR 326-330. + To the members of our churches in the California Conference Dear Brethren and Sisters:
We have long wanted to move our conference school from Healdsburg, and have kept inquiring of the Lord, What shall we do?
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 1)
Several good offers of properties suitable for a school site have been made by different landowners. Excellent farming lands in the vicinity of Lodi, and elsewhere, were offered; but it did not seem best to accept any of these. We believed that the school should be located in some place more retired than any we had thus far seen.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 2)
Some months ago, while the brethren were still searching for a suitable school site, they were informed of a desirable property for sale near the town of Sonoma.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 3)
On the morning of September 2, in company with several members of the committee on a school location, we visited this property. We were met at the railway station by two gentlemen with hired teams, in which we were taken to view the site in question.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 4)
Before reaching the Buena Vista property, we were shown another property, a fine house, surrounded by beautiful orchard lands; but this did not seem like any of the properties that we had hoped to find.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 5)
From this place we were driven to the Buena Vista property that had been regarded by some of our brethren as a possible location for the school. We found, about two miles from the town of Sonoma, and some distance from any house, a large tract of land on which was a large, beautiful dwelling, called “The Castle,” and several smaller buildings. We found the Castle to contain three stories, with twelve spacious rooms on each floor, besides a basement and a large cupola above the third story, capable of being converted into good rooms.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 6)
I ascended the stairs to the second story and partially viewed the rooms on the first two floors. This was as far as I could venture; but the brethren who had visited the property before this reported that they had examined the rooms on the next story and found them to be as well furnished and fitted as those I had seen. Each floor was furnished with excellent bathroom accommodations.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 7)
As I descended to the first story again, I had little to say. I believed that here was a property that corresponded with representations given me.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 8)
We drove over the grounds, but did not examine them thoroughly. We were in the midst of mountain scenery, and in the specious grounds surrounding the house were many and beautiful trees. At some distance from the Castle stood a large stone winery, now being used as stables for cattle. There were some fruit trees on the place, and near to the main building a hot spring which fed an artificial pool. There was an abundance of pure, soft water, which was conducted by pipes to the different buildings.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 9)
After a hasty view of the grounds—for our time was limited—we left to take the cars again for Oakland; but I was impressed that this was just such a location for our school as we had been looking for. Here was a large tract of land away from the cities, where we could have an abundance of water and wood, and a healthful climate. In this retired place we could ward off a large class of temptations which in a less-favored place would be presented through manifold agencies.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 10)
There was one perplexity. Where could we obtain the means to secure this property, so well supplied with many of the advantages we needed? We feared that the price asked by the owner was more than we could consider, and felt that we must take time to think over the proposition.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 11)
That night in my dreams I seemed to be making plans in regard to this property. One spoke to me and said, “How were you impressed with this location?” I replied, “Favorably; but I do not see how we can purchase; we have not the means. We might lessen the price by selling the stone winery.”
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 12)
“You cannot do that,” our adviser said. “If you should do so, parties who do not regard the seventh day would be at work on the land on the Sabbath. Your only plan will be to purchase the entire property and keep every part of it under your control. Not one foot of the land should be allowed to come under the control of those who would work it on the Sabbath day.”
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 13)
The following morning, we had some conversation with Brother Covell. He had a map of the whole district, and he placed this before us for our examination. He pointed out several things that we might do to lessen the purchasing price of the property. But it seemed clear that the wisest plan would be to leave no part unpurchased. We must have the land under our full control. I said, In having land to cultivate, ample opportunity will be given to the students to work brain and muscles equally. Here the students can build cottages, as many are trained to do in the school near Madison, Tennessee, and gain practical knowledge in many lines that will make them useful members of society. And this kind of training will help fit them to go forth to other places as educators.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 14)
It would be well if the students in all our schools could learn to make the most of brain and bone and muscle. When they go out as laborers to foreign countries, such students will find their knowledge of practical work of the highest value, not only to themselves, but to those also for whom they labor. Those who learn to work in simplicity after Christ’s own manner of labor will accomplish much in the fulfilling of the command of Christ that we preach the gospel to “every nation and kindred and tongue and people.” [Revelation 14:6.] If ever it has been essential that we understand and follow right methods of teaching, and follow the example of Christ, it is now.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 15)
I now ask the members of our churches in the California Conference to help us raise the money to purchase this desirable property, and to furnish the school home with good but simple furniture. Shall we not seek to make this school a school after the Lord’s order? We ask you not to let this opportunity pass by of making this school what the Lord would have it. We need your help, that this school may be secured to us, and manned with wise, well-balanced teachers. We believe that our brethren will help at this time. We cannot afford to delay the matter; it must be settled at once, if we would secure the property. I send you this invitation to help in this emergency. If the brethren and sisters will act a part in this work, the Lord will bless them in doing it.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 16)
I ask our churches in California to consider just now what they can do in coming to the help of the Lord in this time of opportunity. Those who have not the money to send immediately can pledge; money can be hired on the strength of your pledges. Brethren Cottrell and Knox are straining every nerve to bring this matter to a successful issue. Let us do all we can, that there may be no failure. Let us humble our hearts before God and pray in faith. The Lord will work wonders through a self-denying people, endowing them with a rich measure of grace to work for the salvation of souls. Christ’s example is before us. Let us, as His followers, make His example ours.
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 17)
The judgments of God are in the land, and Christ is soon to come. Fire and flood and earthquake are warning us that the end of all things is at hand. Believers need to arise to their privileges and responsibilities. Our understanding needs to be quickened daily by the Holy Spirit. We need to stand humble and contrite before God. It is no time to lift up our souls in pride, or to manifest carelessness and indifference. We need to arouse and give to our youth the evidence that we believe this last message of warning. Let us lay our freewill offerings upon the altar of the Lord. In doing this we are only giving Him what is already His; for Christ has paid the price for our redemption. “Ye are not your own,” Christ declares; “for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(23LtMs, Lt 322, 1908, 18)
Lt 324, 1908
White, J. E. St. Helena, California November 3, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 330-331. + Elder J. E. White
Nashville, Tennessee My Son Edson White:
I have read your letter to Willie regarding the colored preacher Elder Berry. If he is doing a good work, he should be properly supported. You may depend upon me to help some in this work of which you speak. Recently I placed some money in the hands of Elder Haskell to be used for just such cases as you have represented in your letter.
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 1)
I am anxious to have the business relating to the purchase of our conference school closed up. I have been solicited to write out the light that was given me concerning this school location, which I have done. I will send you a copy of the letter I wrote.
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 2)
Near Modesto, one hundred acres of land was offered us as a gift if we would establish our school there. But I could not see anything to invite us in the level roads and broad lands almost destitute of trees. When the question was asked, Shall we accept this offer, I said, No; we cannot accept it. It does not offer the advantages our teachers and students should have. Another offer of a hundred acres was also made to us, but we were not clear to accept.
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 3)
Then we were encouraged to inspect the Buena Vista property near Sonoma. In the retirement of this place, its wooded lands and its abundance of water; in the well-finished house with every convenience, I saw that which answered to representations that had been given.
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 4)
Brother Covell has made a thorough investigation of the orchard and says the fruit is excellent. This is an advantage that we can appreciate.
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 5)
After I returned to Oakland, I was instructed in the night season that the only safe course for us to pursue in the purchase of this property was to secure every foot of the land. I was shown that none of it should be allowed to come under the control of those who would work it on the Sabbath day. We therefore planned to purchase the whole. The proposition is to buy the property for $45,000, the owner taking over the Healdsburg school boarding house in part payment of the same. This will help us very much. Elders Cottrell and Knox and those who are interested in the matter are in favor of purchasing. We are to have sixty days in which to close the bargain. Elders Cottrell and Knox are attending to the business. We shall be very thankful when the matter is finally settled.
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 6)
For weeks I have been able to sleep but a few hours each night. I have been very anxious that this matter of the school location should be brought to a successful issue. We must have the best location possible, the best teaching ability, the best preceptor we can secure. While arrangements for the purchase of the Buena Vista property have been in progress, I have carried a heavy burden on my mind, fearing lest we should not come into possession of just the place we need. In this time of perplexity I have many times repeated the words, “I will make a man more precious than gold, even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir.” [Isaiah 13:12.]
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 7)
My health has been such that I could not take a prominent part in the Medical Convention held at St. Helena. I promised that I would attend one meeting and read important matter that I had already prepared. But when I reached the sanitarium chapel, I found the room filled with people who expected a discourse from me. There were a number of the patients present in their wheel chairs. I longed for greater strength to speak, and rested my soul upon Jesus Christ, asking Him to give me words that would prove a help and blessing to the people.
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 8)
I read the twelfth and thirteenth chapters of Isaiah. As soon as I rose to my feet, I felt strength come to me. My voice was clear, and I talked for nearly an hour under the inspiration of the Spirit of God. It has been thus many times in my experience. Elder Cottrell said to me afterwards that he never felt more sensibly the power of the Spirit of God than at this meeting. Others said the same.
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 9)
Since that meeting my health has improved, and my courage has been renewed. I felt the truth of the words I spoke to the people, and the blessing of God that rested upon me on that occasion has been a living reality to me since. I have realized the truth of the assurance, “Behold, God is my salvation, I will trust and not be afraid; for the Lord Jehovah is my strength and my song; He also is become my salvation. Therefore with joy shall ye draw water out of the wells of salvation. And in that day shall ye say, Praise the Lord, call upon His name, declare His doings among the people; make mention that His name is exalted. Sing unto the Lord; for He hath done excellent things: this is known in all the earth. Cry and shout, thou inhabitant of Zion; for great is the Holy One of Israel in the midst of thee.” [Isaiah 12:2-6.]
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 10)
Although I spoke for nearly one hour, I was not the least weary.
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 11)
I feel very deeply the great value the Saviour is to me. It was His mercy that gave us the gospel, that we might learn the wealth that lies in His divine nature. We are to appreciate the great gift of our heavenly Father in giving His only begotten Son to save a perishing world.
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 12)
On one occasion the Jews came to Christ with the question, “How long dost Thou make us to doubt? If Thou be the Christ, tell us plainly. Jesus answered them, I told you, and ye believed not: the works that I do in My Father’s name, they bear witness of Me. But ye believe not, because ye are not of My sheep, as I said unto you. My sheep hear My voice, and I know them, and they follow Me: and I give unto them eternal life; and they shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of My hand. My Father, which gave them Me, is greater than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of My Father’s hand. I and My Father are One.
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 13)
Then the Jews took up stones again to stone Him. Jesus answered them, Many good works have I showed you from My Father; for which of these works do ye stone Me? The Jews answered Him, saying, For a good work we stone thee not; but because that Thou, being a man, makest Thyself God. Jesus answered them, Is it not written in your law, I said, ye are gods? If he called them gods, unto whom the word of God came, and the Scriptures cannot be broken; say ye of Him, whom the Father hath sanctified, and sent into the world, Thou blasphemest; because I said, I am the Son of God? If I do not the works of My Father, believe Me not. But if I do, though ye believe not Me, believe the works: that ye may know, and believe, that the Father is in Me, and I in Him. Therefore they sought again to take Him, but He escaped out of their hand.” [John 10:24-39.]
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 14)
Let none of us be disappointed and offended because we suffer reproach. It will be developed at the right time who are true and who are false. I thank the Lord for the courage He gives to all who are true to His Word.
(23LtMs, Lt 324, 1908, 15)
Lt 326, 1908
Sawyer, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California November 4, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in RY 68-70. + Dear Brother and Sister:
In the night I seemed to be conversing with you, and saying, The lesson you need to learn is to be restful in the Lord. If you encourage a spirit of uneasiness and discontent, you will mar your religious experience.
(23LtMs, Lt 326, 1908, 1)
You are neither of you fitted to engage in missionary work in some far-off field, for you have not the endurance to overcome the difficulties you would meet in such circumstances. If you cannot find missionary work to do where you are, you will not be making the right move to go to a place where you are not known in order to do it. You will spend all the little money you have, and then not be able to earn more.
(23LtMs, Lt 326, 1908, 2)
I wish to say to you, Be content where you are. Gain the mastery over your own minds. The uneasiness that you allow yourselves to have disqualifies you to be a blessing where you are. You have a home where you are; enjoy your home, and thank the Lord that both your lives are spared. Be thankful for the health you have. North Carolina is not so good a place for you as California. You are engaging in missionary work by doing the home work in a peaceable, contented spirit, in keeping your clothing neat and presentable, and in cultivating tidiness, holding yourself in readiness, when opportunity offers, to speak words of cheer to those who need encouragement and help.
(23LtMs, Lt 326, 1908, 3)
You will certainly be disappointed if you carry out the plans you have in mind. You cherish the idea that you are not appreciated where you are. I ask you to put away this impression. Lay off this supposed responsibility to do missionary work in another field. You have reason to be thankful for the health and strength that is given you; but if you permit yourselves to be unhappy, you disqualify yourselves for the missionary work that you might do at home. You can be a blessing to each other and to those about you. Be cheerful and happy right where you are; cultivate the peace of God in your hearts. Do not be discouraged, but let your words be such as to inspire hope and good cheer and your influence be of a character to uplift. May the Lord bless you and guide you, is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 326, 1908, 4)
Your age is sufficient reason why you should be contented where you are. Let the young men and women fill the hard places; it is your privilege to make your life as easy and comfortable as possible, while you prepare to move to a better country, even a heavenly. If the Lord sees that it is best that you work in the cause, He will open ways for you in California. Wait until the Lord makes your way clear. He would not have you left dependent on strangers in a far country. Be contented to sustain yourselves where you are, doing what you can for the cause of God. Help where you can with the word of your testimony, but do not feel that it is your duty to use up what little means you have in going to a new field.
(23LtMs, Lt 326, 1908, 5)
I have written you my mind about this matter. I sincerely hope that you will be contented to stay where you are and enjoy your little home in peace and happiness. There is no reason why you should not enjoy the peace of Christ and His precious grace every day. I ask you not to place yourselves where your trials will be tenfold heavier than they now are. I have a special interest in your case and pray that you will let the Lord mold and fashion you for the future, immortal life.
(23LtMs, Lt 326, 1908, 6)
Lt 328, 1908
Crawford, Marion Stowell St. Helena, California November 4, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 175. Mrs. Marion Stowell-Crawford
Monroe, Wisconsin Dear Sister Crawford:
Your long letter of October 9 came duly to hand; also your shorter letter asking my advice regarding the disposition of about five thousand dollars which you have loaned several years to the Battle Creek Sanitarium.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 1)
My delay in answering is not due to lack of interest regarding the matters of which you have written; but since your letter came I have been very busy and perplexed over important matters pending here in California, and some days passed before I answered your letter. Then we were called to attend some meetings and now on my return I find that what I wrote to you several days ago has not been copied and sent away. So I will incorporate it into this letter.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 2)
I will request Willie to write to you regarding our journey to Sebastopol and the meetings held there, and he will write you also about our progress in preparing the Manuscript for the new edition of my Experience and Views. We thank you for what you have written regarding the early experiences and for the privilege of reading the old letters from Brother Arnold.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 3)
I think if you were nearer to us we would be glad to consult with you often in regard to the old history of our experiences. We may sometime send one of our editors to visit some of the pioneers in our early work, and the places where the early history was made, to gather up additional facts and interesting incidents. But now we are all very busy here in the office, carrying on many lines of work.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 4)
Many calls have come to me to attend meetings in various places. Our brethren in Tennessee were very anxious that I should attend the Madison council, but I feel that I must reserve my strength, for I hope to go to the next General Conference. Then we shall see gathered representatives of our work from many lands.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 5)
Now regarding your question as to the wisdom of leaving your money longer at Battle Creek, I must say in answer to your question that from all that has been shown me in regard to the Battle Creek Sanitarium, I cannot advise you to leave your money there, but would advise you to draw it out when due and invest it in other institutions which are more needy and where the use of one or two thousand dollars will be a great help.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 6)
Recently I have heard from the Paradise Valley Sanitarium that some of our brethren in the East who loaned money to the institution some years ago are needing to withdraw their money for necessary investments at home. Therefore the Paradise Valley Sanitarium is much in need of a few thousand dollars at six per cent interest.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 7)
With this I will send you copy of two statements that I recently wrote for publication. The institution is doing an important work. It is well equipped, and conscientious men and women are in charge of its several departments, and I can with perfect freedom and assurance advise you to loan money to this institution.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 8)
I will mention another place where you can place two or three thousand dollars at six per cent interest, and that is with me. I have a great work to do in bringing out my books in many languages. During the last few years matters have so shaped about that the Pacific Press of Mountain View is doing much of the work of publishing our books translated into foreign languages. At the present time there is a call for Great Controversy in the Spanish and for Christ Our Saviour in the Spanish and in the French and the Portuguese. There is also a demand for several new books in the English, and I need more money than my regular income to do the advance work and do it rapidly. Then there are several whose money I am using that are withdrawing a portion for home use, and this makes it necessary for me to look about for some to pay up old loans and for some for advance work.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 9)
I could name a number of institutions here on the Pacific Coast that are excellent places for investment, but most of these pay only five per cent interest.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 10)
My business is not running behind. There is a little gain every year. I have been instructed that it is best for me to own the plates of my books, and this is why so much money is required in bringing out new publications. If the printing houses owned the plates of my books, there might be times when some of them were slighted; but while I own the plates, I can transfer the work from one house to another in case of necessity.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 11)
There is an understanding between me and the officers of the General Conference, that when I die, my book work passes into the hands of trustees appointed by the General Conference, so that the earnings from my books after paying all debts shall go to the production of new books in many foreign languages. If you wish further information regarding the financial standing of my business or further information regarding the financial standing of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, write your questions to W. C. White, and he will give you full information. If you feel free to do so, I wish you would lend me two thousand dollars on long time at six per cent interest, and then lend the balance of what you have to spare to the Paradise Valley Sanitarium at the same interest.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 12)
Your letter of inquiry I shall treat as confidential. Please treat this answer in the same way.
(23LtMs, Lt 328, 1908, 13)
Lt 330, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California November 11, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 331-332; 7MR 196. + Elder S. N. Haskell Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
We had a long and wearisome journey to Sebastopol last Friday. Much of the way was over a steep and very narrow mountain road, but no harm came to us. We passed through Santa Rosa, then on to Sebastopol. We had to inquire our way several times to Brother Christianson’s, where we desired to spend the night. At last, however, we found the place, were heartily welcomed, and greatly appreciated the rest in this pleasant home.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 1)
Sabbath morning we rode seven miles to the meetinghouse. The church was not large enough to accommodate all who desired to hear. To those assembled I spoke from the first chapter of Second Peter. I then returned to Brother Christianson’s, while Willie remained to visit among the people. He spoke to the young people in the afternoon. Sunday forenoon, Willie spoke again, and I spoke in the afternoon. But I am too weary to write full particulars.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 2)
I did not make an appeal for means, and thought it not wise to mention the Buena Vista property, as there were present both believers and unbelievers. However I spoke decidedly of the great and earnest work to be done; for the world is fast ripening for the closing up of its history. Those who are truly serving the Lord Jesus will be a holy, sanctified people, communicating the light of truth to all around them. In their lives they will exemplify the value of truth practiced.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 3)
Sunday afternoon I related to the congregation some of our experiences in Cooranbong, where in beginning the work we walked out in the providence of God. I spoke of the difficulties we encountered and of our struggle to obtain means. You remember how Elder Daniells was so burdened that he prayed all night in the open air for the Lord to send us the necessary means that we might carry out His will in that new, unworked field. You remember how we all worked and prayed and believed, knowing that without faith it is impossible to please God.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 4)
The Lord gave messages to our brethren in Australia that then was their opportunity to use their entrusted capabilities in the Lord’s service. When they should act their part, walking and working in faith, practicing self-denial, then they would find that the Lord would work for them.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 5)
Let not the words “found wanting” be written against God’s people. [Daniel 5:27.] While we should thankfully receive loans of money with interest, yet the Lord calls for larger freewill offerings. We must be careful about the matter of borrowing large sums of money; for often this will result in our being placed in a strait place afterward. There may be no trouble so long as those are living who have loaned the money; but when they become sick or die, a sudden call is sometimes made for their money. This money may have been invested in opening the work in new fields, and in order to meet this demand, we may be forced to borrow from the banks at a high rate of interest.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 6)
Let us obtain all the means possible as straight gifts. If today more gifts were brought into the Lord’s treasury, the sacrifice would yield a rich harvest. In Cooranbong, we were thankful to obtain means and to pay a low rate of interest for their use. But we would say to all, Make your gifts as large as possible; for borrowing large sums of money may lead to future embarrassment to the one who is using the money. Let this point be guarded in the matter of moving the school from Healdsburg to be established in another place.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 7)
For many years Healdsburg has been an educating center. But the time has now come when the school should be moved to a location where we shall have better advantages. Let all who can possibly do so place their money in this enterprise, as a gift. When we think of what Christ has done for us, this will not be regarded as a great sacrifice. He has given His commission to His disciples, as workers who are to lay the foundations of His church in various fields. To establish educational centers is a part of their work.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 8)
The commission of Christ to His disciples is the great missionary charter of His kingdom. His disciples were thus made His ambassadors, bearing the divine credentials. If they should be asked by what authority they, unlearned fishermen, went forth as teachers of the people and healers of the sick, they could make reply, “He who was crucified, but who rose again, has appointed us to preach His gospel, to be ministers of His Word. He has declared, ‘All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.’” [Matthew 28:18.]
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 9)
The disciples were not to wait for the people to come to them. They were to hunt diligently for those who were willing to be saved in the Lord’s appointed way. They were to search for souls as a shepherd searches for his sheep that are lost. Christ opened before them the whole world as their field of labor. They were to go to every place, and “preach the gospel to every creature.” [Mark 16:15.] No one was to be passed by. Unselfish labor was to be bestowed upon all. Freewill offerings were to flow from His people to open new fields, to establish the truth in every place where an entrance might be found. His name was to be their authority, their confidence. In and through that name their works were to bear the divine credentials.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 10)
And what was the promise that was to be immortalized among His disciples?—“Ye shall receive power after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.” [Acts 1:8.] “But tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high.” [Luke 24:49.] Positive results followed obedience to these commands. “They went forth and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:20.] As was the work of the disciples, so is our work, first to seek the Lord, then to go forth everywhere presenting the gospel message.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 11)
All have need of the converting power of God. Our ministers need to have a deeper heart experience. Self-esteem, self-righteousness is a positive hindrance in the work of God. A crucified and risen Saviour is to be exemplified by the daily conversion of those who minister in the things of God. Imbued with His Spirit, there will be no self-exaltation, no tame and lifeless work done. The Lord Jesus Christ is to rule in every heart, if the voice is to proclaim His message. A decided utterance will make its impression.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 12)
From every country voices are coming, Come over and help us. Rich and poor are to be stirred. High ones and lowly ones are to be sanctified and saved by the message of truth. The world needs to see the evidence of Christ’s working on the hearts of ministers. When the workers humble their hearts before God, they will come into perfect union. Not a word of contention will be heard among them. It will be seen that there is a place for all in the Lord’s work.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 13)
God’s blessing will be bestowed upon all who earnestly serve Him. His blessing is full and free for every one who will work under the discipline of the great Teacher. Christ has made full and ample provision for the carrying forward of His work today. In a special manner He has appointed and entrusted His disciples to work in connection with Christ, in seeking to save those who are lost. Those who obey His Word and work with humility need not fail nor be discouraged.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 14)
Christ bids us to go into all parts of the world, but only as we know that His presence is with us. We are to labor in meekness and humility. The lapse of time has brought no change either in the commission of Christ or to His parting promise, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] Those who will not swell to large proportions, but will put their trust and confidence in Christ may claim the promise, “I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee.” [Hebrews 13:5.]
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 15)
Let us remember that Christ has promised to be with us as we meet the people. Let us not permit self to become exalted, nor suppose ourselves capable of meeting every emergency. God’s true ministers, those chosen by Him, are, as workers together with Christ, to be wise and earnest in their efforts to save souls.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 16)
Apostasy to be Met.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 17)
Let our workers study the epistle of Jude; for he speaks of conditions that will be met in our day.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 18)
“Jude, the servant of Jesus Christ, and brother of James, to them that are sanctified by God the Father, and preserved in Jesus Christ, and called: Mercy unto you, and peace, and love be multiplied.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 19)
“Beloved, when I gave all diligence to write unto you of the common salvation, it was needful for me to write unto you, and exhort you that ye should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered unto the saints. For there are certain men crept in unawares, who were before of old ordained unto this condemnation, ungodly men, turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness, and denying the only Lord God, and our Lord Jesus Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 20)
“I will therefore put you in remembrance, though ye once knew this, how that the Lord, having saved the people out of the land of Egypt, afterward destroyed them that believed not. And the angels which kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation, He hath reserved in everlasting chains, under darkness, unto the judgment of the great day. Even as Sodom and Gomorrah, and the cities about them, in like manner, giving themselves over to fornication, and going after strange flesh, are set forth for an example, suffering the vengeance of eternal fire.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 21)
“Likewise also these filthy dreamers defile the flesh, despise dominion, and speak evil of dignities. Yet Michael the archangel, when contending with the devil, He disputed about the body of Moses, durst not bring against him a railing accusation, but said, The Lord rebuke thee. But these speak evil of those things which they know not: but what they know naturally, as brute beasts, in those things they corrupt themselves. Woe unto them! for they have gone in the way of Cain, and ran greedily after the error of Balaam for reward, and perished in the gainsaying of Core. These are spots in your feasts of charity, when they feast with you, feeding themselves without fear: clouds they are without water, carried about of winds; trees whose fruit withereth, without fruit, twice dead, plucked up by the roots....
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 22)
“These are murmurers, complainers, walking after their own lusts; and their mouth speaketh great swelling words, having men’s persons in admiration because of advantage.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 23)
“But, beloved, remember ye the words which were spoken before of the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ; how that they told you there should be mockers in the last time, who should walk after their own ungodly lusts. These be they who separate themselves, sensual, having not the Spirit. But ye, beloved, building up yourselves on your most holy faith, praying in the Holy Ghost, keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eternal life.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 24)
“And of some have compassion, making a difference: and others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted by the flesh.” [Verses 1-12, 16-23.]
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 25)
We shall be called to meet those who, notwithstanding definite reproof and warning through the testimonies, have gone on in an evil course. We are bidden of God to hold ourselves separate and distinct from these men who have not given heed to His warnings. Some of them will seek to enter our churches, but we are to give no place to them. If they are converted, they will bear a different testimony. But I have a positive warning in reference to men who have departed from the faith. Let not our churches be opened for them; for they will “deceive, if possible, the very elect.” [Matthew 24:24.]
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 26)
Consider how Christ met the temptations of the enemy. “It is written,” He said. [Matthew 4:4, 7, 10.] It is not wise to endeavor to answer the erroneous theories presented by those who have departed from the faith. We are to keep to the affirmative and engage in no controversy with these men. Harsh words will accomplish no good. It is not our duty to engage in controversy with men such as were Stevenson and Hall, and others who might be named.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 27)
In harmony with this instruction, I must warn our people against laboring in any line in connection with A. T. Jones. He is one who has departed from the faith and has given heed to seducing spirits. He knows not what manner of spirit he is of.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 28)
Many times in our history, it has happened that men who had been effectual speakers wove into their belief some sentiments which if received would result in the destruction of those who received them. It has been natural for these men to be coarse, denunciatory, and rough; yet they continue to teach some of the theories of truth. However, we are to give them no opportunity to speak in our churches; for Satan has been working with them. Our safest course is to let them alone.
(23LtMs, Lt 330, 1908, 29)
Lt 332, 1908
Burden, J. A. St. Helena, California November 25, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 391-392. Elder J. A. Burden
Loma Linda, California Dear Brother Burden:
Willie has permitted me to read your recent letter to him, in which you speak of Elder Andross’ need of help and suggest that Elder Healey be called to Los Angeles to unite with him.
(23LtMs, Lt 332, 1908, 1)
There are wise reasons why this would not be for the best interests of the work in the Southern California Conference. Elder Healey has not the physical strength to fit him to carry large responsibilities. Moreover, in the past his voice has sometimes been raised to counterwork moves that God has clearly indicated should be made. The Lord has in the Southern California Conference men who can be trained to fill responsible positions, and these men should be sought for.
(23LtMs, Lt 332, 1908, 2)
The work of the Lord must be carried forward intelligently. Clear, well-defined plans must be laid for the spread of our message. Men are needed who will manifest the spirit and the mind of Christ. He calls for men who are consecrated to Him, body, soul, and spirit, who will carry out His will in meekness and humility, respecting the counsels given by His Spirit. Let every man stand in his lot and place, looking to Christ as his Guide and Counselor and yoking up with his brethren in service for the Master.
(23LtMs, Lt 332, 1908, 3)
Christ will instruct those who manifest a teachable spirit. Among those who heed His instruction He will raise up men and women to act as His agents. But those who follow their own wisdom, fearing to walk in harmony with the revealed plans of the Lord, can be but a hindrance to the work He desires to be performed. You, Brother Burden, have seen how the Lord has wrought when men have not placed themselves directly in the way of the working of His plans.
(23LtMs, Lt 332, 1908, 4)
We are engaged in an important and an essential work. We must carry on an aggressive warfare. We are to stand for the true Protestant principles; for the policies of the papacy will edge their way into every place possible, to prescribe liberty of conscience. Every eye must now be single to the glory of God. Those who have been seeking to undermine the confidence of our people in the testimonies that God has given for their benefit, and in the leadings of Providence in our work, will some day be revealed as having acted a part similar to that acted by Judas.
(23LtMs, Lt 332, 1908, 5)
Judas was tempted and tried; but not rising about his temptations and trials, he lost ground and finally went so far as to betray his Lord. Christ permitted him to go with the other disciples on their evangelistic tours, but he often manifested a spirit of superiority. He sought to exercise authority over his brethren. This spirit, unchecked and unrestrained, opened the way for the enemy to work upon his mind and heart, until at length he went so far as to betray his Lord and Saviour with a treacherous kiss.
(23LtMs, Lt 332, 1908, 6)
There are today, among the professed people of God, some who are walking in the same path as did Judas. Unless they are converted, they will some day be numbered among the open enemies of God’s work for this time.
(23LtMs, Lt 332, 1908, 7)
I will endeavor to write again when I have time, and feel stronger.
(23LtMs, Lt 332, 1908, 8)
Lt 334, 1908
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California November 25, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 189. Elder J. E. White
1713 Cass Street
Nashville, Tennessee My dear Children Edson and Emma White:
I am now writing on the last day of the eighty-first year of my life. Tomorrow I enter my eighty-second year.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 1)
For the last three weeks I have been able to travel and to speak on Sabbath at Sebastopol, Healdsburg, and Berkeley. Friday, November 6, with our team of strong, gray horses, W. C. White, Sara, and I drove over to Sebastopol. We traveled over a steep mountain road. This road was very narrow, and I feared we should be unable to pass other teams if we should meet any. However, we made the ascent in safety and then went down the mountain on the other side. I determined that I would never again travel over such a road unless absolutely necessary. We passed through Santa Rosa and Sebastopol, and on seven miles farther to the home of Brother and Sister Christianson. Here we were heartily welcomed and well entertained.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 2)
The next day we drove back to Sebastopol and met with the brethren and sisters in their commodious meetinghouse. They were having Sabbath school when we entered the building; and as they studied their lesson together, I thought that they seemed like intelligent and well-appearing people. The Lord gave us words to speak to them. They need help and grace from God; and if they will submit themselves to Him, He will work through them. I spoke to them again Sunday afternoon. Willie held a meeting with them Sunday morning. They seemed pleased to have us visit them. Monday we returned to St. Helena, but came by another route, and the road was not so dangerous as the one by which we went.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 3)
The following Friday we drove over to Healdsburg, and I was again strengthened to speak both on Sabbath and Sunday. Other meetings were held by Dores Robinson and W. C. White. This journey wearied me somewhat, but the people were much pleased, and I was glad that I went.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 4)
Monday morning, just before we left Healdsburg, we engaged in prayer for Sister Bond and another sister who was nearly blind. Sister Bond and her husband have been engaged in missionary work in the Arizona Conference, but through overwork she had lost her health and was suffering from nervous prostration. A number of us united in asking the Lord to heal these sisters. I told those present that I was not able to work miracles, but that it is our privilege to look in faith to a Saviour who has healing efficiency. We may put our entire trust in One who can save to the uttermost all who come to Him. His power alone can restore the sick; His grace alone can heal. Then we all united in humbly and trustfully asking for a manifestation of the healing, restoring power of the Lord Jesus Christ. It was a blessed occasion. The Spirit of the Lord was present, and those for whom we prayed rejoiced in the Lord. We had evidence that the Lord heard our petitions.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 5)
We are grateful for the privilege of calling upon a Divine Healer. While we do not claim ever to have worked a miracle, yet many times we have prayed for persons suffering with various afflictions, and the Lord has wrought in a most remarkable manner, rebuking the disease and restoring to health.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 6)
When our Saviour was on earth, multitudes followed Him, and His power was not limited. His healing grace rested on the afflicted. Children and youth were restored to health from a dying condition. The sick were brought to Him. Mothers, filled with perplexities and worries, brought their little ones and laid them in His arms. And He healed and blessed all.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 7)
We must every one have an experience for ourselves if we are to stand the test of trial. The end is near, and we must watch and pray and trust the Lord at all times. He knows our every trial, and we need not fail nor be discouraged. Walk in the light of the Lord Jesus. Walk with Him trustingly, and His grace will be upon you. May the Lord open the way clearly before you is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 8)
Since writing the foregoing, Willie has placed in my hands copies of letters he has recently sent you. I am pleased with what he has written, and I unite with him in inviting you to come to us just as soon as you can adjust your business satisfactorily. I hope and pray that you may be of good courage in the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 9)
There are many little companies of believers near us who would be very glad to have you visit and speak to them, perhaps presenting some of the interesting views you have. There are four churches in this valley besides the sanitarium. In Sonoma County there are churches at Healdsburg, Santa Rosa, and Sebastopol; and soon there will be a place at Buena Vista. The Lord in His providence seems to be leading us to establish our school in that location. We shall be able frequently to go with our team to visit and help them. You would find a good company to speak to in the students and teachers.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 10)
This property is about two miles from Sonoma City, in the country. It has many advantages, and we feel thankful that the Lord brought this property within our reach. We are now waiting for the proper papers to be made out before coming into actual possession of the place, but we hope that this may soon be accomplished.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 11)
I am hoping that I may be able to attend the General Conference in the spring. W. C. White has suggested that I visit Boulder, College View, and Nashville on the way to Washington; but I fear that this may tax my strength, so that I would be weary when I need my strength at the time of the Conference. It seems to me it would be better for me to go direct to the Conference as easily as I can; and then if I have strength, I can visit places along the way as I return. But I dare not move in any action according to my own judgment. We will watch unto prayer and seek to know the will of the Lord. I will trust myself in His hands, and I know that He will work for me.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 12)
Again I invite you to come to us as soon as you can. Be of good courage in the Lord. He knows how to strengthen us and to impart to us of His Holy Spirit.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 13)
With love.
(23LtMs, Lt 334, 1908, 14)
Lt 336, 1908
Sawyer, Brother and Sister [Robert] St. Helena, California December 2, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in RY 70-72. Robert and Hannah Sawyer Dear Brother Robert and Sister Hannah:
I have received your letter and will now reply.
(23LtMs, Lt 336, 1908, 1)
Lest I may have been misunderstood, I will say that I never intended that any counsel I have given you in the past should influence you against making any move that would be for your best interests. I have nothing to say to hinder your investing your means in any place where you could have better accommodations or advantages than you have where you now are.
(23LtMs, Lt 336, 1908, 2)
But do not, I beg of you, move blindly. Do not place yourselves where you might be left destitute of means among strangers. For you to move to North Carolina I would consider ill-advised and inconsistent. I believe that no one who understands your circumstances would advise such a move. You need to act wisely and carefully. The Lord will not leave you, if you commit your case fully to Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 336, 1908, 3)
I have words of counsel for Brother Robert. There is need of a reformation in your habits of dress and appearance. Untidiness in dress brings a reproach against the truth we profess to believe. You should consider that you are a representative of the Lord Jesus Christ. Let the whole life be in harmony with Bible truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 336, 1908, 4)
“Ye are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men. Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick: and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14-16.]
(23LtMs, Lt 336, 1908, 5)
Neglect of your apparel has been a decidedly objectionable feature of your character. The impression you have made upon the minds both of believers and of unbelievers has not met the mind of the Spirit of God. Because of your slackness in this matter, our people have not felt free to advise you to take up work in selling literature, a work in which you might have accomplished much good. There is a useful work in which you might engage, visiting from house to house, and speaking the right words; but your untidy influence works counter to the precious influence you might otherwise exert.
(23LtMs, Lt 336, 1908, 6)
Remember that you can do an acceptable work for the Lord, but your personal appearance must be such as will recommend you as one who is letting his light shine for the Master. Will you not now take hold of this matter, and seek to effect a reformation in dress and appearance? If you should be entrusted with public work in our religious gatherings, with your lax ideas as to proper dress, you would not have the best influence over those whom you were trying to help.
(23LtMs, Lt 336, 1908, 7)
This is not a matter of but little consequence; for it affects your influence over others for time and for eternity. You cannot expect the Lord to give you the fullest success in winning souls for Him unless your whole manner and appearance is of a nature that will win respect. The truth is magnified even by the impression of neatness in dress, and I know that you desire to use every jot of your influence on the side of the Master.
(23LtMs, Lt 336, 1908, 8)
I have dwelt upon this matter, because this is a decided defect in your character. The Lord has not been glorified by your laxness in dress. It may seem to be but a small matter, but it is against the honor and glory of God. Men and women who are rich in grace and the influence of holiness will be circumspect in every matter that helps to give them influence. Your present and future usefulness in the service of the Master depends in a measure upon how you relate yourself to this matter. We are nearing the close of time, and we must do all in our power to win souls for Christ’s kingdom.
(23LtMs, Lt 336, 1908, 9)
Lt 338, 1908
Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California November 26, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 2SM 41-42. Elder S. N. Haskell Dear Brother:
Two weeks ago today, while I was writing, my son W. C. White came into my room and stated that there were two persons below who wished to speak with me. I went downstairs into our sitting-room and there met a man and his wife who claim to follow the Word of God and to believe the testimonies. They have had an unusual experience during the past two or three years. They seemed to be honest-hearted people.
(23LtMs, Lt 338, 1908, 1)
I listened while they related some of their experiences, and then I told them something of the work we had to do, in meeting and opposing fanaticism, soon after the passing of the time when we expected to see our Lord. During those trying days, some of our most precious believers were led into fanaticism. I said further that before the end, we would see strange manifestations by those who professed to be led by the Holy Spirit. There are those who will treat, as something of great importance, these peculiar manifestations which are not of God, but which are calculated to divert the minds of many away from the teachings of the Word.
(23LtMs, Lt 338, 1908, 2)
In this stage of our history, we must be very careful to guard against everything that savors of fanaticism and disorder. We must guard against all peculiar exercises that would be likely to stir up the minds of unbelievers and lead them to think that as a people we are led by impulse and delight in noise and confusion accompanied by eccentricities of action. In the last days the enemy of present truth will bring in manifestations that are not in harmony with the workings of the Spirit, but are calculated to lead astray those who stand ready to take up with something new and strange.
(23LtMs, Lt 338, 1908, 3)
I told this brother and his wife that the experience through which I passed in my youth, shortly after the passing of the time in 1844, had led me to be very, very cautious about accepting anything similar to that which we then met and rebuked in the name of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 338, 1908, 4)
No greater harm could be done to the work of God at this time than for us to allow a spirit of fanaticism to come into our churches, accompanied by strange workings which are incorrectly supposed to be operations of the Spirit of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 338, 1908, 5)
As this brother and his wife outlined their experiences, which they claim have come to them as the result of receiving the Holy Ghost with apostolic power, it seemed to be a facsimile of that which we were called to meet and correct in our early experience.
(23LtMs, Lt 338, 1908, 6)
Toward the close of our interview, Brother Mackin proposed that we unite in prayer, with the thought that possibly while in prayer his wife would be exercised as they had described to me, and that then I might be able to discern whether this was of the Lord or not. To this I could not consent, because I have been instructed that when one offers to exhibit these peculiar manifestations, this is a decided evidence that it is not the work of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 338, 1908, 7)
We must not permit these experiences to lead us to feel discouraged. Such experiences will come to us from time to time. Let us give no place to strange exercisings, which really take the mind away from the deep movings of the Holy Spirit. God’s work is ever characterized by calmness and dignity. We cannot afford to sanction anything that would bring in confusion and weaken our zeal in regard to the great work that God has given us to do in the world to prepare for the second coming of Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 338, 1908, 8)
Lt 340, 1908
Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California December 9, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 8MR 21. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother:
Last night I had a special experience. There seemed to be a canopy over me, and I experienced the assurance of being shut in with God. I had been much wearied during the day by reading important letters; but this weariness vanished, and I enjoyed a season of heavenly communing with God.
(23LtMs, Lt 340, 1908, 1)
Mention was made of the need of more ministerial help for our churches, and I was instructed that the help of those who could labor in ministerial lines was needed in many places. One of authority talked with me and charged me not to withhold Dores Robinson from the ministerial work, in order to have all his time on my manuscripts.
(23LtMs, Lt 340, 1908, 2)
Brother Robinson can speak acceptably and understandingly, and he should be encouraged to engage in the work of building up those who love and desire to obey the truth. He should be fully authorized, by ordination, to enter into the work of the ministry of the work of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 340, 1908, 3)
Brother Robinson has been engaging in the work as a licentiate, and the Lord has accepted his labors; but soon he should be given, by ordination, the full sanction of the conference for the work he is capable of doing as one chosen of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 340, 1908, 4)
W. C. White has capabilities that would make him a useful minister. He needs to cultivate his talents in these lines much more than he has done.
(23LtMs, Lt 340, 1908, 5)
There has been a small dwelling house for sale in the valley about one mile and a half from where we reside. The land belonging to the property is mostly mountainous, with some valley land and with good water advantages. It was proposed that Dores Robinson procure this place, and I was invited to go and see it. I thought it possible that we would purchase, because the owner’s wife was not well, and they must leave for a more favorable climate. I thought it would be a good thing to secure the place for Dores, he hiring the money. We had almost decided upon the purchase, but during the night I was instructed that Dores was to give his time more fully than he had done to ministerial work and that the Lord would bless him in so doing. He has done considerable work as a licensed minister, but he has a still more decided work to do, and he should not be embarrassed by debt. He must keep himself and his family in the very best possible condition for a faithful discharge of his duties. The Keeper of Israel calls for self-denying, consecrated men.
(23LtMs, Lt 340, 1908, 6)
For some time Brother Robinson has devoted most of his time to literary work in my office, but each Sabbath he has visited some church or company where he has presented the truth to the people. He has given evidence that he is fitted to do the work of a minister. In connection with my work, Dores has reported my sermons and has helped on my book work. Clarence Crisler has also engaged in this line of work. This work will continue to be done by Brother Crisler and also by Dores Robinson. But the Lord would have Dores recognized as a fully accepted laborer. The work of ministry is to receive a larger share of his efforts than it has. He should have been ere this fully ordained to the work of the ministry. If he walks in the path the Lord has chosen for him, the Lord will be his front guard and his rearward.
(23LtMs, Lt 340, 1908, 7)
The Lord’s eye is upon every worker engaged in the work of the ministry. He delights in them that fear Him and that rely upon Him with a believing, trusting heart. He beholds them not as they are in themselves, but as chosen men clothed with His righteousness and beautified with the spirit of His holiness. The Lord regards with tender love the workers thus striving to be laborers together with Him, trusting in His mercy and making Him their surety. All who walk humbly with Christ will have success. All who serve Him with devotion will express His image in their lives.
(23LtMs, Lt 340, 1908, 8)
I must close this letter now. May the Lord bless you and strengthen you to walk and work humbly with God.
(23LtMs, Lt 340, 1908, 9)
Lt 342, 1908
Rice, Brother and Sister [J. D.] St. Helena, California November 23, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 13MR 384-386. Elder J. D. Rice
6270 Racine Street
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Rice:
During the night I have had a special experience. A representation was given me in regard to the Berkeley church, and I was given a message for the church. They have need of much instruction. If they will heed the warning, it will be to them a savor of life unto life. The Spirit of God will be with all who will open their hearts to hear.
(23LtMs, Lt 342, 1908, 1)
Instruction was given me to speak to the people the words of the prophet Isaiah found in the fifty-eighth chapter. Here is light and life, goodness and truth, for all who will receive the words of warning and encouragement and will apply the truth to their individual case. We are to let the Word come to every appointed agency, for there is a crisis before the people of God. It is not position and rank that the church of God is to rely upon, but the power of God. The favor of God and the power of His Spirit are of more value than gold or silver.
(23LtMs, Lt 342, 1908, 2)
The meetinghouse you are contemplating building in Richmond is needed; for there are many souls yet to be brought to a knowledge of the truth. Exercise care and wisdom in the erection of this building. A humble house of worship will give character to the work. Buildings give character to the work only when those who build do so in the counsel and spirit of the Lord, when the work is carried forward with an eye single to the glory of God, and according to His instructions.
(23LtMs, Lt 342, 1908, 3)
When those who have had the light walk in the light, humbling the heart before God and conforming to His will, then the church will be an honor to the cause of truth. Upon those who uphold the principles of the Word in all their sacred purity, and who labor faithfully for souls ready to perish, God will put His seal of approval.
(23LtMs, Lt 342, 1908, 4)
Withhold not the testing truths that should come to every soul at this time, and which must be practiced by those who would find acceptance with God. Labor that souls may receive the Word as the truth that refines and sanctifies the soul, finding delight in the truth because Christ is identified with truth. Study the Master’s methods of labor and teaching. All His illustrations were so simple that even the lowliest could comprehend the truths they symbolized. The end of all things is at hand, and there is much important work to be done. Be careful not to weary the people with lengthy discourses.
(23LtMs, Lt 342, 1908, 5)
My brother and sister, light has been given me for you during the past night. You are to stand firmly to carry forward your appointed work—a work that will be blessed of God if you will walk humbly with Him. You have raised up a church in Richmond; you are not to be drawn from your work in that place. Continue to labor for those who appreciate your humble, earnest efforts. God will give you precious victories. If you follow on to know the Lord, you will know His goings forth are prepared as the morning.
(23LtMs, Lt 342, 1908, 6)
Keep fast hold upon your Saviour. He was in sympathy with humanity wherever He found men and women hungering for the Word. I hope you will have courage in the Lord as you draw nigh to the needy and the afflicted as well as to those who possess worldly advantages.
(23LtMs, Lt 342, 1908, 7)
I am instructed to say to you that there is much important work awaiting you, out of and away from the places where you have hitherto worked. There are needy fields to be cultivated. Shall the desolate places remain desolate? I answer, No, no; but the work where you now are is not yet completed. Let the stream of righteousness continue to flow. Let life and peace and joy come to souls ready to perish. The Lord will certainly water the seed that is sown in hope and faith.
(23LtMs, Lt 342, 1908, 8)
Saith the Lord, “My people shall be baptized with My Holy Spirit to do a sharp, quick work. All who will now draw apart from worldly customs, and will seek Me with the whole heart, will find Me. Let each one stand humbly in his lot and in his place looking to Me, their Saviour. I will instruct the ignorant. I will anoint men with heavenly eyesalve, that My people may see clearly the work that needs to be done. If they will walk in My footsteps, I will open ways before them, not only in the lowly places, but in the highways. I will raise up agents who will carry out the principles of truth. They shall stand in their lot and in their place, looking to Me their Guide and Counsellor.”
(23LtMs, Lt 342, 1908, 9)
I pray that the Lord will help you and give you wisdom and strength for your work.
(23LtMs, Lt 342, 1908, 10)
Lt 344, 1908
Gotzian, J. St. Helena, California December 12, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 182. Mrs. J. Gotzian
Madison, Tennessee Dear Sister Gotzian:
I should be much pleased to have a good free talk with you. I have been thinking how short the time is in which we can work, and I am pained that so little is being done by many among us. Very many are deficient in religious experience.
(23LtMs, Lt 344, 1908, 1)
A few days ago I had a special experience. I was feeling sadness of soul, for I longed to see a deeper work done for our churches. I desired to see a decided waking up on the part of church members. For weeks I had been depressed, but in the latter part of the afternoon my soul became very peaceful in Christ. There seemed to be a canopy over me, and I felt shut in with Christ. I experienced perfect peace. I said aloud, “I know that my Redeemer lives. I know He cares for me.” [See Job 19:25.] Since that time I have had clearness of mind to write.
(23LtMs, Lt 344, 1908, 2)
Last week Brother Schultz paid me a visit. He talked to me as though, because I had purchased the land at Buena Vista, it was my duty to make a large donation to the school. When I told him that I had sold my place in Healdsburg in order to obtain money to carry on my work of book publication, he said, “And yet you advised the purchasing of the place, and money has to be raised for it—a large sum.”
(23LtMs, Lt 344, 1908, 3)
I told Brother Schultz the reasons why the school should be located in a rural district, where there were plenty of trees and land to be cultivated. I told him that the health of the students required that they have physical exercise out of doors, and that it was for just such a place as the Buena Vista property that we had been seeking. I might have represented to Brother Schultz the advantages of the Buena Vista property, but I said as little as possible, though I thought a good deal.
(23LtMs, Lt 344, 1908, 4)
What the prospect is of getting your money, I do not yet know. If you choose to let the school have this, I shall be relieved of a burden. I will do something, but I cannot do much. I hope we can secure gifts sufficient to enable us to secure the place. Please let me understand the terms of your loan.
(23LtMs, Lt 344, 1908, 5)
I have not one question or doubt in regard to the purchase of the Sonoma property. There are several towns within easy distance of Buena Vista where meetings can be held and the truth preached. About ten miles from Buena Vista is Petaluma, where Brother Chapman and his family lived. Then there is Santa Rosa, about twenty miles away. The interest should be revived in these places where the truth has been preached in the past.
(23LtMs, Lt 344, 1908, 6)
I shall be glad to hear from you in regard to the proposition you have made concerning your loan to the school. Please let me know the terms. I will respond when I hear from you.
(23LtMs, Lt 344, 1908, 7)
Lt 346, 1908
Washburn, Brother and Sister [J. S.] St. Helena, California December 11, 1908 Previously unpublished. + Elder J. S. Washburn
665 Decatur Street
Memphis, Tennessee Dear Brother and Sister Washburn:
I received your letter a few days ago and today will attempt to reply to it. I was very pleased to hear the good news you wrote of the success of the work in Memphis. I thank the Lord that He has gone before you and prepared the way, enabling you to reach the very class of people that I was assured you could reach in that place. I knew that you desired to remain in Nashville, but I have prayed the Lord to give you hope, and courage, and a living faith in presenting the Bible truth for this time.
(23LtMs, Lt 346, 1908, 1)
I have been shown that the money that is lavishly spent by many believers for unnecessary things should be invested in the work of winning souls that are ready to perish. It is time that our people felt the need of being laborers together with God. Self-denial and self-sacrifice are highly appropriate for this time. The Lord will accept all who minister the Word of life, if they will give the message in the Spirit of Jesus Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 346, 1908, 2)
At times I am so weighted down with the sense of my responsibilities that the burden becomes more than I can bear. About three days ago, while feeling the weight of this burden upon me, I had a special experience. I kept repeating the words: “All of Christ’s followers should feel a weight of responsibilities resting upon them daily; for we are certainly near to the close of this earth’s history. We must not relax our efforts, but become more and more vitalized by the Spirit of God. The sanctifying influence of the truth must be in the message we bear.”
(23LtMs, Lt 346, 1908, 3)
Tell the believers and your co-laborers that much depends upon the way they treat this message of so much importance. “Ye are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] If unbelievers see in our work and lives devotion and self-sacrifice in order to save the souls ready to perish; if they see self-denial characterizing our work, they will be impressed with the reality of the truths we profess. The truth which sanctifies the receiver will make its impression upon them.
(23LtMs, Lt 346, 1908, 4)
The Lord claims the service of all who claim to believe the truth for this time. They must be laborers together with Christ in carrying out the principles of the gospel. The light of every believer must be taken from under the bushel and given to the world. “Let your light so shine before men,” the Saviour declares, “that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.] There is to be no limit to the places where the light shall shine. It is to reach to the regions beyond. Tell it, urge it upon all with earnest force, that all are to give their service for those who are in the darkness of error. To teach the Word of God to unbelievers, to unite our prayers for them, are duties that we owe our Redeemer.
(23LtMs, Lt 346, 1908, 5)
The Lord demands the cultivation of every talent. “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind, and thy neighbor as thy self.” [Luke 10:27.] Our words, our prayers, our voluntary and sincere service, our humble, earnest efforts to represent precious, saving truth—by all these we are to show our love for Him who gave His life for us. O that our efforts to bless others might be in proportion to the light we have received! But we do not render to God returns that are proportionate to the wonderful truths we claim to believe.
(23LtMs, Lt 346, 1908, 6)
I present these words to those who claim to believe the truth for this time. Let the books of heaven record of you a righteous zeal; let it be said there that you are laborers together with God. I speak to all—lay members as well as ministers—Be laborers together with God. Let humility be cultivated, and Christ will be your efficiency if you will look unto Him, the Author and Finisher of your faith.
(23LtMs, Lt 346, 1908, 7)
The Lord has been asked to do a much-desired work for perishing souls in the South. Will you co-operate with the Divine agency? You have been bought with a price that you might be laborers together with God. It is your privilege to increase in knowledge and faith and capability. A weight of solemn responsibility should daily rest upon you, and evidence of this should be given in earnest work for the saving of the lost.
(23LtMs, Lt 346, 1908, 8)
Show your gratitude to God for every effort made to present Bible truths to the people. As Christ’s faithful followers, give evidence that you are receiving light and reflecting that light upon other souls. May the Lord bless and strengthen you, is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 346, 1908, 9)
Lt 348, 1908
Hare, Brother and Sister [Metcalfe] St. Helena, California December 15, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 14MR 339-342. Mr. Metcalfe Hare
Edgefield, Tennessee Dear Brother and Sister Hare:
I received your letter today, for which I thank you. I am very sorry to learn that Sister Hare is not well. I cannot advise any remedy for her cough better than the eucalyptus and honey. Into a tumbler of honey put a few drops of the eucalyptus, stir up well, and take whenever the cough comes on. I have had considerable trouble with my throat, but whenever I use this, I overcome the difficulty very quickly. I have to use it only a few times, and the cough is removed. If you will use this prescription, you may be your own physician. If the first trial does not effect a cure, try it again. The best time to take it is before retiring.
(23LtMs, Lt 348, 1908, 1)
Again there is great virtue in well-cooked onions. Ask Edson White; he can tell you of the good that onions will do.
(23LtMs, Lt 348, 1908, 2)
I am looking forward to seeing you at the conference at Washington. Of course you will be there, as we will, if the Lord permits. It is possible that we will visit Nashville on the way. We want to see how you are succeeding in your work. If you can set in operation the work of producing sensible health foods, and give instruction in healthful cooking, your work will prove a great blessing to the southern field. I hope you will encourage cheerfulness, thus showing that you have confidence in God. I want you to let your light shine in clear, distinct rays. There are many in our churches who have precious light that the people need. There are some who, if there is discouragement in any line, are sure to express this. This is not the right way to do. Those who do not work in hopefulness keep themselves under a cloud of doubt. The enemy is not dead yet, and the nearer we come to the close of this earth’s history, the more vigilant will be the efforts of satanic agencies to keep souls under a cloud of doubt, so that the light of heaven shall not be expressed in words and acts, to bring hope and cheer and courage to others.
(23LtMs, Lt 348, 1908, 3)
You are not to wait for perfect assurance before you become the Lord’s light-bearer to the world. You have naturally a despondent temperament to deal with, and the Lord calls upon you to take your light from under the bushel, and let it give light to all that are in the house. You have precious victories to gain. Do not spoil your religious experience by dwelling upon the dark side and talking impossibility. Light is to shine in precious, encouraging words to all that are in the house.
(23LtMs, Lt 348, 1908, 4)
Take heed, my brother, to the words of the One who is the light of the world: “Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.] The world is full of hurry and disappointment. The words are addressed to you, “Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” The words in favor of truth, spoken with the assurance that comes from the possession of a right purpose, and in cheerful hope, from a pure heart, will make the angels rejoice. When in the day of final awards the reward is given to each as his works have been, it is your privilege to have redeemed souls, whom you have been the means of helping, come to you, and say, “You lifted me out of discouragement.” And the Master will say to you, “Well done, good and faithful servant, ... enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:23.]
(23LtMs, Lt 348, 1908, 5)
Not one quarter of the work has been done in our sanitariums that would have been done if ministers and physicians had been receiving in its fulness the instruction from the Author of all truth that it is their privilege to receive and impart. We are to watch for souls as they that must give an account. We are now having opportunities to improve in spiritual discernment, and in the knowledge of the will of God concerning our individual selves. A higher, spiritual tone is required of us. The Lord would have us spiritually minded, that we may be able to see the working out of His plans in our lives. We are to be laborers together with God in accomplishing the work that He would have done. Wherever we are, we are to reflect light.
(23LtMs, Lt 348, 1908, 6)
It is your privilege to obtain most precious victories. Will you go forward in faith and hope and courage? You are privileged with the gift of the Word. It is full of instruction and able to make you heirs of salvation. It is your duty to give the knowledge you have to others. You could not have a better opportunity than in perfecting a food business that will give the knowledge of health reform to others. To every man is given his work. You may be tested and tried in this way to see if you will let your light shine. Regard patience and kindness as sacred things which you must bring into every line of your work. You need to vindicate the greatness of the work by building up amiable characters. This you can do through the grace of Christ.
(23LtMs, Lt 348, 1908, 7)
Be assured that if good food is made, influential men and women of the South will appreciate it, and the results will be excellent. Where you are is just the place for you to represent the truth, for there an attempt has been made, and failure has brought health reform into disrepute. You are in an excellent situation to become acquainted with businessmen, and the work you may do for them may be a savor of life to the soul as well as to the body. You can, if you choose, be the right man in the right place, and your work be regarded as a great and perfect work. The instruction you can give will be a blessing to many lives and your work counterwork the influence that has hurt the cause of health reform and made us all ashamed.
(23LtMs, Lt 348, 1908, 8)
It is your privilege to cure this evil. You can become acquainted with the unbelieving and be the means of removing a great amount of prejudice. You can reflect light. A word dropped in season, combined with the perfect carrying forward of your work, will accomplish grand results.
(23LtMs, Lt 348, 1908, 9)
Deranged stomachs have made infidels. You can be a preacher of righteousness in this respect. The greatness of the work that may be accomplished in lines of health reform have not been comprehended or appreciated. There is religion in the making of good bread. I hope you will consider these things and realize that your work is of consequence.
(23LtMs, Lt 348, 1908, 10)
I shall hope to see you when we visit Washington, if God wills that we go there. We do not know what the future will bring forth or determine anything certainly.
(23LtMs, Lt 348, 1908, 11)
May the Lord bless you and guard you and teach you, is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Lt 348, 1908, 12)
Lt 350, 1908
Starr, J. A. St. Helena, California December 16, 1908 Previously unpublished. Mr. J. A. Starr
Paradise Valley Sanitarium
National City, California Dear Brother Starr:
We were thankful to receive your letter and to know that the Lord is blessing you. I praise the Lord for this, for I have a special interest in your case. I desire that you shall daily receive a rich supply of grace that will enable you to use your physical and mental powers to the glory of God. I have faith to believe that the Lord will continue to bless you abundantly. The work is the Lord’s, and His name shall have all the glory.
(23LtMs, Lt 350, 1908, 1)
I have been writing since two o’clock this morning. I have just closed a letter to Brother Metcalfe Hare, who came about a year ago from Cooranbong, Australia. He is at work in the food factory in Nashville, and I have been endeavoring to encourage him in his work. Brother Hare did a good work in Australia, and we need the same work done in the southern states. I have encouraged him to believe that he can just as verily minister for God by making a faithful use of the knowledge he has of the preparation of health foods, and in making the food factory in Nashville a success, as he could be preaching the Word.
(23LtMs, Lt 350, 1908, 2)
Sister Hare has learned how to combine foods and to prepare them in a healthful way. Brother Hare has just got things into running order at the food factory at Edgefield. He needs now to become acquainted with the people and get the truths regarding health reform before them; but this will not prevent him from speaking to the people concerning other phases of the message.
(23LtMs, Lt 350, 1908, 3)
I am thankful that you are in such a healthful location as San Diego and that you are in such excellent company. We think much of Brother and Sister Cummings. The light given me is that the Lord sent them to help us meet the emergency at Paradise Valley. They have been chosen by God to carry the work wisely in the sanitarium. My mind has been at rest regarding Paradise Valley since they have been in charge.
(23LtMs, Lt 350, 1908, 4)
The Lord has instructed me, Brother Starr, that you are in the right place. May He bless you and encourage your heart. He has a care for you and in His providence will work out His plans in your behalf. Be cheerful in God; trust fully in the One who has manifested such love for you.
(23LtMs, Lt 350, 1908, 5)
Mercy manifested in tenderness has inexpressible value. It beautifies the soul, purifies the conduct, and glorifies the life. Mercy is a grand gift. Let us cherish it.
(23LtMs, Lt 350, 1908, 6)
I greatly desire to visit Paradise Valley again. I shall be pleased to see you once more. You have a compassionate Saviour. He loves you, and will strengthen you, if you will rest your case in His hands.
(23LtMs, Lt 350, 1908, 7)
It is a beautiful day today. The sun is shining, and the air is bracing.
(23LtMs, Lt 350, 1908, 8)
When you get time, write me a few lines. May the Lord bless you.
(23LtMs, Lt 350, 1908, 9)
Lt 352, 1908
Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California December 16, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 6MR 59-62. + Elder S. N. Haskell
523 Twenty-fifth Street
Oakland, California Dear Brother Haskell:
I have a message to bear to our people. Some of them are in danger of being deceived by the workings of the enemy. At the present time there are in this conference a man and his wife who have strange manifestations that they believe to be caused by the Holy Spirit. But I am instructed that these manifestations are caused by the same spirit that wrought fanaticism after the passing of the time in 1844.
(23LtMs, Lt 352, 1908, 1)
At that time, as you are well aware, we met and opposed the work and influence of many who supposed that they were exercised by the Holy Spirit, but who had gone into fanaticism. They had what they supposed were visions from God; and to vindicate their wonderful power, they would pray loudly and would sometimes sing with a loud voice, dancing or working the body from side to side and to and fro. These experiences are brought to my mind as forcibly as if they had happened but yesterday.
(23LtMs, Lt 352, 1908, 2)
I have already written you something of my visit with Mr. and Mrs. Mackin. I did not sanction their experience. I told them about some of the experiences that we had had to meet and of the things that had happened in the past, and I hoped that they would regard as a warning this story of fanaticism in early days. I appealed to them to have an experience based, not on wonderful manifestations, but on the Word of God. I pointed out how the enemy would use fanaticism as a means to place us before the world in such a light as to hedge up our way, to a large extent.
(23LtMs, Lt 352, 1908, 3)
We are not surprised to find that Satan will work today as he has worked in the past. We must live by faith; for without faith it is impossible to please God. He is ready to hear our prayers, and to impart to His people the Holy Spirit for service; but I have been warned that the manifestations that are seen in this brother and sister are not the workings of the Holy Spirit. Boasting claims of righteousness and noisy demonstrations are calculated to lead to a fanatical experience that will confuse many minds. If such things are encouraged, a wave of fanaticism will come into our ranks that will be detrimental to the work of God and that will sweep away many souls in a dangerous delusion. These things are designed by Satan to deceive, if possible, the very elect.
(23LtMs, Lt 352, 1908, 4)
It is our privilege to preach the Word in the demonstration of the Spirit. It is the privilege of every soul to exercise faith in our Lord Jesus Christ. But pure spiritual life comes only as the soul surrenders itself to the will of God through Christ, the reconciling Saviour. It is our privilege to be worked by the Holy Spirit. Through the exercise of faith, we are brought into communion with Christ Jesus, for Christ dwells in the hearts of all who are meek and lowly. Theirs is a faith that works by love and purifies the soul, a faith that brings peace to the heart and leads in the path of self-denial and self-sacrifice.
(23LtMs, Lt 352, 1908, 5)
The promise is that if we follow on to know the Lord, we shall know that “His going forth is prepared as the morning.” [Hosea 6:3.] It is essential that we have daily the converting grace of God in the heart, that all our words and deeds may give evidence that we are in submission to the mind and will of God. In doing with meekness and humility our appointed service, we are to reveal the converting power of the Holy Spirit in our lives. Then we become the Lord’s agencies to do His work.
(23LtMs, Lt 352, 1908, 6)
With humility and meekness, and yet with great earnestness, we are to render our service to God. Christ is our Pattern, our Example in all things. He was filled with the Spirit, and the Spirit’s power was manifested through Him, not by bodily movements, but by a zeal for good works.
(23LtMs, Lt 352, 1908, 7)
Among God’s people there is need of deep, thorough heart-searching, that we may be able to understand what constitutes true religion. Christ is a wonderful Educator. His life and words are based upon sound principles. His manner of teaching was very simple. He was fashioned after the divine similitude, and if we follow Him, we shall make no mistakes.
(23LtMs, Lt 352, 1908, 8)
Let there be no oddities or eccentricities of movement on the part of those who speak the Word of truth; for such things will weaken the impression that should be made by the Word. We must be guarded; for Satan is determined, if possible, to intermingle with religious services his evil influence. Let there be no theatrical display; for this will not help to strengthen belief in the Word of God. Rather it will divert attention to the human instrument.
(23LtMs, Lt 352, 1908, 9)
Let your conversation be “honest among the Gentiles; that whereas they speak against you as evil doers, they may by your good works, which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visitation.”“Be ye all of one mind, having compassion one of another, love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous.”“Sanctify the Lord God in your hearts: and be always ready to give an answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear.” [1 Peter 2:12; 3:8, 15.]
(23LtMs, Lt 352, 1908, 10)
Our lives must be hid with Christ in God. We must have a personal knowledge of Christ. Then only can we rightly represent Him before the world. Wherever we are, we must let our light shine forth to the glory of God in good works. This is the great, the important work of our lives. Those who are really under the influence of the Holy Spirit will reveal its power by a practical application of the eternal principles of truth. They will reveal that the holy oil is emptied from the two olive branches into the chambers of the soul temple. Their words will be imbued with the power of the Holy Spirit to soften and subdue the heart. It will be manifest that the words spoken are spirit and life.
(23LtMs, Lt 352, 1908, 11)
Lt 354, 1908
Our Brethren in California St. Helena, California December 11, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in PUR 12/31/1908. + To our brethren in California:
Last night instruction was given me for our people. I seemed to be in a meeting where representations were being made of the strange work of Brother Mackin and his wife. I was instructed that it was a work similar to that which was carried on in Orrington in the state of Maine and in various other places after the passing of the time in 1844. I was bidden to speak decidedly against this fanatical work.
(23LtMs, Lt 354, 1908, 1)
I was shown that it was not the Spirit of the Lord that was inspiring Brother and Sister Mackin, but the same spirit of fanaticism that is ever seeking entrance into the remnant church. Their application of Scripture to their peculiar exercises is Scripture misapplied. The work of declaring persons possessed of the devil, and then praying with them and pretending to cast out the evil spirits, is fanaticism which will bring into disrepute any church which sanctions such work.
(23LtMs, Lt 354, 1908, 2)
I was shown that we must give no encouragement to these demonstrations, but must guard the people with a decided testimony against that which would bring a stain upon the name of Seventh-day Adventists and destroy the confidence of the people in the message of truth which they must bear to the world. The Lord has done a great work for His people in placing them on vantage ground. It is the duty of the church to cherish its influence. Precious are the words, “Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of Me.” [John 5:39.] The words of inspiration, carefully studied and prayerfully obeyed, will thoroughly furnish unto all good works.
(23LtMs, Lt 354, 1908, 3)
As a denomination we need to look more continually to God for guidance. We are living in an evil age. The perils of the last days are upon us. Because iniquity abounds, Satan presumes to bring in all kinds of delusive theories upon those who have tried to walk humbly with God and who are distrustful of self. Shall self-confident, fanatical men come to these humble souls, assuring them that they are possessed of evil spirits, and after praying with them, affirm that the devil is cast out? Such are not the manifestations of the Spirit of God, but of another spirit.
(23LtMs, Lt 354, 1908, 4)
I call upon every church to beware of being led to think evil of those who, because distrustful of self, fear that they have not the Holy Spirit. There are those who have followed their own ways instead of the ways of God. They have not acknowledged the light that God has graciously given; and because of this they have lost the power to distinguish between darkness and light. There are many who have heard much in regard to the path they ought to follow, but who ignore the requirements God makes of them. Their light does not shine in works that reveal the principles of truth and holiness. It is this class who in time of test will accept falsehood and erroneous theories for the truth of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 354, 1908, 5)
Great light has been given to the people of God. Let our people awake and go forward to perfection. You will be exposed to the fallacies of satanic agencies. Fearful waves of fanaticism will come. But God will deliver the people who will earnestly seek the Lord and consecrate themselves to His service.
(23LtMs, Lt 354, 1908, 6)
Lt 356, 1908
Crawford, Marion Stowell St. Helena, California December 13, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 196-197; 8MR 21, 103; 6Bio 182. Dear Sister Marion Stowell-Crawford:
I have just read your letter. I was glad to hear from you, but sorry to learn that you are so afflicted.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 1)
My family just now is quite small, numbering in all only five members. My cook and matron is an excellent Christian woman whom we met one year ago at Loma Linda. She had overworked and had somewhat broken down in health; but we find that she does our housework very nicely, and we all appreciate her for her excellent qualities. She is a lady in every respect. The other members of my family are Miss McEnterfer, my nurse, and Minnie Hawkins and Helen Graham, workers in the office. Sara McEnterfer travels with me when I am called to leave home; and when at home, she is general caretaker and helps me by answering many letters. Minnie Hawkins is engaged in preparing my manuscripts. Minnie worked for me some years in Cooranbong, Australia; and after her mother’s death, I wrote to her, asking her to unite once more with my work. Sister Helen Graham has been with us for several years. She is W. C. White’s stenographer and is excellent help in the office. We live together very pleasantly as a family and would not like to spare any member.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 2)
Brother James, my farmer, came from Australia in response to my call to take charge of my place here. We regard him as a treasure, and his wife is just as highly prized. They have eleven children, the two eldest of whom are at College View and doing well. The children are carefully trained at home, and most excellent discipline is maintained.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 3)
W. C. White’s house is close by us. Willie has an excellent wife and four children. The two eldest boys Henry and Herbert and Gracie are attending the church school, which is only a few rods from their home. The youngest boy Arthur is about fourteen months old. He is a bright, healthy little fellow.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 4)
Ella May White Robinson has been married over three years. For a time both she and her husband were engaged in the work of teaching. But W. C. White needed her husband’s help in the office here, so for two years he has been connected with my work. Dores Robinson has been a licentiate for several years and spends each Sabbath speaking to some neighboring church or company. We have held on to him, because he is well adapted for the work of preparing my manuscripts for the press; but he will soon engage more fully in the work of the ministry. They have a child about one year old. He is a bright little lad.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 5)
From one of the windows of the room where I spend most of my time during the day, I can look out on the office where the workers are busy from morning till night. From another window I see the little cottage, a few steps from my house, where Sister Steward and her daughter live. Miss Mary Steward is one of my staff of workers. In the office each worker has a separate room, for in almost every room a typewriter is being run. In addition to the workers I have named, we have Mr. Mason, my bookkeeper, and Brother Crisler, who does important work in connection with the work in general. Willie has the oversight of all.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 6)
For a while we had working with us Brother Forga, a Spanish gentleman who married May White’s sister. He was working on the translation of my writings into Spanish. He is now working in Mountain View along the same lines. His wife is studying the Spanish language and helping her husband.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 7)
Now I have given you quite a little sketch of my family and workers. We are not always so few in number as at present. Last summer Elder Caviness was with us for several months, engaged with Mr. Forga in Spanish translations. For ten years Brother Caviness has been laboring in Mexico and was to return there to his family when his work here was finished. We were glad of the privilege of having him with us.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 8)
I am still busy with my writings, and I praise the Lord that He gives me strength to continue my work so steadily. My hand is firm, as it has been ever since the Lord first directed me to write. Then my trembling hand was made strong and firm, and the Lord has kept it so. I have reason to thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice that my mind is clear and that I am still able to use pen and voice in His service.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 9)
In regard to means, I can assure you that whatever you can let us have to help in the work will be safe, and the interest due will be paid. We would be glad to have more means just now in helping to get out the books that should come before the people. We have much new matter which ought to be published, that the light that has been given me may be made known. Whatever you can give to help in this work will be greatly appreciated.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 10)
Again, there is Paradise Valley. This too is safe, I can assure you; and any interest you manifest in a practical way will be a wonderful help. But I will leave this matter with you, to help or not, as you can.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 11)
My son, no doubt, has told you of the school soon to be established at Sonoma. I am so thankful that we are to have this place for our school. I shall want you to come down and see it when it will be convenient for you to do so. I expect that place will be my home for a time; for I shall want to be there to help where I can with counsel and judgment. I hope the Lord will permit me to see this school established firmly and on right lines. I fully believe that time is very short.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 12)
In speaking of my family, I had almost forgotten to mention Mabel White. She married a man whom we all respect, Wilfred Workman. They are happily suited in their marriage and are now at Washington, D.C., attending school. Mabel is acting as matron, and both are obtaining a valuable education. In her baby life, Mabel was afflicted with a tumor on one of her eyes, and she does not see much from that eye. She is now twenty-three years old, and the Lord is blessing her and her husband and giving them a good experience.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 13)
May Walling, my niece, whom I brought up from a child of three and a half years old, is now in the St. Helena Sanitarium and is doing excellent work. Addie her sister is married, and her first child is about one year old. She has a good husband.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 14)
If the Lord spares my life, and indicates that it is my duty to go, I shall attend the General Conference to be held in Washington the coming Spring. I wish that you could be there.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 15)
I feel so sorry to hear of your physical suffering. I cannot understand why you should be so greatly afflicted; but we can trust the Lord as One who knows what is best for us all. Let us hold the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 16)
I am not suffering physically, but I am often bowed down with weariness and sorrow of heart as I see those who have departed from the faith working out such a sad experience. I am deeply grieved as I compare the present history of these souls with what their past has been—more grieved than words can express. That the same fountain should send forth sweet water and bitter, that the vine which has borne grapes should now yield wild grapes, this brings pain to my heart and sadness to my soul. And the end is near, the end when truth alone will triumph. O that the truth as it is in Jesus may be planted in the heart by the Holy Spirit, and daily tended there by the grace of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 17)
I will now close this lengthy letter. I have tried to give you a little of our history, thinking you would be interested in it. Be of good courage. May the Lord bless and guide you and encourage you day by day to hold fast the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end.
(23LtMs, Lt 356, 1908, 18)
Lt 358, 1908
Mackin, Brother and Sister [Ralph] St. Helena, California December 11, 1908 See variant Lt 358a, 1908. This letter is published in entirety in 3SM 376-378. + Mr. and Mrs. Ralph Mackin Dear Brother and Sister:
Recently, in visions of the night, there were opened before me some matters that I must communicate to you. I have been shown that you are making some sad mistakes. In your study of the Scriptures and of the testimonies, you have come to wrong conclusions. The Lord’s work would be greatly misunderstood, if you should continue to labor as you have begun. You place a false interpretation upon the Word of God, and upon the printed testimonies; and then you seek to carry on a strange work in accordance with your conception of their meaning. You suppose that all you do is for the glory of God, but you are deceiving yourselves and deceiving others.
(23LtMs, Lt 358, 1908, 1)
Your wife, in speech, in song, and in strange exhibitions that are not in accordance with the genuine work of the Holy Spirit, is helping to bring in a phase of fanaticism that would do great injury to the cause of God, if allowed any place in our churches.
(23LtMs, Lt 358, 1908, 2)
You have even supposed that power is given you to cast out devils. Through your influence over the human mind, men and women are led to believe that they are possessed of devils and that the Lord has appointed you as His agents for casting out these evil spirits. I have been shown that just such phases of error as I was compelled to meet among Advent believers after the passing of the time in 1844 will be repeated in these last days. In our early experience, I had to go from place to place and bear message after message to disappointed companies of believers. The evidences accompanying my messages were so great that the honest in heart received as truth the words that were spoken. The power of God was revealed in a marked manner, and men and women were freed from the baleful influence of fanaticism and disorder and were brought into the unity of the faith.
(23LtMs, Lt 358, 1908, 3)
My brother and sister, I have a message for you: You are starting on a false supposition. There is much of self woven into your exhibitions. Satan will come in with bewitching power through these exhibitions. It is high time that you call a halt. If God had given you a special message for His people, you would walk and work in all humility—not as if you were on the stage of a theater, but in the meekness of a follower of the lowly Jesus of Nazareth. You would carry an influence altogether different from that which you have been carrying. You would be anchored on the Rock, Christ Jesus.
(23LtMs, Lt 358, 1908, 4)
My dear young friends, your souls are precious in the sight of Heaven. Christ has bought you with His own precious blood, and I do not want you to be indulging a false hope and working in false lines. You are certainly on a false track now, and I beg of you, for your souls’ sake, to imperil no longer the cause of the truth for these last days. For your own souls’ sake, consider that the manner in which you are working is not the way God’s cause is to be advanced. The sincere desire to do others good will lead the Christian worker to put away all thought of bringing into the message of present truth any strange teachings leading men and women into fanaticism. At this period of the world’s history, we must exercise the greatest of care in this respect.
(23LtMs, Lt 358, 1908, 5)
Some of the phases of experience through which you are passing not only endanger your own souls, but the souls of many others; because you appeal to the precious words of Christ as recorded in the Scriptures, and to the testimonies, to vouch for the genuineness of your message. In supposing that the precious Word, which is verity and truth, and the testimonies that the Lord has given for His people are your authority, you are deceived. You are moved by wrong impulses and are bracing up yourselves with declarations that mislead. You attempt to make the truth of God sustain false sentiments and incorrect actions that are inconsistent and fanatical. This makes tenfold, yes, twentyfold harder the work of the church in acquainting the people with the truths of the third angel’s message.
(23LtMs, Lt 358, 1908, 6)
Lt 358a, 1908
Mackin, Brother and Sister [Ralph] St. Helena, California December 11, 1903 Variant of Lt 358, 1908. This letter is published in entirety in 2SM 44-45; 3SM 376-378. Mr. and Mrs. Ralph Mackin Dear Brother and Sister:
Recently, in visions of the night, there were opened before me some matters that I must communicate to you. I have been shown that you are making some sad mistakes. In your study of the Scriptures and of the testimonies, you have come to wrong conclusions. The Lord’s work would be greatly misunderstood, if you should continue to labor as you have begun. You place a false interpretation upon the Word of God and upon the printed testimonies; and then you seek to carry on a strange work in accordance with your conception of their meaning. You have even supposed that power is given you to cast out devils. Through your influence over the human mind, men and women are led to believe that they are possessed of devils and that the Lord has appointed you as His agents for casting out these evil spirits.
(23LtMs, Lt 358a, 1908, 1)
Your wife, in speech, in song, and in strange exhibitions that are not in accordance with the genuine work of the Holy Spirit, is helping to bring in a phase of fanaticism that would do great injury to the cause of God, if allowed any place in our churches.
(23LtMs, Lt 358a, 1908, 2)
I have been shown that just such phases of error, as I was compelled to meet among Advent believers after the passing of the time in 1844, will be repeated in these last days. In our early experience, I had to go from place to place and bear message after message to disappointed companies of believers. The evidences accompanying my messages were so great that the honest in heart received as truth the words that were spoken. The power of God was revealed in a marked manner, and men and women were freed from the baleful influence of fanaticism and disorder and were brought into the unity of the faith.
(23LtMs, Lt 358a, 1908, 3)
My brother and sister, I have a message for you: You are starting on a false supposition. There is too much self woven into your exhibitions. You suppose that all you do is for the glory of God, but you are deceiving yourselves and deceiving others. Satan will come into these exhibitions. It is high time that you call a halt. If God had given you a special message for His people, you would walk and work in all humility—not as if you were on the stage of a theater, but in the meekness of a follower of the lowly Jesus of Nazareth. You would carry an influence altogether different from that which you have been carrying. You would be anchored on the Rock, Christ Jesus.
(23LtMs, Lt 358a, 1908, 4)
My dear young friends, your souls are precious in the sight of Heaven. Christ has bought you with His own precious blood, and I do not want you to be found on a false track. You are certainly there now, and I beg of you, for your souls’ sake, to imperil no longer the cause of the truth for these last days. For your own souls’ sake, consider that this is not the way God’s work is to be advanced. The sincere desire to do others good will lead the Christian worker to put away all thought of bringing into the message of present truth any strange teachings bordering on the fanatical. At this period of the world’s history, we must exercise the greatest of care in this respect. Some of the phases of experience through which you have been passing not only endanger your own souls, but the souls of many others; because you appeal to the precious words of Christ as recorded in the Scriptures, and to the testimonies, to vouch for the genuineness of your message. In supposing that the precious Word, which is verity and truth, and the testimonies that the Lord has given for His people are your authority, you are deceived. You are moved by wrong impulses and are bracing up yourselves with declarations that mislead. You attempt to make the truth of God sustain false sentiments and incorrect actions that give the impression of fanaticism. This makes tenfold, yes, twentyfold harder our work of acquainting the people with the truths of the third angel’s message.
(23LtMs, Lt 358a, 1908, 5)
Lt 360, 1908
Cummings, Sister [R. S.] St. Helena, California December 16, 1908 Previously unpublished. Mrs. R. S. Cummings
Paradise Valley Sanitarium
National City, California Dear Sister:
I have commenced several letters to you that have not been finished because of other important questions arising that demanded immediate attention. I will begin once more and will say that I have read your mother’s letters with much interest. I have known of the work which she mentions, but I shall not spend the few minutes in which I have to write in dwelling upon vexing matters. If men claiming to be doing the work of the Lord follow their own impulse to deal unjustly, they themselves will be the losers. I am sorry for them and will pray that they may be converted from every wrong position.
(23LtMs, Lt 360, 1908, 1)
I had told my son something of what was being done to break up the work at Paradise Valley, but we both had confidence in you and your husband, that you would be loyal to your appointed work. Your work at Paradise Valley has been satisfactory. We believe that you realize the importance of your position and that you will be faithful in your work. In accepting your position at Paradise Valley, you pledged to work as in the presence of God and holy angels. We have the fullest confidence in you that you will be true to this pledge, refusing to be bought or sold.
(23LtMs, Lt 360, 1908, 2)
I am glad that you have Brother Harmon Lindsay with you, for he is a man of experience. Do not let him become discouraged; for I fear that you will not find another to fill his place who has so large an experience in the work of the third angel’s message. The Lord will be with Brother Lindsay if he will follow on in faith and hope to know the Lord. God will be with him and give him rich blessings. Our brother has known sorrow; but if he will walk humbly with God, He will be his strength and healer.
(23LtMs, Lt 360, 1908, 3)
I shall pray for you all, for I am deeply interested in the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. I shall pray that the light of the Lord may shine upon this institution and that God will work through your efforts. Let us ever remember that we are doing our work for eternity.
(23LtMs, Lt 360, 1908, 4)
I had some fears that representations might be made to you that would have influence with you, but W. C. White said, “We will not allow our minds to distrust Brother and Sister Cummings.” And I agree with my son.
(23LtMs, Lt 360, 1908, 5)
I am writing to the best of my ability to encourage our workers to bear responsibilities. I will send you copies of some things that have been written to individuals.
(23LtMs, Lt 360, 1908, 6)
We have often spoken of the praying season we had with your mother at our last visit to Paradise Valley Sanitarium. The blessing of the Lord rested on me largely at that time; and while I was praying for your mother, I received healing for myself. I have not yet lost the influence of that precious meeting. The Lord is good and full of mercy and compassion. We have every encouragement to trust in Him and to continue to believe.
(23LtMs, Lt 360, 1908, 7)
I believe your mother should have a change in her labors. Her past work is one that wears upon the nerves, and we advise her to make the change that has been recommended.
(23LtMs, Lt 360, 1908, 8)
I have just been reading in one of the testimonies given me by the Lord that in working to benefit and bless others a sense of satisfaction if experienced. The Lord creates peace in the soul. This is of more value than gold. Every faithful performance of duty stands registered in the books of heaven and receives more than an earthly reward. It is a sacred duty that we owe to God to receive His grace that we may give it to others.
(23LtMs, Lt 360, 1908, 9)
My sister, the Lord points out our duties, and we are to walk in the way He marks out. Pure, Christlike love is simple in its operations. There is one thing we should do much more than we do. We should praise the Lord more often. Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God. Do you not think that if we praised the Lord more often, our spiritual sight would be keener to discern the blessings of the Lord?
(23LtMs, Lt 360, 1908, 10)
I would say to you, Be of good courage in the Lord. Take rest and peace in Christ. Let us offer our grateful praise to Him who is the author of all our blessings.
(23LtMs, Lt 360, 1908, 11)
I am writing this by lamplight, and now I must close. Tell Brother Lindsay that I will write to him later. In love to all the household of faith.
(23LtMs, Lt 360, 1908, 12)
Lt 362, 1908
Rice, Brother and Sister [J. D.] St. Helena, California December 16, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder J. D. Rice
6270 Racine Street
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Rice:
Last night the Spirit of the Lord opened some matters before me. The instruction was given that it was in the order of God that a meetinghouse be built in Richmond, where the Lord has manifested His great grace in bringing souls into the truth. It is in the Lord’s order that you should have the help of our people in establishing this new church.
(23LtMs, Lt 362, 1908, 1)
It seems only just and right that you should have help from the Oakland church. If I can I will do something to help. I shall pray that the Lord may help you to go forward, trusting in Him.
(23LtMs, Lt 362, 1908, 2)
A call has been made for me to help in the purchase of the Buena Vista property. The donations I have made in the gifts of my books have left me where I have felt unable to make any large donation for the purchase of the Sonoma property. But I will do something.
(23LtMs, Lt 362, 1908, 3)
Several times I have been brought into strait places and have been forced to hire money from the bank in order to carry on my work. We are working to get out valuable reading matter to the people, and we must have money with which to pay the workers.
(23LtMs, Lt 362, 1908, 4)
In spite of the great burdens that have been laid upon me, my mind is clear, and I am of good courage in God. I remember the promise of the Lord, that He will not leave nor forsake any who put their trust in Him and seek to do His will.
(23LtMs, Lt 362, 1908, 5)
We have a decided work to do. Be of good courage in the Lord. The Lord will work in His own way if we do not stand in the way to hinder.
(23LtMs, Lt 362, 1908, 6)
Lt 364, 1908
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California December 17, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in 19MR 376-377. Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I am often weary, and yet I realize at times the blessing of the Lord resting upon me in large measure. I want to walk humbly with God. I am praying that the Lord will guide me by His Spirit every moment.
(23LtMs, Lt 364, 1908, 1)
The Lord has given me a special work to do in giving words of warning that should come to our people. Satan’s forces are preparing their seductive temptations to deceive if possible the very elect. Satan will work through those who have disregarded the warnings of God to the church. They will be exceedingly zealous under the working of a deceptive influence, and most strange manifestations will appear.
(23LtMs, Lt 364, 1908, 2)
We need in all our churches the evidences of the meekness of Christ. In order to do intelligently the solemn work committed to us, we must hide self in Jesus Christ. We have a short time in which to accomplish the work that is essential. Let us earnestly prepare for the conflict that is before us, for Satan’s armies are marshalling for the last great struggle. I am instructed to say to all our people, Let your light so shine in words and deeds, that you will reveal that truth is cherished in the heart.
(23LtMs, Lt 364, 1908, 3)
The time has come when the tithes and offerings belonging to the Lord are to be used in accomplishing a decided work. They are to be brought into the treasury to be used in an orderly way to sustain the gospel laborers in their work. In (Malachi 3:10) we read, “Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in Mine house, and prove Me now herewith saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing that there shall not be room enough to receive it.”
(23LtMs, Lt 364, 1908, 4)
Satan is rallying his forces and seeking to bring in heresies to confuse the minds of those who have not been trained to understand the leadings of the Holy Spirit. A delusive net is being prepared for them, and those who have been warned again and again, but have not educated themselves to understand the warnings, will be surely taken in Satan’s snare.
(23LtMs, Lt 364, 1908, 5)
The angels of God have been holding the four winds, that they shall not blow. John writes, “And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree. And I saw another angel from the east, having the seal of the living God: and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea, saying, Hurt not the earth neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of God in their foreheads.
(23LtMs, Lt 364, 1908, 6)
“And I heard the number of them that were sealed: and there were sealed an hundred and forty and four thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel....
(23LtMs, Lt 364, 1908, 7)
“After this, I beheld, and lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations and kindreds and peoples and tongues, stood before the throne and before the Lamb, clothed in white robes, and palms in their hands; and cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God, which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb.
(23LtMs, Lt 364, 1908, 8)
“And all the angels stood round about the throne and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshiped God, saying, Amen; blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honor, and power, and might be unto our God forever and ever. Amen.
(23LtMs, Lt 364, 1908, 9)
“And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they? And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said unto me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve Him day and night in His temple: and He that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them.
(23LtMs, Lt 364, 1908, 10)
“They shall hunger no more, neither shall they thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters: and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes.” [Revelation 7:1-4, 9-17.]
(23LtMs, Lt 364, 1908, 11)
Let this chapter be carefully read and studied. Wonderful things are about to transpire. The future is full of intense interest to every soul who shall live upon the earth.
(23LtMs, Lt 364, 1908, 12)
Lt 366, 1908
Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California December 18, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother Haskell:
During the night after I spoke in the Berkeley church, I was shown how greatly God loves His children. I saw that although some of the church members at Berkeley had acted unworthily, yet by humble repentance and the exercise of faith, they might still know the Lord as their Surety and their Salvation. If they would fear the Lord and trust in His mercy, continuing firm in their repentance, they would be forgiven, renewed by grace, clothed with the righteousness of Christ, and conformed to His image. Christ desires to see His likeness reflected in every renewed soul. Those who continue humble, meek, and lowly in heart, He will make laborers together with God.
(23LtMs, Lt 366, 1908, 1)
Representations were made to me showing how greatly our physicians and ministers and teachers need a development of Christian character, that they may properly represent the love of God to a fallen world. They are to speak the Word of God from hearts melted in tenderness. Pure and unadulterated truth must always meet the elements of unsanctified profession. There will always be those who claim to be doing God service who are serving Him not. Those who are blinded by erroneous opinions are to be treated with gentleness, yet labored with faithfully that their minds may be undeceived. Saving truth must be repeated over and over again. If these deceived souls can be convinced of their errors and converted, what rejoicing there will be in the heavenly courts.
(23LtMs, Lt 366, 1908, 2)
Those who minister the Word of God to the people are to remember that they are dealing with souls for whom Christ has died, and that they must meet the record of any unfaithfulness in the judgment. It is not merciful or just to allow a course of deception to be practiced upon human minds. Satan will surely use erroneous theories to deceive and confuse minds, and we cannot pass by these errors and be guiltless before God. Patiently, and in a spirit of meekness and gentleness, yet with a firmness that cannot be misinterpreted, we are to reprove wrong and to teach professed believers to adorn the doctrine of Christ our Saviour.
(23LtMs, Lt 366, 1908, 3)
We must expect to meet all classes of minds. But when you are falsely spoken of, remember that the Prince of life passed through the same experience. Let ministers, physicians, and teachers take a straightforward course, “having your conversation honest among the Gentiles; that whereas they speak against you as evil doers, they may by your good works, which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visitation.” [1 Peter 2:12.]
(23LtMs, Lt 366, 1908, 4)
If Christ could consent to suffer so much in order to save souls, should we not manifest patience, and gentleness, and longsuffering in dealing with the perishing? The words were spoken, “Love as brethren; be pitiful, be courteous, not rendering evil for evil or railing for railing; but contrariwise blessing, knowing that ye are thereunto called that ye might inherit a blessing.” [1 Peter 3:8, 9.] Nevertheless we are to be faithful in reproving wrongdoing. This God requires of every one of His laborers.
(23LtMs, Lt 366, 1908, 5)
In the large assemblies there are those who will be reached by words that tell of God’s pardoning mercy and His matchless love; and these in turn will be the means of enlightening others in regard to the love of God. The Lord rejoices over the one repenting soul; He alone can measure the influence for good that one soul can be in drawing others to the foot of the cross. If the workers’ labors are prompted by devotion to God and a desire to see souls saved for His kingdom, the Lord will impress them with words to speak that will represent His grace and love; and through the aid of the Holy Spirit souls will be convicted and converted. Their words will inspire faith and hope in the heart, and large numbers will be blessed with the light of truth and be led to rejoice in the mercy and love of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 366, 1908, 6)
The Lord rejoices when simplicity marks the words and works of His ministers. He would have His followers copy His own example of true simplicity, and thus magnify His name. It is said regarding His instruction, “The common people heard Him gladly.” [Mark 12:37.] So today He would have ministers and teachers use words that all, even the most ignorant, can understand.
(23LtMs, Lt 366, 1908, 7)
We need more of the love of Christ expressed in our lives for the souls perishing all around us. Christ looks upon these souls, not as they are in themselves, but as they may be if they will surrender themselves to Him in sincerity, as did the thief on the cross. In the hour of His greatest suffering, Christ responded to the prayer of the penitent thief with the word, “Verily I say unto thee today, Thou shalt be with Me in Paradise.” [Luke 23:43.] The Son of God gave His life that He might uplift and ennoble all who will repent of their sins, accept His mercy, and trust in His power to save.
(23LtMs, Lt 366, 1908, 8)
Lt 368, 1908
Cottrell, H. W.; Haskell, S. N.; Knox, W. T. St. Helena, California December 17, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 4MR 110. Elders Cottrell, Haskell, and Knox Dear Brethren:
I have something to say regarding the land for which we have been negotiating as a site for our conference school. This land is not being purchased for the purpose of encouraging a large number of our people to make homes upon it for their families. Our school is to be located here, and the fewer families settling close about the school, the better it will be for the students and for the managers of the school interests. The large tract of land has not been brought as a speculation.
(23LtMs, Lt 368, 1908, 1)
Provision must first be made for the teachers and for those who act a part in the work of the school. A few families who have proved themselves to be wise and loyal supporters of our educational work may be encouraged to make homes near by or on the school farm; but our people generally should not be encouraged to come in and make their homes at Sonoma. Let not the parents cherish the idea that they can do this, for in nine cases out of ten it will not be for the best interests of the children. In most cases it will be a blessing for the youth if they can be away from their parents and under the management of qualified teachers in the school. The presentation in spiritual lines would be clearer and the development of character would be far more encouraging.
(23LtMs, Lt 368, 1908, 2)
Competent managers and teachers of ability will be needed; for this school is to be conducted on a high spiritual plain, after the order of the schools of the prophets.
(23LtMs, Lt 368, 1908, 3)
There is need of a reformatory work’s being done in all our schools and in every church. The words were spoken with great impressiveness: Our schools need more of the guidance of the Holy Spirit and less of confidence in human power. We are living in the very closing scenes of this earth’s history. Our teachers are to represent Christ’s methods and Christ’s spirit. Do not censure, but teach the truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 368, 1908, 4)
To a congregation in which were assembled teachers, ministers, and physicians, these words were spoken, “You are to represent in your work the gentleness of Christ. Let your hearts melt with tenderness as you tell of the love of God for a fallen world. Let Christ’s meekness appear, and let His gentleness be seen in you.”
(23LtMs, Lt 368, 1908, 5)
Lt 370, 1908
Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California December 24, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother Haskell:
We have received your letter in which you suggest that we purchase seventeen acres of land in connection with the school property at Sonoma. Brother Covell has also been to see us, and he has told us of the circumstances connected with its purchase.
(23LtMs, Lt 370, 1908, 1)
I have decided that I will secure this place in order to bring relief to the situation and have made arrangements at the bank to borrow the necessary means. I will hold the place for the present, as this seems to be the best thing that can be done. No doubt Willie will see you today and tell you of this decision.
(23LtMs, Lt 370, 1908, 2)
I trust that you may not be heavily burdened over financial perplexities. We will do our best to secure means and look to the Lord for His help. I believe that we can raise the means by the time it is required. We believe that the Lord will work the matter out in such a way that His name will be glorified.
(23LtMs, Lt 370, 1908, 3)
I am surprised at the long delay; but it may prove favorable to us, as it gives more time in which to raise the necessary means. Do not be discouraged. We know that you have had a hard battle to fight, but it is not the first time that you have been called upon to lead out in a new enterprise.
(23LtMs, Lt 370, 1908, 4)
Be of good courage in the Lord. I will try to do my best and will ask the Lord to give us wisdom that we may know how to move. Be strong in the Lord, and do not worry. Hold fast to the hand that has ever been your help, and praise the name of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 370, 1908, 5)
Lt 372, 1908
Workers in the Review and Herald Office and Southern Publishing Association St. Helena, California October 6, 1908 This letter is published in entirety in PM 71-72. To the workers in the Review and Herald office and Southern Publishing Association:
As a people we need to come up on a higher platform. In our printing offices in Washington and Nashville, there is a work to be done that will bring in a clear and holy atmosphere. There must be a cleansing from every selfish principle. Narrow, self-conceived ideas must not bear rule. They must be purged away. When the workers hunger for the incoming of pure, uplifting principles, the salvation of God will be revealed, and He will be glorified.
(23LtMs, Lt 372, 1908, 1)
Let the workers in the publishing houses rid themselves of every species of selfishness. When each one is willing to give to his brother the right of way that he desires for himself, then God can be glorified in His institutions.
(23LtMs, Lt 372, 1908, 2)
For years some have been binding themselves about with selfish desires as with hoops of steel. Self and selfishness has figured largely in their work; but such a spirit is dishonoring to God. I am instructed to say that those who retain such a spirit and hold such principles cannot be accepted by Christ as laborers together with Him for the glory of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 372, 1908, 3)
Men may be placed in high positions of trust in the cause of God; but they can claim nothing from Him unless they practice His Word, and rule in righteousness, seeking to copy the example of the meek and lowly Jesus. The leader in the work, as verily as the humblest lay member, is dependent upon God for power to exercise a pure, uplifting influence.
(23LtMs, Lt 372, 1908, 4)
The Lord says to the workers in Washington and Nashville, Review your operations. You must rise above every cheap and selfish principle and be imbued with the Spirit of God. Unless the workers experience the daily converting power of God upon their hearts and lives, they will not be pleased to meet the record of their deeds before the bar of God, when every man will be rewarded according as his works have been.
(23LtMs, Lt 372, 1908, 5)
Lt 374, 1908
Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California December 27, 1908 Previously unpublished. Elder S. N. Haskell Dear Brother:
I have a request to make of our people at this time. We greatly need means for the purchase of the property at Buena Vista, which we hope to make the site for our new training-school in California. I ask that our people throughout the California Conference shall make special efforts to meet this emergency by sending in donations, large and small, for the purchase of this place. The Lord will be honored by the freewill offerings made to further this enterprise.
(23LtMs, Lt 374, 1908, 1)
The new year 1909 will soon be here. Shall we not, before the old year is gone, prepare for a special effort for the help of the new school, and on the first of the new year bring in our offerings to the Lord?
(23LtMs, Lt 374, 1908, 2)
The matter of the purchase of this place must soon be settled, in order that we may take possession. We know this place in the mountains to be most desirable as a site for our school, for a house of worship, and for a small sanitarium. The towns lying close around the Buena Vista property should be receiving the light of truth, the last message of warning to the world. And here among the everlasting hills the students can be learning many precious lessons that are needful for their education. Lessons that the Lord taught to Israel while they abode at Mt. Sinai, the influence of which was not to be lost till the close of time, are to be learned by our youth amid the scenes of nature and the everlasting hills. Our students are to be taught never to lose sight of the sacredness of the precepts that God Himself came down upon Mt. Sinai to speak with a voice that made the mountain tremble to its base.
(23LtMs, Lt 374, 1908, 3)
All, both old and young, are to be constant students of nature, learning from this source lessons that are of continual and deepening interest. The teachers have lessons to learn that are of the utmost importance in the formation of character and the strengthening of the physical powers. Students and teachers are to study how to tax physical and mental powers equally; and if they will, they may draw lessons of the highest and holiest character from the object lessons all about them.
(23LtMs, Lt 374, 1908, 4)
Scenes have been presented to me that have revealed [what] there was in the education that the Lord desired to give to Israel in their march to the land He had given them for a possession. As the vast armies followed their Leader through the wilderness, they were to be constantly disciplined, until their wills and their ways were brought into submission to the will and way of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 374, 1908, 5)
Every one of us is building a character. Our works are to be under the discipline of the Holy Spirit. Our wills are to be brought into obedience to the will of God. Characters are to be formed that will reflect the glory of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 374, 1908, 6)
Teachers as well as students are to learn the lesson of obedience to the will of God, to a Thus saith the Lord. They, as verily as the students, are to be learners in the school of Christ. Day by day a noticeable advance is to be made in Bible study. And day by day the development of character must be patterned after the divine similitude.
(23LtMs, Lt 374, 1908, 7)
Teachers are ever to be learners. They are to reveal a constant growth in spirituality, in sanctified ability, and in a love of the truth as it is in Christ Jesus. In the work of character building, every flaw in the individual self is to be seen and overcome; for we are living in the last days of this earth’s history and are rapidly approaching the crisis of all things; and soon we shall be called to stand before God without spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing. Teachers, as educators of the youth, are to cultivate steadfastness and nobility of purpose.
(23LtMs, Lt 374, 1908, 8)
I have just read your letter, and I hope your courage will not fail. We have all kept closely at work during the holiday season. I never thought of making any provision for Christmas. We are now writing this letter during the closing hours of the day. I wish you might have been with us today. We did not ever hear the word “Christmas” until today noon. Every worker is busy.
(23LtMs, Lt 374, 1908, 9)
Since reading your letter, I have more to write; but as it is already the hour between daylight and dark, I will send this on, hoping to write you later regarding some additional matters.
(23LtMs, Lt 374, 1908, 10)
May the Lord strengthen and bless you, is my prayer. We remember you in our prayers. Again I would say, Be of good courage in the Lord. I believe we shall not fail nor be discouraged. Truth will bear away the victory. Light shines amid the moral darkness. We have a tremendous task on hand. The Lord helping us, we will come off victorious. Talk faith; live faith. The Lord can move upon hearts to give us the victory.
(23LtMs, Lt 374, 1908, 11)
Some have said that we cannot get money from the banks to help us in this emergency; but we can solicit pledges from private persons. I have gone to the limit of my resources, personally, in an effort to help; and now I will call upon others for means to aid in starting this school enterprise. I will do my best. God helping us, we will come off victorious. God is rich in resources. Let us now strive to show perfect trust in His power to help. The Lord Jesus Christ is my dependence, and we will trust in Him. Amen, and amen!
(23LtMs, Lt 374, 1908, 12)
Lt 376, 1908
Mackin, Br-Sr. [Ralph] Refiled as Lt 358a, 1908.
Lt 378, 1908
Haskell, Br-Sr. Duplicate of Lt 286, 1908.
Lt 380, 1908
White, J.E.White, Emma Refiled as Lt 4, 1909.
Lt 382, 1908
Irwin, G. A. St. Helena, California December 23, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 1MCP 41-42; 3BC 1145-1146; 11MR 165. + Elder G. A. Irwin
Takoma Park Station, Washington, D.C. Dear Brother Irwin:
May the Lord bless and strengthen you, is my most earnest desire. There is much earnest work to be done in the cities of the South, and the men who hold positions of responsibility, as you have done, need to put their entire trust in God.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 1)
In the night season I seemed to be saying to you: My brother, be careful how you treat your stomach. Herein lies one great difficulty with many of the workers in the southern field. You are in danger of not acting wisely in the matter of your diet; but unless you do this, you will have serious trouble with your digestive organs. A greater work would be accomplished in the South if every worker there would carefully guard the health.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 2)
Many have supposed that the expense of entering the cities of the South would be extremely large; but I have been shown that had our people taken up this God-given work twenty years ago, they would now be reaping decided advantages. They have neglected fields that might have been opened, and in which there might now be churches established. There is decided missionary effort to be put forth for this field that has been so strangely neglected.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 3)
Madison speaks for itself, and telling what might have been accomplished if the messages sent by God to His people had been heeded. All through the Madison district, confidence is felt in the men who stand at the head of that enterprise. As the people, both colored and white, have seen the industry and ingenuity shown by our workers, they have taken knowledge of them, that they were dealing with the students in an understanding way and qualifying them to become practical missionaries.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 4)
Throughout the southern field, just such object lessons are needed. Such schools would prove of the highest advantage to the people, demonstrating that education embraces more than the mere study of books, that it also includes useful employment in any line. And one of the most useful employments for the people of the South is the cultivation of the land that has run to waste for lack of care and attention. The exercise of the muscles and the reason in the performance of physical labor is to be combined with the exercise of the mental powers in the study of books. This is the kind of education that will recommend the students if they should be called to work in foreign countries.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 5)
This equal taxation of the mental and physical powers was part of the Lord’s plan in the beginning. I ask you to read the first and second chapters of Genesis. “Thus the heavens and the earth were finished, and all the host of them. And on the seventh day God ended His work which He had made; and He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made. And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it: because that in it He rested from all His work which God created and made.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 6)
“These are the generations of the heavens and the earth, when they were created, in that day that the Lord made the earth and the heavens, and every plant of the field before it was in the earth, and every herb of the field before it grew: for the Lord God had not caused it to rain on the earth; and there was not a man to till the ground. But there went up a mist from the earth, and watered the whole face of the ground. And the Lord formed man of the dust of the ground, and breathed into His nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 7)
“And the Lord God planted a garden eastward in Eden; and there He put the man whom He had formed. And out of the ground made the Lord God to grow every tree that is pleasant to the sight, and good for food; the tree of life also in the midst of the garden, and the tree of knowledge of good and evil.... And the Lord God took the man and put him in the garden of Eden to dress it, and to keep it.” [Genesis 2:1-9, 15.]
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 8)
The Saviour declared that before His second coming there would be “wars, and rumors of wars,” and “earthquakes in divers places.” [Matthew 24:6, 7.] The reports that have recently reached us of the terrible earthquake in Italy and Sicily tell of another fulfilment of the signs of the end. The Chronicle, edited in San Francisco, has given startling accounts of this awful disaster which has caused such enormous damage and loss of life, and rendered so many thousands homeless.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 9)
These calamities are becoming more and more common, but every report of calamity by sea or by land is a testimony to the fact that the end of all things is near. The world is filled with iniquity, and the Lord is punishing for its wickedness. As crime and iniquity increase, these judgments will become more frequent and more marked, until the time shall come when the “earth shall no more cover her slain.” [Isaiah 26:21.]
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 10)
In view of all this, our schools should have little to say now of “degrees,” and of long courses of study. The work of preparation for the service of God is to be done speedily. Let the work be carried forward in strictly Bible lines. Let every soul remember that the judgments of God are in the land. Let degrees be little spoken of. Let the meetinghouses that are needed in our cities be plain and simple, and erected without unnecessary expense. Let time and means be wisely invested.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 11)
Let humility of soul be evidenced and entire surrender to God be made. Let our churches put away selfishness and pride and cease to lift up the soul unto vanity. The end is near, and we are to give the message of warning and mercy to the world. And not only are our lips to proclaim this message, but by lives of simplicity and meekness and right doing we are to reveal that we believe the truths of the Word of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 12)
The Lord would have us awake to our true spiritual condition. He desires that every soul shall humble heart and mind before Him. The words of inspiration found in the nineteenth and twentieth Psalms are presented to me for our people. It is our privilege to accept these precious promises and to believe the warnings. I pray that our hearts may be fully awake to the perils that surround those who are indifferent to the soul’s eternal welfare. We need to search the Scriptures as never before. The Word of God is to be our educator, our guide. We are to understand: What saith the Scriptures.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 13)
In the night season I seemed to be repeating these words to the people: There is need of close examination of self. We have no time now to spend in self-indulgence. If we are connected with God, we shall humble our hearts before Him and be very zealous in the perfecting of Christian characters. We have a grand and solemn work to do, for the world is to be enlightened in regard to the times in which we live; and they will be enlightened when a straight testimony is borne. They will be led to earnest examination of self.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 14)
This is a time when we need to be very watchful and to guard carefully the character of the work done. Some will seek to bring in false theories and will come with false messages. Satan will stir human minds to create fanaticism in our ranks. We have seen something of this in the year 1908. The Lord desires His people to move carefully, guarding the expressions and even the attitude. Satan will use peculiarities of attitude and voice to cause excitement and to work on human minds to deceive.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 15)
By such fanaticism as we have lately had among us in California in peculiar exercises and the claim of power to cast out devils, Satan is seeking to deceive if possible the very elect. These persons, claiming to have a special message for our people, would charge one and another with being possessed of an evil spirit. Then after praying with them, they would declare the devil cast out. The result of their work testified of its character. I was bidden to say to our people that the Lord was not in these strange exercises; but that such exhibitions would deceive souls to their ruin unless they were warned and Bible truth would be perverted.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 16)
We had just such fanaticism to meet after the passing of the time in 1844. I was at that time given definite messages to bear to meet this evil, declaring that this was a deceptive power and that it did not bear the divine credentials. The Lord would guard His people against every phase of fanaticism.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 17)
“O ye priests, this commandment is for you,” God declares through His prophet. “If ye will not hear, and if ye will not lay it to heart, to give glory unto My name, saith the Lord of hosts, I will even send a curse upon you, and I will curse your blessings; yea, I have cursed them already, because ye have not laid it to heart.... And ye shall know that I have sent this commandment unto you, that My covenant might be with Levi, saith the Lord of hosts. My covenant was with him of life and peace; and I gave them to him for the fear wherewith he feared Me, and was afraid before My name. The law of truth was in his mouth, and iniquity was not found in his lips; he walked with Me in peace and equity, and did turn many away from iniquity. For the priests lips should keep knowledge, and they should seek the law at his mouth; for he is the messenger of the Lord of hosts. But ye are departed out of the way; ye have caused many to stumble at the law; ye have corrupted the covenant of Levi, saith the Lord of hosts.” [Malachi 2:1, 2, 4-8.]
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 18)
I write these things to you, Brother Irwin, that you may be prepared to meet the evil of fanaticism if you should encounter it in your experience. These persons may read the testimonies that God has given for His people, claiming that they are doing just as the testimonies enjoin. But it makes a great difference whether or not they are under the Holy Spirit’s influence. The messages of these misguided souls should find no place in our confidence, though they may claim that their message is of God. Let them see that their course is wrong, and be converted, and take their positions as learners before they become teachers. They may claim to be under the control of the Holy Spirit, but the Spirit will never testify to a lie, never. Our work is a sacred, solemn work. We must now stand stiffly for the truth as it is in Christ Jesus, teaching, as He taught, that no lie is of the truth.
(23LtMs, Lt 382, 1908, 19)
Lt 383, 1908
Brethren in Washington, D. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 29, 1908 Previously unpublished. Brethren:
I write unto you in Washington, D.C. The Lord is not pleased with your spirit or your work. Not that everything is wrong, neither are all things correct and as God would have them. When men take the place as God and send forth their requirements, they sometimes command things to be done that dishonor the Lord Jesus. Now the Lord declares unto these men that they should copy a course of action similar to that which the disciples followed when they assembled together and prayed for the Holy Spirit, continuing their supplications. The time taken in this kind of exercise, confessing their sins, putting away their own devising according to their individual characters, and viewing the cities of the South and devising ways to ready the people—because the message must come to all kindred and people—would be time well spent. They are to weed out of their own characters all selfishness and all peculiar traits that will never, never give them a place in the city of God unless they repent in mind and heart and are converted through the sanctification of the truth. Then the Holy Spirit would give these men clear spiritual eyesight to discern the true requirements of God, and in the use of their pens and their tongues they would express the truth in their souls’ being converted to God. The same work would be entered into by every conference. They should be entreated to seek the Lord. There would be much less human devising and human forbiddings. The Lord’s Holy Spirit would come into the hearts of men in responsible positions in conferences, and the ministers and the officials, the physicians and the educators would be found pleading with the Lord Jesus to change their unconverted hearts by His Holy Spirit. And men would understand their human frailties, that they need the heavenly connection with Christ Jesus. Victories would be gained, and they would give the truth in purity.
(23LtMs, Lt 383, 1908, 1)
“And thou shalt be called the repairer of the breach, the restorer of paths to dwell in.” [Isaiah 58:12.] I am to say to men who have so fully brought their own individual character into the sacred work of God, You need to repent; repent and be converted, else you will never find a place among the blessed. The truth for this time must first sanctify the receiver, then his work is pure and free from selfishness. This converting power of grace must be seen, else they can never find a place among the pure and the holy in the city of our God. Our social meetings need the transforming grace of Christ, need the character of the representation of the divine similitude. The work that should now be done is reformatory. The truth as it is in Jesus is truth that sanctifies the receiver.
(23LtMs, Lt 383, 1908, 2)
The education of our own people must reach a much higher standard of consecrated influence, thorough conversion, daily prayer, and the seeing Him who is invisible. The time is at hand when every religious theory shall be in the field, seeking to be recognized. I am now required to bear to all men and to all women who claim to be Sabbathkeepers the testimony I leave with you: that should I be taken from you by death, the testimony may have its influence. I speak to every man who has felt at liberty to bind about with his own humanly devised fetters. The workers of God hinder advancement in many places. Notwithstanding the Lord has been leading men to fulfil His instructions, there has been a forbidding to listen to the commission the Lord has given to go forth and to build up schools after the order of the schools of the prophets. God has given each a work to raise up the foundation of many generations—not to heed these forbiddings.
(23LtMs, Lt 383, 1908, 3)
They are to work according to the Lord’s instruction and let the angels of God act a part in all their labors. They are to accept of means to help them in various places where they shall labor to explain the Scriptures to men who do not understand the truth, and they are to encourage others to unite with them in the saving of souls and the fitting up of other believers to give themselves to the work of saving souls. The men in official positions are to reveal to all that they are themselves under discipline to Jesus Christ before they attempt to guide other minds. They are to be led by the Holy Spirit, praying and asking the presence and grace of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 383, 1908, 4)
Will men accept and take the place as god over the people? No, no. Let the Holy Spirit guide all men in all their individual duties, as Christ has taught them in His lessons when He was in our world. Christ is the Son of God, and His angels do His bidding; for He was even the Son of the Father who so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son to experience in our world all the inconveniences to be passed through in fulfilling His missions, in suffering with humanity. Divinity and humanity were combined in order that the humanity of Christ might have an experience in passing through all the temptations Satan has devised against men; yet His divinity was not tarnished with a single mistake in a single instance. Satan assailed Him on every point and yet never expressed in his temptations the truth of his being the fallen angel. He appears in the likeness of an angel of light and not as a repulsive fiend. But Christ spent very many nights in prayer and in seeking help from the highest authority, His Father. His prayers were often ascending to His Father with strong crying and tears. Christ gave His life to humanity, and Satan was busily working through his fallen angels [and] human agencies to counterwork the works of Christ. The youth need to be diligently guarded, and if Christ felt His need, in humanity, of the strength and of the [last part missing.]
(23LtMs, Lt 383, 1908, 5)
Lt 384, 1908
Hurlbutt, Brother and Sister Lake View, Clear Lake, California April 20, 1908 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Hurlbutt:
Last night your case was presented before me, and this morning I write out this message for you.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 1)
I am instructed to say to Mr. Hurlbutt, Your life has been one of constant wrestling. You have not shunned physical taxation, but you have spent the powers of mind and body in accomplishing your own desires; you have conformed your life to your own will, while you have neglected the duties you owe to God. At times you have overtaxed your mental and physical powers in your pursuit of worldly interests. Because of this overtaxation, you are now prematurely old.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 2)
You and your wife have not acted righteously in the investment of the means that was left in your hands for use in the cause of God. You have hoped to use it to educate young men and women to live useful, God-fearing lives, to train them to habits of neatness and order and industry, and prepare them to fill positions of usefulness in the world. But you were not qualified to do this acceptably. A presentation of conditions altogether different than this has been given me. The condition of things in your home stood in the way of your doing what you planned so as to meet the approval of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 3)
My brother, what encouragement have you to think that the youth who have been under your care will bring you any reward for your efforts? What youth have gone forth from your home, well trained and qualified to do the will and way of the Lord? In your words and actions you have not given them an example of Christlikeness. The youth have not received from your discipline an experience to make them valuable in the work of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 4)
Sister Hurlbutt, I have words to speak to you. You have said but little to me, but last night some matters were presented to me of which I must speak to you. Your mother, before she died, bequeathed to you a legacy to be used in giving care and training to neglected youth. It was her desire that these youth should be trained to live lives of usefulness and fitted for the service of God. They were to be taught to keep the Sabbath, they were to be fitted for the future immortal life. Your mother thought that this school should be conducted where the youth could be away from the temptations of city life that prove such a snare to many.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 5)
But the work for which your mother planned has not been accomplished. The money left you by her has not been invested as she desired, but has been used to carry out the desires of your husband. Your husband is a hard-working man. He thought he would use this means in carrying out in part the purposes she designed, and you have hoped that the time would come when her plans could be fully followed. But her will could not possibly be accomplished by the plans which you and your husband have laid. This place where you are is not now nor ever has been a place where the mother’s fond expectations could be realized.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 6)
Because of worldly investments, your mother’s wishes have not been carried out. She had in view a home where the outcasts and orphans might have the help they needed to become children of the Kingdom. In devoting your means to carrying out the plans of your husband, you have failed, decidedly failed, to keep the charge committed to you. While seeming to be carrying out the wishes of your mother, you have served self. Your husband has taken the youth and taught them how to work the land, but he has not so managed the work that they could have the religious advantages which it was your mother’s wish to give them.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 7)
The management and training of youth needs to be conducted on lines altogether different from those on which you have carried them. The work on the farm is not the only thing to be considered.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 8)
The youth need to be made intelligent on the subject of health reform and taught how to practice it. Be careful that you do not spoil the beauty of health reform in the estimation of the youth by putting it on a wrong basis. Deal with the matter in such a manner that all must give it respect. If you would recommend health reform to the minds of the children, never set before them food that is stale. Young people, as well as the aged, need food that is good and sweet and wholesome. Care should ever be taken that the food placed upon the table is nicely prepared. That which is left over from the meal should not be kept until it is unwholesome.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 9)
Because you have allowed the money left you for a sacred purpose to be misapplied, you have hurt your influence and brought upon you trouble of soul. It has been a grief to you to see the means invested in a way that in no wise accomplished the work that your mother had in mind. The example of Mr. Hurlbutt has not been such as could please and honor God. There are responsibilities in connection with such a school as your mother had in mind that he cannot fill; for he has not made for himself investment for the future immortal life. He has overtaxed his physical powers, used up his vital energies, and is not qualified either physically or spiritually to do the work your mother wished to have done. His influence could not develop traits of character that would fit the youth to live Christian lives.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 10)
Mr. Hurlbutt, you have taken too much upon yourself. Your ideas and plans have not been molded and fashioned by the Holy Spirit of God. It has not been your first thought and desire to train your physical, mental, and moral powers to inhabit the courts above. You have not shunned hard work, but you have spent your energies in adding to your land; your mind has been upon the earthly treasures; and while you have used your powers for the gaining of earthly possessions, you have neglected your spiritual needs. If you had lived in humble dependence upon God, you would have found a way to do a large amount of good with the means entrusted to you.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 11)
The world is the Lord’s great vineyard. All cities and villages constitute a part of that vineyard. These places must be worked. The Lord designs that consecrated families shall settle in the waste places of His vineyard, and occupy them, as fruit-bearing branches of the Living Vine, as trees of righteousness in the desert places. It is the privilege of such families to sow the seeds of truth and to reap a rich harvest. By visiting families who are in spiritual darkness, they will be the means of bringing blessing to souls. But much of this kind of work, which God would acknowledge, has been left undone. Self-sacrificing efforts for perishing souls have not been made, and the fruit that might have been borne does not appear.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 12)
I appeal to you at this time, Mr. Hurlbutt. Let not these discouraging features continue to exist in your experience because of a lack of genuine conversion upon mind and heart. I was charged in the night season to give this special message from God. Seek the Lord now; it is for your present and eternal good to do this. You have not a moment to lose.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 13)
Your calculations in the past have not been wise; for you have not laid up your treasure in heaven. The Saviour says to you, “Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal; but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where moth and rust doth not corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal; for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.”Matthew 6:19-21.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 14)
“Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.”Matthew 7:13, 14.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 15)
Every work of a spiritual nature requires patient, persevering labor, in firm reliance upon divine power. God must plan the work of the human agencies; He must be their helper. “Ye are the salt of the earth,” He says to His followers; “but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? it is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men. Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 16)
“Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. For I say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven.”Matthew 5:13-20.
(23LtMs, Lt 384, 1908, 17)
Lt 385, 1908
Hadfield, James A. St. Helena, California February 27, 1908 Previously unpublished. James A. Hadfield
Cooranbong, N.S.W., Australia My Dear Brother Hadfield:
I have a deep interest in Dr. Caro and for his eternal interest. I greatly desire that he should have, with all his family, an entrance in through the gates into the city of God.
(23LtMs, Lt 385, 1908, 1)
We must labor that Satan shall not have victory over him. We can and do pray for him. We want to meet with him and hope he will give us this privilege. Do all you can to help him and not allow the enemy to obtain the victory.
(23LtMs, Lt 385, 1908, 2)